' \ ' ,:,, > * UCSB LIBRARY X- THE LONDON ENCYCLOPEDIA. VOL. XI. HALO TO INDULGENCE. .1. H addon, Printer, Castle Street, London. THE LONDON ENCYCLOPAEDIA, UNIVERSAL DICTIONARY SCIENCE, ART, LITERATURE, AND PRACTICAL MECHANICS, COMPRISING A POPULAR VIEW OF THE PRESENT STATE OF KNOWLEDGE. ILLUSTRATED BY NUMEROUS ENGRAVINGS, A GENERAL ATLAS, AND APPROPRIATE DIAGRAMS. Sic oportet ad librum, presertim miscellanei generis, legendum accedere lectorem, nt solct ad convivium conviva civihs. Convivator annititur omnibus eatisfacere ; et tamen si quid apponitur, quod hujus ant illius palato non respondeat, et hie et ille urbane dissimulant, et alia fercula probant, ne quid contristent coimvatorem. Eraimttt- A reader should sit down to a book, especially of the miscellaneous kind, as a vrell-behaVed visitor does to a ban- quet. The master of the feast exerts himself to satisfy his guests ; but if, after all his care and pains, something should appear on the table that does not suit this or that person's taste, they politely pass it over without notice, and commend other dishes, that they may nol distress a kind host. Translation. BY THE ORIGINAL EDITOR OF THE ENCYCLOPAEDIA METROPOL1TANA, ASSISTED BY EMINENT PROFESSIONAL AND OTHF.R GENTLEMEN. IN TWENTY-TWO VOLUMES. VOL XI. LONDON : PRINTED FOR T. TEGG & SON, 73, CHEAPSIDE ; R. GRIFFIN & Co., GLASGOW; T. T. & H. TEGG, DUBLIN; ALSO J. & S. A. TEGG, SYDNEY AND HOBART TOWN. 1837. THE LONDON ENCYCLOPEDIA. HA'LO, n.s, A red circle round the sun or moon. If the hail be a little flatted, the light transmitted may grow so strong, at a little less distance than" that of twenty-six degrees, as to form a halo about the sun or moon ; which halo, as often as the hail-stones are duly figured, may be coloured. Newton. I saw by reflection, in a vessel of stagnated water, three halos, crowns or rings of colours about the sun, ike three little rainbows, concentrick to his body. Id. HALO, or Corona, in optics, is a luminous Circle surrounding the sun, moon, planets, or fixed stars. Sometimes these circles are white, and sometimes colored like the rainbow. Some- times one only is visible, and sometimes several concentric halos appear at the same time. Those which have been seen about Sirius and Jupiter were never more than 3°, 4°, or 5° in diameter ; those which surround the moon are, also, some- times no more than 3° or 5° ; but these, as well as those which surround the sun, are of very dif- ferent magnitudes, viz. of 12°0', 22° 35', 30° 0', 38° 0', 41° 2', 45° 0', 46° 24', 47° 0', and 90°, or even larger than this. Their diameters also sometimes vary during the time of observation, and the breadths both of the colored and white circles are very different, viz of 2°, 4°, or 7°. Their colors are more diluted than those of the rainbow ; and they are in a different order, ac- cording to their size. Mr. Huygens observed red .next the sun, and a pale blue outwards. Sometimes they are red on the inside and white on the outside. M. Weidler observed one that was yellow on the inside and white on the out- side. In France one was observed, in 1683, the middle of which was white ; after which followed a border of red, next to it was blue, then green, and the outermost circle was a bright red. In 1728 one was seen of a pale red outwardly, then followed yellow, and then green, terminated by a white. In Holland, M. Muschenbroeck says, fifty may be seen in the day-time, al- most every year; but they are difficult to be ob- served, except the eye be so situated, that not the body of the sun, but only the neighbouring parts of the heavens, can be seen. Mr. Middle- ton says, that this phenomenon is very frequent in North America ; for that there is generally one or two about the sun every week, and as many about the moon every month. Halos round the sun are very frequent in Russia. M. ^Epinus says, that from the 23d of April, 1758, to the 20th of September, he himself had observed P"> fewer than twenty-six, and that he has sometimes s>. n twice as many in the same space of time. Similar, in some respects, to the halo, was the remarkable appearance which M. Bouguer de- scribes, as observed on the top of Mount Pichinca, in the Cordilleras. When the sun was just ris- ing behind them, so as to appear white, each of VOL. XL— PAST I, them saw his own shadow projected upon it, and no other. The distance was such that all the parts of the shadow were easily distinguishable, as the arms, the leg, and the head; but what surprised them most was, that the head was adorned with a kind of glory, consisting of three or four small concentric crowns, of a very lively color, each exhibiting all the varieties of the pri- mary rainbow, and having the circle of red on the outside. The intervals between these chcles continued equal, though the diameters of them all were constantly changing. The last of them was very faint; and at a considerable distance was another great white circle, which surrounded the whole. As near as M. Bouguer could com pute, the diameter of the first of these circles was about 5§°, that of the second 11°, that of the third 17°, and so on ; but the diameter of the white circle was about 76°. This phenomenon never appeared but in a cloud consisting of frozen particles, and never in drops of rain like the rainbow. When the sun was not in the ho- rizon, only part of the white circle was visible, as M. Bouguer frequently observed afterwards. Similar to this curious appearance was one seen by Dr. M'Fait in Scotland ; who observed a rainbow round his shadow in the mist, when he was upon an eminence above it. In this situa- tion the whole country round seemed buried un- der a vast deluge, and nothing but the tops of distant hills appeared here and there above the flood. In those upper regions, the air, he says, is at that time very pure and agreeable. At another time he observed a double range of co- lors round his shadow. The colors of the outer- most range were broad and very distinct, and every where about two feet distant from the shadow. Then there was a darkish interval, and after that another narrower range of colors, closely surrounding the shadow, which was very much contracted. He thinks that these ranges of colors are caused by the inflection of the rays of light, the same that occasioned the riug of light which surrounds the shadow of all bo- dies, observed by M-. Maraldi, and this author. Halos may be produced by placing a lighted candle* in the midst of steam in cold weather. If glass windows be breathed upon, and the flame of a candle be placed some feet from it, while the spectator is also at the distance of some feet from another part of a window, the flame will be surrounded with a colored halo. And if a candle be placed behind a glass receiver, when air is admitted into the vacuum within it, at a cer- tain degree of density, the vapor with which it is loaded will make a colored halo round the flame. This was observed by Otto Guericke. In De- cember 1756 M. Muschenbroeck observed, that, when the glass windows of his room were cover- ed with a thin plate of ice on the inside, the moon appearing through it was surrounded witn B HALO. a large and variously colored halo ; and, open- ing the window, he found that it arose entirely from that thin plate of ice, for none was seen except through it. Dr. Kotelnihow, having, like Dr. Halley, made very accurate observations to determine the number of possible rainbows, considers the colored halo, which appears about a candle, as the same thing with one of those bows which is formed near the body of the sun, but which is not visible on account of his exces- sive splendor. See OPTICS. Descartes observes,. that the halo never appears when it rains; from which he concludes that this phenomenon is occasioned by the refraction of light in the round particles of ice, which are then floating in the atmosphere ; and, though these particles are flat when they fall to the ground, he thought they must be protuberant in the middle before their descent; and according to this pro- tuberancy he imagined that the diameter of the halo would vary. — In treating of meteors, Gas- sendi supposed, that a halo is of the same nature with the rainbow, the rays of light being in both cases twice refracted and once reflected within each drop of rain or vapor, and that all the dif- ference there is between them arises from their different situation with respect to the observer. For whereas, when the sun is behind the spec- tator, and consequently the rainbow before him, his eye is in the centre of the circle ; when he views the halo, with his face towards the sun, his eye is in the circumference of the circle ; so that, according to the known principles of geometry, the angle under which the object appears, in this case, must be just half of what it is in the other. M. Dechales endeavours to show that the ge- neration of the halo is similar to that of the rain- bow. If, says he, a sphere of glass or crystal, full of water, be placed in the beams of the sun, there will not only be two circles of colored light on the side next the sun, and which constitute the two rainbows ; but there will also be another on the part opposite to the sun, the rays belong- ing to which afterwards diverge, and form a colored circle, such as will be visible, if the light that is transmitted through the globe be received on a piece of white paper. The reason why the colors of the halo are more dilute than those of the rainbow, he says, is owing principally to their being formed not in large drops of rain, but in very small vapor ; for, if the drops of water were Wge, the cloud would be so thick, that the rays of the sun could not be regularly transmitted Jirough them ; and, on the other hand, he ob- »»erved, that when the rainbow is formed by very thin vapors, the colors hardly appear. As for those circles of colors which are sometimes seen round candles, it was his opinion that they arc owing to nothing but moisture on the eye of the observer ; for that he could never produce this appearance by means of vapor only, if he wiped his eyes carefully; and he had observed that such circles are visible to some persons and not to others, and to the same persons at one time and not another. The most considerable and generally received theory, respecting halos, is that of Huygens, pub- lished in the English Philosophical Transactions. See Lowthorp's Abridgment, Vol. II., p. 189. Sir Isaac Newton mentions it with respect. This article contains the heads of a discourse which he afterwards composed, but never quite finished ; and which has been translated, with some addi- tions, by Dr. Smith, from whom the following account is chiefly extracted. Mr. Huygens was first led to think particularly upon this subject, by the appearance of five suns at Warsaw, in 1658 ; after which, he says, he hit upon the true cause of halos and mock suns. If we can con- ceive any kind of bodies in the atmosphere, which, according to the known laws of optics, will, either by reflection or refraction, produce the appearance in question, when nothing else can be found that will do it, we must acquiesce in the hypothesis, and suppose such bodies to exist, even though we cannot give a satisfactory account of their generation. Two such bodies are as- sumed by M. Huygens ; one of them a round ball, opaque in the centre, but covered with a transparent shell ; and the other is a cylinder, of a similar composition. By the help of the for- mer he endeavours to account for halos, and by the latter for those appearances which are called mock suns. Those bodies which M. Huygens requires, in order to explain these phenome are not, however, a mere assumption ; for so e such, though of a larger size than his purpos quires, have been actually found, consisting, of snow within and ice without. They are particu- larly mentioned by Descartes. The balls with the opaque kernel, which he supposed to have been the cause of them, he imagines not to exceed the size of a turnip-seed. M. Marriotte accounts for the formation of the small coronas by the transmission of light through aqueous vapors, where it suffers two refractions without any intermediate reflection. He shows that light which comes to the eye, after being re- fracted in this manner, will be chiefly that which falls upon the drop nearly perpendicular ; because more rays falling upon any given quantity of sur- face in that situation, fewer of them are reflected with small degrees of obliquity, and they are not so much scattered after refraction. The red will always be outermost in these halos, as consisting of rays which suffer the least refraction. And whereas he had seen, when the clouds were driven briskly by the wind, halos round the moon, vary- ing frequently in their diameter, being sometimes of 2°, sometimes of 3°, and sometimes of 4° ; sometimes also colored, sometimes only white, and sometimes disappearing entirely ; he con- cluded that all these variations arose from the different thickness of the clouds, through which sometimes more and sometimes less light was trans- mitted. He supposed, also, that the light which formed them might sometimes be reflected, and at other times refracted. As to those coronas which consist of two orders of colors, he ima- gined that they were produced by small pieces of snow, which, when they begin to dissolve, form figures which are a little convex towards their ex- tremities. Sometimes, also, the snow will be melted in different shapes ; and, in this case, the colors of several halos will be intermixed anc» confused ; and such, he says, he had sometimes observed round the sun. M. Marriotte then HALO. proceeds to explain the larger halos, viz. those that are about 45° in diameter, and for this pur- pose he lias recourse to equiangular prisms of ice, in a certain position with respect to the sun; and he takes pains to trace the progress of the rays of light for this purpose ; but this hypothe- sis is very improbable. In some cases he thought that these large coronas were caused by hail- stones, of a pyramidal figure; because, after two or three of them had been seen about the sun, there fell the same day several such pyramidal hail-stones. M. Marriotte explains parhelia by the help of the same suppositions. See PARHE- LION. M. Muschenbroeck concludes his account of coronas with observing, that some density of vapor, or some thickness of the plates of ice, divides the light in its transmission through the small globules of water, or their interstices, into its separate colors : but what that density was, or what was the size of the particles which com- posed the vapor, he could not determine. Sir Isaac Newton considered the larger and I'-'S variable appearances of this kind as pro- duced according to the common laws of refrac- t; :i, but that the less and more variable appear- . 'Ses depend upon the same cause with the colors of thin plates. He concludes his expli- t ion of the rainbow with the following obser- v^tion on halos and parhelia : — ' The light which comes through drops of rain by two refractions, without any reflexion, ought to appear the strongest at the distance of about 26° from the sun, and to decay gradually both ways as the distance from him increases. And the same is to be understood of light transmitted through spherical hailstones : and if the hail be a little flatted, as it often is, the transmitted light may be so strong, at a little less distance than that of 26°, as to form a halo about the sun or moon ; which halo, as often as the hail-stones are duly figured, may be colored, and then it must be red within by the least refrangible rays, and blue without by the most refrangible ones ; especially if the hail-stones have opaque globules of snow in their centres to intercept the light within the halo, as Mr. Huygens has observed, and made the inside of it more distinctly defined than it would otherwise be. For such hail-stones, though spherical, by terminating the light by the snow, may make a halo red within, and colorless without, and darker within the red than without, as halos use to be. For, of those rays which pass close by the snow, the red-making ones will be the least refracted, and so come to the eye in the straightest lines.' Some farther thoughts of Sir Isaac Newton's on halos are subjoined to the account of his experiments on the colors of thick plates of glass which he conceived to be similar to those which are exhibited by thin ones : — ' As light reflected by a lens quicksil- vered on the back side makes the rings of the colors above described, so it ought to make the like rings in passing through a drop of water. At the first reflexion of the rays within the drop, some colors ought to be transmitted, as in the case of a lens, and others to be reflected back to the eye. For instance, if the diameter of a small drop or globule of water be about the s&jth part of an inch, so that a red-making ray, in passing through the middle of this globule, has 250 fits of easy transmission within the glo- bule, and ail the red-making rays, which are at a certain distance from this middle ray round about it, have 249 fits within the globules, and all the like rays at a certain farther distance round about it have 248 fits, and all those at a certain farther distance 247 fits, and so on, these concentric circles of rays, after their transmis- sion, falling on a white paper, will make con- centric rings of red upon the paper ; supposing the light which passes through one single globule strong enough to be sensible, and in like manner the rays of other colors will make rings of other colors. Suppose now that in a fair day the sun should shine through a thin cloud of such glo- bules of water or hail, and that the globules are all of the same siz°, the sun seen through this cloud ought to appear surrounded with the like concentric rings of colors, and the diameter of the first ring of red should be 7° 15', that of the second 10° 15', that of the third 12° 33', and, according as the globules of water are bigger or less, the ring should be less or bigger.' This curious theory our author informs us was con- firmed by an observation which he made in 1692. He saw by reflexion, in a vessel of stagnating water, three halos, crowns, or rings of colors about the sun, like three little rainbows concen- tric to his body. The colors of the first or in- nermost, were blue next the sun, red without, and white in the middle, between the blue and red ; those of the second crown were purple and blue within, pale red without, and green in the middle ; and those of the third were pale blue within, and pale red without. These crowns enclosed one another immediately, so that their colors proceeded in this continual order from the sun outward ; blue, white, red ; purple, blue, green, pale yellow, and red ; pale blue, pale red. The diameter of the second crown, mea sured from the middle of the yellow and red on one side of the sun to the middle of the same color on the other side, was 9° 33', or there- abouts. The diameters of the first and third he had not time to measure ; but that of the first seemed to be about 5° or 6°, and that of the third about 1 2°. The like crowns appear sometimes about the moon : for in the beginning of the year 1664, on February 19th, at night, he saw two such crowns about her. The diameter of the first, or innermost, was about 3°, and that of the second about 5° 3Cf. Next about the moon was a circle of white ; and next about that the inner crown, which was of a bluish green within, next the white, and of a yellow and red without; and next about these colors were blue and green on the inside of the outer crown, and red on the outside of it. At the same time there appeared a halo at the distance of about 22° 35' from the centre of the moon. It was elliptical ; and its long diameter was perpendicular to the horizon, verging below farthest from the moon. He was told that the moon has sometimes three or more concentric crowns or colors encompassing one another next about her body. The more equal the globules of water or ice are to one another, the more crowns of colors will appear, and the HAL colors will be the more lively. The halo, at the distance of 22° 30' from the moon, is of another sort. By its being oval, and more remote from the moon below than above, he concludes that it was made by refraction in some kind of hail or snow floating in the air in an horizontal posture, the refracting angle being about 50° or 60°. Dr. Smith, however, makes it sufficiently evident, that the reason why this halo appeared oval, and more remote from the moon towards the horizon, is a deception of sight, and the same with that which makes the moon appear larger in the ho- rizon. HALORAGUS, in botany, a genus of the te- tragynia order and octandria class of plants : CAL. quadrifid above ; there are four petals ; a dry plum, and a quadrilocular nut. HALS'ENING, adj.~) Germ, hals ; Scotch, UALSE, n. s. shass, the neck. Sound- HAL'SER, n. s. j ing harshly ; inharmo- nious in the throat or tongue. Not in use. Hal- ser, from Sax. balj- neck, and -jeel a rope. It is now in marine pronunciation corrupted to hawser. A rope less than a cable. The crueltee of thee, Quene Medea ! Thy litel children hanging by the hals, For thy Jason that wos of love so fals. Chaucer. Prologue to the Man of Lowe's Tale. A beechen mast then in the hollow base They hoisted, and with well-wreathed halsers hoise Their white sails. Chapman. This hastening horny name hath, as Cornuto in Italy, opened a gap to the scoffs of many. Carew. No halsers need to bind these vessels here, Nor bearded anchors ; for no storms they fear. Dryden. HALSTEAD, a market town of Essex, seated on a rising ground, on the Coin, forty-seven miles north-east of London. It has an old church, the steeple of which was once burnt down by light- ning, but rebuilt at the expense of Robert Fiske, esq. The town consists of moae than 1000 houses. The inhabitants manufacture bays, ca- limancoes, &c. There is a free school for forty boys, and a very antique bridewell. Its market on Friday is noted for corn. HALT, v. n., adj. & n. s. } Sax. bealt, lame ; HALTER, n. s. \ bealtan, to limp. To limp, or falter in walking ; one who is dis- abled ; a cripple ; to stop suddenly as soldiers in a march ; to doubt or hesitate ; to be unde- cided ; to fail or falter ; in a rel igious sense, to backslide from former steadfastness. How long halt ye between two opinions ? 1 Kings. All my familiars watched for my halting, saying, Peradventure he will bf enticed, and we shall prevail against him. Jeremiah. Bring in hither the poor, the maimed, the halt, and the blind. Luke. For false Fortune hath played a game At chesse with me, alas the while ! The trayteresse, false and full of gyle— That al behoteth and nothing halfe, She goth upright and yet she hallt. Chaucer. The Boke of lie Duchesse. Here's a paper written in his hand ; A halting sonnet of his own pure brain, Fashioned to Beatrice. Shafatpeare. And will she yet debase her eyes On me, that halt and am mis-shapen thus 1 Id. HAL Without any halt they marched between the two armies. Clarendon. He might have made a halt 'till his foot and artillery came up to him. Id. The heavenly bands Down from a sky of jasper lighted now In Paradise, and on a hill made halt. Milton. Scouts each coast light armed scour Each quarter to descry the distant foe, Where lodged, or whither fled, or if for fight In Motion, or in halt. Milton, Thus inborn broils the factions would engage, Or wars of exiled heirs, or foreign rage, Till halting vengeance overtook our age. Dryden. I was forced to halt in this perpendicular march. Addison. Spenser himself affects the obsolete, And Sidney's verse halts ill on Roman feet. Poj>e The man who pauses on the paths of treason Halts on a quicksand, the first step ingulphs him. Hill', Henry V. HALTER, n. s. & v. a. Sax. pealj-rrie, from balj-, the neck. A rope to hang malefactors ; to bind with a cord ; to catch in a noose. Whom neither halter binds nor burthens charge. Sandyi. He's fled, my lord, and all his powers do yield ; And humbly thus, with halters on their necks, Expect your highness' doom of life or death. Shakspeare. They were to die by the sword if they stooJ upon defence, and by the halter if they yielded ; where- fore they made choice to die rather as soldiers than, as dogs. Hayward. Were I a drowsy judge, whose dismal note Disgorgeth halter, as a juggler's throat Doth ribbands. Cleaveland. He gets renown, who, to the lialter near, But narrowly escapes and buys it dear. Dryden. He might have employed his time in the frivolous delights of catching moles and haltering frogs. A tterbury. HALTER-CAST is an excoriation of the pas tern, occasioned by the halter's being entangled about a horse's foot, upon his endeavouring to rub his neck with his hinder feet. For the cure, anoint the place, morning and evening, with equal quantities of linseed oil and brandy, well mixed. HALTERISTJE, in antiquity, a kind of players at discus. Some take the discus to have been a leaden weight or ball, which the vaulters bore in their hands, to secure and keep them- selves the more steady in their leaping. Others say the halter was a lump of lead or stone, with a hole or handle fixed to it, by which it might be carried. Hier. Mercurialis, in his treatise De Arte Gymnastica, 1. ii. c. 12, distinguishes two kinds of halteristae ; for, though there was but one halter, there were two ways of applying it. The one was to throw or pitch it ; the other only to hold it out at arm's end, and in this posture to give themselves divers motions, swinging the hand backwards and forwards, according to the engraven figures thereof given us by Mercurialis. The halter was of a cylindrical figure, smaller in the middle, where it was held by one diameter, than at the two ends. It was above a foot Ions, and there was one for each hand : it was either of iron, stone, or lead. Galen, De Tuend. Vale- HAM tud. lib. i. v. and vi., speaks of this exercise, and shows of what use it is in purging the body of peccant humors, making it equivalent both to purgation and phlebotomy. HALVE, v. a. 1 Dan. halv. See HALF. HALVES, interj. }To divide equally: halves is an expression by which any one lays claim to an equal share. See HALF. Have you not seen how the divided dam Runs to the summons of her hungry lamb ? But, when the twin cries halves, she quits the first. Cleaveland. HALYMOTE properly signifies a holy or ecclesiastical court. There is a halymote held in London, before the lord mayor and sheriffs, for regulating the bakers. It was anciently held on Sunday before St. Thomas's day, and hence called the haly mote, or holy court. riALYS, in ancient geography, the noblest river of the Hither Asia, through which it has a long course, was the boundary of Croesus's king- dom on the east. Running down from the foot of Mount Taurus, through Cataonia and Cappa- c, life. A people who had no houses, but lived in car- riages. They were an ancient people of Sarnia- tia Europsea, inhabiting the southern part of Muscovy, and instead of houses had a sort of tents made of leather, fixed on carriages to be ready for travelling. Some say they inhabited the countries now called Bessarabia, Moldavia, Wallachia, and part of Transylvania. HAMBURGH, one of the most important commercial cities in Europe, is situated at the confluence of the little rivers, Alster and Bille, with the Elbe, and about eighteen leagues from the sea. It is built in the Gothic style ; the streets narrow and crooked ; and it has many canals, crossed by eighty-one bridges. It is surrounded by a wall, on the top of which two carriages can drive abreast, and has six gates. The French, while in possession of it, constructed many other works : its population is about 120,000, and the territory about 15,000 more. In the new town many of the houses are neatly built, and some streets elegant, particularly on the Alster, where the Jungfernsteig, planted with trees, is a fashionable promenade. Hamburgh has several suburbs : on its east side, between the Elbe and Alster, stands that of St. George, surrounded by a regular wall, and forming a separate parish. On the west is the Hamburger Berg, separated from Altona only by a wall. Here, adjacent to the Elbe, are the large oil works belonging to the Greenland fisheries, and at some distance two hospitals and a workhouse. On the north side of Hamburgh, along the Alster, is a new suburb, containing a number of elegant buildings. Outside of the town the Alster forms a large basin ; and within the town another of less extent, called the Binnen Alster, which serves as a har- bour. An arm of the Elbe also forms two ports, one on the east for boats, and another on the west, called the Niederbaum, for ships. The depth of this harbour is twenty feet ; but on account of a sand-bank opposite to the village of Blankenese, nine miles below Hamburgh, vessels that draw more than fourteen feet of water must discharge part of their cargo, except at spring tides, when the depth on the bank is eighteen feet. The hour of high water at new and full moon is six o'clock, Besides the Alster, a small river, called the Bill, flows by the east side of the city. There are in Hamburgh five large and eleven small churches; that of St. Michael, a modern edifice, and that of St. Peter, are remarkable for HAMBURGH. their elegant spires; St. Nicholas for its fine chimes. The exchange hall is a new building, fitted up with great elegance, and containing a hall for the display of works of art, and a read- ing-room on a large scale. The other public buildings are not constructed in very good taste. The principal are the old exchange, the hospitals, and an obelisk in honor of professor Busch. In former times brewing was a chief employ- ment here; but it has long given place to other occupations. In the beginning of this century the refining of sugar employed more than 300 houses, and is still a considerable pursuit. The printing of cotton, linen, and handkerchiefs, is next in importance; then, perhaps, the dye- works, and machinery for twisting tobacco. Other manufactures, on a comparatively small scale, are those of jewellery, whalebone, soap, wax, whale-oil, silk stuffs, gold and silver lace, needles, cards, sailcloth, and particularly stock- ings. For many years Hamburgh has been gradually exchanging its manufacturing for a mercantile character. Its transactions partly consist in agency, but more in the purchase and sale for account of its merchants. They buy the commodities of Great Britain, France, Spain, Portugal, the Netherlands, the West Indies, the United States of America; and supply all the countries lying along the Elbe, different districts on the Rhine and the Lower Maine, and a part of the Prussian and Austrian dominions. They also buy up the products of these countries, linen, thread, &c. The trade in timber is also of great importance, especially during a maritime war. The other articles of trade comprise flax, hemp, potash, tar, tobacco, dye-stuffs, wax, honey, hides, wool, woollen yarn, smoked and salt meat, mineral products, iron wares ; in short, all the products of the north-east of Germany. The following list of vessels which arrived at Hamburgh, in 1817, will show the prominence of our trade with this city : — From Britain .... 589 the Baltic . . . 239 the Netherlands . .178 Denmark . . . .112 Portugal . ... 92 the Mediterranean . . 85 France .... 73 Sweden .... 47 the United States . . 37 the West Indies . . 30 Archangel .... 22 Greenland . . . .13 the East Indies . . 6 the Weser, East Friesland, and all other ports . .117 Total 1640 Its commerce has since considerably increasd. The coasting trade with Bremen, Embden, and Amsterdam, is carried on by flat-bottomed ves- sels ; a class of shipping of great convenience in time of war, as, from their keeping in the shallow water between the line of sandy islands and the continent, armed vessels can with difficulty approach them. They belong chiefly to the in- habitants of East Friesland, Ditmarsch, and Heligoland. The transit trade, or conveyance of goods by the Elbe, for account of foreign merchants, has hitherto been inconsiderable, but has been increased since 1816 by the heavy duties imposed by the Dutch government on merchandise forwarded into Germany by the Rhine ; and by the regulations which have freed the Upper Elbe from a number of vexatious tolls. The bank here was founded in 161 9, to afford a permanent and uniform currency ; it has never issued notes, and very seldom makes a cash payment; a merchant, depositing cash or bullion, receives credit for the amount in the books; this he makes use of, not by withdrawing the money, but by transferring it by draft or cheque to others, who again make similar transfers. Bank money having a permanent value, while coin was liable to degradation, the former soon rose in rela'tive price, and often bears an agio, or premium of 25 per cent. The denominations of money in Hamburgh are not simple. Accounts are kept in marks, schillings, and pfennings lubs, thus : — 12 pfennings z= 1 schilling. 16 schillings — 1 mark. 3 marks :n 1 dollar. A mark is somewhat more than eighteen pence sterling ; but the exchange with London is com- puted in Flemish money, of which £13 6s. Qd. are equal to 100 marks; the computation is thirty-two shs. Flemish, and upwards, for a pound sterling. With Amsterdam and Paris the computation of exchange is by marks, schillings, and pfennings; and the bill transactions are reckoned more important than those of any other place in Germany. The established religion is the Lutheran, but complete toleration is granted: Catholics and Calvinists go to the chapels of the envoys from Catholic or Calvinist countries. The manners of the citizens much resemble those of Holland. The favorite taste, in respect to amusement, is music; and, before 1807, the higher class of merchants lived not only with hospitality, but luxury. This city has been at different times the residence of literary characters of the first eminence; and its charitable institutions are numerous. The revenue of the orphan-house is estimated at £6000 sterling ; there is an hospital for receiving poor travellers that fall sick; and, in the well known lombard, or place of deposit for pawned articles, the town lends money at an interest of 6 per cent, on every kind of goods or merchandise. If the goods are not reclaimed, within a certain time, they are sold for their full value, and the excess over the money lent is returned to the owners. At the town library, containing, it is said, 100,000 volumes, is pub- lished the Hamburger Correspondenten, a news- paper of great circulation. The constitution of the government is an aristocracy, checked by the citizens at large. The aristocratic part comprises the senate, to the number of twenty-eiaht voting members, who receive an annual salary, and constitute the executive ; they have no hereditary right or dis- tinction, but they have the privilege of electing HAM 8 their own members. Such elections, however, are almost always in concurrence with the popu- lar wish. The burgesses, or citizens, act by delegation in various ways ; by a commission ef fifteen, called the council of elders; by the council of sixty; and by an assembly of 180. These bodies are each entitled to confer with the senate on questions of importance. The senate alone can propose a law ; jts adoption or rejec- tion rests with the representatives of the citizens. To be a citizen, in a legislative sense, it is requi- site to be of the Lutheran faith, and to possess permanent property within the walls to the value of 1000 rixdollars (£240), or 2000 without the walls; but, within the territory, the right of citizenship, for mercantile purposes, is of easy acquisition, particularly to our countrymen. The whole of this constitution was framed by a com- mission appointed by the emperor of Germany in 1712, previous to which the government of Hamburgh had been a source of frequent strife between the senate and citizens. The city revenue exceeds £150,000, arising chiefly from customs and assessed taxes. These defray the public salaries, and the pay of the military, who are in number 2000. An annual expense of £ 15,000 is incurred on account of the river, in buoys, light-houses, and in keeping it «lear of mud ; and is raised by a toll on the shipping. The territory of Hamburgh hardly exceeds 133 square miles. It consists of a small district lying around the city, of the town and bailiwic of Cuxhaven, at the mouth of the Elbe, and some villages in the duchy of Holstein. Hamburgh is connected with Frankfort, Lubeck, and Bremen, in some commercial regulations ; and they all retain the old name of Hanse Towns. In 833 Louis the Pious erected Hamburgh into a bishopric, and afterwards into an arch- bishopric. Adolphus III. duke of Saxony, among other privileges, granted it the right of fishing in the Elbe, eight miles above and below l the city. It was declared a free imperial city in 1618. The kings of Denmark, when they suc- ceeded to the counts of Holstein, claimed the sovereignty of this place, and often compelled the citizens to pay large sums to purchase the confirmation of their liberties. The year 1768 was remarkable for a renunciation of this claim, and for a full confirmation of Hamburgh in her rights as an independent city. Her trade and population now continued to increase : the French revolution for some time augmented them; and when, after 17.96, Germany felt the shock of invasion, Hamburgh was secure under the protection of Prussia. It thus preserved its independence amid all the partitions of territory until, at the end of 1806, a large French garrison was stationed here, and Buonaparte seized a part of the public funds. In 1810 it was incor- porated into the French empire, as the capital of the department of the Mouths of the Elbe. The decrees of Bqonaparte, prohibitory of commerce, continued with immense loss to this city from 1808 until the spring of 1813, when the hope of support from the troops of the allies led to a memorable, but premature effort (18th of March) against the French. Hamburgh was re-occupied jjy the latter on the 30th of May, when a con- HAM tribution of nearly £2,000,000 sterling was im- posed on it, and orders given to defend it at whatever sacrifice against the allies. This led to great distress, to the destruction of the houses on the ramparts, the seizure of a great deal of merchandise, and finally of the bank funds. At last it was evacuated, May 1814, and part of the bank funds have been restored by the Bourbons. •The congress of Vienna accorded to Hamburgh a vote in the Germanic diet, in conjunction with Frankfort, Lubeck, and Bremen. It is thirty- nine miles S. S.W. of Lubeck, eighty-four north of Hanover, and 448 north-east of London. HAME, n. s. Sax. j>ama. The collar by which a horse draws in a waggon. HAMEL. See HAMLET. HAMEL (John Baptiste Du), a learned French philosopher of the seventeenth century. At eighteen he wrote a treatise, in which he explained in a very simple manner Theodosius's three books of Spherics ; to which he added a tract upon trigonometry, designed as an introduction to as- tronomy. He next published his Astronomia Physica. In 1666 M. Colbert proposed to Louis XIV. a scheme for establishing a royal academy of sciences ; and appointed Du Hamel secretary. He was also regius professor of philosophy, and published a great number of books. He died at Paris in 1706, aged eighty-three. He wrote Latin with purity and elegance. HAMELN, a town and fortress of Hanover, situated at the conflux of the Weser and Hamel. Here is a large sluice on the Weser, erected in 1734, by George II. It contains 5000 inhabi- tants, and carries on an active trade in tobacco, hats, and woollens. The churches and other public buildings are large for so small a place. On the other side of the river is a very strong fortification, called Fort George, considered of great importance for the possession of Han- over. It was garrisoned by the Prussians in 1806. Twenty-two miles south-east of Minden, and twenty-five south-west of Hanover. HAM ELLA, in botany, a genus of the mono- gynia order, and pentandria class of plants. The corolla is quinquefid ; the berry quinquelocular, inferior, polyspermous. HAMESECKEN, or HAMESOKEN. Burglary, or nocturnal house-breaking, was, by the ancient English law, called Hamesecken, as it still is in Scotland. IIAMILCAR, the father of Hannibal. See AMILCAR and CARTHAGE. HAMILTON (George), earl of Orkney, a brave warrior, was the fifth son of William earl of Selkirk. Being made colonel in 1689 — 90, he distinguished himself by his bravery at the battle of the Boyne ; and soon after at those of Ahrim, Steinkirk, and Landen, and at the sieges of Athlone, Limerick, and Namur. His eminent services in Ireland and Flanders, recommended him so highly to king William III. that, in 1696, he created him earl of Orkney ; and his lady, the sister of Edward viscount Villiers, afterwards earl of Jersey, had a grant made to her, under the great seal of Ireland, of almost all the pri- vate estates of the late king James. Upon tdo accession of queen Anne, he was promoted !» the rank of major-general in 1702, and in 17iV. HAMILTON. to that of lieutenant-general, and was likewise made K. T. He afterwards served under the duke of Marlborough, and contributed by his bravery and conduct to the glorious victories of Blenheim and Malplaquet. In 1710 he was sworn of the privy-council, and made general of the foot in Flanders. In 1712 he was made colonel of the royal regiment of Fusiliers, and served in Flanders under the duke of Ormond. In 1714 he was appointed gentleman extraordi- nary of the bed-chamber to king George I., and afterwards governor of Virginia. At length he was appointed governor of Edinburgh castle, lord- lieutenant of Clydesdale, and field-marshal. He died at his house in Albemarle Street, in 1737. HAMILTON (John), the twenty-fourth bishop of St. Andrew's, to which he was translated from Dunkeld, was the natural son of James, the first earl of Arran ; and one of queen Mary's privy council, and a steady adherent to her interest, lie baptised her son ; and was made lord privy seal, and lord treasurer. By the regent earl of Murray, he was declared a traitor, and obliged to seek shelter among his friends. Being in the castle of Dumbarton, when it was taken, he was carried to Stirling, where on April 1st, 1570, he was hanged on a tree. The following sarcastic lines were written upon it : — Vive diu, felix arbor, semperque vireto Frondibus, ut nobis talia poma feras. HAMILTON (William), of Bangour, a cele- brated Scots poet, the friend and poetical corre- spondent of Allan Ramsay, was born at Bangour, in Linlithgowshire, in the beginning of the eighteenth century, and was for some time a lieutenant m the royal navy. Lieutenant Ha- milton lived many years at Gilbertfield in La- narkshire, and afterwards at Latrick, where he died 24th of May, 1751. His works were printed at Edinburgh, in 12mo., in 1760. HAMILTON (William Gerard), an orator of the last century, who, on account of the extraordi- nary impression produced by the first and almost the only speech he ever delivered in the house of commons, obtained the name of Single-speech Hamilton. His father was a barrister of Lin- coln's Inn, where he was born in 1729. He was sent to Winchester, whence he removed to Oriel College, Oxford ; and then studied at Lincoln's Inn, but never was called to the bar. In 1754 he obtained a seat in parliament, and subse- quently was made one of the lords of trade. On the appointment of lord Halifax to the vice- royalty of Ireland, Hamilton went thither as his secretary, and was accompanied by the celebrated Edmund Burke- In the Irish parliament he supported the reputation he l.ad previously gained ; and for many years held the office of Irish chancellor of the exchequer. He relin- quished that post in 1784, awd spent the latter part of his life in retirement. His death took place in 1796. A posthumous publication of his works, including a tract, entitled, Parliamen- tary Logic ; Speeches, &c., appeared in 1808. The letters of Junius have been attributed to him. HAMILTON (Elizabeth), a modern library ladv, and a native of Ireland, was born at Belfast 25th of July, 1758. She was brought up under the care of her uncle, who resided near Stirling in Scotland, and produced Cottagers of Glenbur- nie ; Letters of a Hindoo Rajah, 2 vois. 8vo. ; The Life of Agrippina, 3 vols. 8vo. ; and Me- moirs of Modern . Philosophers ; works which, under the form of novels, are replete with good sense and information. Her other writings are, Hints for Public Schools; Popular Essays, 2 vols. 8vo. ; Rules of the Annuity Fund, &c. ; Exercises in Religious Knowledge, 12mo. ; Let- ters on the Formation of the Religious and Moral Principle, 2 vols. ; and, On the Elementary Prin- ciples of Education. Miss Benger, after her decease, printed a selection from Miss Hamilton's correspondence, with an account of her life and habits. Her death took place at Harrowgate, in Yorkshire, 23d of July, 1816. HAMILTON, a town in a parish of the same name, seated on the Clyde, in the middle of a very agreeable plain, on the east side of a large park nearly seven miles in circumference, enclosed with a high wall, full of deer and other game, be- longing to the duke of Hamilton. The original name of this place was Cadzow, or Cadyow, a barony granted to an ancestor of the noble owner, on the following occasion : — In the time of Edward II. lived Sir Gilbert de Hamilton, or Hampton, an Englishman of rank ; who happen- ing at court to speak in praise of Robert Bruce, received an insult from John de Spenser, cham- berlain to the king, whom he fought and slew. Dreading the resentment of that potent family, he fled to the Scottish monarch ; who established him at the place possessed by the duke of Ha- milton. In after times the name changed from Cadzow to Hamilton; and in 1445 the lands were erected into a lordship, and the then owner Sir James sat in parliament as lord Hamilton. He founded a collegiate church at Hamilton in 1451 ; and the town was made a burgh of barony in 1456. Weaving is the chief manufacture. Hamilton- palace is at the end of the town ; a large pile, with two deep wings at right angles with the centre : the gallery is of great extent, and fur- nished with most excellent paintings. Hamilton is eleven miles south-east of Glasgow, and thir- teen N. N. W. of Lanark. HAMILTON, a county in the south-west corner of the state of Ohio, United States, bounded south by the Ohio River, east by Clermont county, north by Butler county, and west by In- diana. It is thirty miles long, by twenty broad. It is watered by the Ohio, Whitewater, and Great and Little Miami. Its surface is hilly and uneven near the large streams; in other parts it is level, or undulating. The valleys are well cultivated. The chief town is Cincinnati. Po- pulation, in 1815, 18,700. HAMILTON, a district of Tennessee, United States, containing the counties of Knox, Jeffer- son, Blount, Sevier, and Grainger. HAMILTON, a town of the county of Fuller, state of Ohio, United States. It is pleasantly situated on the east bank of the Miami, and contains a post-office, and a printing-office, from which issues a weekly newspaper. HAMILTON, a township and village of the HAM 10 United States, '.:. Maddison county, New York. Tne townsnip was erected in 1801, and in 1810 its inhabitants amounted to 2,220. The village is situated on the main branch of the Chenango. HAMILTON, Anthony, count ; a poet, courtier, and man of letters in the 17th century. He was descended from a younger branch of the family of the dukes of Hamilton, in Scotland, but was born in Ireland about 1646. His parents were Catholics and royalists, in consequence of which they removed to France after the death of Charles I., and young Hamilton became domici- liated in that country. He, however, made fre- quent visits to England, in the reign of Charles II. His sister was married to count Grammont. It is said that the count, after having paid his addresses to the lady, and been accepted, changed his mind, and set off for the continent. Her brother followed him, and, overtaking him at Dover, asked him if he had not forgotten something to be done previously to his leaving England. " O, yes," replied Grammont, " I forgot to marry your sister ;" and he immediately returned and fulfilled his engagement. When James II. was obliged to contend for his crown in Ireland, he gave count Hamilton a regiment of infantry, and made him governor of Limerick ; but on the ruin of the royal cause, he accompa- nied James to France, where he passed the rest of his life. His wit and talents secured him ad- mission into the first circles, where he was gene- rally esteemed for his agreeable manners and amiable disposition. He died at St. Germain, in 1720. Count Hamilton is chiefly known as an author by his Memoirs of Count Grammont, a lively and spirited production, exhibiting a free, and, in the general outline, a faithful delineation of the voluptuous court of Charles II. The count's other works are Poems and Fairy Tales, which, as well as the Memoirs, are in French, and display elegance of style and fertility of invention. HAMLET, n. #. From Saxon, ham, a village; with the diminutive termination. Within the self-same lordship, parish, or hamlet, lands have divers degrees of value. Bacon. Sometimes with secure delight The upland hamlets will invite. Millvn, He pitched upon the plain His mighty camp, and, when the day returned, The country wasted and the hamlets burned. Dryden. HAMLET, a prince of Denmark, whose his- tory has been rendered interesting, by being the subject of one of the noblest tragedies of Shak- speare. Adjoining to a royal palace, which stands about half a mile from Cronburg in Elsi- neur, is a garden, which, Mr. Coxe informs us, is called Hamlet's Garden, and is said to be the spot where his father was murdered. The house is of modern date, and is situated at the foot of a sandy ridge near the sea. The garden occupies the side of the hill, and is laid out in terraces rising above each other. The original history, from which the poet derived the principal inci- dents of his play, is founded upon facts, but so deeply buried in remote antiquity that it is difficult to discriminate truth from fable. Saxo Grammaticus, who flourished in the twelfth cen- tury, is the earliest historian of Denmark who relates the adventures of Hamlet. His account is much a'itt red by Belleforest, a French author, HAM a translation of whose romance was published under the title of The Hystorye of Hamblet, from which Shakspeare is supposed to have formed the ground-work of his play. HAM'MER, n. $. & v. n.-* Saxon, hameri ; HAM'MERER, n. s. . > Danish, hammer. HAM'MERHARD, n. s. J The instrument, consisting of a long handle and heavy head, with which any thing is forged or driven. Figu- ratively any thing destructive or powerful : to beat ; to forge ; to contrive by dint of intellectual labor ; to work ; or to be busy ; in these senses generally spoken contemptuously : sometimes to be greatly agitated. -Lamekes sone Tubal, That found out firste the arte of song ; For as his brother's hamers ronge Upon his anvclt up and downe, Therof, he toke the firste sowne. Chaucer. Boke of the Duchesse. The armureres also With file and hammer pricking to and fro. Id. The Knightes Tale. His bones the hammered steel in strength surpass. Sandys. Nor needest thou much importune me to that, Whereon this month I have been hammering. Shakspeare. I have been studying how to compare This prison where I live unto the world j And, for because the world is populous, And here is not a creature but myself, I cannot do it ; yet I'll hammer on't. Id. A HAMMER has an iron head, fixed cross- wise upon a handle of wood. There are several sorts of hammers used by blacksmiths; as, 1. the hand-hammer, which is of such weight that it may be wielded with one hand at the anvil. 2. The up-hand sledge hammer, used with both hands, and seldom lifted above the head. 3. The about-sledge hammer, which is the biggest of all, and held by both hands at the farthest end of the handle ; and being swung at arm's length over the head, is made to fall upon the work with as heavy a blow as possible. The smallest hammer used by smiths is called a rivetting hammer, but is seldom used at the forge unless upon small work. These and a great variety of other hammers of different sizes are used by goldsmiths and jewellers. Watchmakers, saddlers, carpenters, and joiners, have likewise hammers accommodated to their several pur- poses. HAMMERMEN, in the royal boroughs of Scotland, the name of an incorporation, which comprehends most of those artizans who make use of hammers; such as goldsmiths, jewellers, watch-makers, coppersmiths, braziers, black- smiths, tin-plate-workers, cutlers, gun-smiths, founders, saddlers, See. In Edinburgh, how- ever, the goldsmiths, by the set of the burgh, form a distinct incorporation, which ranks second in order, next to the surgeons ; while the other artizans above mentioned form the fifth incorporation, under the title of hammer- men. HAMMOCK, n s. Sax. haraaca. A swing- ing bed. Prince Maurice of Nassau, who had been accus- tomed to hammocks, used them all his life. Temple. HAM 11 HAMMOCKS, or HAMACS, are suspended be- tween two trees, posts, hooks, or the like, and are much used throughout the West Indies, as well as on board of ships. The Indians hang their hammocks to trees, to secure themselves from wild beasts and insects. It consists of a large strong coverlet or sheet of coarse cotton, about six feet square ; on two opposite sides are loops of the same stuff, through which a string is run, and thereof other loops are formed, all of which are tied together with a cord ; and thus the whole is fastened to two neighbouring trees in the field, or two hooks in houses. This kind of couch serves at the same time for bed, quilts, sheets, pillow, &c. The hammock used on board of ships is made of a piece of canvas, six feet long, and three wide, drawn together at the ends. There are usually from fourteen to twenty inches in breadth allowed between decks for every hammock in a ship of war ; but this space must in some measure depend on the number of the crew, &c. In time of battle the hammocks and bedding are firmly corded and fixed in the nettings on the quarter deck, to preserve the men from the fire of the enemy. HAMMOND (Henry), D.D.,one of the most learned English divines in the seventeenth cen- tury, was born in 1605. He studied at Oxford, and in 1629 entered into holy orders. In 1633 he was made rector of Penshurst in Kent ; in 1643 archdeacon of Chichester; and in 1645 a canon of Christ Church, Oxford, and chaplain to king Charles I. He was also chosen public orator of the university. In 1647 he attended he king in his confinement at Wooburn, Caves- ham, Hampton-Court, and the Isle of Wight. On his return to Oxford he was chosen sub-dean ; and continued there till the parliament visitors ejected and imprisoned him. During this con- finement he began his Annotations on the New Testament. On the 4th of April 1660 he was seized by a fit of the stone, of which he died on the 25th of that month, aged fifty-five. He wrote many other works, which have been pub- lished together in 4 vols. folio. HAMMOND (Anthony), esq., an ingenious English poet, descended from a good family of Somersham-Place in Huntingdonshire, was born in 1668. After a liberal education at St. John's College, Cambridge, he was chosen M.P. for Truro, and soon distinguished himself as a speaker. He became a commissioner of the royal navy, which place he quitted in 1712. He published a Miscellany of Poems by the most eminent hands ; in -which he himself had a considerable share. He -wrote the life of his friend Walter Moyle, esq., prefixed to his works ; and died about 1726. HAMOAZE, a creek in the British Channel, which forms a harbour for the royal navy, capa- ble of containing 100 vessels, in three tiers, at from thirteen to fifteen fathoms water. It is the west branch of the Tamar, which falls into Ply- mouth Sounds. HAMPDEN (John) esq., of Hampden, a cele- brated patriot, descended of an ancient family in Buckinghamshire, was born at London in 1594. He was cousin german to Oliver Cromwell, and in 1 601) was sent to Magdalen College, Oxford, HAM whence he went to the inns of court, where he made a considerable progress in the law. He was elected a member of the parliament which sat at Westminster, February 5th, 1626 ; and served in all the succeeding parliaments in the reign of Charles I. In 1636 he became univer- sally known, by his refusal to pay ship-money, as being an illegal tax; upon which he was prosecuted ; and his conduct throughout this transaction gained him great celebrity. On January the 3rd, 1644, the king ordered articles of high treason and other misdemeanors to be prepared against lord Kimbolton, Mr. Hampden, and four other members of the House of Com- mons., .and went to that house to seize them : but they had retired. Mr. Hampden afterwards made a speech to the house to clear himself of the charge laid against him. In the beginning of the civil war he commanded a regiment of foot, and was of great service to the parliament at the battle of Edge-hill. He received a mor- tal wound in the shoulder in an engagement with prince Rupert, on the 18th of June 1643, at Chalgravefield in Oxfordshire; and died on the 24th. Of this celebrated patriot Clarendon says, he was an enemy not to be wished where he might have been made a friend, and as much to be apprehended where he was so, as any man could deserve to be* And, therefore, his death was no IPSS pleasing to the one party, than it was condoled by the other. In a word, what was said of Cinna might well be applied to him ; — ' He had a head to contrive, and a tongue to persuade, and a hand to execute any mischief!' HA'MPER, n.s. Contracted, according to Minsheu, from hand pannier; but hanaperium appears to have been a word long in use, whence hanapar, hampar. Johnson. A large basket for carriage. What powder'd wigs ! what flames and darts ! What hampers full of bleeding hearts ! Swift. HAMPER, v. a. The original of this word, m its present meaning, is uncertain : Junius ob- serves that hamplyns in Teutonic is a quarrel : others imagine that hamper or hanapar, being the treasury to which fines are paid, to hamper, which is ccmmonly applied to the law, means originally to fine. To shackle, entangle, ensnare, or inveigle, as with chains or nets ; figuratively to perplex, complicate, or embarrass by troubles, or to catch with allurements. And if the priest w452{ Exeter Merrimach 34,619 Concord 5 Dover Strafford 32 Gilmanton (.Rochester Sullivan — 19,637 Ntwport 212 269,533 14 HAMPSHIRE. The seat of governmen. is Concord; but Portsmouth is much me laigest town, and the only sea-port. There are eleven banks in this state. There is a college at Hanover, and academies are established at Atkinson, Chesterfield, Deer- field, Exeter, Gilmanton, Hampton, Haverhill, Lancaster, Londonderry, Newmarket, New Ips- wich, Plainfield, Portsmouth, and Salisbury. Some of these academies, particularly those at Exeter and Plainfield, are liberally endowed. Public schools are supported throughout the state, and afford to all the inhabitants the means of common education. The following statement respecting the several denominations of Christians was made in the year 1817; Congregationalists, 103 ministers; Baptists, fifty-three churches; Friends, eighteen meetings ; Methodists, six ministers ; Presbyte- rians, three ministers ; Episcopalians, three mi- nisters ; Universalists, three ministers ; Shakers, two societies. The whole number of houses of public worship, in 1817, was 261. The climate of New Hampshire is subject to the extremes of heat and cold, but the air is ge- nerally pure and salubrious. Morning and evening fires become necessary from about the middle of September. Cattle are housed from the beginning of November ; and in the course of this month the earth and rivers generally be- come thoroughly frozen and covered with snow. The open country is generally cleared of snow in April, but in the woods it very often lies in the northern parts of the state till May. The whole extent of sea coast in this state, from the southern boundary to the mouth of the Piscataqua harbour, is eighteen miles. The shore is generally a sandy beach, and bordering upon it are salt marshes, intersected by creeks. There are several coves, convenient for fishing vessels, but the entrance of the Piscataqua is the only harbour for ships. For twenty or thirty miles from the sea the country is either level, or vari- egated by small hills and valleys. Then com- mences a country the surface of which is greatly diversified by hills, valleys, and several elevated mountains, among which are the White Moun^ trins, accounted the highest in the United States. The other most considerable summits are Moose- hillock, Monadnock, Kearsarge, Sunapee, Ossi- pee, &c. Some of the most remarkable natural objects of curiosity are the cave in Chester, the rock in Durham, Bellows Falls in Walpole, and particularly the Notch of the White Moun- tains. Five of the largest rivers in New England rise either wholly or in part in this state. These are the Connecticut, Merrymack, Androscoggin, Saco, and Piscataqua. The other most conside- rable rivers are the Upper and Lower Ammo- noosuc, Sugar River, Ashuelot, Contoocook, Margallaway, and Nashua. The principal lakes are Winnipiseogee,Umbagog, Ossipee, Sunapee, Squam, and Newfound lakes. There is a great variety of soil in this state ; a considerable proportion is fertile, and it is ge- nerally better adapted to grazing than tillage. The interval lands on the large rivers are es teemed the most valuable. These produce va- rious kinds of grain in great abundance. But the uplands, of an uneven surface, and of a rocky, warm, moist soil, are accounted the best for grazing. The principal articles of produce are beef, pork, mutton, butter, cheese, wheat, rye, Indian corn, oats, barley, pulse, and flax. The number of neat cattle, in 1812, was calcu- lated at 211,534 ; horses 32,161 ; sheep 364,892. Apples are abundant, and no good husbandman thinks his farm complete without an orchard. Other kinds of fruit are not expensively culti- vated. The manufactures of New Hampshire have of late greatly increased. There are now upwards of thirty cotton and woollen manufactories, and nine or ten paper mills. There is a glass manu- factory company in Keene, incorporated in 1814; and there are establishments for the manufacture of iron in Franconia. There are also several furnaces for casting iron, hollow ware, &c. Among the towns where the most considerable manufacturing establishments are situated, are Exeter, Peterborough, Franconia, Pembroke, New Ipswich, Keene, Dover, &c. The prin- cipal articles of export are lumber, fish, beef, pork, horses, neat cattle, sheep, flax seed, pot and pearl ashes. The total amount of the ex- ports from Portsmouth, in 1798, was 723/241 dollars; and in 1816, 140,293 dollars. The executive power is vested in a governor and a council of five members. The legislature is composed of a senate of twelve members, and a house of representatives. Every town con- taining 150 ratable polls is entitled to send one representative, and one for every additional 300 polls. All the above officers are elected annually by the people, on the second Tuesday in March. The legislature meets annually on the first Wed- nesday in June. New Hampshire sends six re presentatives to congress. New Hampshire was discovered in 1614 by captain Smith ; and the first settlements, con- sisting of fishermen and planters, were esta- blished in 1623. In consequence of a disunion among the settlers, they renounced the right of self-government, and placed themselves under the state of Massachusetts. About the year 1680, however, it was again established into a royal government, which was dissolved by the provin- cial convention of 1775. Its present constitu- tion was adopted in 1784. HAMPTON, a town of Middlesex, on the Thames, twelve miles W. S. W. of London, and two from Richmond and Kingston. It is chiefly famous for its royal palace, called Hampton Court, built by Cardinal Wolsey, who furnished it richly, and had 280 silk beds here for strangers. The buildings, gardens, and two parks, to which William III. made considerable additions, are about four miles in circumference, and watered on three sides by the Thames. The grand facade along the Thames extends 328 feet ; the portico, colonnade, and grand entrance, are executed in a magnificent style of architecture. On a pediment in the front of the palace is a bas-relief of the triumph of Hercules over Envy, opposite to which is a large oval bason. At the entrance of the grand walk are two marble vases •jf exquisite workmanship, one of them ty HAN 15 HAN Gibber, father of the poet, and the other by a t of its popuiation ig aiso descended from foreigner, they having been executed as a trial of talvinists, who emigrated from France, under skill; the one has abas-relief of the triumphs Louis XIV. A canal goes from the Maine to of Bacchus, and the other of Amphitnte and the lhe walls of the town> for the convenience of Nereids. In the parterres are four brass statues trade> A large proportion of the inhabitants are of a Gladiator, Apollo, Diana, and Saturn. On employed in manufacturing watches, jewellery, the south side of the palace is the Privy-Garden, camblets, and hats ; but the largest manufacture which was sunk ten fret to open a view to the is that of silk wood, iron, corn, and flour, Thames, having a fountain in the centre, lhe are also articies of traffic. Wilhelmsbad, in the palace consists of three quadrangles; the first neighbourhood, has a well known mineral spring and second are gothic ; but in the last is a most and public buildings ; this place is also the seat beautiful colonnade of the Ionic order, in which of tne suprerne court for tne district, and is the are the royal apartments residence of the elector's deputy, generally the HAMPTON, a town of the United States, the heir apparent. In 1792, Hanau was attacked, capital of Elizabeth county, Virginia. It is but not occupied, by the French : but it was situated at the head of a bay which runs up entered by them in 1796, in 1797, and after- north from the head of James's river, called wards in 1805. In the end of October 1813, Hampton road, five miles north-west from Point an Austrian and Bavarian corps opposed here Comfort. Corn and leather are imported from the grand army of the French in their retreat this place to a considerable extent. It is eleven from Leipsic, and a sanguinary conflict took miles north from Norfolk, sixty E.S. E. from place, in which the Bavarians were defeated. Richmond, and 180 west by south from Phila- Inhabitants 12,000, thirteen miles east of Frank- delphia. fort on the Maine, thirty S. S. E. of Wetzlar, HAMPTON, a town of Rockingham county, New and twenty-seven east of Mentz. Long. 8° 69' Hampshire, United States, on the sea coast, E., lat. 50° 9' N. HANAU-LICHTENBERG, a principality belong- ing formerly to a younger branch of the counts of Hanau. It is chiefly in Alsace, but a part of it on the German side of the Rhine. It is now shared between France, Baden, and Hesse- Darmstadt. The population of the whole is calculated at rather more than 80,000. HA'NCES, or HAUNCHES, in architecture, the ends of elliptical arches ; and these are the arches of smaller circles than the scheme, or middle part of the arch. The sweep of the arch will not contain above four- teen inches, and perhaps you must cement pieces to many of the courses in the hance, to make them long enough to contain fourteen inches. Moxon. HANCOCK, county of Maine, United States, bounded north by Penobscot county, east by Washington county, south by the Atlantic, and west by Lincoln and Kennebeck counties. The chief town is Castine. It is well watered by the Penobscot and Union rivers. HAND, n. s. Sax. ^an^, Jjon^, and in all the Teutonic dialects. The palm with the fingers ; the member with which we hold or use any in- strument. And on a wall this king his eyen cast, And saw an hand, armies, that wrote ful fast j For fere of whiche he quoke, and siked sore. This hand, that Balthasar so sore agast, Wrote mane, techel, phares, and no more. Chaucer. The Monhes Tale. The nectarine and curious peach Into my hands themselves do reach. Zfarvell. They laid hands upon him, and bound him hand and foot. Knolles's History of the Turks. That wonderful instrument the hand, was it made to be idle 1 Berkeley. They hand in hand, with wandering steps and slow. Through Eden took their solitary way. Milton, Each at the head Levelled his deadly aim ; their fatal hands No second stroke intend. Id'. Measure of four inches; a measure used ii. the matches of horses ; a palm. eighteen miles S. W. of Portsmouth, Pop. 1,103. Here are two meeting-houses and an academy. HAN'APER, n. s. Low Lat. hanaperium. A treasury ; an exchequer. The clerk of the hana- per receives the fees due to the king for the seal of chartprs and patents. The HANAPER, or HAMPER, is an office in Chancery, under the direction of a master, his deputy and clerks, comptroller, &c., answering, in some measure, to the nscus among the Ro- mans. The clerk or warden of the hanaper receives also all money due for commissions and writs ; and attends the keeper of the seal daily in term time, and at all time of sealing ; and takes into his custody all sealed charters, patents, &c., which he receives into bags, but anciently, it is supposed into hampers, which gave name to the office. HANAU, or HANAU MUNZENBUHG, a rich tract of country in the electorate of Hesse-Cas- sel, extending east and west along the north bank of the Maine, and deriving its name from the town of Hanau, its capital. Its extent is about 470 square miles, and its population 74,000; the prevailing religion is Calvinism. Here are several extensive forests and mines of silver, copper, salt, and cobalt. This territory was formerly a separate government, under the counts of Hanau; but that family becoming extinct in 1736, it has since formed part of the dominions of Hesse-Cassel. HANAU, a large town of Hesse-Cassel, situ- ated on the Kinzig, not far from its junction with the Maine. It is divided into the old and new town, each of which is distinctly governed. The former is ill built, but contains a magnifi- cent castle, and a good classical school. The new town is much larger and more regular, and has a large square, in which is the council- house, and a public well in each corner. The Houses in this part are mostly in the Dutch style, having been built by Walloon and Flem- ish emigrants of the seventeenth century. A II AN . 16 Side, right or left. For the other side of the court-gate on this hand, and that hand, were hangings of fifteen cubits. Exod. xxxviii. 15. Part ; quarter; siJd. It is allowed on all hands, that the people of Eng- land are more corrupt in their morals than any other nation this day under the sun. Swift. Ready payment with respect to the receiver. Of which offer the bassa accepted, receiving in hand one year's tribute. Knolles't History. These two must make our duty very easy ; a con- siderable reward in hand, and the assurance of a iar greater recompence hereafter. Tillotson. Ready payment with regard to the payer. Let not the wages of any man tarry with thee, but give it him out of htmd. Tob. iv. 14. Rate : price. Time is the measure of business ; money of wares : business is bought at a dear hand, where there is small dispatch. Bacon. Terms ; conditions ; rate. With simplicity admire and accept the mystery ; but at no hand by pride, ignorance, interest, or va- nity wrest it to ignoble senses. Taylor's Worthy Communicant It is either an ill sign or an ill effect, and therefore at no hand consistent with humility. Taylor. Act ; deed ; external action. Thou sawest the contradiction between my heart and hand. King Charles. I venerate the man whose heart is warm, Whose hands are pure, whose doctrine, and whose life Coincident, exhibit lucid proof That he is honest in the sacred cause. Cowper. Labor ; act of the hand. Alnashar was a very idle fellow, that never would set his hand to any business during his father's life. Addison. I rather suspect my own judgment than I can be- lieve a fault to be in that poem, which lay so long under Virgil's correction, and bad his last hand put to it. Id. Performance. Where are these porters. These lazy knaves ? Ye have made a fine hand ! fel- lows, There's a trim rabble let in. Shakspeare. Power of performance. He had a great mind to try his hand at a Spectator, and would fain have one of his writing in my works. Addison. A friend of mine has a very fine hand on the violin. Id. Attempt; undertaking. Out of them you dare take in Jumd to lay open the original of such a nation. Spenser on Ireland. Manner of gathering or taking. As her majesty hath received great profit, so may she, by a moderate hand, from time to time reap the »'ke. Bacon. Workmanship ; power or act of manufacturing or making. An intelligent being, coming out of the hands of in- finite perfection, with an aversion or even indifforency to be reunited with its author, the source of its utmost felicity, is such a shock and deformity in the beautiful analogy of things, as is not consistent with finite wis- dom and perfection. Cheyne. HAN I will hear it With all the tender sufferance of a friend, As calmly as the wounded patieut bears The artist's hand that ministers his cure. Otway. Manner of acting or performing. The master saw the madness rise ; His glowing cheeks, his ardent eyes ; And while he heaven and earth defyed, Changed his hand, and checked his pride. Dryden. Agency ; part in action. God must have set a more than ordinary esteem upon that which David was not thought fit to have a hand in. South. The act of giving or presenting. Let Tamar dress the meat in my sight, that I may eat it at her luind. 2 Sam. xiii. 5. To-night the poet's advocate I stand, And he deserves the favour at my hand. Addison. Act of receiving any thing ready to one's hand, when it only waits to be taken. His power reaches no farther than to compound and divide the materials that are made to his hand ; but can do nothing towards the making or destroying one atom of what is already in being. Locke. Many, whose greatness and fortune were not made to their hands, had sufficient qualifications and oppor- tunities of rising to these high posts. Addison. Care ; necessity of managing Jupiter had a farm a long time upon his hands, for want of a tenant to come up to his price. L' Estrange. When a statesman wants a day's defence, Or envy holds a whole week's war with sense, Or simple pride for flattery makes demands, May dunce by dunce be whistled off my hands. Pope. Discharge of duty. Let it therefore be required, on both parts, at the hands of the clergy, to be in meanness of estate like the apostles : and at the hands of the laity, to be as they who lived under the apostles. Hooker. Reach ; nearness : as, at hand, within reach, near, approaching. Your husband is at hand, I hear his trumpet. Shakspeare. Cousins, I hope the days are near at hand, That chambers will be safe. Id. He is at luind, and Pindarus is come To do you salutation. Id. The sight of his mind was like some sights of eyes ; rather strong at hand than to carry afar off. Bacon. Any light thing that moveth, when we find no wind, sheweth a wind at hand. Id. A very great sound near hand hath strnckcn many deaf. Id. It is not probable that any body should effect that at a distance, which, nearer hand, it cannot perform. Browne. When mineral or metal is to be generated, nature needs not to have at hand salt, sulphur, and mercury Boyle. Manual management. Nor swords at luind, nor hissing darts afar, Are doomed t' avenge the tedious bloody war. Dryden. State of being in preparation. Where is our usual manager of mirth ? What revels are in hand ? Is there no play, To ease the anguish of a torturing hour ? Shakspeare, HAN 17 State of being in present agitation. I looked upon her with a soldier's eye ; That liked, but had a rougher task in hand Than to drive liking to the name of war. Shakspeare. It is indifferent to the matter at hand which way {he learned shall determine of it. Locke. Cards held at a game. There was never a hand drawn, that did double the rest of the habitable world, before this. Bacon. That which is used in opposition to another. He would dispute, Confute, change hands, and still confute. Hudibras. Scheme of action. Consult of your own ways, and think which hand Is best to take. Ben Jonson. They who thought they could never be secure, ex- cept the king were fiist at their mercy, were willing to change the hand in carrying on the war. Clarendon. Advantage ; gain ; superiority. The French king, supposing to make his hand by those rude ravages in England, broke off his treaty of peace, and proclaimed hostility. Hayward. Competition ; contest ; She in beauty, education, blood, Holds hand with any princess in the world. Shakspeare. Transmission ; conveyance ; agency of con- veyance. The salutation by the hand of me Paul. Col. v. 18. Possession; power. Sacraments serve as the moral instruments of God to that purpose ; the use whereof is in our hands, the effect in his. Hooker. And though you war, like petty wrangling states, You're in my hand ; and, when I bid you cease, You shall be crushed together into peace. Dryden. Between the landlord and tenant there must be a quarter of the revenue of the land constantly in their hands. Locke. It is fruitless pains to learn a language, -which one may guess by his temper he will wholly neglect, as soon as an approach to manhood, setting him free from a governor, shall put him into the hands of his own inclination. Locke. Vectigales Agri were lands taken from the enemy, and distributed amongst the soldiers, or left in the hands of the proprietors under the condition of certain duties. Arbuthnot. Pressure of the bridle. Hollow men, like horses, hot at hand, Make gallant show and promise of their mettle. Shakspeare. Method of government ; discipline ; restraint. Menelaus bare an heavy hand over the citizens, Laving a malicious mind against his countrymen. 2 Mac. v. 23. He kept a strict hand on his nobility, and chose rather to advance clergymen and lawyers.. Bacon. However a strict hand is to be kept upon all desires of fancy, yet in recreation fancy must be permitted to sj/eak. Locke. Influence; management. Flattery, the dangerous nurse of vice, Got hand upon his youth, to pleasures bent. Daniel. That which performs the office of a hand in pointing. The body, though it moves, yet not changing per- ceivable distance with other bodies, as fast as the VOL. XI. HAN ideas of our own minds do naturally follow one another, the thing seems to stand still ; as is evident in the hands of clocks and shadows of sun-dials. Locke. Agent ; person employed ; a manager. The wisest prince, if he can save himself and his people from ruin, under the worst administration, what may not his subjects hope for when he changeth hands, and maketh use of the best ? Swift. Giver and receiver. This tradition is more likely to be a notion bred in the mind of man, than transmitted from hand to hand through all generations. Tillotson. An act ; a workman ; a soldier Your wrongs are known : impose but your com- • mands, This hour shall bring yon twenty thousand hands, Dryden. Demetrius appointed the painter guards, pleased that he could preserve that luind from the barbarity and insolence of soldiers. Dryden. A dictionary containing a natural history requires too many hands, as well as too much time, ever to be hoped for. Locke. Catch or reach without choice. The men of Israel smote as well the men of every city as the beast, and all that came to hand. Judges. A sweaty reaper from his tillage brought First fruits, the green ear, and the yellow sheaf, Uncalled as came to hand. Milton. Form or cast of writing. Solyman shewed him his own letters intercepted, asking him if he knew not that hand, if he knew not that seal ? Knollet. Here is the' indictment of the good lord Hastings, Which in a set hand fairly is engrossed ; Eleven hours I've spent to write it over. Shakspeare. Being discovered, by their knowledge of Mr. Cow- ley's hand, I happily escaped. Denham. If my debtors do not keep their day. Deny their hands, .and then refuse to pay, I must attend. Dryden. The way to teach to write is to get a plate graved with the characters of such hand you like. Locke. Whether men write court or Roman hand, or any other, there is something peculiar in every one's writing. Cockhirn. Constantia saw that the hand writing agreed with the contents of the letter. Addison. They were wrote on both sides, and in a small hand. Arbuthnot. I present these thoughts in an ill hand; but scholars are bad penmen, we seldom regard the mechanick part of writing. Feltun. Handover head. Negligently; rashly; with- out seeing what one does. So many strokes of the alarm bell of fear and awaking to other nations, and the facility of the titles, which hand over head have served their turn, dot,h ring the peal so much the louder. Bacon. A country fellow got an unlucky tumble from a tree : Thus 'tis, says a passenger, when people will be doing things hand over head, without either fear Of wit. L'Estrange. Hand to hand. Close fight. In single opposition, hand to hand, He did confound the best part of an hour. Shakspeare. He issues, ere the fight, his dread command, That slings afar, and poniards hand to hand, Be banished from the field. Dryden. c HAN 18 HAN Hand in hand. In union ; conjointly. Had the sea been Marlborough's element, the war had been bestowed there, to the advantage of the country, which would then have gone hand in hand v. ith his own. Smft. Hand in hand. Fit ; pai. As fair and as good, a kind of hand in hand compa- rison, had been something too fair and too good for any lady in Brittany. Shakspeare. Hand to mouth. As want requires. I can get bread from hand to mouth, and make even at the year's end. L'Estrange. To bear in hand. To keep in expectation ; to elude. A rascally yea forsooth knave, to bear in hand, and then stand upon security. Shahspeare. To be hand and glove. To be intimate and familiar ; to suit one another. HAND, v. a. From the noun. To give or transmit with the hand. Judas was not far off, not only because he dipped in the same dish, but because he was so near that our Saviour could hand the sop unto him. Brown. I have been shewn a written prophecy that is handed among them with great secrecy. Addison. To guide or lead by the hand. Angels did hand her up, who next God dwell. Donne. By safe and insensible degress he will pass from a boy to a man, which is the most hazardous step in life : this therefore should be carefully watched, and a young man with great diligence handed over it. Locke. To seize; to lay hands on. Let him, that makes hut trifles of his eyes, First hand me : on mine' own accord, 111 off. Shakspeare, To manage; to move with the hand. Tis then that with delight I rove, Upon the boundles* depth of love : I bless my chains, I hand my oar, Nor think on all I left on shore. Prior. To transmit in succession, with dmvn ; to deli- ver from one to another. I know of no other way of securing these monu- ments, and making them numerous enough to be handed down to future ages. Addison. They had not only a tradition of it in general, but even of several the most remarkable particular acci- dents of it likewise, which they handed downwards to the succeeding ages. Woodward. Arts and sciences consist of scattered theorems and practices, which are handed about amongst the mas- ters, and only revealed to the lilii artis, 'till some great genius appears, who collects these disjointed propositions, and reduces them into a regular system. Arbuthnot. One would think a story so fit for age to talk of, and infancy to hear, were incapable of being handed down to us. Pope. HAND is much used in composition for that which is manageable by the hand, as a handsaw; or borne in the hand, as a handbarrow, &c. HAND, a member of the human body, at the extremity of the arm. See ANATOMY. The mechanism of the hand is excellently fitted for the various uses and occasions we have for it, and the great number of arts and manufactures in which it is to be employed. It consists of a compages of nerves, and little bones joined into each other, which give it a great degree of strength, and at the same time an unusual flexi- bility, to enable it to handle adjacent bodies, lay hold of them, and grasp them, in order either to draw them towards us or thrust them off. Anaxagoras is said to have maintained, that man owes all his wisdom, knowledge, and superiority over other animals, to the use of his hands. The right hand was the place of honor and respect. Amongst the Greeks and Romans it was cus- tomary for inferiors to walk on the left hand of superiors, that the right hand might be ready to afford protection and defence to their left side, which, on account of the awkwardness of the left hand, was more exposed to danger. HAND, in falconry, is used for the foot of the hawk. To have a clean, strong, slender, glutin- ous hand, well clawed, are good qualities of a hawk or falcon. HAND, in the manege, is also used for the fore foot of a horse : also for a division of the horse into two parts, with respect to the rider's hand. The fore hand includes the head, neck, and fore quarters ; the hind hand is all the rest of the horse. HANDS are borne in coat armour, dexter and sinister, that is, right and left ; expanded or open ; and after other manners. A bloody hand in the centre of the escutcheon is the badge of a baronet of Great Britain. • HANDA, Celt. Aonda, i. e. the isle of one color, an inhabited island of Scotland, on the coast of Sutherland, one mile square. It has a large tremendous rock on the north, from eighty to 100 fathoms high, much frequented by sea- fowls. HAND-BARROW, n. s. A frame on which any thing is carried by the hands of two men, with- out wheeling on the ground. A hand-barrow, wheelbarrow, shovel, and spade. Tusser. Set the board whereon the hive standeth on a hand-barrow, and carry them to the place you intend. Mortimer. HAND-BASKET, n. s. A portable basket. You must have woollen yarn to tie grafts with, and a small hand-basket to carry them in. Mortimer. HAND-BELL, n. s. A bell rung by the hand. The strength of the percussion, is the principal cause of the loudness or softness of sounds ; as in ringing of a hand-bell harder or softer. Bacon. HAND-BREADTH, n. s. A space equal to the breadth of the hand ; a palm. A border of an hand-breadth round about. Exodus. Off goth the skinue, an hondbrede al aboute Chaucer. The Milleres Tale. The eastern people determined their hand-breadth by the breadth of barley-corns, six making a digit, and twenty-four a hand's-breadth. Arbuthnot. HAND'ED, adj. ~\ From hand. Having HAND'ER, n. s. /the use of either hand; HAND'ILY, adv. V with hands joined : hander, HAND'INESS, n. s. i one who transmits from HAND'Y, n. s. J party to party : handily, with skill or dexterity : handiness, skill ; readi- ness : handy, performed with the hand ; dex- terous ; skilful ; convenient ; or near. They were but few, yet they would easily overthrow the great numbers of them, if ever they came to handy blows. Knolles. HANDEL. 19 Into their inmott bower Handed they went. Milton. Both parties now were drawn so close, Almost to come to handy blows. Hudibras. Many are right handed, whose livers are weakly constituted ; and many use the left, in whom that part is strongest. Browne. They would assume, with wondrous art, Themselves to be the whole who are but part, Of that vast frame the church ; yet grant they were The handert down, caa they from thence infer A right t' interpret ? Or would they alone, Who brought the present, claim it for their own ? Dryden. She stript the stalks of all their leaves ; the best Sne culled, and them with handy care she drest. Id. The servants wash the platter, scour the plate ; And each is handy in his way. Id. HANDEL (George Frederick), an eminent master and composer of music, born at Halle, in Upper Saxony, on the 24th of February, 1684. His father was a physician in that city, and was upwards of sixty years of age when he was born. During his infancy young Handel amused him- self with musical instruments, and made con- siderable progress in the science before he was seven years of age. His propensity for music at last became so strong that his father, who design- ed him for the law, forbade him to touch an in- strument. Handel, however, privately conveyed a small clavichord to a room in the uppermost part of the house, to which he constantly stole when the family were asleep; and thus made such advances in his art as enabled him to play on the harpsichord. He was first noticed by the duke of Saxe Weissenfels on the following occa- sion. His father went to see another son, by a former wife, who was valet de chambre to the duke, and young Handel, being then in his se- venth year, accompanied him. While he was in the duke's court it was impossible to keep him from harpsichords j *nd he sometimes went into the organ loft at chu.ch, and played after service was over. On one of these occasions the duke, happening to go out later than usual, found something so uncommon in his manner of play- ing, that he enquired for him, and was so much taken with the musical genius he exhibited that he persuaded his father to let him follow his in- clinations. On his return to Halle, Handel was placed under Zackaw, the organist of the cathe- dral, and was even then able to supply his mas- ter's place in his absence. At nine years of age he began to compose church services for voices and instruments, and continued to compose one every week for three years. At fourteen he far excelled his master, and was sent to Berlin. The opera was then encouraged by Frederick I. king of Prussia, and under the direction of Buonon- cini, Attilio, and other eminent Italian masters. Buononcini, being of a haughty disposition, treated Handel with contempt; but Attilio be- haved to him with kindness, and he profited much by his instructions. His abilities soon re- commended him to the king, who frequently made him presents. After this he went to Ham- burgh, where the opera was little inferior to that of Berlin. Soon after his arrival his father died ; and, his mother being left in narrow circum- stances, he thought it necessary to procure some scholars, and to accept a place in the orchestra. At this time the first harpsichord in Hamburgh was played by one Keser, who also excelled in composition; but he, having involved himself in debt, was obliged to abscond. Upon this va- cancy, the person who had been used to play the second harpsichord claimed the first by right of succession ; but was opposed by Handel, who founded his claim solely upon his abilities. After much dispute it was decided in favor of Handel ; but his antagonist, as they were coming out of the orchestra, made a push at Handel's breast with a sword, which must undoubtedly have killed him, had there not fortunately been a mu- sic-book in the bosom of his coat. Handel, though yet but in his fifteenth year, became com- poser to the house : and the success of Almeria, his first opera, was so great, that it ran thirty nights without interruption. Within less than a year after this he set two others, called Florinda and Norene, which were received with equal ap- plause. During his stay here, which was about four or five years, he also composed a consider- able number of sonatas, which are now lost. His talents now procured him the acquaintance of many persons of note, particularly the prince of Tuscany, brother to John Gaston de Medicis, the grand duke. This prince pressed him to go with him to Italy ; but this offer Handel declined, being resolved not to give up his independence for any advantage that could be offered him. In his nineteenth year Handel took a journey to that country, where he was received with the greatest kindness by the prince of Tuscany, ,'as well as by the grand duke ; and notwithstanding the difference between the style of the Italian music and the German, to which Handel had hitherto been accustomed, he set an opera called Roderigo, which pleased the grand duke so well that he was rewarded with 100 sequins and a service of plate. After staying about a year in Florence he went to Venice, where he is said to have been first discovered at a masquerade, by his exquisite performance on the harpsichord. Here he composed his opera called Agrippina, which was performed twenty-seven nights suc- cessively, with the highest applause. From Ve- nice he proceeded to Rome, where he became acquainted with cardinal Ottoboni and many other dignitaries, by whom he was frequently at- tacked on account of his religion ; but Handel declared he would live and die in the.religion in which he had been educated. He now com- posed an oratorio called Resurrectione, and 150 cantatas, besides some sonatas and other music. Ottoboni contrived to have a trial of skill be- tween him and Dominici Scarlatti. When they came to the organ Scarlatti himself yielded the superiority to Handel. From Rome Handel went to Naples ; after which he paid a second visit to Florence : and at last, having spent six years in Italy, set out for his native country. In his way thither he was introduced at the court of Hanover by baron Kilmanseck ; when the elector (afterwards king George I.) offered him a pen- sion of 1500 crowns a year, as an inducement for him to continue. This offer he declined, on account of his having promised to visit the court of the elector palatine. The elector, being mnde C2 20 HANDEL. acquainted with this objection, generously or- dered him to be told, that his acceptance of the pension should not restrain him from his pro- mise, but that he should be at full liberty to be absent a year or more if he chose it. Soon after the place of master of the chapel was bestowed upon Handel ; and having visited his mother, who was now aged and blind, and his old master Zackaw, and staid some time at the court of the elector palatine, he set out for England, where he arrived in 1710. Operas were then a new entertainment here, and Handel set a drama called, Rinaldo, which was performed with un- common success. Having staid a year in this country he returned to Hanover; but, in 1712, again came over to England ; and, the peace of Utrecht being concluded a few months afterward, he composed a grand Te Deum and Jubilate on the occasion. He now found the nobility very desirous that he should resume the direction of the opera house in the Hay Market ; and queen Anne having added her authority to their solici- tations, and conferred on him a pension of £200 a year, he remained in Britain till the death- of the queen and the accession of king George I. ; who added a pension of £200 a year to that be- stowed by queen Anne ; and this was soon after increased to £400, on his being appointed to teach the young princesses music. In 1715 Handel composed his opera of Ama- dige; but from that time to 1720 he composed only Teseo and Pastor Fido. About this time a project was formed by the nobility for erecting a kind of academy at the Hay Market, to secure to themselves a constant supply of operas composed by Handel, and performed under his direction. No less than £50,000 were subscribed for this scheme, and it was proposed to continue the un- dertaking for fourteen years. Handel went over to Dresden, to engage singers, and returned with Senesino and Duristami. Buononcini and At- tilio had still a strong party, but not equal to that of Handel ; and therefore in 1720 he obtained leave to perform his opera of Radamisto. The house was so crowded that many fainted ; and £2 were offered by some for a seat in the gallery. The contention, however, still ran very high be- tween Handel's party and that of the two Italian masters. It was on this occasion that dean Swift wrote the following epigram : — Some say that signior Buononcini Compared to Handel 's a mere ninny : Others do swear that to him Handel Is hardly fit to hold the candle. Strange that such high contests should be Twixt Tweedle-dnm and Tweedle-dee ! At last it was determined that the rivals should be jointly employed in an opera, in which each should take a distinct act, and he who by the general suffrage was allowed to have given the best proof of his ability should be put in posses- sion of the house. This opera was called Muzio Scaevola, and Handel set the last act. It is said that Handel's superiority was owned even in the overture; but, when the act was performed, there remained no pretence for doubt. The academy was now firmly sstablished, and Handel conducted it for nine years with great success ; but about that time an irreconcileable enmity took place between him and Senesino ; whom Handel resolved to dismiss, and the nobility re- solved not to permit him. The haughtiness of Handel's temper would not allow him to yield, and the affair ended in the dissolution of the academy. tHis audience dwindled away, and the offended nobility raised a subscription against him, to carry on operas in the play-house in Lincoln's Inn Fields. Against this opposition Handel bore up four years : three in partnership with Heidegger, and one by himself: but, though his own musical powers were superior to those of his antagonists, the astonishing voice of Fari- nelli, whom the opposite party had engaged, de- termined the victory against him. At last Handel, having spent all he was worth in a fruit- less opposition, desisted ; but was deranged for some time after, and his right arm was rendered useless by a stroke of the palsy. In this deplor- able situation he was sent to the baths of Aix- la-Chapelle; from which he received relief. Returning to England, in 1736, his Alexander's Feast was performed with applause at Covent Garden. The success and splendor of the Hay Market was by this time so much reduced by mismanagement, that lord Middlesex undertook the direction of it himself, and applied to Handel for composition. He accordingly composed his operas called Faramondo and Alessandro Severo, for which, in 1737, he received £1000. In 1738 he had £1500 from a single benefit, and nothing seemed wanting to retrieve his affairs, except such concessions on his part as his opponents had a right to expect. These, however, he could not be prevailed upon to make ; and refused to enter into any engagements upon subscription. After having tried a few more operas at Covent Garden, without success, he introduced that spe- cies of music called oratorios, which he thought better suited to the gravity of an English audi- ence. This was by some thought a profanation, and the oratorios at first met with little success ; so that in 1741 Handel again quitted England, and went to Dublin. His Messiah here brought ' him into universal favor. In nine months he had brought his affairs into order; and on his return to England, in 1742, found the public more fa- vorably disposed towards his oratorios. His Messiah became a great favorite; and Handel, with a generous humanity, determined to per- form it annually for the benefit of the Foundling Hospital. In 1743 he had a return of his para- lytic disorder; and in 1751 became quite blind. This last affliction sunk him into the deepest de- spondency ; and, finding it impossible to manage his oratorios alone, he was assisted by Mr. Smith, with whose aid they were continued till within eight days of his death. During the lat- ter part of his life his mind was often disordered, yet at times it appears to have resumed its full vigor, and he composed several songs, choruses, &c. From October, 1758, his health declined very fast. On the 6th of April, 1759, his last oratorio was performed, at which he was present, and he died on the 14th. On the 20th he was buried in Westminster Abbey. His musical powers are best expressed by Arbuthnot's reply to Pope, who seriously asked his opinion of him HAN as a musician ; ' Conceive,' said he, ' the highest you can of his abilities, and they are much beyond any thing you can conceive.' HAND'FAST, M. s. Hand and fast. Hold; custody. Obsolete. Thou shake stond by the post, As thou were honde-fast. Chaucer. The Cukes Tale. If that shepherd be not in handfast, let him fly. Shakspeare. HAND-FASTING, an ancient custom which formerly took place in various parts of Scotland every year. At a stated time it was the custom for the unmarried persons of both sexes to choose a companion with whom they were to live till that time next year. If they were pleased with each other at that time, then they continued together for life ; if not, they separated, and were free to make another choice as at first. The fruit of their connexion, if there were any, was always attached to the disaffected person. A priest, whom they named Book i' bosom, because he earned in his oosom a Bible or a register of the marriages, came from time to time to confirm the marriages. This immoral custom is well illustrated by Sir Walter Scott in the Monastery. HANDFUL, n. s. As much as the hand can grasp, or contain; sometimes expressive of length, or distance, rather than quantity; also a small quantity by comparison. Being in possession of the town, they had their handful to defend themselves from firing. Raleigh. Take one vessel of silver and another of wood, each full of water, and knap the tongs together about an handful from the bottom, and the sound will be more resounding from the vessel of silver than that of wood. Bacon, He could not, with such a handful of men, and without cannon, propose reasonably to fight a battle. Clarendon. The peaceful scabbard where it dwelt, The rancour of its edge had felt ; For of the lower end two handful It had devoured, it was so manful. Hudibras I saw a country gentleman at the side of Rosa- mond's pond, pulling a handful of oats out of his pocket, and gathering the ducks about him. Addison. HA'ND-GALLOP, n. x. A slow and easy gallop, in which the hand presses the bridle to hinder increase of speed. Ovid, with all his sweetness, has as little variety of numbers and sounds as he : he is always upon a hand-gallop, and his verse runs upon carpet ground. Dryden. HAND-GUN, n. s. A gun wielded by the hand. Guns have names given them, some from serpents or ravenous birds, as culverines or colubrines ; others in other respects, as cannons, demicannons, hand- guns, and muskets. Camd.cn. HANDICRAFT, n. s. J Manual occupa- HAND'ICRAFTSMAN, n. s. S tion : a man who lives by manual labor. O miserable age ! virtue is not regarded in handi- craftsmen. Shakspeare. He has simply the best wit of any handicraftsman in Athens. Id. The principal bulk of the vulgar natives are tillers of the ground, free servants, and handicraftsmen; as smiths, masons, and carpenters. Bacon. !1 HAN The covenants thou shalt teach by candle-light, When puffing smiths, aud every painful trade Of handicrafts, in peaceful beds are laid. Dryden. Particular members of convents have excellent mechanical geniuses, and divert themselves with painting, sculpture, architecture, gardening, and seve- ral kinds of handicrafts. Addison. The prophancness and ignorance of handicraftsmen, small-traders, servants, and the like, are to a degree very hard to be imagined greater. Swift. It is the landed man that maintains the merchant and shop-keeper, and handicraftsmen. Id. The nurseries for children, of ordinary gentlemen and handicraftsmen are managed after the same man- ner. Gullioer's Travels. HAN'DIWORK,n.s. Handy and work. Work of the hand ; product of labor ; manufacture. The heavens declare the glory of God, and the firmament sheweth his handiwork. Psalms. As proper men as ever trod upon neat's-leather have gone upon my handiwork. Shakspeare. In general they are not repugnant unto the natural will of God, which wisheth to the works of his own hands, in that they are his own handiwork, all happi- ness ; although, penhaps, for some special cause in our own particular, a contrary determination havo seemed more convenient. Hooker. He parted with the greatest blessing of human nature for the handiwork of a taylor. L'Estrange. HA'NDKERCHIEF, n. s. Hand and kerchief. A piece of silk or linen used to wipe the face, or cover the neck. He was torn to pieces with a bear : this avouches the shepherd's son, who has not only his innocence, but a handkerchief and rings of his, that Paulina knows. Shakspeare. She found her sitting in a chair, in one hand hold- ing a letter, in the other her handkerchief, which had lately drunk up the tears of her eyes. Sidney. Confederate in the cheat, they draw the throng, And cambric handkerchiefs reward the song. Gay. The Romans did not make use of handkerchiefs, but of the lacinia or border of the garment, to wipe their face. Arbuthnot. HAN'DLE, v. a. & n. s. Belg. handden ; Swe. fiandla; Dan. handle. To touch, or feel, with the hand : to manage ; to make familiar with : figuratively, to treat ; to mention in writing or conversation ; to deal with, or practise upon : handle, that part by which any thing is held ; and hence, figuratively, that of which use is made. They that handle the law know me not. Jerem. ii. 8. Leaving to the author the exact handling of every particular, and labouring to follow the rules of abridg- ment. 2 Mac. He left nothing fitting for the purpose Untouched, or slightly handled in discourse. Shakspeare. Her eyes, he» »ir, her cheek, her gait, her voice, Thou handiest in thy discourse. Id. That fellow handles his bow like a crow-keeper. Id. Pray you, my lord, give me leave to question ; you shall see how I'll handle her. Id. Talbot, my life, my joy, again returned ! How wert thou handled, being prisoner? Id. No hand of blood and bone Can gripe the sacred handle of our sceptre, Unless he do profane, steal, or usurp. Id* HAN 2$ Fortune turneth the handle of the bottfc, which is easy to be taken hold of; and after the belly, which is hard t> grasp. Of a number of other like instances we shall speak more, when we handle the communication of sounds. Id. There is nothing but hath a double handle, or at least we have two hands to apprehend it. Taylor. By Guidas Ubaldus, in his treatise, for the expli- cation of this instrument, the subtilties of it are largely and excellently handled. Wilkina'a Deedalw. They were well enough pleased to be rid of an enemy that had handled them so ill. Clarendon. A carpenter that had got the iron work of an axe, beeeed only so much wood as would make a handle to it. L'Estrange. An incurable shyness is the general vice of the Irish horses, and is hardly ever seen in Flanders, because the hardness of the winters forces the breeders there to house and handle their colts six months every year. Temple. Of bone the handles of my knives are made, Yet no ill taste from thence affects the blade, Or what I carve ; nor is there ever left Any unsavory haut-goust from the haft. Dryden. A beam there was, on which a beechen pail Hung by the handle on a driven nail. Id. The bodies which we daily handle make us perceive, that, whilst they remain between them, they hinder the approach of the part of our hands that press them. Locke. They overturned him in all his interests by the sure but fatal handle of his own good nature. South. In an argument, handled thus briefly, every thing cannot be said. Atterbury. HAND'LESS, adj. Hand and less. Without a hand. Speak, my Lavinia, what accursed hand Hath made thee handless ? Shakspeare. His mangled myrmidons, Noseless, handless, hackt, and dipt, come to him, Crying on Hector. Id. HAND'MAID, n. s. A maid that waits at hand. Those of my family their master slight, Grown despicable in my handmaid's sight. Sandyi. Brave Burgundy, undoubted hope of France ! Stay, let thy humble handmaid speak to thee. Shakspeare. I will never set politicks against ethicks, especially for that true ethicks are hut as a handmaid to divinity and religion. Bacon. She gave the knight great thanks in little speech, And said she would his handmaid poor remain. Fairfax. Heaven's youngest teamed star Hath fixed her polished car, Her sleeping Lord with handmaid lamp attending. Milton. Love led them on; and faith, who knew them best Thy handmaids, clad them o'er with purple beams And azure wings, that up they flew so drest, And speak the truth of thee on glorious themes Before the judge. Id. By viewing nature, nature's handmaid, Art, Makes mighty things from small beginnings great ; Thus fishes first to shipping did impart, Their tail the rudder, and their head the prow. Dryden. Since he had placed his heart upon wisdom, health, wealth, victory, and honour, should always wait on her as her handmaids. Addison. ! HAN Then Criticism the Muse's handmaid proved, To dress her charms and make her more beloved. Pope. And her head drooped as when the lily lies O'ercharged with rain : her summoned handmaids bore Their lady to her couch with gushing eyes. Byron. Don Juan. HAND'MILL, n. s. Hand and mill. A mill moved by the hand. Oft the drudging ass is driven with toil ; Returning late, and loaden home with gain Of bartered pitch, and handmilla for the grain. Dryden. HANDS off. A vulgar phrase for keep off; forbear. They cut a stag into parts ; but, as they were en- tering upon the dividend, hands off says the lion. L' Estrange. HAND'SAILS, n. s. Sails managed by the hand. The seamen will neither stand to their handsails, nor suffer the pilot to steer. Templa. HAND'SAW, n. s. A saw manageable by the hand. My buckler cut through and through, and my sword hacked like a handsaw. Shakspeare. To perform this work, it is necessary to be provided with a strong knife and a small handsaw. Mortimer. HANDSEL, n. s. & v. a. Dutch, hansel, a first gift. The first act of using any thing ; the first act of sale. It is now not used, except in the dialect of trade. The apostles term it the pledge of our inheritance, and the handsel or earnest of that which is to come. Huulter. Thou art joy's handsel; heaven lies flat in thee, Subject to every mounter's bended knee. Herbert. In timorous deer he handsels his young paws, And leaves the rugged bear for firmer claws. Cowlej. I'd show you How easy 'tis to die, by my example, And handsel fate before you. Dryden. HA'NDSOME, adj. &v.a.\ Gothic, liaml- HAND'SOMELY, adv. > sum ; Dut. hand- HAND'SOMENESS, ». s. j sae.m, ready, dexterous. These words denote a species of corporeal beauty, and is a general assemblage of whatever is agreeable in person or figure : in manner, it signifies dignity; grace; elegance; in act, convenience ; liberality; generosity. A carpenter, after he hath sawn down a tree, hath wrought it handsomely, and made a vessel thereof. Wisdom. Under it he may cleanly convey any fit pillage that cometh handsomely in his way. Spenser. For a thief it is so handsome, as it may seem it was first invented for him. I<1. For handsomeness' sake, it were good you hang the upper glass upon a nail. Bacon. Him all repute For his device in handsominy a suit ; To judge of lace he hath the best conceit. Dtinne. In cloths, cheap handsomeness doth bear the bell. Herbert. Accompanying her mourning garments with a dole- ful countenance, yet neither forgetting handsomeness in her mourniug garments, nor sweetness in her doh-ful countenance. Sidney. When the kind nymph, changing her faultless shake, Becomes unhandsome, handsomely to 'scape. Waller. HAN 23 HAN Persons of the fairer sex like that handsomeness for which they find themselves to be the most liked. Boyle. A great man entered by force into a peasant's house, and, finding his wife very handsome, turned the good mau out of his dwelling. Addison. I am finding out a convenient place for an alms- house, which I intend to endow very handsomely for a dozen superannuated husbandmen. Id. That easiness and handsome address in writing is hardest to be attained by persons bred in, a meaner way. Felton. HAND'- VICE, n. s. Hand and vice. A vice to hold small work in. — Moxon. HAND'-WRITING, n. s. Hand and writing. A cast or form of writing peculiar to each hand. That you beat me at the mart, I have your hand to show ; If the skin were parchment, and the blows you gave me ink, Your own handwriting would tell you what I think. Shakspeare. To no other cause than the wise providence of God can be referred the diversity of handwritings. Cockburn. HA'NDY-DANDY, n. s. A play in which children change hands and places. See how yond justice rails upon ycnd simple thief! Hark in thine ear : change places ; and, handy-dandy, which is the justice, which is the thief ? Shakspeare, Neither cross and pile, nor ducks and drakes, are quite so ancient as handy-dandy. Arbuthnot and Pope. HANG, v. a. Preter. and part. pass, hanged or hung, anciently hong. Sax. jjangan. All the northern dialects have this word. To suspend ; to fasten in such a manner as to be sustained, not below, but above. Strangely visited people he cures ; Hanging a golden stamp about their necks ; Put on with holy prayers. Shakspeare. His great army is utterly ruined, he himself slain in. it, and his head and right hand cut off, and hung up before Jerusalem. South. To place without any solid support. Thou all things hast of nothing made, That hungest the solid earth in fleeting air, Veined with clear springs, which ambient seas repair. Sandy/i. To choke and kill by suspending by the neck, so as that the ligature intercepts the breath and circulation. But, trewely, by day it may not be, Men wolden say, that we were theeves strong, And for our owen tresoun don us hong. Chaucer. The Pardoneres Tale. No painter no close up the piece and see This crowd of traitors hanged in effigy. Marvell. Thieves at home must hang ; but he that puts Into his overgorged and bloated purse The wealth of Indian provinces escapes. Cotvper. He hath commission from thy wife and me To hang Cordelia in the prison. Shakspeare. Hanging supposes human soul and reason This animal's below committing treason ; Shall he be hanged, who never could rebel ? That's a preferment for Achitophel. Dry (ten. To display ; to show aloft. This unlutky mole misled several coxcombs ; and, •ike the flanging out of false colours, made some of them converse with Rosalinda in what they thought the spirit of her party. Addison. To let fall below the proper situation ; to de^ cline. There is a wicked man that hangeth down his head sadly • but inwardly he is full of deceit. Ecclus. xix. 26. The beauties of this place should mourn ; The immortal fruits and flowers at my return Should hang their withered head ; for sure my breast Is now more poisonous. Dryden. The rose is fragrant, but it fades in time j The violet sweet, but quickly past the prime ; While lilies hang their heads, and soon decay ; And whiter snow in minutes melts away. Id. The cheerful birds no longer sing ; Each drops his head, and hangs his wing. Prior. To fix in such a manner as in some direc- tions to be moveable. The gates and the chambers they renewed, and hanged doors upon them. 1 Mac. iv. 57. To cover -or charge by any thing suspended. Hung be the heavens with black, yield day to night '. Shaksveare. The pavement ever foul with human gore ; Heads and their mangled members hung the door. Dryden. To furnish with ornaments or draperies fas- tened to the wall. Musick is better in chambers wainscotted than hanged. Bacon. If e'er ray pious father for my sake Did grateful offerings on thy altars make, Or I increased them with my sylvan toils, And hang thy holy roofs with savage spoils, Give me to scatter these. Dryden. Sir Roger has hung several parts of his house with the trophies of his labours. Addison. Thus o'er the dying lamp the unsteady flame, Hangs quivering on the point, leaps off by fits And falls again as loth to quit its hold. /•/. HANG, v. n. To be suspended ; to be supported above, not below. Over it a fair portcullis hung, Which to the gate directly did incline, With comely compass and compacture strong. Spenser. To depend ; to fall loosely on the lower part ; to dangle. Upon her shoulders wings she wears, Like hanging sleeves, lined through with ears. Hudibras. If gaming does an aged sire entice, Then my young master swiftly learns the vice, And shakes in hanging sleeves the little box and dice. Dryden. To bend forward. By hanging is only meant a posture of bending for- ward to strike the enemy. Addison. To float ; to play. And fall these sayings fro-n that gentle tongue, Where civil speech and soft persuasion hung ? Prior. To be supported by something raised above the ground. Whatever is placed on the head may be said to hang ; as we call hanging gardens such as arc planted on the top of the house. Addison. To rest upon by embracing. She hung about my neck, and kiss on kiss She vied. Shakspeare. HAN 24 To hover ; to impend. He hath a heavenly gift of prophecy ; And sundry blessings hang about his throne, That speak him full of grace. Shakspeure, To be loosely joined. Whither go you ? — To see your wife : is she at home ? — Ay, and as idle as she can hang together. Shakspeare. To drag; to be incommodiously joined. In my Lucia's absence Life hangs upon me, and becomes a burden. Addison. To be compact or united : with together. In the common cause we are all of a piece ; we Jiana together. Dryden. To adhere, unwelcomely or incommodiously. To rest ; to reside. Sleep shall neither night nor day, Hang upon his pent-house lid. Shakspeare. To be in suspense ; to be in a state of uncer- tainty. To be delayed ; to linger. A noble stroke he lifted high, Which hung not, but so swift with tempest fell On the proud crest of Satan. Milton; To be dependent on. To be fixed or suspended with attention. To have a steep declivity. Sussex marl shews itself on the middle of the sides of hanging grounds. Mortimer. To be executed by the halter. To decline ; to tend down. HANGARANG, a pergunnah north of the true Himalaya, bounded on the south, by the district of Kunawur, and subject to the princi- pality of Bussaher. The villages here are all perfectly Tartar, and exhibit a striking difference in appearance and language to those of Kuna- wur ; the appearance of this pergunnah is strange and melancholy; mountains bare of forest, but covered above with a little snow of a rounded form, with gentle declivities, but broken towards the Sutuleje into abrupt and precipitous abysses, bare of vegetation. Although now sub- ject to Bussaher, this tract must have formerly been part of Lahdack. The separation of Bussaher from Hangarang is decided and strongly marked, whereas, from the latter to Lahdack there is no difference perceptible. Hangarang produces wheat, barley, ooa, papar, and turnips, but no rice, not even the kind peculiar to high and dry situations. There is but one harvest season ; the trees, such as apricots, willows, dog-roses, gooseberry, currants, and whins, are all stunted, and only to be found near villages, and in the beds of streams. In 1819, the pergunnah con- tained nine villages, the revenue of which was 900 rupees per annum, and the inhabitants car- ried on a small trade with Lahdack and Gor- tope, from which last they bring salt and wool. They manufacture a coarse sort of blanket stuff, but ponies and mules compose a great propor- tion of their wealth. The pergunnah at present is poor, naked, and barren, and is principally valuable as a channel of communication with the Lahdakies and other Tartar tribes. HAN HANG'ER, n. s.^\ Derivatives of hang. Hanger HANG'ER-ON, f is that by which any thing HANG'ING, n. s. £ bangs in a depending po- HANG'MAN, n. s. J sition ; a short broad sword. Hanger-on, a dependent; one who eats and drinks without payment. Hanging, drapery hung against the walls by way of ornament ; foreboding death by the halter. Hangman, a public execu- tioner; a term of reproach. Beforen his triumphe walketh she, With gilte chaines on hire necke honging. Chaucer. The Monkes Tale. One cried, God bless us ! and Amen ! the other ; As they had seen me with these hangman's hands : Listening their fear, I could not say Amen, When they did say God bless us. Shakspeare. A storm, or robbery, call it what you will, Shook down my mellow hangingi, nay, my leaves, And left me bare to weather. Id. Surely, sir, a good favour you have ; but that you have a hanging look. Id. Like rich hangings in an homely house, So was his will in his old feeble body. Id. Who makes that noise there ? who are you ? — Your friend, sir, the hangman : you must be so good, sir, to rise, and be put to death. Id. Men do not stand In so ill case, that God hath with his hand Signed kings blank charters to kill whom they ha'c ; Nor are they vicars, but hangmen to fate. Donne. Being informed that his breakfast was ready, he drew towards the door, where the hangings were held up. Clarendon. If the wife or children were absent, their rooms were supplied by the umbra, or fiangers-on. Browne. This monster sat like a hangman upon a pair of gallows ; in his right hand he was painted holding a crown of laurel, and in his left hand a purse of money. Sidney. Her eyes with scalding rheum were galled and red, Cold palsy shook her head, her hands seemed withered, And on her crooked shoulders she had wrapped The tattered remnants of an old striped hanging, Which served to keep her carcase from the cold. Olway's Orphan. Now purple hangings cloath the palace walls, And sumptuous feasts are made in splendid halls. Dryden. Lucas Van Leyden has infected all Europe with- his designs for tapestry, which, by the ignorant, are called ancient hangings. Id. What ./Ethiops lips he has ! How full a snout, and what a hanging face ! Id. They all excused themselves save two, which two he reckoned his friends, and all the rest hangers-on. L'Estranffe. I never new a critick, who made it his business to lash the faults of other writers, that was not guilty of greater himself j as the hangman is generally a wocse malefactor than the criminal that suffers by his hand. Addison. Rome oft has heard a cross haranguing, With prompting priests behind the hanging. Prior. He is a perpetual hanger-on, yet nobody knows how to be without him. Swift. HANGER (George), or colonel Hanger, lord Coleraine, was destined for the army, and a commission was procured for him at an early period of life. He served in America during the war of independence, but was never after- HAN 25 HAN wards able to obtain a higher rank than that of major of the British legion of cavalry. In 1789 lie published An Address to the Army, in reply to strictures by Roderic Mackenzie, on Tarle- ton's History of the Campaigns of 1780 and 1781, 8vo. He was a very eccentric but amus- ing companion. On the death of his elder brother he succeeded, in 1814, to his title, which, however, he refused to assume ; and •when addressed by it he was not at all pleased. He died at his house near the Regent's park iti 1824, aged seventy-three, leaving a considerable number of publications, the most interesting and amusing of which is his Life, Adventures, and Opinions, 1801, 2 vols. 8vo. In one of his books he introduced a portrait of himself sus- pended a la lanterne. HANG-TCHEOU-FOU, the metropolis of the province of Tche-Kiang, in China. It is, according to the Chinese, the paradise of the earth ; and may be considered as one of the richest, best situated, and largest cities of the em- pire. It is twelve miles in circumference, ex- clusive of its suburbs ; and the number of its inhabitants amounts to more than 1,000,000. It is computed that there are 10,000 workmen within its walls employed in manufacturing silk. A small lake, called Si-hou, washes the bottom of its walls on the west side ; its water is pure, and its banks are covered with flowers. Halls and open galleries, supported by pillars, and paved with large flag-stones, are erected on piles upon its banks for the convenience of walking; causeways, cased with cut stone, inter- sect the lake in different directions; and the openings which are left in them at intervals, for the passage of boats, are covered by handsome bridges. In the middle of the lake are two islands, in which a temple and several pleasure- houses have been built. The emperor has a small palace in the neighbourhood. The city has a garrison of 3000 Chinese, under the com- mand of the viceroy; and 3000 Tartars, com- manded by a general of the same nation. It has under its jurisdiction seven cities of the second and third class. HANIFAH, or HANFA (Aba), surnamed Al Nooma, the most celebrated doctor of the ortho- dox Mussulmans. He was the son of Thabet, and was born at Coufah in the eightieth year of the Hegira. He founded the sect of the Hanifites, which continues to be the most popu- lar of the four principal sects among the Mus- sulmans. Like other teachers of new opinions, he suffered persecution during his life, being imprisoned at Bagdad till he died, by the :aliph Almansor, for refusing to subscribe to the doc- trine of absolute predestination. But his opini- ons were afterwards brought into such credit by Abou Joseph, a sovereign judge under the caliph Hadi, tliat to be a Hanifite was reckoned syno- nymous with being a good Mussulman ; and about 335 years after his death, which happened in the 150th year of the Hegira, Schaw Melick built a magnificent monument to his memory, and a college, which he appropriated solely to the professors of Aba Hanifah's doctrines. The most eminent of his successors were Achmed Ben Alt, Al Giaffas, and Al Razzi. A mosque in the temple of Mecca is -appropriated to them. HANK, n.s. Isl. Goth. Dan. and Swed. hank, a chain or coil of rope ; a skein of thread ; a tye : a check ; an influence. A low word. Do we think we have the hank that some gallants have on their trusting merchants, that, upon peril of losing all former scores, he must still go on to supply? Decay of Piety. HA'NKER, v. n. Dut. hunkeren. To long importunately ; to have an incessant wish : it has commonly after before the thing desired. It is scarcely used but in familiar language. And now the saints began their reign, For which they had yearned so long in vain, And felt such bowel hankerings, To see an empire all of kings. Hudibras. Among women and children, care is to be taken that they get not a hankering after these juggling as- trologers and fortune-tellers, L 'Estrange. The shepherd would be a merchant, and the mer- chant hankers after something else. Id. The wife is an old coquette, that is always hanker- ing after the diversions of the town. Addistm. The republick that fell under the subjection of the duke of Florence, still retains many hankerings after its ancient liberty. Addison. Do'st thou not hanker after a greater liberty in some things ? If not, there's no better sign of a good reso- lution. Calamy. HANKIUS (Martin), professor of history at Breslau, in the seventeenth century, was born in 1633. He was author of several works of eru- dition ; the most celebrated of which is his treatise De Romanorum rerum Scriptoribus. He died in 1709, aged seventy-six. HANMER (Jonathan), M. A., a learned Eng- lish divine, born at Barnstaple about 1605, and educated at Cambridge. He was minister of Bishop's Tawton, and lecturer of Barnstaple; but ejected for nonconformity in 1662. He wrote A View of Ecclesiastical Antiquity, and a Discourse on Confirmation. He died in 1687. HANMER (Sir Thomas), an eminent English author and statesman, born in 1676, and edu- cated at Westminster and Oxford. He was early elected M. P. for Suffolk, and in 1713 was chosen speaker, an office which he dis- charged with great impartiality. He published a superb edition of Shakspeare, in 6 vols. 4to., at Oxford, in 1744, with elegant engravings by Gravelot. He died at Suffolk, April the 5th 1746. HANNA, a fertile province of Moravia, circle of Olmutz, inhabited by a tribe of Sclavonians called Hannaks. Their agriculture is superior to that of their race in general, and they have considerable herds of cattle and poultry. Hanna is about 400 square miles in extent. HANNIBAL, the son of Hamilcar, the Car- thaginian general, has been already noticed under the articles AMILCAR and CARTHAGE.; with whose history .indeed his life is so blended that we need only to take it up after his leaving that country. Having lost a sea-fight with the Rhodians, through the cowardice of Apollonius, one of the admirals of Antiochus the Great, be fled into Crete, to avoid falling into the hands of the Romans. On his arrival in this island he took sanctuary among the Gortynii; but as he 26 HANOVER. Lad brought great treasure along with him, and knew the avarice of the Cretans, he secured his riches by the following stratagem : — He filled several vessels with melted lead, just covering them over with gold and silver. These he de- posited in the temple of Diana, in presence of the Gortynii, with whom, he said, he trusted all his treasure. Justin tells us, that he left this with them as a security for his good behaviour, and lived for some time very quietly in these parts. He took care, however, to conceal his riches in hollow statues of brass, which he left exposed as things of little value. At last he retired to the court of Prusias king of Bithynia, where he found means to unite several of the neighbouring states with that prince into a con- federacy against Eumenes king of Pergamus, an ally of the Romans ; and during the subse- quent war several times defeated Eumenes, more through the force of his own genius than the valor of his troops. The Romans, hearing of these important services, despatched T. Quinctius Flaminius as an ambassador to Prusias, in order to procure his destruction. At his first audience he complained of the protection given to that famous general, representing him ' as the most inveterate and implacable enemy the Romans ever had ; as one who had ruined both his own country and Antiochus, by drawing them into a destructive war with Rome.' Prusias, to ingra- tiate himself with the Romans, immediately sent a party of soldiers to surround Hannibal's house. The Carthaginian had contrived seven secret passages from his house, to evade the machinations of his enemies. But, guards being posted at all these, he could not fly. Perceiving, therefore, no possibility of escaping, he had recourse to poison, which he had long reserved for such a melancholy occasion. Then taking it in his hand, « Let us, said he, deliver the Romans from the disquietude with which they have long been tortured, since they have not patience to wait for an old man's death. Flami- nius will not acquire any glory by a victory gained over a betrayed and defenceless person. This single day will be a lasting testimony of the degeneracy of the Romans. Their ancestors gave Pyrrhus intelligence of a design to poison him, that he might guard against the impending danger, even when he was at the head of a pow- erful army in Italy; but they have deputed a person of consular dignity to excite Prusias im- piously to murder one who has taken refuge in his dominions, in violation of the laws of hospi- tality.' Then, having denounced dreadful impre- cations against Prusias, he drank the poison, and expired at the age of seventy years. Cornelius Nepos says, that he put an end to his life by a subtile poison which he kept in a ring. Rollin has contrasted his character with that of Scipio Africanus. He enumerates the qualities which make a complete general; and, having then given a summary of what historians have related of both commanders, is inclined to give the preference to Hannibal. ' There are, however, he says, two difficulties which hinder him from deciding ; one drawn from the characters of the generals whom Hannibal vanquished ; the other from the errors he committed.' These have been answered by Mr. Hooke, who has taken some pains to vindicate Hannibal's character, by fully and fairly comparing it with that of Scipio Afri- canus, and other Roman commanders. HANNIBALIANUS (Flavins Claudius), ne- phew of Constantine the Great, was by him ap- pointed king of Pontus, Cappadocia, and Arme- nia Minor ; but was murdered by Constantius II. A. D. 338. HANNO, a general of the Carthaginians, entered the ocean through the Straits of Gibraltar, and discovered several countries. He would have continued his navigation, had he not been in want of provisions. He wrote an account of his voyage, which Sigismund Gelenius published in Greek at Basil, in 1533. He lived, according to Pliny, when the affairs of the Carthaginians were in the most flourishing condition. HANOVER, formerly an electorate, but now a kingdom of Germany, is of a compact rectangu- lar figure ; bounded by the Elbe on the north- east, the German Ocean on the north-west, Dutch Friesland and Prussian Westphalia on the south- west, and the kingdom of Saxony on the south- east. It stretches from 50° 18' to 53° 54' N. lat., and from 6° 58' to 11° 56' E. long. It is about 150 English miles from south-east to north-west, and 100 from north-east to south- west, and comprises a surface of 14,000 square miles, with a population of 1,303,000; which gives about ninety inhabitants to each square mile. The original state was the dudhy of Bruns- wick, to which Lune"burg was afterwards added; when its princes took the title of dukes of Brunswick Luneburg. The district of Hoya was subjoined in 1543, and that of Diepholtz in 1585. The principality of Hildersheim was obtained partly in the sixteenth century, and partly in 1815. Osnaburg was annexed in 1648; Verden in 1715, and the duchy of Bre- men in 1719. Bentheim was acquired in 1753; East Friesland, Lingen, the lordship of Meppen, and part of the Lordship of Rheina, were all added to the former territory, in 1815. At this period Hanover ceded to Prussia a small district north of the Elbe ; and to the grand duchy of Olden- burg, another tract on the western frontier. The dukedom of Brunswick Luneburg was raised to the electorate of Hanover, in 1 692 , and to the kingdom of the same name, by the Congress of Vienna, in 1815. It now consists of the follow- ing eleven provinces, which, with the chief towns and population, are thus exhibited in Ein Beschreibung des Konigreichs Hanover, 18.7. HANOVER. 27 Provinces. Sq. Miles, English. Population. Chief Towns. Inhabitants. 1. Archbishopric of Bremen, dukedom •of Verden, and Land Hadeln . . 2. Dukedom of Luneburg .... 3. Counties of Hoya and Diepholtz . 4. Principality of Kalenburg, and county of Spiegelberg .... 5. Bishopric of Hildesheim .... 6. Principalities of Gottingen and Gru- 2669 4261 1424 1046 .685 1171 191,160 245,967 105,120 138,306 128,938 178,929 Verden . . Luneburg . Hoya . . Hanover Hildesheira Gottingen . 3,500 10,000 1,700 25,000 11,000 9,000 7. Bishopric of Osnaburg .... 925 132 126,037 20 143 Osnaburg . 7,000 2 000 9. Circle of Meppen and Emsbuhren. 10 County of Bentheim ..... 766 360 29,541 24,364 Meppen Bentheim . 1,600 11 000 11. Principality of East Friesland . . 1117 125,610 Emden . . 12,000 These provinces comprehend 107 bailiwics of very various dimensions and population. The sea-coast of Hanover, particularly towards the mouth of the Elbe, is fertile but flat, and preserved by broad dykes and ditches similar to those of Holland. Here, indeed, is no ele- vation that can be called mountainous. But southward the celebrated Hartz range extends from the territories of Goshar to the frontier. It is covered with wood, and amply enriched with minerals. The silver mines were discovered so early as 968, and are supposed to have been the first opened in Europe. Iron, copper, lead, zinc, vitriol, and sulphur, are wrought to a great extent. The whole rests upon a bed of granite, which shoots up through the highest of the mountains. Of these, the Brocken, or Blocks- berg, consisting entirely of granite, rises to the height of 3500 feet above the sea : a number of huge masses, near its summit, have given rise to a conjecture that it had lost part of its height in consequence of some violent convulsion. The iron mines yield a revenue to the government (i. e. one tenth of the produce), amounting to £115,000 per annum. The admirer of the majesty of nature will find ample gratification in the scenery of the Hartz ; the want of corn fields being compensated by the beauty and extent of the forests, by the bold and picturesque form of the rocks, and the immen- sity of the view from the top of the Blocksberg. Tradition makes this mountain the resort of all the witches of the north ; and the Spectre of Brocken, though a phenomenon perfectly natu- ral, is calculated to strike the ignorant peasant with terror, and even to excite surprise in the philosopher. See HARTZ. Hanover is watered by the Elbe, the Weser (flowing through the heart of the country), the Ilmenau, the Oste, the Ocker, the Leine, the Hunta, and the Ems. It has some small fresh water lakes, as the Dummersee, in Diepholtz, about twelve miles in circuit; the Steinhuder- meer, in the province of Kalenburg, about four miles long and two broad ; and the Dollart, at the mouth of the Ems (rather an estuary than a lake), twelve miles across. Its canals are all of short course. The Bremen Canal, designed to unite the Ilamme, the Oste, and the Schwinge, is scarcely completed ; nor the Treckschuit Canal, intended to connect Witmund with Aurich. The Pappenburg Canal is only navigable from the Ems. Its climate greatly resembles that of the east- ern shores of England, but in the south the cold is severe on the mountains, and the country ill adapted to corn. In the valleys both the soil and the climate are more favorable, and all kinds of grain arrive at maturity. Agriculture is in a very backward state in Hanover; the feudal tenures having as yet been an insuperable bar to improvement. The chief vegetable productions are grain of all kinds, which she exports; peas, potatoes, flax, hemp, tobacco and madder ; wood, which is largely used for fuel, as well as for architec- tural purposes ; pitch, and tar. The rotation of crops usually followed is first a fallow, on which the land is cultivated for potatoes, peas, or flax ; then winter corn, either rye or wheat, but chiefly the former, and to them succeeds summer corn, either barley or oats. The in- crease of grain is not estimated to exceed four for one of the quantity sown. The breeding and fattening of cattle is confined to particular portions. By the latest enumeration, but before some of the last additions of territory, there were 224,500 horses ; 675,926 head of horned cattle ; 1,540,794 sheep and lambs; 15,728 goats and kids : 176,974 swine; and 1498 asses and mules. The heath land, especially in the province of Luneburg, is largely used foi rearing bees. The hives are transported in waggons, at the com- mencement of the spring, to the more southern countries, where the flowers bloom early, and are afterwards brought back when the heath flowers are fit for them. Large numbers of geese are also kept by the bauers on the moist situa- tions, and their flesh is salted for winter con- sumption. These two sources of wax, honey, and feathers, yield the principal disposable pro- duce of some provinces. The manufactures of Hanover are numerous, but of inconsiderable size; few except linen, linen yarn, and domestic utensils, affording a surplus beyond the consumption. Hauselein- wand, or household linen is made in almost every family: a se^oi.-' sort, called lowentlei- nen, is also common ; the finer linens are only made in some of the cities to a small extent, 28 HANOVER, and almost wholly consumed by the richer fami- lies. Sailcloth and hempen linen is made in East Friesland and the duchy of Bremen, and is chiefly exported. Spinning is, indeed, the constant employ of females in the villages during the long winter nights. Stockings, whether of linen, cotton, or worsted, are usually made at home; and, in some parts, much oil is made from linseed. Pottery and paper is made in many parts. In the cities, woollen cloths, silk and cotton goods, hosiery, hats, soap, and leather, are also manufactured. The principal branches of trade that employ capital are the breweries of Hanover, Embeck, and Goslar, and the corn distilleries of the different cities. Embden, the chief port of Hanover, has a small export trade in hops, rape-seed, oil-cake, fruit, hams, &c. ; and, in fruitful years, some corn is exported. The imports consist of tea, coffee, sugar, indigo, tobacco, wine, and superior manu- factured articles. The great roads to the fairs of Leipsic and Frankfort, passing through Hanover, create a pretty large commission trade, and give employment to many barges, waggons, horses, and men. On the whole, the exports and im- ports are said to nearly balance, and the amount to be about £500,000 sterling. This is also about the amount of the national revenue : and the hereditary estates of the king yield another £500,000. The imposts consist of a land-tax, post, carriage, and horse duties ; duties on the products of the mines and forests, on salt, coals, turf, mills, and fisheries. Part of the public revenue supports the schools and the university of'Gottingen, but the far greater part is devoted to military purposes ; Hanover having ten garri- son towns, and a force of about 20,000 regular troops. Every soldier may demand his dis- charge and a pension after twenty years' service : the number of these pensioners is at present con- siderable; but they are liable to do militia duty. Manufacturing establishments connected with the army are, one of small arms at Hertzberg ; one of gunpowder at Hersen, near Hameln ; and a cannon foundry in Hanover. The only naval force of Hanover is a brig of war, moored off the city of Stade, to enforce the tolls which all mer- chant vessels passing up the Elbe are bound to pay, and which amounts to about £5000 sterling annually. The public debt was contracted chiefly in the war of 1756; it never was con- siderable ; and, the sovereign having discharged his part of the capital, the residue due by the states does not exceed £2,000,000. The whole executive government is in the king ; and the aris- tocracy has immense weight ; but a legislative assembly of 102 deputies is obtaining an increase of power and consideration. The king is of age at eighteen ; during a minority the states of the kingdom are guardians ; and the succession is only in the male line. Should this fail in the present family, that of the duke of Brunswick will succeed. At the diet of the empire Hano ver now occupies the fifth rank, and has four votes in the general assembly. The legai system is very complicated, being a compound of the old Roman law, the constitu- tion of the empire, and all kinds of provincial customs. Many inferior judges and magistrates are appointed by the proprietors of estates ; and some of those nominated by the king are rather by his prerogative as owner of some estates than as the monarch. Some of these jurisdictions have the power of life and death, but the latter is rarely inflicted. A court of appeal at Zell has extensive power, and it is intended to increase its authority. Its decisions are highly esteemed for their equity. In Hanover there is an equal establishment tof Lutherans, Catholics, and Reformed ; the smaller sects of Menonites, Hernhuthers, and others, en- joying full protection. The Lutherans amount to about 1,050,000; the Catholics to 160,000; the Reformed to 90,000 ; the remainder comprise Jews and the smaller Christian sects. The Lu- theran church is regulated by superintendents in. Hanover, Stade, Osnabriich, Hildesheim, Au- rich, and Hohnstein. The Catholics have bishops at Osnabriich, Hildesheim, and Regersburg ; and the provinces of Meppen and Eimsbuhren are under the spiritual jurisdiction of the Prussian bishop of Minister. In some of the consistories the Lutherans and Reformed are united. Schools are established in every village ; others, some- what more comprehensive, are provided in the small towns ; and in the more populous places are academies, or high-schools, for the education of those farther advanced. There are also semi- naries at Hanover and Luneburg for educating the children of rank of both sexes, from eight to fifteen years of age. One of these, called the Georgianum, has a provision on a liberal footing for forty boys, who are educated either for a military or a civil profession. The schools of a higher order are well organised ; and the univer- sity of Gottingen is universally esteemed in Europe. See GOTTINGEN. Hanover has the Leipsigen and the Conven- tion standards of money. The public accounts .are kept in the latter. The gold coin called Georgs d'or is five rix dollars eight groschen in convention money ; or, in Leipsigen money, four rix dollars sixteen groschen. The other gold coin, the gold-gulden, is two rix dollars six groscheti in convention, two dollars two gros- chen in Leipsigen money. The long measure is the rood of eight ells, of two feet ; the foot being twelve inches. Six Hanoverian are equal to five Brabant ells. Land is measured by hufen and morgens. The hufe is thirty morgens, the morgen 120 ruthen, equal to 24-844 Paris feet. The morgen by which wood- land is measured contains 160 ruthen. The liquid measure is the eimen, of 3-136 cubic inches, or the anker of 1-960 cubic inches. The latter makes sixteen stiibchens, or thirty-two kannen — sixty-four quartiere, or 128 nosel. The weights in common use are ships-pounds, lies- pounds, hundreds, and customary pounds. The ships-pound is equal to twenty lies-pounds ; the hundred is 110 lies-pounds. The lies-pound is divided into two marks, the mark into eight ounces, the ounce into two loths, the loth into four quentins. The local weights and measures vary. In respect to manners, the Hanoverians are said to possess all the frankness and simplicity of their ancestors ; and the higher classes speak H A N O V E R. 29 a very pure idiom of the Teutonic language. In the towns, and particularly in the capital, a successful imitation of English habits is ob- served ; but the nobility have too strong preju- dices of birth to tolerate much of this. In some places, the descendants of the Wendsor Vandals preserved for a long time the use of the Sclavonic language. The only order of knighthood is the Guelphic, instituted by his present majesty in 1814. The elector of Hanover is descended from the ancient family of the Guelphs, dukes and electors of Bavaria, one of whom, Henry the ' Lion, in 1140, married Maude, eldest daughter • of king Henry II. of England. Their son Wil- liam succeeded to Brunswick Lune'burg, and his son Otho was created duke thereof. The dominions descended in a direct line to Ernest, who divided them upon his death, in 1546, into two branches, that of Brunswick Luneburg Wolfenbuttel, and Brunswick Lune'burg Zell. The possessor of the latter, Ernest Augustus, was head of the college of German princes, and married Sophia, daughter of Frederick elector Palatine and king of Bohemia, by Elizabeth, daughter of James I. king of Great Britain. Sophia being the next protestant heir to the house of Stuart, the parliament fixed the crown upon her on queen Anne's demise ; and George Lewis, her eldest son, became king of Great Britain in consequence ; since which the elec- tors of Hanover have rilled the British throne. Hanover has been of course involved in the wars of Great Britain, and in that of 1756 her territory was all along the scene of operations. This war cost her nearly 80,000 men, or a tenth of her population : but her troops acquired high repute. During the first war with revolutionary France, the neutrality of Hanover was maintained ; but in 1801 that country was taken possession of by Prussia; and in 1803 the first act of Buona- parte was to overrun it, and carry off the public property. In 1806 Hanover was ceded by the French to the Prussians ; but, on war breaking out between these nations, the electorate was again occupied by Buonaparte. Part of it was then annexed to the kingdom of Westphalia, and at the end of 1810 Buonaparte declared the coun- try along the coast annexed to France. On the expulsion of the French from Germany, in Oc- tober 1813, the whole electorate was restored; but the title, in 1815, was changed for that of king of Hanover. HANOVER, the capital of the foregoing king- dom, and of the principality of Calenberg, is situated in a sandy district on the Leine, a navi- gable river which joins the Weser. It is in the form of a half-moon, separated by the river into two parts, called the Old and New Town. The general appearance is imposing : the towns, formerly surrounded with walls and ditches, having the ramparts levelled, and laid out into an esplanade and streets, where a very ele- gant monument has been erected to Leibnitz. Outside of the walls is the Gartengemeinde, consisting of a mixture of houses and gardens. On entering the streets, the town has an anti- quated aspect, particularly what is called the Old Town. The materials for building are gene- rally brick, with wooden frame-work. Some houses have the bricks used for the doors and windows only. Inscriptions, denoting the date of building, and containing passages from the Psalms, which formerly appeared on the houses, are now for the most part erased, and improve- ments are going on with great spirit. The po- pulation, which in 1011 was only 21,000, is now nearly 30,000. The New Town, which stands on the right side of the river, is built in good style; and the houses in the new street, called George Strass, facing the rampart, are se- parated from it by iron chains, suspended on stone pillars. The elector's palace is a large edifice of late erection, having been destroyed by fire, and re- built in 1791. It is receiving improvements, and will be rendered an elegant modern edifice. The public library, founded by Leibnitz, is also a good building, containing a fine collection of books. There are five Lutheran churches ; the Calvinists and Catholics have each their chapels ; and the Jews a synagogue. The charitable in- stitutions are an orphan-house, two hospitals, and two poor-houses. For education there is a gymnasium, a female school of industry, and several elementary schools. The Georgianum is a school erected in 1796, for the education of forty sons of Hanoverian nobles, admitted at the age of ten, and paying a small sum on their en- trance ; after which their education is gratuitous. The other objects of curiosity are the mews, the church of the castle, the gardens of the baroness Deken and of count Walmoden, the wood of Ellenztied, and the Lutheran burial-ground ; but, above all, Herrenhausen, a country mansion of the royal family, at some distance from the town. The approach is by a long avenue of lime trees, and the building, though by no means elegant, is respectable, and the grounds laid out with perfect uniformity; the water-works are good, and the garden contains a very superior botanical collection. HANOVER, a county of Virginia, United States, bounded north-east by Spottsylvania, Caroline, and King William counties, east by New Kent, south by Henrico, south-west by Gooch- land county, and west by Louisa county ; distant from Washington 103 miles. Population 15,082. HANOVEK, a post town of Grafton county, New Hampshire, United States, on the east side of the Connecticut ; fifty-three north-west of Concord, 102 W. N. W. of Portsmouth, and 115 north-west of Boston : from Washington 495. Population 2135. Dartmouth College is situ- ated in the south-west part of this township, about half a mile east of the river, on a beautiful plain, where there is a handsome village with two congregational meeting-houses ; and a handsome bridge across the river, connecting the town with Norwich. Dartmouth College was founded by Dr. Eleazer Wheelock, and chartered , by royal grant in 1769. The funds, which were originally created by charitable individuals, have been increased by grants from the legislatures of New Hampshire and Vermont; and afford, at present, an increasing annual income of about 1600 dollars. 30 H A N S E. HANOVER, or M'Allister's Town, a post town in York county, Pennsylvania, between Cadorus Creek and a branch of the Little Conewago. It is seven miles north of the Maryland line, eigh- teen miles south-west of York, and 106 west by south of Philadelphia. HANOVER, NEW, an island in the Pacific, seen by Carteret in 1767, and said by him to be about thirty miles in length. It presents a flat surface to the north-west, and has a chain of high central mountains extending towards the south-east. The passage between this and New Ireland is full of reefs and islets. The south-west part is situated in long. 148° 27' E., lat. 2° 49' S. HAN RIOT, or HENRIT (Francis), one of the bloody revolutionary leaders of France under the despotism of Robespierre. He was born about 1761 at Nanterre; and, after having been a me- nial servant and a custom-house officer, in which situations he is said to have behaved with disho- nesty, he became a police spy. Attaching him- self to the jacobins, he first distinguished himself in directing the massacres which took place in the prisons of Paris September 2nd, 1792; and, continuing his cruel career, was appointed com- mander of the national guards. Supported by Murat, on the 2nd of June, 1793, he surrounded the Convention with an armed force, and obliged the members to return, and pass decrees of accu- sation against the Girondists. He acted on all occasions as a faithful partizan of Robespierre, whom, when accused, he in vain endeavoured to support, and was arrested and suffered with his chief by the well-merited axe of the guillotine, July 29th, 1794. He displayed on the scaffold a fearlessness worthy of a better cause. HANS. See HANSE. HANSBACH, a town of Bohemia, in the cir- cle of Leitmeritz, with manufactures of paper, cotton, &c. Twelve miles north of Kamnitz. HANSE, an ancient name for a society or company of merchants ; particularly that of cer- tain cities in Germany, &c., hence called Hanse Towns. The word is Teutonic ; and signifies alliance, confederacy, or association. Some derive it from the German words am-see, that is on the sea ; as the first Hanse Towns were all situated on the sea-coast : whence they are said to have been first called am-zee-stenen, i. e. cities on the sea ; and afterwards, by abbreviation, hansee, and hanse. The Hanse Towns, or the Hanseatic Society, were several maritime cities of Germany, who entered into a league for the mutual protection of their commerce. Bremen and Amsterdam were the first two that formed it ; whose trade received such advantage by their fitting out two men of war in each to convoy their ships, that more cities continually entered into the league : even kings and princes made treaties with them, and were often glad of their assistance and protection; by which means they grew so powerful, both by sea and land, that they raised armies as well as navies, enjoyed countries in sovereignty, and made peace or war, though always in defence of their trade, as if they had been a united state or commonwealth. — At this time also many cities, though they had no great interest in trade, or intercourse with the ocean, came into their alliance for the preservation of their liberties; so that, in 1200, we fiid no less than seventy-two cities in the list of he Hanse Towns ; particularly Bremen, Amsterdam, Ant- werp, Rotterdam, Dort, Bruges, Ostend, Dunkirk, Middleburgh, Calais, Rouen, Rochelle, Bor- deaux, St. Malo, Bayonne, Bilboa, Lisbon, Seville, Cadiz, Carthagena, Barcelona, Marseilles, Leg- horn, Naples, Messina, London, Lubec, Rostock, Stralsund, Stetin, Wismar, Konigsberg, Dantzic, Elbing, and Marienburg. The alliance was now so powerful, that their ships of war were often hired by other princes to assist them against their enemies. They not only awed, but often defeat- ed, all that opposed their commerce ; and, par- ticularly in 1358, they took such revenge of the Danish fleet in the Sound, for having interrupted their commerce, that Waldemar III. king of Denmark, for the sake of peace, gave them up all Schonen for sixteen years ; by which they commanded the passage of the Sound in their own right. — In 1428 they made war on Erick IX. king of Denmark with 250 sail, carrying on board 12,000 men. These so ravaged the coast of Jutland, that the king was glad to make peace with them. Many privileges were bestowed upon the Hanse Towns by Louis XL, Charles VIII., Louis XII., and Francis I. kings of France; as well as by the emperor Charles V., who had various loans of money from them ; and by king Henry III., who also incorporated them into a trading body, in acknowledgment for money which they advanced to him, as well as for the services they did him by their naval force in 1206. These towns exercised a jurisdiction among themselves ; for which purpose they were divided into four colleges or provinces, distinguished by the names of their four principal cities, viz. Lubec, Cologne, Brunswick, and Dantzic, where- in were held their courts of judicature. jThey had a common stock or treasury at Lubec, and power to call an assembly as often as necessary. They kept warehouses for the sale of their merchandise in London, Bruges, Antwerp, Bergen in Norway, Revel in Livonia, and Novogorod in Muscovy ; which were exported to most parts of Europe, in English, Dutch, and Flemish bottoms. One of their principal magazines was at London, where a society of German merchants was formed, called the Steel-yard Company. To this company great privileges were granted by Edward I., but re- voked by act of parliament in 1552, in the reign of Edward VI., on a complaint of the English merchants that this company had so engrossed the cloth trade, that in 1551 they had exported 50,000 pieces, while all the English together had shipped off but 1100. Queen Mary I., who as- cended the throne the year following, having re- solved to marry Philip the emperor's son, sus- pended the execution of the act for three years : but after that term, whether by reason of some new statute, or in pursuance of that of king Edward, the privileges of the company were no longer regarded, and all efforts of the Hans^ Towns to recover this loss were in vain. Another accident that happened to their mortification was while queen Elizabeth was at war with the Spaniards. Sir Francis Drake happening to meet sixty ships in the Tagus, loaded with corn, HANWAY. 31 belonging to the Hanse Towns, took out all the corn as contraband goods which they were forbid to carry by their original patent. The Hanse Towns having complained of this to the diet of the empire, the queen sent an ambassador thither to declare her reasons. The king of Poland like- wise interested himself in the affair, because the city of Dantzic was under his protection. At last, though the queen strove hard to preserve the commerce of the English in Germany, the em- peror excluded the English company of merchant adventurers, who had considerable factories at Stade, Embden, Bremen, Hamburg, and Elbing, from all trade in the empire. In short, the Hanse Towns, in Germany in particular, were not only in so flourishing, but in so formidable a state, from the fourteenth to the sixteenth cen- turies, that they gave umbrage to all the neigh- bouring princes, who threatened a strong confe- deracy against them ; and, as the first step to- wards it, commanded all the cities within their dominion or jurisdiction to withdraw from the Hanse, or union. This immediately separated all the cities of England, France, and Italy, from them. The Towns, on the other hand, prudently put themselves under the protection of the em- pire; and, as the cities just now mentioned had withdrawn from them, so they withdrew from several more, and made a decree among them- selves, that none should be admitted into their society but such as stood within the limits of the German empire, or were dependent thereon ; except Dantzic, which continued a member, though it only had been summoned formerly to the imperial diet. By these means they main- tained their confederacy for the protection of their trade, as it was begun, without being any more envied by their neighbours. Hereby like- wise they were reduced to Lubec, Bremen, Hamburgh, and Dantzic ; in the first of which they kept their register, and held assemblies once in three years at least. Their proceedings now became insignificant: Lubec, Hamburgh, and Bremen, continued cities of the German em- pire ; but in 1810 they were seized by Buonaparte to effect what he called the continental system. On the overthrow of his power, in 1814, these towns were restored to liberty, and admitted as members of the Germanic diet; and, under the name of Hanse Towns, they maintain a kind of commercial treaty with each other, and have re- cently erected a court of appeal at Lubec. HA'NT, for has not, or have not. 1 That roguish leer of your's makes a pretty woman's heart ake : you ha'nt that simper about the mouth for nothing. Addison. HANTCHONG, a first rate city of China in the south of the fertile province of Chen-si but surrounded by forests. Its chief articles of trade are cinnabar, musk, wax, and honey. It stands in long. 106° 44' E., and lat. 32° 59' N. HANTS, a county of Nova Scotia, containing the townships of Falmouth, Newport, and Wind- sor. It is about twenty miles square and partly unsettled, but well watered throughout. HANWAY (Jonas), was born at Portsmouth in Hampshire, on the 12th of August 1712. His father, Mr. Thomas Hanway, was an officer in the naval service. At the age of seventeen he was sent to Lisbon, and was bound apprentice to a merchant in that city in June 1729. His early life was marked with that attention to busi- ness, and love of regularity, which afterwards distinguished his character. On the expiration of his apprenticeship he entered into business at Lisbon as a merchant, but not long after returned to London. He afterwards connected himself as a partner in Mr. Dingley's house in St. Peters- burgh ; where he arrived on the 10th of June 1 743. The trade of the English over the Cas- pian Sea into Persia at this period had been en- trusted to the care of Mr. Elton, who had injudici- ously engaged in the service of Nadir Shah, to build ships on the Caspian after the European manner. This had alarmed the merchants in the Russian trade, who resolved to send one of their body into Persia. On this occasion Mr. Han- way offered his service, which was accepted. He set out on the 10th of September ; and after ex- periencing various dangers in that kingdom, during twelve months, returned to St. Petersburgl/, January 1st, 1745, without being able to establish the intended trade by the Caspian ; partly through the jealousy of the Russian court on account of Elton's connexions with the Persians, and partly by the Persian revolutions. He now settled at St. Petersburgh ; where he remained five years, and interested himself greatly in the concerns of the merchants who had engaged in the Caspian trade : but, having a desire to see his native country, he left St. Petersburgh on the 9th of July 1750. In 1753 he published An Historical Account of the British Trade over the Caspian Sea ; with a Journal of Trarels from London through Russia into Persia ; and back again through Russia, Germany, and Holland : to which are added, the Revolutions of Persia during the present century, with the particular. History of the great Usurper Nadir Kouli : 4 vols. 4to. In 1754 he published A Letter to Mr. John Spranger, on his excellent Proposal for Paving, Cleansing, and Lighting the Streets of Westminster, &c. 8vo. A few years afterwards many of Mr. Hanway's ideas, thrown out in this pamphlet, were adopted. In 1756 he printed A Journal of Eight Days' Journey from Portsmouth to Kingston upon Thames, with an Essay on Tea ; which was reprinted in 2 vols. 8vo., in 1757. At this juncture, Great Britain being on the eve of a war with France, he published Thoughts on the Duty of a good Citizen with Regard to War and Invasion, in a Letter from a Citizen to his Friend, 8vo. About the same time several gentlemen formed a plan, which was matured and perfected by Mr. Hanway, for providing the navy with sailors, by furnishing poor children with necessaries to equip them for the service of their country. Mr. Hanway published three pamphlets on this subject, and the treasurer of the society, accompanied by Mr. Hanway, hav- ing waited on the king, the society received £1000 from his majesty, £400 from the prince of Wales, and £200 from the princess dowager. This excellent institution was the favorite object of Mr. Hanway's care, and continued to flourish under his auspices. In 1758 he became an ad- vocate for the Magdalen Charity, and published A Letter to Robert Dmgley, esq., being a propo- HAN 32 HAP sai lor the Relief and Employment of friendless Girls and repenting Prostitutes, 4to. He also printed some other tracts on the same subject In 1759 he wrote Reasons for an Augmentation of at least Twelve Thousand Mariners, to be em- ployed in the Merchants' Service and Coasting Trade, in thirty-three Letters to Charles Gray, esq., of Colchester, 4to. The many useful and public-spirited plans, which Mr. Hanway had promoted, had now ren- dered his character popular; while his disin- terestedness, and the sincerity of his intentions, were conspicuous to all. Five principal citizens of London waited on lord Bute, then prime minister, and requested that some notice might be taken of a man who, at the expense of his own private fortune, and by the most unremittir.gr application, had rendered such meritorious ser- vices to his country. Accordingly he was, in July 1762, appointed one of the commissioners for victualling the navy ; a post which he held above twenty-one years. The next act of public beneficence, in which he engaged, was the collec- tion of money for the sufferers by the fire at Mon- treal, in Quebec, in May, 1765, when a fourth part of the city was consumed. On this occasion Mr. Hanway, in conjunction with two other gen- tlemen, collected £8415. In 1766 a dreadful fire broke out in Bridge Town in Barbadoes, which consumed property to the amount of nearly £100,000. A subscription was opened, in which Mr. Hanway was a principal actor, and £14,886 were collected, and transmitted to the unfortunate sufferers. At subsequent periods he continued to interest himself in various other plans for relieving the distresses of different classes of the community, and particularly those of young chimney sweepers, In 1774 he en- larged a former publication, under the title of Virtue in Humble Life : containing reflections on the reciprocal duties of the Wealthy and In- digent, the Master and the Servant, 2 vols. 8vo. In 1783, finding his health decline, he resigned his office at the victualling board, and immedi- ately received a grant of his whole salary, as a pension for life. This favor he owed to the es- teem which his majesty, to whom he was per- sonally known, entertained for him. He now promoted a subscription for the relief of the many black poor who wandered about the me- tropolis ; and the lords of the treasury seconded the design, by directing £14 a head to be issued to the committee, to enable them to send the blacks to such places abroad as might be fixed on. After encountering many obstacles, about 300 negroes were sent, properly accommodated with necessaries, to Africa. In summer 1786 Mr. Hanway's health declined visibly. He had long felt the approach of a disorder in the bladder, which, increasing by degrees, caused a stranguary; and at length, on the 5th of Sep- tember 1786, put a period to a life spent almost entirely in the service of his fellow creatures. On the 1 3th he was interred in the family vault at Hanwell, where a superb monument is erected to his memory. Mr. Hanway is said to have been the first man in Britain who carried an umbrella. HANYANG, a city of China, of the first rank, at the conflux of the river Han and Yantse Long. 113° 44' E., lat. 63° 19' N. HAP, n. s. & v. n.~) Goth, and Teut. kappe ; HAPHAZ'ARD, n.s. I Welsh anhup. Whatever HAP'LY, adj. I falls out by chance whe- HAP'LESS, adj. [ ther good or evil ; to light HAP'PEN, v. a. f upon unexpectedly : hap- HAP'PILY, adv. \ less unfortunate or un- HAP'PINESS, n.s. lucky: happily and hap- HAP'PY, adj. J piness have reference to a state of felicity ; pleasure ; prosperity ; fortui- tous elegance: applied to address it implies readiness. Say not I have sinned, and what harm hath hap- pened unto me, Ecclus. v. 4. Bring forth your strong reasons, and shew us what shall happen. Isaiah. And able for to helpen all a shire In any case that might fallen or happe. Chaucer. Prologue to Cant. Tales. And flapped that alone as he wos borne, He saw a maiden walking him beforne. Id. The Wif of Bathes Tale. Whether art it were, or heedless hap, As through the flowering forest rash she fled, In her rude hairs sweet flowers themselves did lap, And flourishing fresh leaves and blossoms did enwrap. Spenier. It will be too late to gather ships or soldiers, which may need to be presently employed, and whose want may hap to hazard a kingdom. Spenser. Happiness is that estate whereby we attain, so far as possibly may be attained, the full possession of that which simply for itself is to be desired, and con- taineth in it after an eminent sort the contentation of our desires, the highest degree of all our perfection. Hooker. The former of these is the most sure and infallible way: but so hard that all shun it, and had rather walk as men do in the dark by hop-hazard, than tread so long and intricate mazes for knowledge sake. Id. To have ejected whatsoever that church doth make account of, without any other crime than that it ha'!» been the hap thereof to be used by the church of Rome, and not to be commanded in the word of God, might haply have pleased some few men, who, having begun such a course themselves, must be giad to see their example followed. Id. Things casual do vary, and that which a man doth but chance to think well of cannot still have the like hap. Id. Solyman commended them for their valour in their evil hope, more than the victory of others got by good fortune. Knoliet. Hapless JEgeon, whom the fates have marked To bear the extremity of dire mishap ! Shakfpeare. This love of theirs myself have often seen, Haply when they have judged me fast asleep. Id. I come to wive it wealthily in Padua : If wealthily, then happily in Padua. Id. Am I happy in thy news ? — If to have done the thing you gave in charge Beget your happiness, be happy then ; For it is done. Id. Run you to the citadel, And tell my lord and lady what hath happ'd. Id In destructions by deluge, the remnant which hnf. to be reserved are ignorant people. Bacon. HAP S3 Nor feared she among ihe bands to stray Of armed men '. for often had she seen The tragick end of many a bloody fray : Her life had full of haps and hazards been. Fairfax. Happy the man, who his whole time doth bound Within the' enclosure of his little ground. Cotvley. Oh ! happiness of sweet retired content, To be at once secure and innocent. DenJiam. Certain graces and happinesses, peculiar to every language, give life and energy to the words. Id.' Leviathan, which God of all his works Created hugest, that swim the ocean stream, Him haply slumbering on the Norway foam, The pilot of some fma.ll night-foundered skiff Deeming some island oft, as seamen tell, Who fixed anchor in his scaly rind, Moors by his aide. Milton. Truth and peace, and love, shall ever shine About the supreme throne Of him, to whose happy making sight alone, Our heavenly guided soul shall climb. Id. To warn Us, haply too secure, of our discharge From penalty, because from death released Some days. Id. I have happened on some other accounts relating to mortalities. Graunt. And when he happened to break off I' th' middle of his speech, or cough, H' had hard words ready to show why And tell what rules he did it by. Hudibras. Curst be good haps, and curst be they that build Their hopes on haps, and do not make despair For all these certain blows the surest shield. Sidney. At other end Uran did Strephon lead Her happy making hand. Id. Preferred by conquest, happily o'erthrown, Falling they rise to be with us made one. Waller. Chymists have been more happy in finding experi- ments than the cause of them. Boyle. If it so fall out that thou art miserable for ever, thou hast no reason to be surprised, as if some un- expected thing bad happened to thee. Tillotfon. Philosopher* differ toout the chief good or liap- piness of man. Temple. Yet in this agony Lis fancy wrought, And fear supply'd him with this happy thought. Dryden. Neither is it so trivial an undertaking to make a tragedy end happily; for 'tis more difficult to save than kill. Id. Here hapless Icarus had found his part, Had not the father's grief restrained his art. Id. We live at hap-hazurd, and without any insight into causes and effects. L' Estrange. A fox had the hap to fall into the walk of a lion. Id. The various and contrary choices that men make in the world, argue that the same thing is not good to every man alike : this variety of pursuits shews, that every one does not place his Jtappiness in the same thing. Locke. We take our principles at hap-haxard upon trust, tnd then believe a whole system, upon a presumption fiat they are true. Id. Happy the man who void of care and strife, In silken or in leathern purse retains A splendid shilling. Philips's Splendid Shilling. Did his hapless passion equal mine, I would refuse the bliss. Smith. Then haply yet your breast remains untouched, Though that seems strange. Rome. VOL. XI. HAR Though the presence of imaginary good cannot make us happy, the absence of it may make us miserable. Addison. Formed by thy converse, happily to steer From grave to gay, from lively to severe. Pope. Some beauties yet no precepts can declare : For there's a happiness as well as care. Id. Formed by some rule that guides but not constrains, And finished more through happiness than pains. Id. One gentleman is happy at a reply, and another excels in a rejoinder. Swift. Let us now see what conclusions may be found for instruction of any other state, that may haply labour under the like circumstances. Id. The voice of the Eternal said Be free, And this divine prerogative to thee Does virtue, happiness, and heaven convey. Beattie. Thou winged and cloud-cleaving minister. Whose happy flight is Highest unto heaven, Well may'st thou swoop so near me — I should be Thy prey, and gorge thine eaglets. Byron. Manfred. And of the happiest moments which were wrought Within the web of my existence, some From thee, fair Venice ! have their colours caught. Id. Childe Harold. HAPAE, or HABEI, a cluster of low fertile islets among the Friendly Islands. They are four or more in number, about six or seven miles in length, and from two to three in breadth, joined together by reefs. They lie about long. 185° 36' to 185° 45' E., lat. 49° 39' to 19° 53' S. HAPSAL, a sea-port of Russia, in Esthonia, on the coast of the Baltic, five miles south-west of Revel, opposite Dago Isle. HAPSBURG, an ancient castle of the Hel- vetic republic, in the canton of Bern, seated near Schintnach, on a hill, upon the right bank of the Aar, three miles above Brack. It was the cradle of the house of Austria, having been built by count Vernor bishop of Strasburgh, in the eleventh century, and by him given to his brother Radbad, whose son Vernor first took the title of count Hapsburg, which his descendants continued to bear till the elevation of Rodolph I. to the imperial throne. It was then given as a fief to the lords of Waldeck, but fell under the dominion of the Bernois in 1415, when they conquered Argow. It is now in ruins: five miles north of Lenzburg. HAQUE, in old statutes, a little hand-gun, prohibited to be used for destruction of game, &c., by 33 Hen. VIII. cap. 5, and 2 and 3 Edw. VI. cap. 14. There is also the demi-haque, or half-haque, within the said acts. HA'QUETON, n. s. Fr. haqueton. A coat of mail. And next his short an haketon. Chaucer. The Rime of Sire Thopas. HARAN, CHARRAN, or CHARRJE, a city of Mesopotamia, celebrated for having been the place whither Abraham retreated, after he left Ur (Gen. xi. 31, 32.); where Terah his father died, and was buried ; whither Jacob retired, when he fled from Esau (Id. xxvii. 45, xxviii. 10, &c.) ; and where Crassus the Roman general was de- feated and killed by the Parthians. It was situ- D HAR 34 tted between the Euphrates and the Chebar, at a good distance from their junction. HARANGUE', n. s., v. n. & v. a. ? French, HARANG'UER, n.s. S harangue. The original of the French word is questioned : Menage thinks it a corruption of hearing, Eng- lish ; Junius imagines it to be disco urs au rang, to a circle, which the Ital. arringo seems to favor. Perhaps it may be from orare, or orationare, orationer, oraner, aranger, haranguer. — Johnson. A speech; a popular oration ; to make a speech ; to address by an oration, as he ' harangued the troops.' Haranguer, a public speaker, generally used in a contemptuous sense. Gray-headed men, and grave, with warriors mixed, Assemble, and harangues are. heard, but soon In factious opposition. Milton. Nothing can better improve political school-boys than the art of making plausible or implausible harangues, against the very opinion for tvhich they resolve to determine. Swift. Many preachers neglect method in their harangues. Watts. HARASS, v.a. & n. s. Fr. harasser, from harasse, a heavy buckler. — Du Cange. To weary; to fatigue; to tire with labor and un- easiness: harass, waste ; a disturbance. These troops came to the army but the day before, harassed with a long and wearisome march. Bacon. The men of Judah, to prevent The harass of their land, beset me round. Milton. Our walls are thinly manned, our best men slain ; The rest, an heartless number, spent with watching, And harassed out with duty. Dryden. Nature oppressed, and harassed out with care, Sinks down to rest. Addison. HAR'BTNGER, n. s. ^ Fr. herberge ; HARBOUR, n. s., v. n. & v.a. \ Dutch, herberg, HAR'BOURAGE, n. s. [herberger; Ital. HAR'BOURER, n. s. falbergo. One HAR'BOURLESS, adj. \ who goes be- HAR'BROUGH, n.s. ) fore to provide lodgings ; a forerunner. Harbour, a lodging ; a port ; a haven for shipping ; an asylum or shelter : to sojourn ; to entertain ; to shelter or protect. Harbourless, without shelter ; wanting a harbour. The general and primary idea is a place of rest and security. The fame anon thurgout the town is born, How Alia king shal come on pilgrimage, By herberaeours that wenten him oeforn. Chaucer. The Man of Lawes Tale. — — . Now Lordinges, trewely Ye ben to me welcome right hertily, For by my trouthe, if that I shal not lie, I saw not this yere swiche a compagnie At ones in this herbervce, as is now. Id. Prologue to the Canterbury Tales. Shortly, I woll lierberowe me, There I hope best to hulstred be. Id. Romaunt of the Rose. Let in us, your king, whose laboured spirits, Forewearied in this action of swift speed, Crave harbourage within your city walls. Shakspeare. Three of your argosies Are richly come to harbour suddenly. Id. This night let's harbour here in York. Id. HAR They are sent by me, That they should harbour where their lord would be. Id. Make all our trumpets speak, give them all breath, Those clamorous harbingers of blood and death. Id. I'll be myself the harbinger, and make joyful The hearing of my wife with your approach. Id. My lady bids me tell you, that though she harbonrs you as her uncle, she's nothing allied to your dis- orders. Id. Knaves I know, which in this plainness Harbour more craft, and more corrupter ends, Than twenty silky ducking observants. Id. Underneath this stone doth lie As much beauty as could die, Which in life did harbour give To more virtue than doth live. Ben Jonson. Sin, and her shadow death, and misery, Death's harbinger. Milton. And now of love they treat, 'till th' evening star, Love's harbinger, appeared. Id. Before him a great prophet, to proclaim His coming, is sent harbinger, who all Invites. Id. Come fair Repentance, daughter of the skies ! Soft harbinger of soon returning virtue ! The weeping messenger of grace from Heaven. Brown's Atheist an. Harbour yourself this night in this castle : this country is very dangerous for numbering thieves to trust a sleeping life among them. Sidney. Southwards they bent their flight, And harboured in a hollow rock at night : Next morn they rose, and set up every sail ; The wind was fair, but blew a mackrel gale. Dryden. For harbour at a thousand doors they knocked ; Not one of all the thousand but was locked. Id. As Ormond's harbinger to you they run ; For Venus is the promise of the Sun. Id. Let me be grateful ; but let far from me Be fawning cringe, and false dissembling look, And servile flattery, that harbours oft In courts and gilded roofs. Philips. They leave the mouths of Po, That all the borders of the town o'erflow ; And, spreading round in one continued lake, A spacious hospitable harbour make. Addison. Doubly cursed Be all those easy fools who give it harbour. Rowe. Let not your gentle breast harbour one thought Of outrage from the king. Id. Dear solitary groves where peace does dwell, Sweet harbours of pure love and innocence ! Rochester's Valentinian. We owe this old house the same kind of gratitude that we do to an old friend who harbours us in his de- clining condition, nay even in his last extremities. Pope. How people, so greatly warmed with a sense of liberty, should be capable of harbouring such weak su- perstition ; and that so much bravery and so much folly can inhabit the same breasts. Id. How guilt once harboured in the conscious breast Intimidates the brave, degrades the great. Dr. Johnson. HARBINGER, in the king's household, an officer who has four yeomen under him, that ride a day's journey before the court when it travels, to provide lodgings, &c. HAR BOROUGH, or MARKET HARBOROUGH, a town of Leicestershire on the road to Deibv HAR 35 HAR near the source of the We] land. The road enters the town by a ford in the fiver, but there is a bridge of six arches, adjoining the ford, for the use of carriages when the floods render the water impassable or unsafe : at other times this bridge is only used by horse and foot passengers. It is a great thoroughfare, and was famous, in Cam- den's time, for its fairs, where the best horses and colts are still sold. They are held April 29th, and October 19th. It has also a conside- rable manufacture of tammies, lastings, &c. The market is on Tuesday. The earl of Harbo- rough built a neat market-house at his own ex- pense here some years ago. Here is a chapel, which is a curacy, in the patronage of Christ Church College, .Oxford, and is estimated at somewhat more than £100 a-year; it is dedi- cated to St. Dionysius, the Areopagite. There are also three meeting-houses in Harborough for Independents, Quakers, and Methodists. Many Roman antiquities have been found here. On the east of the town are traces of an encamp- ment, which is considered as Roman : and the head quarters of king Charles I.'s army seem to have been in this place previous to the memora- ble battle of Naseby ; Cromwell's letter to the speaker of the house of commons, giving an ac- count of the battle, is dated here. It is eighty- three miles north-west of London, and fifteen south-east of Leicester. HARBOUR ISLAND, one of the smallest of the Bahama Islands, situated to the north of Eleu- thera. Here is situated the parish church be- longing to Eleuthera; and it has been long settled by a race who live chiefly upon fish. Their town contains about 600 whites, and 300 blacks, and is beautifully situated on the south side of the island in front of the harbour, which ^can only be entered at each end by vessels of small draught. HARBOUR ISLAND, a small island of the United States, in Pamlico Sound, near the coast of North Carolina. Long. 76° 32' W., lat. 34° 50' N. HARBOURO, a small island in the English Channel, near the coast of France. Long. 1° 59' W., lat. 48° 39' N. HARBURG, a town in the duchy of Lune"- burg, Hanover, on the Elbe opposite to Ham- burgh. It is the medium of intercourse between Hamburgh and the west country. An important article of traffic is bilberries, which are shipped here annually to the value of between £3000 and £4000 sterling, chiefly to Bourdeaux, to color the wines. Population 3650. Seven miles south of Hamburgh, and twenty-two north-west of Luneberg. Long. 9° 56' E., lat. 53° 28' N. HARD, adj. Sax. bearte; Dut. hard; Teut. hard. Firm ; resisting penetration or separation ; not soft ; not easy to be pierced or broken. Repose you there, while I to the hard house, More hard than is the stone whereof 'tis raised j Which even but now, demanding after you, Denied me to come in . Shakipeare. Difficult ; not easy to the intellect. The hard causes they brought unto Moses ; but every small matter they judged themselves. Exodut. When hard words, jealousies, and fears, Set folks together by the ears. Hudibras Some diseases, when they are easy to be cured, are hard to be known. Sidney. Tis hard to say, if Clymene were moved More by his prayer, whom she so dearly loved, Or more 'with fury fired. Dryden. As for the hard words which I was obliged to use, they are either terms of art, or such as I substituted in place of others that were too low. Arbuthnot. Difficult of accomplishment; full of difficul- ties. Is any thing too hard for the Lord 1 Generis. He now discerned he was wholly to be on the de- fensive, and that was like to be a very hard part too. Clarendon. Possess As lords a spacious world, to our native heaven Little inferior, by my adventure Itard With peril great achieved. Milton, Long is the way And hard, that out of hell leads up to light ; Our prison strong. Id. The love and pious duty which you pay Have passed the perils of so hard a way. Dryden. Nervous and tendinous parts have worse symptoms, and are harder of cure, than fleshy ones. Wiseman. Painful ; distressful : laborious action or suf- fering. Rachael travailed, and she had hard labour. Gene-fit. Worcester's horse came but to-day ; And now their pride and mettle is asleep, Their courage with hard labour tame and dull, That not a horse is half of himself. Shakspeare. Continual hard duty, with little fighting, lessened and diminished his army. Clarendon. When Sebastian weeps, his tears Come harder than his blood. Dryden. A man obliged to hard labour is not reduced to the necessity of having twice as much victuals as one un- der no necessity to work. Cheyne. Cruel ; oppressive ; rigorous : as, a hard heart. The bargain of Julius III. may be accounted a very hard one. Browne's Vulgar Errouri. Whom scarce my sheep, and scarce my painful "\ plough, f The needful aids of human life allow ; 1 So wretched is thy son, so hard a mother them. 3 Dryden. If you thought that hard upon you, we would not refuse you half your time. Id. Live thou to mourn the love's unhappy fate, To bear my mangled body from the foe, Or buy it back, and funeral rites bestow ; Or if hard fortune shall those dues deny, Thou canst at least an empty tomb supply. Id. A loss of one-third of their estates will be a very hard case upon a great number of people. Locke. No people live with more ease and prosperity than the subjects of little commonwealths ; as, on the contrary, there are none who suffer more under the grievances of a Jiard government than the subjects of little principalities. Addison. To find a bill that may bring punishment upon the innocent, will appear very hard. Swift. Sour ; rough ; severe. What, have you given him any hard words of late t Shakspeare. Rough ungovernable passions hurry men on to say or do very hard or offensive things. Atterbury. D2 HAR 36 HAR Unfavorable; unkind. As thou lovest me, do him not that wrong, To bear a hard opinion of his truth. Shakspeare. Absalom and Achitophel be thinks is a little hard on his fanatick patrons. Dryden. Some hard rumours have been transmitted from t'other side the water, and rumours of the severest kind. Swift. Insensible; inflexible. If I by chance succeed In what I write, and that's a chance indeed, Know I am not so stupid or so hard, Not to feel praise, or fame's deserved reward. Dryden. Unhappy ; vexatious. It is a very hard quality upon our soil or climate, that so excellent a fruit, which prospers among all 1 our neighbours, will not grow here. Temple. Vehement ; keen ; severe : as, a hard winter ; hard weather. Full hard it is with flesh-hook, or with oulcs To ben yclawed. Chaucer. The Sompnoures Tale. Unreasonable; unjust. It is a little hard, that, in an affair of the last con- sequence to the very being of the clergy, this whole reverend body should be the sole persons not con- sulted. Swift. It is the hardest case in the world, that Steele should take up the reports of his faction, and put them off as additional fears. Id. Forced ; not easily granted. If we allow the first couple, at the end of one hun- dred years, to have left ten pair of breeders, which is no hard supposition ; there would arise from these, in fifteen hundred years, a greater number than the earth was capable of. Burnet. Powerful ; forcible. The stag was too hard for the horse, and the horse flies for succour to the man that's too hard for him, and rides the one to death, and outright kills the other. L'Estrange. Let them consider the vexation they are treasuring up for themselves, by struggling with a power which will be always too hard for them. Addison. A disputant, when he finds that his adversary is too hard for him, with slyness turns the discourse. Waits. Shall our pale withered hands, be still stretched out, Trembling, at once, with eagerness and age ? With av'rice and convulsions grasping hard ? Grasping at air, for what has earth beside ? Young's Night TJiaughtt. Austere ; rough, as liquids, la making of vinegar, set vessels of wine over against the noon sun, which calleth out the more oily spirits, and leaveth the spirit more sour and hard. Bacon. Harsh ; stiff; constrained. Get thee glass eyes ; And like a scurvy politician seem To see the things thou dost not — how, now, now, now : Pull off my boots : — harder ; harder ; so. Shakspeare. King Lear. Others, scrupulously tied to the practice of the an- cients, make their figures harder than even the marble itself- Dryden. His direction is hard, his figures too bold, and his tropes, particularly bis metaphors, insufferably strained . Id. Not plentiful ; not prosperous There are bonfires decreed ; and, if the times had not been hard, my billet should have burnt too. Dryden. Avaricious ; faultily sparing. These thanks I pray you : And know that when Sebastian weeps, his tears Come harder than his blood. Dryden, HARD, adv. Hardo, very old German. Close ; near ; often with by. Abimelech went hard unto the door of the tower, to burn it with fire. Jvdget. The Philistines followed hard upon Saul. 2 Samuel. A little lowly hermitage it was, Down in a dale hard by a forest's side, Far from resort of people that did pass In travel to and fro. Spenier. Scarce had he said, when hard at hand they spie That quicksand nigh, with water covered. Id. Hard by was a house of pleasure, built for a sum. mer retiring place. Sidney. They doubted a while what it should be, 'till it was cast up even hard before them ; at which time they fully saw it was a man. Id. When these marshal the way, hard at hand comes thejmaster and main exercise. Shakspeare. Hard by a cottage chimney smokes, From betwixt two aged oaks. Milton. Diligently ; laboriously ; incessantly ; vehe- mently ; earnestly ; importunately. Geneura rose in his defence, And prayed so hard for mercy from the prince, That to his queen the king the offender gave. Dryden. An ant works as hard as a man who should carry a heavy load every day four leagues. Addison. Whoever my unknown correspondent be, he presses hard for an answer, and is earnest in that point. Atterbury. Uneasily; vexatiously. When a man's servant shall play the cur with him, look you it goes hard. Shakspeare. Distressfully ; so as to raise difficulties. The question is hard set, and we have reason to doubt. Browne. A stag that was hard set by the huntsmen, betook himself to a stall for sanctuary. L' Estrange. Fast ; nimbly ; vehemently. The wolves scampered away as hard as they could drive. L'Estranrje. With difficulty ; in a manner requiring labor. Solid bodies foreshow rain, as boxes and pegs of wood when they draw and wind hard. Bacon. Tempestuously ; boisterously. When the north wind blows hard, and it rains sadly, none but fools sit down in it and cry ; wise people defend themselves against it. Taylor. HARDANGERFIORD, an extensive arm of the sea, which runs inland on the west coast of Norway, about ninety-eight miles in a north-east direction. It is between 59° 28' and 60° 25' of N. lat. HA'RDBOUND, adj. Hard and bound. Cos- tive. Just writes to make his barrenness appear, And strains from hardbound brains eight lines a year. Pope. HARDEN, v. n. &v.a. $ From hard. To HAR'DEXER, n. s. J grow hard ; to make hard ; to confirm in wickedness; to stupify ; to make firm or constant. HAR He stiffened his neck, and hardened his heart from turning unto the Lord. 2 Chronicles. Then should I have comfort ? yea, I would harden myself in sorrow. Job. But exhort one another daily, lest any of you be hardened through the deceitfulness of sin. Hebrews. They speken of sondy harding of metall And speken of medecines therwithall, And how and when it should yharded be, Which is unknown algates unto me. Chaucer. The Squires Tale. ' The powder of loadstone and flint, by the addition of whites of eggs and gum-dragon, made into paste, will in a few days harden to the hardness of a stone. Bacon. Even Lust, the master of a hardened face, Blushes if thou be'st in the place ; To Darkness' curtains he retires ; In sympathising Night he rolls his smoky fires. Cowley. Avoid the politic, the factious fool, The busy buzzing, talking hardened knave. Otway. He that hardeneth his heart, and sets God and his judgments at defiance, and receives not the impres- sions of his word or rod, shall fall into mischief ; his presumption will be his ruin ; and whatever sin he falls into, it is owing to the hardness of his heart. Henry. Prov. xxviii. 14. Religion sets before us not the example of a stupid Stoick, who had by obstinate principles hardened him- self against all sense of pain ; but an example of a man like ourselves, that had a tender sense of the least suffering, and yet patiently endured the greatest. Tillotson. Sure he, who first the passage tried, In hardened oak his heart did hide, And ribs of iron armed his side. Dryden. One raises the soul, and hardens it to virtue ; the other softens it again, and bends it into vice. Id. It is a melancholy consideration, (hat there should be several among us so hardened and deluded as to think an oath a proper subject for a jest. Addison. Years have not yet hardened me, and I have an addition of weight oa my spirits since we lost him. Swift to Pope. Hi EDEN, a county of Kentucky, on the Ohio ; distant from Washington 6G2 miles. Popula- tion 7581. The chief town is Elizabeth Town. HARDENING, the giving a greater degree of hardness to bodies than they had before. There are several ways of hardening iron ana steel, as by hammering them, quenching them in cold water, &c. See CASE-HARDENING, STEEL, and CUTLERY. HARDERWICK, or HARDERWYCK, a town of the Netherlands, in Dutch Guelderland, on the Zuyder Zee. It was only a village till 1229, when Otho surrounded it with walls. It was afterwards one of the Hanse Towns : in 1503 it was mostly burnt down, but was soon after re- built with seven gates. In 1511 it was taken by Charles duke of Guelders; in 1552 by the troops of Charles V. ; and in 1572 by the con- federates. It has a university founded in 1618, converted in 1808 into an Athenaeum or academy with eight professors : and the church of St. Martin is much admired. The trade is in corn, timber, and herrings. It is nineteen miles west of Deventer, twenty-five north-east of Utrecht, and forty east of Amsterdam. 37 HAR HARD'FAVORED,a$0 Compounds ol hard : the primary meaning is applied to whatever makes resistance to exter- j nal impressions. — I Their meanings Vare mostly obvi- ous. Hard-favored is coarse or harsh of countenance ; hard-head the man- ner of fighting, in which the combat- J ants dash heads to- HARD'HANDED, adj. HARD'HEAD, n. s. HARD'HEARTED, adj. HARD'HEARTEDNESS, n.s. HARD'IHEAD, n. s. HARD'IHOOD, n. s. HARD'IMENT, n. s. HARD'INESS, n. s. HARD'LABORED, adj. HARD'MOUTHED, adj. HARD'SHIP, n. s. HARD'WARE, n. s. HARD'WAREMAN, n. s. HARD'Y, adj. gether. Hardihood, hardiment, courage ; bra- very. Hardiness, hardship and fatigue ; courage. Hard-labored, diligently wrought. Hardship, injury; oppression. Hardware, manufacture of metal. Hardy, bold ; strong ; confident, in a good and bad sense. And to the tre she goeth, aful gode pace, For love made her so hardy in this case. Chaucer. Legende of Good Women. Then sawe I beautie with a nice atire, And youth, all full of game and jolitee ; Pole hardinesse, flatterie, and desire, Messagerie, and Mede, and other thre, Hir names shall not here be tolde for me. Id. The Assemble of Foules. The which his mother seeing, gan to feare Least his too haughty hardiness might reare Some hard mishap in hazard of his life. Spenser. Faerie Queetie. That stroke the hardy squire did sore displease. Id. But full of fire and greedy hardiment, The youthful knight could not for ought be staid. Spenser. Enflamed with fury and fierce hardyhead, He seemed in heart to harbour thoughts unkind , And nourish bloody vengeance in his bitter mind. Id. They are valiant and hardy ; great endurers of cold, hunger, and ail hardiness. Id. ' On the gentle Se.vern's sedgy bank, In single opposition, hand to band, He did confound the best part of an hour, In changing hardiment with great Glendower. Shakspeare. If we, with thrice such powers left at home, Cannot defend our own doors from the dog, Let us be worried ; and our nation lose The name of hardiness and policy. Id. When the blast of war blows in your ears, Stiffen the sinews, summon up the blood , Disguise fair Nature with hardfavoured looks, Then lend the eye a terrible aspect. Id. Hardhearted Clifford, take me from the world ; My soul to heaven. Id. Hardhanded men that work in Athens here, Which never laboured in their minds 'till now. ftf. Perkin had gathered together a power of all na- tions, neither in number, nor in the hardiness and courage of their persons contemptible. Bacon. Try the imagination of some in cock-fights, to make one cock more hardii. and the other more cowardly. Id. Zeal was the spring whence flowed her hardiment. Fairfar. HAR Boldly assault the necromancer's hall, Where if he be, with dauntless hardihood. Milton. When Vulcan came into the world , he was so hard- favoured that both his parents frowned on him. Drydcn. Tis time my hardmouthed coursers to controul, Apt to run riot, and transgress the goal. Id. But who can youth, let loose to vice, restrain ? When once the hardmouthed horse has got the rein, He's past thy power to stop. Id. I have been at hardhead with your butting citizens ; I have routed your herd, I have dispersed them. Id. Recite The feats of Amazons, the fatal fight Betwixt the hardy queen and hero knight. Id. Can you be so hardhearted to destroy My ripening hopes, that are so near to joy ? Id. Hardheartedness and cruelty is not only an inhuman vice, but worse than brutal. L' Estrange. The brother a very lovely youth, and the sister hardfavoured. Id. He has the courage of a rational creature, and such an hardiness we should endeavour by custom and use to bring children to. Locke. Who is there hardy enough to contend with the re- proach which is prepared for those, who dare venture to dissent from the received opinions of their country ? Id. You could not undergo the toils of war, Nor bear the hardships that your leaders bore. Addison. Criminal as you are, you avenge yourself against the /tardiness of one that should tell you of it. Addison. Is a man confident of his present strength? An unwholesome blast may shake in pieces his hardy fabrick. South. How black and base a vice ingratitude is, may be seen in those vices which it is always in combination with, pride and hardheartedness, or want of com- passion. Id. In journeys or at home, in war or peace, By hardships many, many fall by ease. Prior. Could thirst of vengeance, and desire of fame, Excite the female breast with martial flame ? And shall not love's diviner power inspire More hardy virtue, and more generous fire ? Id. John Bull, otherwise a good-natured man, was very hardhearted to his sister Peg. Arbutknot. How cheerfully the hawkers cry A satire, and the gentry buy ! While my hardlaboured poem pines, Unsold upon the printer's lines. Swift. They are ripe for a peace, to enjoy what we have conquered for them ; and so are we, to recover the effects of their hardships upon us. Id. Hardheartedness is an essential in the character of a libertine. Clarissa. HARDINGE (Nicholas), an English lawyer, chiefly distinguished for the cultivation of the belles lettres. He studied at Eton and Cambridge ; after which he kept terms at the Middle Temple and was called to the bar. In 1731 he obtained the office of clerk to the house of commons ; in 1 752 he was made joint secretary of the treasury ; and was twice elected M. P. for the borough of Eye. He died aged fifty-seven in 1758. His works consist of some English poetry, and a vo- lume of Latin poems. HARDIKGE (George), son of the preceding, born in 1744. After finishing his studies at HAR Eton, he went to Trinity College, Cambridge ; wherehis tutor was Dr. Watson, afterwards bishop of Llandaff. In 1769 he was created, by man- date, master of arts ; and called to the bar the same year. The interest of his mother's brother, lord Camden, procured him the rank of serjeant- at-law; and he was subsequently appointed solicitor-general to her majesty. In 1787 he was made a Welsh judge, and in 1789 the queen's attorney-general. He died in the execution of his judicial duties, at Presteign, in Radnorshire, April 26th, 1816. He was a man of wit and humor, as well as great good sense and know- ledge of the world. His speeches in parliament and in the courts have been published ; as well as several contributions to miscellaneous litera- ture, including three sermons. These have been also collected and printed, with his letters, and an account of his life by Mr. John Nichols. HARDING (Thomas), D. D., was born in Devonshire in 1512. He was educated at Win- chester; chosen fellow of New College, Ox- ford, in 1556; and appointed professor of He- brew by king Henry VIII., whose half-reforming principles he adopted. On the accession of Ed- ward VI. he became a complete protestant ; but, on that of the Bloody Mary, he saw his error, recanted, and became a confirmed Papist ; whereupon he was made prebendary of Win- chester, and treasurer of the cathedral of Salis- bury. Being deprived of his preferments, on the accession of queen Elizabeth, he went to Lou- vaine, where he began his famous controversy with bishop Jewel, against whom he wrote seven tracts in favor of Popery, between 1555 and 1567. He died in 1570. His works show him to have been a man of learning and abilities.. HARDION (James), an ingenious French author, and member of the Academy of In- scriptions, born at Tours, in 1686. He pub- lished a Universal History in 18 vols., and a Treatise on French Poetry and Rhetoric. He died in 1766. HARDLY, adv. From hard. With difficulty ; not easily. Touching things which generally are received, al though in themselves they be most certain, yet, be- cause men presume them granted of all, we are hard- liest able to bring such proof of their certainty as may satisfy gainsayers, when suddenly and besides ex- pectation they require the same at our hands. Hooker. There are but a few, and they endued with great ripeness of wit and judgment, free from all such af- fairs as might trouble their meditations, instructed in the sharpest and subtlest points of learning ; who have, and that very hardly, been able to find out hut only the immortality of the soul. Id. God hath delivered a law as sharp as the two-edged sword, piercing the very closest and most unsearchable corners of the" heart, which the law of nature can hardly, human laws by no means, possibly reach unto. Id There are in living creatures parts that nourish and repair easily, and parts that nourish and repair hardly. Bacon. The barks of those trees are more close and soft than those of oaks and ashes, whereby the moss can the hardlier issue out. id. HARDNESS. The father, mother, daughter they invite ; Hardly the dame was drawn to this repast. Dryden. Recovering hardly what he lost before, His right endears it much, his purchase more. Id. False confidence is easily taken up, and hardly laid down. South. Scarcely ; scantily ; not lightly ; with no like- lihood. The fish that once was caught, new bait will hardly bite. Faerie Queene. - They are worn, lord consul, so That we shall hardly in our ages see Their banners wave again. Shakspeare. Hardly shall you find any one so bad, but he de- sires the credit of being thought good. South. Almost not ; barely. The wandering breath was on the wing to part, Weak was the pulse, and hardly heaved the heart. Dryden. There is hardly a gentleman in the nation who hath not a near alliance with some of that body. Swift. Grudgingly ; as an injury. If I unwittingly Have aught committed that is hardly borne By any in this presence, I desire To reconcile me. Shakspeare. Severely ; unfavourably. If there are some reasons inducing you to think hardly of our laws, are those reasons demonstrative, are they necessary, or mere possibilities only? Hooker. Rigorously ; oppressively. Many men believed that he was hardly dealt with. Clarendon. They are now in prison, and treated hardly enough ; for there are fifteen dead within twojyearS. Addison. They have begun to say, and to fetch instances where he has in many things been hardly used. Swift. Unwelcomely; harshly. Such information comes very hardly and harshly to a grown man ; and, however softened, goes but ill down. Locke. Not softly ; not tenderly ; not delicately. Heaven was her canopy ; bare earth her bed ; So hardly lodged. Dryden. HA'RDNESS, n. s. From hard. Durity ; power of resistance in bodies. Hardiness is a firm cohesion of the parts of matter that makes up masses of a sensible bulk, so that the whole does not easily change its figure. Locke. From the various combinations of these corpuscles happen all the varieties of the bodies formed out of them in colour, taste, smell, hardness, and specifick gravity. Woodward. Difficulty to be understood. This label on my bosom Is so from sense in hardness, that I can Make no collection of it. Shakspeare. Difficulty to be accomplished. It was time now or never to sharpen my intention to pierce through the hardness of this enterprize. Sidney. Concerning the duty itself, the hardness thereof is not such as needeth much art. Hooker. Scarcity ; penury. The tenants poor, th e hardness of the times, Are all excuses for a servant's crimes. Swift. Obduracy; profligateness. Every commission of sin introduces unto the soul a certain degree of liardness, and an aptness to continue iu '.hat sin. South. Coarseness; harshness of look . By their virtuous behaviour they compensate the hardness of their favour, and by the pulchritude of their souls make up what is wanting in the beauty of their bodies. Ray. Keenness ; vehemence of weather or seasons. If the hardness of the winter should spoil them, neither the loss of seed nor labour will be much. Mortimer. Cruelty of temper; savageness; harshness; barbarity. We will ask, That if we fail in our request, the blame May hang upon our hardness. Shakspeare. They quicken sloth, perplexities unty, Make roughness smooth, and hardness mollify. Denham. Stiffness ; harshness. Sculptors are obliged to follow the manners of the painters, and to make many ample folds, which are insufferable hardnesses, and more like a rock than a natural garment. Dryden. Faulty parsimony ; stinginess. HARDNESS, in bodies, is a property directly opposite to fluidity, by which they resist the im- pression of any other substance, sometimes in an extreme degree. As fluidity has been found to consist in the motion of the particles of a body upon one another, in consequence of a certain action of the universal fluid, or elementary fire, among them ; we must conclude that hardness consists in the absence of this action, or a de- ficiency of what is called latent heat. This is confirmed by observing, that there is an inter- mediate state betwixt hardness and fluidity, in which bodies will yield to a certain force, though they still make a considerable resistance. This is principally observed in the metals, and is the foundation of their ductility. It appears, in- deed, that this last property, as well as fluidity, is entirely dependent on a certain quantity of la- tent heat absorbed, or otherwise acting within the substance itself; for all the metals are ren- dered hard by hammering, and soft by being put again into the fire and kept there for some time. The former operation renders them hot as well as hard ; probably, as Dr. Black observes, be- cause the particles of metal are thus forced nearer one another, and those of fire squeezed out from among them. By keeping them for some time in the fire, that element insinuates it- self again among the particles, and arranges them in the same manner as before, so that the duc- tility returns. By a second hammering this property is again destroyed, returning on a repe- tition of the heating, or annealing, as it is called; and so on, as often as we please. Hardness ap- pears to diminish the cohesion of bodies in some degree, though their fragility does by no means keep pace with their hardness. Thus, glass is very hard and very brittle ; but flint, though still harder than glass, is much less brittle. Among the metals, however, these two properties seem to be more connected, though even here the con- nexion is by no means complete. Steel, the hardest of all the metals, is indeed the most brittle; but lead, the softest, is not the most duc- tile. Neither is hardness connected with the specific gravity of bodies ; for a diamond, th" hardest substance in nature, is little more than HAR 40 HAR half the weight of the lightest metal. As little is it connected with the coldness, electrical proper- ties, or any other quality with which we are ac- quainted; so that, though the principle above laid down may be accepted as a general founda- tion for our enquiries, a great number of particu- lars remain yet to be discovered before we can offer any satisfactory explanation. All bodies become harder by cold ; but this is not the only means of their doing so, for some become hard by heat as well as cold. Mr. Quist and others have constructed tables of the hardness of different substances. The method pursued in constructing these tables was, by observing the order in which they were able to cut or make any impression upon one another. The following table, extracted from M. Magel- lan's edition of Cronstedt's Mineralogy, was taken from Dr. Quist, Sir T. Bergman, and Mr. Kirwan. The first column shows the hardness, and die second the specific gravity. Diamond from Ormus . 20 — 3-7 Pink diamond . . . . 19 — 3-4 Bluish diamond . . . 19 — 3-3 Yellowish diamond . . 19 — 3-3 Cubic diamond . . . 18 — 3'2 Ruby ...... 17 — 4-2 Pale ruby from Brasil . 16 — 3-5 Ruby spinell . . . 13 — 3-4 Deep blue sapphire • . 16 — 3-8 Ditto paler ..... 17 — 3-8 Topaz ...... 15 — • 4-2 Whitish ditto . . . . 14 — 3-5 Bohemian ditto . . , 11 — 2-8 Emerald ..... 12 — 2-8 Garnet ...... 12 — 4-4 Agate ...... 12 — 2-6 Onyx ...... 12 — 2-6 Sardonyx ..... 12 — 2-6 Occidental amethyst . . 11 — 2-7 Crystal ...... It — 2-6 Cornelian ..... 11 — 2-7 Green jasper . . . . 11 — 2-7 Reddish yellow ditto . . 9 — 2*6 Schoerl ...... 10 — 3-6 Tourmaline . . . . 10 — 3'0 Quartz ..... 10 — 2'7 Opal ...... 10—2-6 Chrysolite ..... 10 — 3-7 Zeolite ...... 8-^2-1 Fluor ...... 7 — 3-5 Calcareous spar ... 6 — 2-7 Gypsum . . „ . . 5 — 2-3 Chalk ...... 3 — 2-7 HA'RDOCK, n. s. burdock. I suppose the same with Why he was met even now, Crowned with rank fumiter and farrow-weeds, With Jiardocks, hemlock, nettles, cuckoo-flowers. Shaltspeare. HARDOUIN (John), a learned French Jesuit in the eighteenth century, remarkable for the paradoxes he advanced in his writings; in par- ticular, That all the works of the ancient profane writers, except Cicero's works, Virgil's Georgics, Horace's Satires and Epistles, and Pliny's Natu- ral History, are mere forgeries. He died at Paris in, 1729, aged eighty-three. His principa. works are, 1. An edition of Pliny's Natural History, with notes, which is much esteemed ; 2. An edition of the Councils, which made much noise; 3. Chronology Restored by Medals, 4 to.; 4. A Commentary on the New Testament, folio; in which he pretends that our Saviour and his apostles preached in Latin, &c. HARDS, n. s. The refuse or coarser part of flax. HARDT (Herman von Der), a philological writer of Germany, was born in 1660 at Melle, Westphalia, where his father was director of the mint. He studied at Jena and Leipsic, and attached himself chiefly to oriental languages. The duke of Brunswick made him his librarian ; and, in 1690, he was chosen professor of the Oriental languages in the university of Helm- stadt ; to which he induced the duke to present his library. In 1709, becoming rector of the gymnasium of Marienburg, he employed every moment he could spare in preparing for the press those works which have established his fame. Among these are, Autographia Lutheri aliorumque celebrium virorum ab anno 1517, ad ami. 1546, Reformationis /Etatem et Histo- riam egregie Illustrantia, 3 vols. 8vo. ; Magnum Concilium Constantiense de universal! Ecclesiae Reformatione, unione, et fide, 1697, 3 vols. folio, 1700—1742, 6 vols. folio, undertaken by order of the duke of Brunswick ; Memorabilia Bibliothecffi novse Rodolphiae; Historia Litteraria Reformationis, 1717, 5 vols. folio; Tomus Pri- mus in Jobum, Historiam populi Israelis in Assyriaco exilio, Samaria Eversa et Regno ex- tincto Illustrans, Helmstadt, 1728, folio; the remainder of this work was never published. He died in 1746, leaving in MS. a History of the Reformation. HARDUNHULLY, a town of the Mysore, south of India. It was taken by the rajah from a neighbouring petty prince, in the year 1614. Long. 77° 2' E., lat. 11° 50' N. HARDY, a county of the north part of Vir- ginia, bounded north-east by Hampshire county, east by Shenandoah county, south-west by Pen- dleton and Randolph counties, and north-west by Maryland. Population 6525. Chief town, Moore-field. HARE and HERE, differing in pronunciation only, signify both an army and a lord. So Ha- rold is a general of an army ; Hareman, a chief man in the army ; Herwin, a victorious army ; which are much like Stratocles, Polemarchus, and Hagesistratus, among the Greeks. HARE, n. s. & v. n. ~\ Saxon, bana ; Erse. HARE'BELL, n. s. karh ; Dan. and S wed. HARE'BRAINED, adj. hare, from ear, 01 hear. HARF.'FOOT, n.s. ^Mr. Thomson suggests. HAUE'LIP, n. s. A small quadruped, HARE'SEAR, n. s. j with long ears and short HAR'IER, n. s. J tail, that moves by leaps, remarkable for timidity, vigilance, and fecundity r the common game of hunters ; also a constel- lation. The verb signifies to frighten or hurry •with terror. Harebell, a blue flower. Hare- brained, volatile ; unsettled ; wild. Harefoot, a bird ; an herb. Harelip, a deficiency in the upper lip, constituting a disease, so called from. HAR 41 HAR its resemblance to the lip of the hare. Haresear, a plant. Harrier, a dog for hunting hares. Thou shalt not lack The flower that's like thy face, pale primrose ; nor The azured harebell, like thy veins. Shakspeare. Cymbeline. Dismayed not this Our captains Macbeth and Banquo ? — As sparrows, eagles ; or the hare, the lion. Shakspeare. The blots of nature's hand Shall not in their issue stand ; Never mole, harelip, nor fear, Shall upon their children be. Id. That hairbrained wild fellow begins to play the fool, when others are weary of it. . Bacon. The hare appears, whom active rays supply A nimble force, and hardly wings deny. Creech. We view in the open champaign a brace of swift greyhounds, coursing a good stout and well-breathed hare- More. HAREM (Arabic sana, the sanctuary), is used by Mussulmans to signify the women's apart- ments, which are forbidden to every man except the husband. It corresponds in a great degree to thegynoeceum of the Greeks ; the term seraglio, often used by Europeans for Harem, is a cor- ruption of serai, that is, palace. The ladies are attended by female slaves, and guarded by black eunuchs, the chief of the latter is called kislar-aga. There are two Harems, one occupied by the wives of the former Sultan, and those who have lost the favor of the present ; the other, by the favorite wives of the reigning prince. HARE, in zoology. See LEPUS. The hare is a beast of venery, but peculiarly so termed in its second year. There are reckoned four sorts of them, from the places of their abode : viz. the mountain, the field, the marsh, and the wander- ing hares. The mountain hares are the swiftest ; the field hares are not so nimble ; those of the marshes are the slowest: but the wandering hares are the most dangerous to follow; for they are cunning in the ways and mazes of the fields, and, knowing the nearest ways, run up the hills and rocks, to the confusion of the dogs, and the discouragement of the hunters. Hares and rabbits are very mischievotis to nurseries and new planted orchards, by peeling off the barks of the young trees : to prevent which, some bind ropes about the trees up to such a height as they are able to reach ; some daub them with tar ; but, though this keeps off the hares, it is itself mischievous to the trees ; but this hurtful pro- perty of it is in some degree taken off by mixing any kind of fat or grease with it, and incor- porating them well over the fire. This mixture is to be rubbed over the lower part of the trees in November, and will preserve them till that time next year, without any danger from these animals. It is only in winter, when other food is scarce, that these creatures feed on the barks of trees. Those who have the care of warrens have an odd way of fattening hares, viz. stopping up their ears with wax, and render- ing them deaf. The hare is so timorous, that she continually listens after every noise, and will run a long way on the least suspicion of danger; so that she always eats in terror, and runs her- self out of flesh continually. These are both prevented by her feed ing in a safe place, withou* apprehension. HARE, JAVA. See CAVIA. HARE, PATACONIAN. See CAVIA. HARE (Dr. Francis), an English bishop, educated at Eton, and a member of King's Col- lege, Cambridge ; where he had the tuition of the marquis of Blandford, only son of the illus- trious duke of Marlborough, who appointed him chaplain-general to the army. He afterwards obtained the deanery of Worcester, and thence was promoted to the bishopric of Chichester, which he held with the deanery of St. Paul's to his death, in 1740. He was dismissed from being chaplain to George I. in 1718, from party prejudices. About the end of queen Anne's reign he published a remarkable pamphlet, entitled The Difficulties and Discouragements which attend the study of the Scriptures in the Way of Private Judgment. He published many pieces against bishop Hoadly, in the Bangorian Controversy ; and other learned works, which were collected after his death, and published in 4 vols., 8vo. 2. An edition of Terence, with Notes, in 4to. 3. The Book of Psalms in the Hebrew, put into the Original Poetical Metre, 4to. In this last work he pretends to have dis- covered the Hebrew metre, which was supposed to be irretrievably lost. But his hypothesis, though defended by some, has been confuted by Dr. Lowth in his Metrics Hareanae Brevis Con- futatio, annexed to his lectures De Sacra Poesi Hebraeorum. HARE ISLAND, a low island of Lower Canada, in the middle of the channel of the St. Lawrence, nearly eight miles in length, by the average breadth of about half a mile. It extends in a direction nearly parallel to the shores of the river. The soil is good, but uncultivated ; and at each extremity are long and dangerous flats. It is 103 miles below Quebec. HARFLEUR, a town of Normandy, in the department of the Lower Seine, on the Lezarda. It has some inferior manufactures, and was anciently a place of importance ; but its harbour is now filled up. Harfleur was taken by the English in 1415 and 1440. Population 800 It is five miles east of Havre, and forty-nine west of Rouen. HARFORD, a county of Maryland, United States, bounded north by York county in Penn- sylvania, and east by Susquehannah River and Chesapeake Bay. It is watered by Bush River and Deer Creek. Harford is the chief town. Population 21,258. HARIDI, a serpent formerly worshipped at Achmim in Upper Egypt. ' Upwards of a century ago,' says Mr. Savary, ' a religious Turk called Scheilk Haridi died here. He passed for a saint among the Mahommedans ; who raised a monument to him, covered with a cupola, at the foot of the mountain. The people flocked from all parts to offer up their prayers to him. One of their priests, profiting by their credulity, persuaded them that God had made the soul of Scheilk Haridi pass into the body of a serpent. Many of these are found in the Thebais, which are harmless ; and he had taught one to obey HAR 42 HAR his voice. He appeared with his serpent, dazzled the vulgar by his surprising tricks, and pretended to cure all disorders. Some lucky instances of success, .due to nature alone, and sometimes to the imagination of the patients, gave him great celebrity. He soon confined his serpent Haridi to the tomb, producing him only to oblige princes and persons capable of giving him a handsome recompense. The successors of this priest, brought up in the same principles, found no difficulty in giving sanction to so profitable a fraud. They added to the general persuasion of his virtue that of his immortality. They had the boldness even to make a public proof of it. The serpent was cut in pieces in presence of the emir, and placed for two hours under a vase. At the instant of lifting up the vase, the priests, no doubt, had the address to substitute one exactly resembling it. A miracle was proclaimed, and the immortal Haridi acquired a fresh degree of consideration. This knavery procures them great advantages. The people flock from all quarters to pray at this tomb ; and if the serpent crawls out from under the stone, and approaches the suppliant, it is a sign that his malady will be cured. No human reasoning would persuade these ignorant and credulous Egyptians that they are the dupes of a few impostors : they believe in the serpent Haridi as firmly as in the prophet.' HARJEDELAN, a province of Sweden in Nordland, about 100 miles long, and from forty to fifty broad; abounding in pastures, cattle, woods, mines, lakes, rivers, and fish. HARIERS, or HARRIERS, are endowed with an admirable gift of smelling, and are very bold in the pursuit of game. See CANIS and DOG. HARIORPOOR, or Udiarpur, a town belong- ing to independent zemindars, in the province of Orissa, fifty miles south-west from Midnapoor. It is in lat. 21° 52' N., long. 86° 52' E. HARIOT, or HERIOT, in law, a due belonging to a lord at the death of his tenant, consisting of the best beast, either horse, or cow, or ox, which he had at the time of his death ; and in some manors the best goods, piece of plate, &c., are called hariots. HARISCHON (Aaron), a learned rabbi, and Karaite, in the fifteenth century; who wrote a Hebrew grammar, printed at Constantinople, in 1581 : probably the same with Aaron, the Caraite, a Jewish physician at Constantinople, who, about 1294, wrote a commentary on the Penta- teuch, printed at Jena, in folio in 1710, and of which there is au original MS. copy in the National Library at Paris. HARK, interj. & v. n. Originally the impe- rative of the verb hark, which signifies to listen, and is a contraction of hearken. What harmony is this ? My good friends, hark ! Shukspeare. Pricking up his ears, to hark If he could hear too in the dark. Hudibras. The butcher saw him upon the gallop with a piece of flesh, and called out, Hark ye, friend, you may make the best of your purchase. L'Estrange. Hark! methinks the roar that late pursued me, Sinks like the murmurs of a falling wind. Rowe. Not closest coverts can t toiett tne game : Hark ! the dog opens ; take thy certain aim, Gay's Rural Sporlt. Hark how loud the woods Invite you forth ! Thomson. The cottage curs at early pilgrim bark ; Crowned with her pail the tripping milk-maid sings, The whistling ploughman stalks afield, and hark ! Down the rough slope the ponderous waggon rings. Beuttie Hark ! forth from the abyss a voice proceeds, A long low distant murmur of dread sound, Such as arises when a nation bleeds With some deep and immedicable wound. Byron. Childe Harold. HARL, n. s. The filaments of flax ; any filamentous substance. The general sort are wicker-hives, made of privet, willow, or harl, daubed with cow-dung. Mortimer. HARLE, the bark of flax, which, when sepa- rated from the useless woody part, called the boon, by proper dressing, becomes itself the useful commodity well known by the name of flax. HARLEIAN COLLECTION, a most valuable collection of useful and curious MSS. begun near the end of the last century, by R. Harley of Brampton Bryan, esq., afterwards earl of Oxford, and conducted upon the plan of the great Sir Robert Cotton. In August, 1705, he published his first considerable collection; and in less than ten years he had collected together nearly 2500 rare and curious MSS. Soon after this the celebrated Dr. George Hicks, Mr. Anstis, garter king at arms, bishop Nicholson, and many other eminent antiquaries, not only offered him their assistance in procuring MSS. but presented him with several that were very valuable. Being thus encouraged to perseverance by his success, he kept many persons employed in purchasing MSS. for him abroad, giving them written in- structions for their conduct. By these means the MS. library was, in 1721, increased to nearly 6000 books, 14,000 original charters, and 500 rolls. His son Edward, earl of Oxford, still farther enlarged the collection ; so that when he died, June 16th, 1741, it consisted of 8000 vols several of them containing distinct and inde- pendent treatises, besides many loose papers, which have been since sorted and bound up in volumes ; and above 40,000 original rolls, char- ters, letters patent, grants, and other deeds and instruments of great antiquity. The principal design of making this collection was the estab- lishment of a MS. English historical library, and the rescuing from destruction such national records as had eluded the diligence of preceding collectors : but lord Oxford's plan was more ex- tensive; for his collection abounds also with curious MSS. in every science. This collec- tion is now in the British Museum. HARLEM ISLE, a small island lying off the north-west coast of Ceylon, about four miles in circumference. Lat. 9° 41' N., long. 79° 54' E. This island belongs to the district of Jaffnapa- tam, and affords excellent feed for horses. HARL'EQUIN, n. s. This name is said to have been given by Francis of France to a busy buffoon, in ridicule of his enemy Charles le Quint. Menage derives it more probably from HAR 43 HAR a famous comedian that frequented Mr. Harley's house, whom his friends called Harlequino, little Harley. — Trev. A buffoon who plays tricks to divert the populace ; a jack-pudding ; a zani. The joy of a king for a victory must not be like that of a harlequin upon a letter from his mistress. Dryden. The man in graver tragick known, Though his best part long since was done, Still on the stage desires to tarry ; And he who played the harlequin, After the jest still loads the scene, Unwilling to retire, though weary. Prior. HARLEQUIN, a buffoon, dressed in party-co" lored clothes ; answering much the same pur" pose as a merry andrew on mountebank stages* &c. Harlequin is a standing character in mo- dern pantomime entertainments. HARLES (Theophilus Christopher), an emi- nent German scholar and critic, was a native of Culmbach, inSuabia. In 1764 he was appointed adjunct of the faculty of philosophy at Erlangen, and the next year obtained the chair of Greek and Oriental literature in the gymnasium of Co- bourg. He returned in 1770 to Erlangen, with the title of director of the philological seminary, librarian, and professor of rhetoric and poetry. His first publication was De Praeconum apud Grsecos officio, 1764; followed by his disserta- tions, De Pedantismo Philologico, Cobourg, 1765; andDe Galantismo Esthetico et Philolo- gico, 1 768. He also wrote the lives of various philologers in Latin, of which the second edition was published at Bremen, 1770, 1772. He edited, besides editions of several of the Greek and Roman classics, a Greek and Latin poetical Anthology, and introductions to the history of Greek and Latin Literature. But the most im- portant of his labors is the second edition of the Bibliotheca Grseca of Fabricius, published at Hamburgh, 1790 — 1809, 12 vols. 4to. His death took place November 2d, 1814, at the age of seventy-six. HARLEY (Robert), earl of Oxford and Mor- timer, was the eldest son of Sir Edward Harley, and born in 1661. At the Revolution Sir Ed- ward and his son raised a troop of horse at their own expense ; and, after the accession of king William and queen Mary, he obtained a seat in parliament. His promotions were rapid : in 1702 he was chosen speaker of the house of commons; in 1704 he was sworn of queen Anne's privy council, and made secretary of state; in 1706 he was one of the commissioners for the treaty of Union; and in 1710 was ap- pointed a commissioner of the treasury, and chancellor of the exchequer. A daring attempt was made on his life, March 8th, 1711, by the marquis of Guiscard, a French papist ; who, when under examination before a committee of the privy council, stabbed him with a penknife. Of this wound, however, he soon recovered ; and was the same year created earl of Oxford, and lord high treasurer, which office he resigned just before the queen's death. In 1715 he was im- peached of high treason, and committed to the Tower ; but was cleared by trial, and died on the 21st of May, 1724. He was not only an encourager of literature, but the greatest collec- tor in his time of curious books and MSS. HARLINGEN, a sea-port town of the Nether- lands, in Friesland. It stands on the coast of the Zuyder Zee, at the mouth of a large canal, and was only a hamlet till 1 234, when it was de- stroyed by the sea ; and, being afterwards rebuilt, became a considerable town. In 1543 and 1579 it was enlarged by William prince of Orange. It is now well fortified, and naturally strong, as the adjacent country can easily be laid under water. The city is square ; and the streets are handsome, straight, and clean, with canals in the middle. But, though the harbour is good, vessels of great burden cannot get into it until they are lightened. The manufactures are salt, bricks, tiles, canvas, and paper ; a considerable trade is also carried on in all sorts of linen cloth, and the adjacent country yields abundance of corn and pasturage. Population 7349. The town lies fifteen miles west of Lewarden, and is the seat of the naval administration of the province. HAR'LOT, n. s. \ Welsh, herlodes, a girl. HAR'LOTRY, n. s. S Others for horelet, a little whore. Others from the name of the mother of William the Conqueror. Harlot is used in Chaucer for a low male drudge. So far John- son : but the word hire clearly supplies the etymology both of this word and whore ; to both of which the Goth, hor ; Dan. hare, answers. A whore ; a strumpet. This word was, as Dr. . Johnson says, formerly given to men as well as women. Herlod, in Welsh, is said to signify simply a young man, and herlodes a young woman : with us it seems always to have been a disgraceful appellation : harlotry, fornication; a name of contempt. He was a gentil harlot and a kinde, A better felow shulde a man not find. Chaucer. Prologue to the Cant. Tales. He was a jangler, and a goliardeis, And that was most of sinne and harlotries. 13. Thine be this might ; I graunt it the ; My King of Harlotes shall thou be. Id. Romawnt of the Rose. A peevish self-willed harlotry, That no persuasion can do good upon. Shakspzare. Away, my disposition, and possess me with Some harlot's spirit. Id. They help thee by such aids as geese and harlots. Ben Jonson. In very dark nights sometimes you may find him With a harlot got up on my crupper behind him. Marvell. The barbarous harlots crowd the publick place ; Go, fools, and purchase an unclean embrace. Dryden. Nor shall, From Rome's tribunal, thy harangues prevail 'Gainst harlotry, while thou art clad so thin. Id. HARLOTS were tolerated amongst the Jews, Greeks, and Romans. Fornication indeed was prohibited among the Jews, under several severe penalties ; but these they explained as extending only to women of their own nation ; hence the word strange woman is often used to signify a harlot. At Athens also the prostitutes were mostly foreigners ; and such as debauched an Athenian female were liable to a penalty. Co- HAR 44 HAR rinth was a remarkable nursery of harlots, and gave birth to the noted Lais. Their accomplish- ments were often great, in all the polite and ele- gant parts of female education, viz. philosophy, dancing, singing, rhetoric, &c. Aspasir, the mistress of Pericles, was admired by Socrates for her learning. The more accomplished fre- quently amassed great fortunes. Phryne offered to rebuild the walls of Thebes, when destroyed by Alexander, on condition that they would perpetuate her memory and profession by an inscription. At Rome they were obliged to fix a bill over their doors, indicating their character and profession. It was also customary for them to change their names, after they had signified to the praetor their intention of leading such a dissolute life. Women whose grandfather, father, or husband, had been a Roman knight, were forbidden by the laws to make a public profes- sion of lewdness. HARM, n. s. & v. a. ~\ Sax. anm ; Goth. HAKM'FUL, adj. I Swed.Dan. andTeut. HARM'FULLY, adv. \ harm. Injury; crime; HARM'FULNESS, n. s. ^-wickedness; mischief; HARM'LESS, adj. detriment; hurt: to HARMLESSLY, adv. hurt, or do injury. HARM'LESSNESS, n. s. J The adjectives and adverbs imply the presence or absence of what- ever is noxious, criminal, or injurious. Ye wounded me, yc made me wo bestad ; Of grace, redresse my mortal grefe, as ye Of all my harm the very causer be. Chaucer. The Court of Love. And, therto, I saw ner yet, a lesse Harmful than she was in doing : I say not that she n' hadde knowyng What harme ywas ; or elles, she Had coulde no gode, so thinketh me. Id. The Boke of the Duchesse. A scholar is better occupied in playing or sleeping, than spending his time not only vainly, but harmfully in such kind of exercise. Ascham, His dearly loved squire His spear of heben-wood behind him bare, Whose harmful head, thrice heated in the fire, Had riven many a breast with pike-head square. Spenser. Touching ceremonies harmless in themselves, and hurtful only in respect of number, was it amiss to de- cree that those things that were least needful, and newliest come, should be the first that were taken away ? Hooker. She, like harmless lightning, throws her eye On him, her brothers, me, her master ; hitting Each object with a joy. Shakspeare. We, ignorant of ourselves, Beg often our own harm*, which the wise Powers Deny us for our good. Id. What sense had I of her stolen hours of lust ? I saw't not, thought it not, it harmed not me. Id. The shipwright will be careful to gain by bis labour, or at least to save himself harmless, and therefore suit his work slightly, according to a slight price. Raleigh. The earth brought forth fruit and food for man, without any mixture of Juirmful quality. Id. When, through tasteless flat humility, In dough-baked men some harmlessness we see, 'Tis but his phlegm that's virtuous and not he. Donne. Let no man fear that harmful creature less, because he sees the apostle sufc from that poison. Hall. How are we happy still in fear of harm ? But harm precedes not sin. Milton. He spent that day free from worldly trouble, harm- lessly, and in a recreation that became a churchman. Walton. Passions ne'er could grow To harm another, or impeach your rest. Waller. For flax and oats will burn the tender field, And sleepy poppies harmful harvests yield. Dryden. After their young are hatched, they brood them under their wings, lest the cold, and sometimes the heat, should harm them. Ray. Secure and free they pass their harmless hours, Gay as the birds that revel in the grove And sing the morning up. Tote's Loyal Genera) Compare the harmlessness, the credulity, the tender- ness, the modesty, and the ingenuous pliableness to virtuous counsels, which is in youth untainted, with the mischievousne&'j, the slyness, the craft, the impu- dence, the falsehood, and the confirmed obstinacy in an aged long-practised sinner. South. They should be suffered to write on : it would keep them out of harm's way, and prevent them froro evil courses. Swift. And the loud hunters' shout ; O'er a weak harmless flying creature all Mixed in mad tumult and discordant joy. Thomson. Bullets batter the walls which stand inflexible, but fall harmlessly into wood or feathers. Decay of Piety. Thus Harold deemed, as on that lady's eye He looked and met its beam without a thought, Save admiration glancing harmless by. Byron. Childe Harold. HARMATTAN, a remarkable periodical wind which blows from the interior parts of Africa towards the Atlantic Ocean. It is de- scribed in the Philosophical Transactions as an easterly wind prevailing on that part of the coast of Africa which lies between Cape Verd in lat. 15° N., and Cape Lopez in lat. 1° S., during December, January, and February. ' This wind is by the French and Portuguese, who frequent the Gold coast, called simply the north-east wind, the quarter from which it blows. The English adopt the Fantee word harmattan. It comes on indiscriminately at any hour of the day, at any time of the tide, or at any period of the moon, and continues sometimes only a day or two, sometimes five or six days, and it has been known to last fifteen or sixteen. There are generally three or four returns of it every season. It blows with a moderate force, not quite so strong as the sea-breeze (which blows every day during the fair season from the west, W. S.W., and south-west) ; but somewhat stronger than the land wind at night from the north and N. N.W. A fog is one of the peculiarities which always accompanies the harmattan. Extreme dryness makes another extraordinary property of this wind. No dew falls during its conti- nuance, nor is there the least appearance of moisture in the atmosphere. Vegetables of every kind are very much injured ; all tender plants, and most of the productions of the garden, are destroyed ; the grass withers, and becomes dry like hay; the vigorous evergreens likewise feel its pernicious influence; the branches of the HARMONICA. 45 lemon, orange, and lime-trees droop ; the leaves become flaccid, wither, and, if the harmattan con- tinues to blow for ten or twelve days, are so parched as to be easily rubbed to dust between the fingers : the fruit of these trees, deprived of its nourishment, and stinted in its growth, be- comes yellow and dry, without acquiring half its usual size. "The parching effects of this wind are likewise evident on the external parts of the body. The eyes, nostrils, lips, and palate, are rendered dry and uneasy, and drink is often re^- quired, not so much to quench thirst, as to re- move a painful aridity in the fauces. The lips and nose become sore, and even chapped ; and, though the air be cool, yet there is a troublesome sensation of prickling heat on the skin. If the harmattan continues four or five days, the scarf- ikin peels off, first from the hands and face, and afterwards from the other parts of the body, if it continues a day or two longer. Those laboring under fluxes and intermitting fevers, however, generally recover in a harmattan. It stops the pro- gress of epidemics : the small pox, remittent fe- vers, &c., not only disappear, but those laboring under these diseases when an harmattan comes on, are almost certain of a speedy recovery.' HARMER (Thomas), an oriental scholar and biblical critic, was a native of Norwich, where he was born in 1715. He received his education at a private academy in London, but his progress in the languages of the east was considerable, which is evinced in his annotations on Solomon's Song. But his best work is Observations on divers parts of Scripture, illustrated by the ac- counts of Travellers in the East, 4 vols. 8vo. ; a treatise which has gone through several editions. He died in 1788, minister of a dissenting con- gregation at Wattesfield, Suffolk. HARMODIUS, the friend of Aristogiton, who delivered his country from the tyranny of the Pisistratidffi. See ARISTOGITON, and ATTICA. The Athenians, to reward the patriotism of these illustrious citizens, made a law, that no person (according to some), or, as others with more probability affirm, no slave, should ever after be named Aristogiton or Harmodius. HARMONIA, or HERMIONE, in fabulous history, the wife of Cadmus, both of whom were turned into serpents. See CADMUS. Though many ancient authors make Harmonia a princess of divine origin, the daughter of Mars and Venus, Athenaeus, quoting Euhemerus, tells us, that she was only a player on the flute, in the service of the prince of Zidon, previous to her departure with Cadmus. This circumstance renders it probable, that, as Cadmus brought letters into Greece, his wife brought music thither. HARMONICA. This word, when originally appropriated by Dr. Franklin to that peculiar form or mode of musical glasses which he him- self, after a number of happy experiments, first contrived, was written armonica. It is derived from the Greek word a^ovia. The Dr., in his letter to F. Beccaria, has given a mi- nute and elegant account of the harmonica. ' You have doubtless heard,' says he, ' the sweet tone that is drawn from a drinking glass, by pressing a wet finger round its brim. One Mr. Puckeridge, a gentleman from Ireland, was the first who thought of playing tunes formed of these tones. He collected a number of glasses of different sizes ; fixed them near each other on a table ; and tuned them, by putting into them water more or less as each note required. The tones were brought out by pressing his fin- gers round their brims. He was unfortunately burnt here, with his instrument, in a fire which consumed the house he lived in. Mr. E. De- laval, a most ingenious member of our Royal Society, made one in imitation of it with a better choice and form of glasses, which was the first I saw or heard. Being charmed with the sweet- ness of its tones, and the music he produced from it, I wished to see the glasses disposed in a more convenient form, and brought together in a narrower compass, so as to admit of a greater number of tones, and all within reach of hand to a person sitting before the instrument ; which I accomplished after various intermediate trials, and less commodious forms, both of glasses and construction, in the following manner : — The glasses are blown as near as possible in the form of hemispheres, having each an open neck or socket in the middle. The thickness of the glass near the .brim is about the tenth of an inch, or hardly quite so much, but thicker as it comes Hearer the neck ; which in the largest glasses is about an inch deep, and an inch and a half wide within ; these dimensions lessening as the glasses themselves diminish in size, except that the neck of the smallest ought not to be shorter than half an inch. The largest glass is nine inches diame- ter, and the smallest three inches. Between these are twenty-three different sizes, differing from each other a quarter of an inch in diameter. To make a single instrument, there should be at least six glasses blown of each size ; and out of this number one may probably pick thirty-seven glasses (which are different for three octaves with all the semitones) that will be each either the note one wants, or a little sharper than that note, and all fitting so well into each other as to 'taper pretty regularly from the largest to the smallest. It is true there are not thirty-seven sizes ; but it often happens that two of the same size differ a note or half a note in tone, by reason of a dif- ference in thickness, and these may be placed in the other without sensibly hurting the regularity of the taper, form. The glasses being chosen, and every one marked with a diamond the note you intend it for, they are to be tuned by di- minishing fhe thickness of those that are too sharp. This is done by grinding them round from the neck towards the brim, the breadth of one or two inches as may be required ; often trying the glass by a well tuned harpsichord, comparing the note drawn from the glass by your finger with the note you want, as sounded by that string of the harpsichord. When you come near Che matter, be careful to wipe the glass clean and dry before each trial, because the tone is something flatter when the glass is wet, than it will be when drying; — and, grinding a very little between each trial, you will thereby tune to great exactness. The more care is ne- cessary in this, because if you go below your re- quired tone there is no sharpening it again but by grinding somewhat off the brim, which will 46 HARMONICA. afterwards require polishing, and thus increase the trouble. The glasses being thus tuned, you are to be provided with a case for them, and a spindle on which they are to be fixed. My case is about three feet long, eleven inches every way wide within at the biggest end, and five inches at the smallest end ; for it tapers all the way to adapt it better to the conical figure of the set of glasses. This case opens in the middle of its height, and the upper part turns up by hinges fixed behind. The spindle is of hard iron, lies horizontally from end to end of the box within, exactly in the middle, and is made to turn on brass gudgeons at each end. It is round, an inch in diameter at the thickest end, and taper- ing to a quarter of an inch at the smallest. — A square shank comes from its thickest end through the box, on which shank a wheel is fixed by a screw. This wheel serves as a fly to make the motion equable, when the spindle, with the glasses, is turned by the foot like a spinning wheel. My wheel is of mahogany, eighteen inches diameter, and pretty thick, so as to con- ceal near its circumference about twenty-five pounds of lead. — An ivory pin is fixed in the face of this wheel, about four inches from the axis. Over the neck of this pin is put the loop of the string, that comes iip from the moveable step to give it motion. The case stands on a neat frame with four legs. To fix the glasses on a spindle, a cork is first to be fitted in each neck pretty tight, and projecting a little without the neck, that the neck of one may not touch the inside of another when put together, for that would make a jarring. These corks are to be perforated with holes of different diameters, so as to suit that part of the spindle on which they are to be fixed. When a glass is put on, by holding it stiffly between both hands, while ano- ther turns the spindle, it may be gradually brought to its place. But care must be taken that the hole be not too small, lest in forcing it up the neck should split ; nor too large, lest the glass, not being firmly fixed, should turn or move on the spindle, so as to touch or jar against its neighbouring glass. The glasses thus are placed one in another; the largest on the biggest end of the spindle, which is to the left hand : the neck of this glass is towards the wheel ; and the next goes into it in the same position, only about an inch of its brim appearing beyond the brim of the first ; thus proceeding, every glass when fixed shows about an inch of its brim (or three quarters of an inch, or half an inch, as they grow smaller) beyond the brim of the glass that contains it ; and it is from these exposed parts of each glass that the tone is drawn, by laying a finger on one of them as the spindle and glasses turn round. My largest glass is G, a little be- low the reach of a common voice, and my highest G, including three complete octaves. — To dis- tinguish the glasses more readily to the eye., I have painted the apparent parts of the glasses within-side, every semitone white, and the other notes of the octave with the seven prismatic colors ; viz. C, red ; D, orange ; E, yellow ; F, green; G, blue; A, indigo; B, purple ; and C, red again ; — so that the glasses of the same color (the white excepted) are always octaves to each other. This instrument is played upon by sit- ting before the middle of the set of glasses, as before the keys of a harpsichord, turning them with the foot, and wetting them now and then with a sponge and clean water. The fingers should be first a little soaked in water, and quite free from all greasiness; a little fine chalk is sometimes useful, to make them catch the glass and bring out the tone more readily. Both hands are used, by which means different parts are played together. — Observe, that the tones are best drawn out when the glasses turn from the ends of the fingers, and not when they turn to them. The advantages of this instrument are, that its tones are incomparably sweet beyond those of any other; that they may be swelled and softened at pleasure by stronger or weaker pressures of the finger, and continued to any length ; and that the instrument, being once well tuned, never again wants tuning.' Some have proposed to use cork instead of the finger, but this substitute does not seem capable of pro- ducing the same mellowness and equality of tone with the finger. Alum water is also thought preferable to chalk. From what has already been said, it will easily be perceived, that this instrument requires to be tuned with the nicest degree of delicacy which the laws of tempera- ment will possibly admit. The same rules, however, which are observed in tuning a harpsi- chord, will be equally effectual in tuning the harmonica ; with this only difference, that greater delicacy in adjusting the chords should, if practicable, be attempted. Dr. Edmund Cullen, of Dublin, made what he considered an improvement on this instrument ; but it is ob- jected by connoisseurs, that a full bass cannot be executed upon it; and that the complete bass, practicable on the harmonica, is greatly pre- ferable to the chords with which the Dr. pro- poses to grace each emphatic note, and with which, they allege, he deludes instead of satisfy- ing the ear.' HARMON'ICAL, adj. ^ Fr. harmonique ; HARMON'IC, adj. 1 Greek, ap/zovucof. HARMO'NIOUS, adj. \ Originally from Gr. HARMO'NIOUSLY, adv. ^apw, to fit or suit, HARMO'NIOUSNESS, ra. s. ; and signifies a state HAR'MONISE, v. a. \ of fitness, suita- HAR'MONY, n. s. J bility, or agree- ment ; applied to sounds and to minds, and in both implies adaptation: in music, the adap- tation of different modulated sounds to each other ; in mind, co-operation of thought, senti- ment, or affection: symmetrical; proportionate. Harmonise, to adjust equally. On every bough, the birdes herd I syng With voice of Angell in hir harmonies Chaucer. The Assemblie of Fotilet. For al my chambre gan to ringe ; Through singing of hir harmony, For instrument nor melody Wos no where herde yet, halfe so swete, Nor of accorde halfe so mete. Id. Bake of the Duchesse. The pleasures of the eye and ear are but the effects of equality, good proportion, or correspondence ; so that equality and correspondence are the causes of harmony. Bacon. HARMONY. 47 Harmonical sounds, and discordant sounds, are both active and positive ; the blackness and darkness are, indeed, but privaties. Id After every three whole notes, nature requireth, for all harmonical use, one half note to be interposed. Id. All the wide-extended sky, And all the harmonious worlds on high, And Virgil's sacred work shall dye. Cowley. The harmony of things, As well as that of sounds, from discord springs. Denham. In us both one soul, Harmony to behold in wedded pair ! More grateful than harmonious sounds to the' ear. Milton. I no sooner in my heart divined, My heart, which by a secret harmony Still moves with thine, joined in connexion sweet ! Id. The sound Symphonious, of ten thousand harps that tuned 4ngelic harmonies. Id. Thoughts that voluntary move harmonious numbers. Id. Each sort a consort in that lovely place, And virgin trebles wed the manly base From whence the progeny of numbers new Into harmonious colonies withdrew. Afarvell. If we look upon the world as a musical instrument, well -tuned, and harmoniously struck, we ought not to worship the instrument, but him that makes the mu- sick. StiUingfleet. Love first invented verse, and formed the rhime, The motion measured, harmonised the chime. Dryden. HARMONY OF THE SPHERES; a hypothesis of Pythagoras and his school, according to which the motions of the heavenly bodies produced a music imperceptible by the ears of mortals. He supposed these motions to conform to certain fixed laws, which could be expressed in numbers, cor- responding to the numbers which give the har- mony of sounds. The immortal Kepler, in his Harmonices Mundi, endeavors to apply the Pyth- agorean ideas on numbers and musical intervals to astronomy, and in this work, as also in his Prodromus, sets forth eternal laws respecting the distances of the planets, which were not fully appreciated, until Newton, a long time after, showed their importance and connexion. It is in the Harmonices Mundi, proemium to the 5th book, De Motibus Planetarum, that Kepler, in his enthusiasm, pronounces these bold words concerning his discovery : " Eighteen months ago, I saw the first ray of light ; three months since I saw the day ; a few days ago, I saw the sun himself, of most admirable beauty. Nothing can restrain me ; I yield to the sacred frenzy. I dare ingenuously to confess, that I have stolen the golden vessels of the Egyptians (alluding to the ideas of Ptolemy on the same subject), and will build of them a tabernacle to my God. If you pardon me, I rejoice ; if you reproach me, I can endure it ; the die is thrown. I write a book to be read ; whether by the present or fu- ture ages, it matters not. It can wait for a reader a century, if God himself waited six thousand years for an observer of his works." To under- stand this enthusiasm fully, we must recollect the erroneous ideas with which the world had teemed from the time of Ptolemy. HARMONY. The sense which the Greeks gave to this word, in their music, is not easy to be determined. In the ancient treatises that are extant harmony appears to be that department whose object is the agreeable succession of sounds, merely considered as high or low ; in opposition to the two others called rhythmica and metrica, which have their principle in time and measure. This leaves our ideas concerning that aptitude of sound vague and undetermined ; nor can we fix them without studying for that purpose all the rules of the art ; and, even after we have done so, it will be very difficult to dis- tinguish harmony from melody, unless we add to the last the ideas of rhythmus and measure ; without which, in reality, no melody can have a distinguishing character: whereas harmony is characterised by its own nature, independent of all other quantities except the chords or intervals which compose it. It appears by a passage of Nicomachus, and by others, that they likewise gave the name of harmony to the chord of an octave, and to concerts of voices and instruments, which performed in the distance of an octave one from the other, and which is more commonly called antiphone. Harmony, according to the moderns, is a succession of chords agreeable to the laws of modulation. For a long time this harmony had no other principle but such rules as were almost arbitrary, or solely founded on the approbation of a practised ear, whieh decided concerning the agreeable or disagreeable succes- sion of chords, and whose determinations were at last reduced to calculation. But F. Mersenne and M. Saveur having found that every sound, however simple in appeararfce, was always ac- companied with other sounds less sensible, which constitute with itself a perfect chord-major; with this experiment M. Rameau set out, and upon it formed the basis of his harmonic system, which he extended to many volumes. Signior Tartini, taking his route from an experiment which is more delicate, yet not less certain, reach- ed conclusions similar to those of Rameau, by pursuing a path whose direction seems quite op- posite. According to M. Rameau, the treble is generated by the bass ; Signior Tartini makes the bass result from the treble. One deduces harmony from melody, and the other supposes the contrary. To determine from which of the two schools the best performances are likely to proceed, no more is necessary than to investigate the end of the composer, and discover whether the air is made for the accompaniments, or the ac- companiments for the air. At the word system, in Rousseau's Musical Dictionary, is given a de- lineation of that published by Signior Tartini. Here he continues to speak of M. Rameau, whom he has followed through this whole work, as the artist of greatest authority in the country where he writes. In reality, when this author took it in his head to dignify with the title of demonstration the reasonings upon which he established his theory, every one turned the arrogant pretence into ridicule. The Academy of Sciences loudly disapproved a title so ill founded, and so gratuitously assumed ; and M. Estive, of the Royal Society at Montpelier, has shown him, ' that, even to begin with this proposi- HAR 43 tion, tliat according to the law of nature sounds «re represented by their octaves, and that the octaves may be substituted for them, there was not any one thing demonstrated or even firmly established, in his pretended demonstration.' But without quoting hi? arguments, which are too long for insertion, we readily gnu*, that the sys- tem of harmony by M. Rameau is neither de- monstrated, nor capable of demonstration. But it will not follow, that any man of invention can so easily and so quickly subvert those aptitudes and analogies on which the system is founded. Every hypothesis is admitted to possess a degree of probability proportioned to the number of phenomena for which it offers a satisfactory solution. The first experiment of M. Ilaraeau is, that every sonorous body, together with its principal sound and its octave, gives likewise its twelfth and seventeenth major above ; which being approximated as much as possible, even to the chords immediately represented by them, return to the third, fifth, and octave, or, in other words, produce perfect harmony. This is what nature, when solicited, spontaneously gives ; this is what the human ear, unprepared and unculti- vated, imbibes with ineffable avidity and pleasure. We do not contend for the truth of M. Rameau's second experiment. Nor is it necessary we should. The first, expanded and carried into all its consequences, resolves the phenomena of harmony in a manner sufficient to establish its authenticity and influence. The difficulties for which it affords no solution are too few and tri- vial either to merit the regard of an artist, or a philosopher, as M.D'Alembert, in his Elements, has clearly shown. Rousseau and his opponent are agreed in this, that the harmonics conspire to form one predominant sound ; and are not to be detected but by the nicest organs, applied with the deepest attention. It is equally obvious, that, in an artificial harmony, by a proper ma- nagement of this wise institution of nature, dissonances themselves may be either entirely concealed or considerably softened. So that, since by nature sonorous bodies in actual vibra- tion are predisposed to exhibit perfect harmony, and since the human ear is fabricated in such a manner as to perceive it, the harmonical chaos of M. Rousseau has in fact no existence. Nor does it avail him to pretend, that, before the har- monics can be extinguished, sonorous bodies must be impelled with a force which alters the chords, and destroys the purity of the harmony ; for this position is equally false both in theory and practice : in theory, because an impulse, however forcible, must proportionally operate on all the parts of any sonorous body, so far as it extends ; in practice, because the human ear ac- tually perceives the harmony to be pure. What effects his various manoauvres upon the organ may have, we leave to such as have leisure and curiosity enough to try the experiments ; but it is apprehended, that, when tried, their results will leave the system of Rameau, particularly as remodelled by D'Alembert, in its full force. Of all the whims and paradoxes maintained by this philosopher, none is more extravagant than his assertion, that every chord, except the simple unison, is displeasing to the human ear ; nay, HAR that we are only reconciled to octaves themselves, by being inured to hear them from our infancy. Strange, that nature should have fixed this inva- riable proportion between male and female voices, whilst at the same time she inspired the hearers with such violent prepossessions against it, as were invincible but by long and confirmed habit. See Music, &c. HARMONY, DIRECT, is that in which the bass is fundamental, and in which the upper parts preserve among themselves, and with that funda- mental bass, the natural and original order which ought to subsist in each of the chords that com- pose this harmony, HARMONY, INVERTED, is that in which the fundamental or generating sound is placed in some of the upper parts, and when some other sound of the chord is transferred to the bass be- neath the others. HARMONY, a village of the United States, in the county of Gibson Indiana; famous as a re- cent property of the eccentric but benevolent Mr. Owen. It is seated on the Wabash, and is so called from being settled by a sect called the Harmonists, who held their property in common, and sold it to Mr. Owen. They had a very exten- sive establishment here for tne manufacture of wool, and their Merino cloth was said not to be surpassed by any in the United States. The es- tablishment is now broken up. HARMOSTA, or HARMOSTES, Greek 'Ap/ircijc from apjtow, to adapt. In antiquity, a magistrate among the Spartans, whereof there were several, whose business was to look to the building of citadels, and repairing the forts and fortifica- tions. HARMOSYNIANS, ap/ioerwvoi, in antiquity, magistrates among the Spartans, who, after the death of Lycurgus, were appointed to enforce the observance of that law which required married women to wear veils in the streets; whereby, they were distinguished from single females, who were allowed to go abroad with their faces un- covered. HARMOTOME, or CROSS-STONE ; the name of a substance curious in mineralogy, on account of the cruciform figure of its crystals, and the peculiarity of its composition. It sometimes occurs in right rectangular prisms terminated by four rhombic planes, corresponding to the solid angles of the prisms ; but more frequently in twin-crystals formed by the intersection of two flattened prisms at right angles to each other, and in such a manner that a common axis and acumination is formed. The crystals yield to cleavage parallel to the planes and both diagonals of a right rectangular prism, which is their pri- mary form. Its prevailing colour is white ; it is translucent or semi-transparent, with a some- what pearly lustre, and hard enough to scratch glass. Specific gravity 2' 392. It consists of silex 49-00, alumine 16-00, barytes 18-00, and water 15"00. It chiefly occurs in metalliferous veins, as at Andreasberg, in the Hartz, and at Strontian in Scotland. It has also been found in amygdaloid at Oberstein. HARNESS, n. s. & v. a. Fr. harnois ; sup- posed from Runick iern or hiern; Welsh and Erse hiairn, iron. Mr. Thomson says, from Veil. 11. l> AGE SO. .fuiiKsh&ls fry norruu Efff?,73 . .LShui^r sculp HAR 49 HAR Goth, her, an army. Armour; defensive fur- niture of war; somewhat antiquated. The traces of draught-horses, particularly of carnages of pleasure : to dress in armour ; or to fix horses in their traces. HARNESS comprehends the whole equipage and accoutrements of a cavalier heavily armed ; as casque, cuirass, &c. Some derive the word from the Greek apva£ig, a lamb's skin, because they anciently covered themselves therewith. Du Cange observes, that the word harnesium is used in the corrupt Latin in the same sense, and that it comes from the High Dutch harness or harnisch. Others derive it from the Italian arnese ; others from the Celtic harnes, a cuirass. HARO, HAROL, or HAROU, or Clamour de Haro, in the Norman customs, was a cry or for- mula of invoking the assistance of justice against the violence of some offender, who, upon hearing the word haro was obliged to desist, on pain of being severely punished for his outrage, and to go with the party before the judge. The word is commonly derived from ha and roul, as being supposed an invocation of the sovereign power, to assist the weak against the strong ; from Raoul first duke of Normandy, who, about A. D. 912, rendered himself venerable by his strict justice : so that they called on him even after his death when they suffered any oppression. Some derive it from Harold king of Denmark, who in 826 was made grand conservator of justice at Mentz. Others from the Danish aa, rau, q. d. help me ; a cry raised by the Normans in flying from a king of Denmark, named Roux, who made him- self duke of Normandy. The haro had anciently such vast power, that a poor man cf Caen, named Asselin, in virtue of it, arrested the corpse of William the Conqueror, in the middle of the funeral procession, till his son Henry paid the value of the land whereon the chapel was built in which he was interred. HAROLD I. and III. See ENGLAND. HAROMZEK, a province of Transylvania, at the south-east corner of the country of the Szeklers, adjoining to European Turkey. The Carpathian Mountains are its barrier on this side. It is divided into tlie upper and lower circles, containing seven districts, and is intersected by various steep mountains, but has valleys along the banks of the Alt and the Teketengy, beau- tifully fertile. Its extent is about 800 square miles; and there are 4080 families who pay taxes. The inhabitants cultivate flax, and manu- facture linen. HAROUN, or AARON AL RASH ID, a celebrated caliph of the Saracens, was the second son of the caliph Mahadi. He succeeded his elder brother, Hadi, in the caliphate A. D. 786, and was the most potent prince of his race, ruling over territories extending from Egypt to Kora- san. He obtained the name of Al Rashid, or the Just, but his claim to the title must be regarded with considerable allowance for East- ern notions of despotic justice. One of his noblest qualities was his love of learning and science. He caused many Greek and Latin au- thors to be translated and dispersed throughout •iis empire, and made his subjects acquainted with the Iliad and the Odyssey. He eight times invaded the Greek empire, and, on the refusal of the emperor Nicephorus, in 802, to pay tribute, addressed to him a singularly arrogant epistle, and followed it up by an irruption into Greece, which terminated in the defeat of Nicephorus, who was obliged to pay an augmented tribute, and agree not to rebuild Heraclea and the other pillaged and dilapidated frontier towns. Dur- ing these transactions, the ruin of the family of the Barmecides exemplified the despotic rigor of Haroun's character. Yahia, the head of it, had superintended his education ; and of his four sons, the eldest was a successful general; the second, the caliph's prime vizier, Giaffer ; and the third and fourth in dignified stations. The generosity, munificence, and affability of the Barmecides, rendered them the delight of all ranks of people ; and Giaffer was so much in his master's graces, that the caliph, in order to enjoy his company in the presence of his sister Abassa, to whom he was equally attached, formed a marriage between the princess and vizier, but with the capricious restriction of their forbearing the privileges of such an union. Pas- sion broke through this unjust prohibition, and the caliph, in his revenge, publicly executed Giaffer, and confiscated the property of the whole family. Haroun attained the summit of worldly power and prosperity, and the French historians mention a splendid embassy which he sent to Charlemagne, which, among other presents, brought a magnificent tent, a water-clock, an elephant, and the keys of the holy sepulchre at Jerusalem, implying a permission for European pilgrims to visit it. Haroun was seized with a mor- tal distemper while on the point of marching to put down a rebellion in the provinces beyond the Oxus; and retiring to T(>'is in Korasan, expired in the 47th year of his age, and 23d of his reign. The popular fame of this caliph is evinced by the Arabian Night's Entertainments, in which Ha- roun, his wife Zobeide, his vizier Giaffer, and his chief eunuch Mesrour, are frequent and con- spicuous characters. man dialects, Romanvsq ; lyra pluudat tibi^ Bar- baras harpa. Ven. Fort. An instrument com- monly struck with the finger ; a constellation ; one who plays on the harp : to touch any pas- sion ; to dwell on a subject. I heard the voice of harpers harping with their harps. Revelations. There herde I playing on an harpe That ysounded bothe well and sharpe, Kym Orpheus, full craftely An on this side fast by, Ysatte the harper Orion, And Gaeiedes Chirion, And other harpers many one, And the British Gaskirion ; And small harpers with hir glees Satte under hem in divers sees. Chaucer's House of Fame, Gracious duke, Harp not on that, nor do not banish reason For inequality ; but let your reason serve To make the truth appear. Shakspeare, Measure for Measure. E 50 HARP. You harp a little too much upon one string. Collier. I'm the god of the harp : stop my fairest : — in vain} ,^br the harv, nor the harper, could fetch her again. Tickell. The HARP is of a triangular figure, and held upright between the legs of the performer. The harp was the favorite musical instrument of the Britons and other northern nations in the middle ages; as is evident from their laws, and various passages in their history. By the laws of Wales, a harp was one of the three things that were ne- cessary to constitute a gentleman, or a freeman : and none could pretend to that character who naa aot one of these favorite instruments, or could not play upon it. To prevent slaves from -pretending to be gentlemen, it was expressly forbidden to teach, or to permit, them to play upon the harp ; and none but the king, the king's musicians, and gentlemen, were allowed to have harps in their possession. A gentleman's harp was not liable to be seized for debt ; because the want of it would have degraded him from his rank, and reduced him to that of a slave. The harp was in no less estimation and universal use among the Saxons and Danes. Those who played upon this instrument were declared gentlemen by law ; their persons were esteemed inviolable, and secured from injuries by very severe penalties ; they were readily admitted into the highest company, and treated with distinguish- ed marks of respect wherever they appeared. King David is usually painted with a harp, but we have no testimony in all antiquity that the Hebrew harp, which they called chinnor, was any thing like ours. On a Hebrew medal of Simon Maccabaeus we see two sorts of musical instruments; but they are both very different from our harp, and consist of only three or four strings. All authors agree, that our harp is very different from the lyra, cithara, or barbiton, used among the Romans. Fortunatus, lib. vii. carm. 8. Romanusque lyra plaudat tibi, Barbarus harpa, mentions it as an instrument of the bar- barians. HARPS, ANCIENT : — Fig. 1, plate HARPS, is a well authenticated representation of an Irish harp or lyre. There is also preserved a triangular harp, taken from an ancient painting in the museum of the king of Naples in which it is placed on the shoulder of a little dancing Cupid, who supports the instrument with his left hand, and plays upon it with his right. The trigonum is mentioned by Athenseus, lib. iv., and by Julius Pollux, lib. iv. cap. 9. According to Athenaeus, Sophocles calls it a Phrygian instrument ; and one of his dipnosophists tells us that a certain musician, named Alexander Alexandrinus, was such an admirable performer upon it, and had given such proofs of his abilities at Rome, that he made the inhabitants nifao^amtv, ' musically mad.' Fig. 3 represents the Greek harp. Dr. Burney has preserved a figure of the Theban harp, according to a drawing made from. an ancient paint- ing in one of the sepulchral grottos of the first kings of Thebes, and communicated by Mr. Bruce to Dr. Burney. The performer is clad in a habit made like a shirt, such as tlje women still wear in Abyssinia, and the men in Nubia. It reaches down to his ancles ; his- feet are without sandals, and bare ; his neck and arms are also bare ; his loose white sleeves are gathered above his elbows ; and his head is closely shaved. His left hand seems employed in the upper part of the instru- ment, among the notes in alto, as if in an arpeg- gio ; while, stooping forwards, he seems with his right hand to be beginning with the lowest string and promising to ascend with the most rapid ex- ecution : this action, so obviously represented by an indifferent artist, shows that it was a common one in his time; or, in other words, that great hands were then frequent, and consequently that music was well understood and diligently fol- lowed. HARP, THE BELL, a musical instrument of the string kind, thus called from the players on it swinging it about, as a bell on its basis. It is about thiee feet long; its strings, which are of no determinate number, are of brass or steel wire, fixed at one end, and stretched across the sound-board by screws fixed at the other. It takes in four octaves, according to the number of the strings, which are struck only with the thumbs, the right hand playing the treble, and the left hand the bass : and, in order to draw the sound the clearer, the thumbs are armed with a little wire pin. See Plate HARPS, fig. 14. HARP, THE IRISH, represents the harp of Brian Boiromh, king of Ireland, slain in battle with the Danes, A. D. 1014, at Clontarf. His son Donagh having murdered his brother Teig, A. D. 1023, and being deposed by his nephew, retired to Rome, and carried with him the crown, harp, and other regalia of his father, which he presented to the pope in order to obtair. absolution. Adrian IV. alleged this as one of his principal titles to this kingdom, in his bull transferring it to Henry II. These re- galia were kept in the Vatican till the pope sent the harp to Henry VIII. with the title of De- fender of the Faith ; but kept the crown, which was of massive gold. Henry gave the harp to the first earl of Clanricard ; in whose family it remained till the beginning of the eighteenth century, when it came by a lady of the De Burgh family into that of M'Mahon of Cknagh in the county of Clare, after whose death it Kassed into the possession of commissioner I'Namara of Limerick. In 1782 it was pre- sented to the right honorable William Conyng- ham, who deposited it in Trinity College library. It is thirty-two inches high, and of extraordinary good workmanship; the sounding board is of oak, the arms of red sallow ; the extremity of the uppermost arm in part is capped with silver, ex- tremely well wrought and chiseled. It con- tains a large crystal set in silver, and under it was another stone now lost. The buttons or ornamental knobs at the sides of this arm are of silver. On the front arm are the arms, chased in silver, of the O'Brien family, the bloody hand supported by lions. On the sides of the from arm, within two circles, are two Irish wolf dogs cut in the wood. The holes of the sounding board, where the strings entered, are neatly or- namented with escutcheons of brass carved and gilt ; the larger sounding holes have been orna- H A ft P E. 51 mented, probaoly with silver, 'as they have been the object of theft. This harp has twenty-eight keys, and as many string holes, consequently there were as many strings. The foot-piece or rest is broken off, and the parts round which it was joined are very rotten. The whole bears evidence of an expert artist. HARP, THE WELSH, or the TRIPLE HARP, has ninety-seven strings or chords in three rows, extending from C in the tenor cliff to double G in alt, which make five octaves : the middle row is for the semitones, and the two outside rows are perfect unisons. On the bass side, which is played with the right hand, there are thirty-six strings ; on the treble side, twenty-six ; and in the middle row, thirty-five strings. There are two rows of pins or screws on the right side, serving to keep the strings tight in their holes, which are fastened at the other end to three rows of pins on the upper side. The harp, within the last sixty years, has been in some degree im- proved by the addition of eight strings to the unison, viz. from E to double F in alt. This instrument is struck with the finger and thumb of both hands. Its music is much like that of the spinet, all its strings going from semitone to semitone ; whence some call it an inverted spinet. It is capable of a much greater degree of per- fection than the lute. HARPAGINES, ApTraytQ, in antiquity, were hooks of iron, hanging on the top of a pole, wnich, being secured with chains to the masts of ships, and then let down with great velocity into the enemy's vessels, caught them up into the air. By way of defence against these machines, they covered their ships with hides, which broke and Wunted the force of the iron. The harpagines were invented by Anacharsis the Scythian philo- sopher. HARPAGIUS, the preserver of Cyrus, ac- cording to Herodotus, and afterwards one of his generals, who subdued Asia Minor. See PERSIA. HARPALUS, a Greek astronomer, who flou- rished about A. A. C. 480, corrected the cycle of eight years invented by Cleostratus ; and proposed a new one of nine years, in which he imagined the sun and moon returned to the same point. But Harpalus's cycle was afterwards altered by Melon, who added ten full years to it. See CHRONOLOGY. HARPALYCE, in fabulous history, the daughter of Lycurgus king of Thrace, and queen of ilie Amazons, who by her valor set her father at liberty, after he had been taken prisoner by the Getes. HARPASA, a town of Caria, on the Har- pasus, famous for an immense rocking stone, which was moveable by the finger, but could not be displaced by any force. HARPATH, a river of the United States, in Tennessee, which runs into the Cumberland, fourteen miles south-east of Clarksville. HARPE (Jean Francois de la) was born at Paris on the 20th of November, 1739- He lost his father, who was captain of artillery, when he was very young, and was left in a state of extreme poverty. By some accident he was introduced to M. Asselin, principal of the college of Har- court, who, hearing him recite some French verses with an elegance and taste superior to his years, received him amongst his pupils, and shortly after obtained a pension for him. The patronage of his benevolent friend was happily bestowed, and no care was omitted in the com- pletion of his studies. La Harpe commenced his public career in letters by poems called Heroides, which were then much in vogue. The Epistle of Barnevelt to Traman his friend, by Dorat ; and that of a monk of La Trappe to the Abbe de Ranee, by La Harpe, were very popular. These trifles were but the prelude to nobler suc- cess. To a young man who had destined him* self to a literary life, two paths were open, — the honors of the academy and those of the theatre* A prize obtained at the French academy, or a successful drama, would remove the first diffi- culties, admit him into the higher circles, -and procure him elevated protectors. La Harpe almost in the same moment attempted both, and his first efforts in each were successful. In the Eulogy on Fenelon the writer seems to be clothed with the mantle of that illustrious prelate, to speak worthily of his talents and virtues. To the intrinsic merit of this eulogy, one of the finest composed by La Harpe, was joined the extra- neous and accidental interest of being proscribed by the minister, and the work was from that but the more eagerly sought for. The true chef d'o3uvre of M. de la Harpe, however, in these compo- sitions, is the Eulogy on Racine, a subject entirely his own choice. There is nothing to censure in it but an excess of severity in speak- ing of the great Corneille. The year 1775 was celebrated in our author's l.fe, he having obtained in it both the prize of eloquence and that of poetry. The subject of the oration was an Eulogy on Catinat. It was difficult that an orator, absolutely a stranger to the military art, should succeed in depicting the exploits of one of the greatest generals. M. de la Harpe had also, as a competitor, a man of merit, protected at court, not unsuccessful in letters, and who had made tactics a particular study. The orator was not moved by any of these obstacles. The academy sometimes proposed particular questions, and in 1767 the prize for the following was gaine I by La Harpe — ' Of the Miseries of War, and the Advantages of Peace.' This discourse was marked by the purity and elegance of its diction. So many triumphs opened at length the doors of the academy to our author, and he succeeded to Colardeau. Not to interrupt the history of our author's acade- mic success, we have forborne till now to speak of his tragedies. Long before he had obtained so many honors, he had made himself known by a tragedy entitled Warwick, which was repre- sented before he was twenty-four years of age, and gave proofs of distinguished talents. His other pieces, though written with much art, and finely conceived, are far from having that original and bold color belonging to the former. Corio- lanus is a character consonant to our author's feelings; and Philoctetes offered to him another of the same kind. The other tragedies ofM. de la Harpe are inferior to those we have noticed ; yet they are r£ad with pleasure, being written in El HAR 52 an elegant style, and possessing that sweetness which results from a due observance of the rules of composition. We now quit the poetical productions of M. de la Harpe, to consider another great feature of his literary character. ' Let us suppose him stripped,' says M. Gaillard, ' of his other works, his tragedies, his poetry of various kinds, his academical discourses ; let him no longer be deemed a poet or orator; let us now view alone the critic : — How great will the space be, how splendid the fame he will yet enjoy in literature ! How has he graced and ennobled that function of journalist, which so many before and after him have degraded F The correspondence of M. de la Harpe with the grand duke of Russia gives a just and animated picture of the authors who flourished at the period of the correspond- ence. It abounds with curious details respect- ing their works, talents, and manners ; and con- tains a variety of anecdotes of literature, and of the arts and sciences. We are now come to the work which places the seal on the literary repu- tation of M. de la Harpe, his Cours de Littera- ture, Aucienne et Moderne, which justly entitles him, in the beginning of the nineteenth century, to the honorable apellation of the French Quin- tilian. After the first crash of the revolutionary earth- quake had overturned the ancient monarchy of France, and thrown up in its stead but the tyranny of Robespierre, M. de la Harpe attempted to expose to his deluded countrymen the miserable state to which they were reduced. His efforts were, however, unsuccessful : but they procured for himself a dungeon. He had, however, the happiness to be forgotten in his confinement, from which he was liberated shortly after the 9th Thermidor. He re-appeared at the Lyceum, where it was observed that misfortune had added new energy to his eloquence ; and it was in the midst of a numerous audience that he boldly and ingenuously renounced his errors ! A new storm arose, and M. de la Harpe was driven to seek an asylum in a spot impenetrable to all but a faithful friendship. He was deprived of exercise; and the effect on his health was perceptible when he again appeared in public. His health hence- forth sensibly declined, and he expired Novem- oer, An 1 1 . On the evening preceding his death M. Fontanes called to see him : he was listening to the prayers for the sick ; and, as soon as they were concluded, he stretched forth his hand to M. Fontanes, and said, ' I am grateful to divine mercy for having left me sufficient recollection to feel how consoling these prayers are to the dying.' HARPE, in mythology, a crooked sword where- with Mercury cut off Argus's head, and Perseus that of Medusa. HARP'ING-IRON,n.s.} IFr. harponeur ; HARPOON', n. s. ?Lat. harpago. A HARPOON'ER, n. s. 5 bearded dart, with which whales are struck and caught : one who throws the harpoon. See FISHERY. HARPINGS, n. s. the fore parts of the wales which encompass the bow of a ship, and are fas- tened to the stem, being thicker than the after part of the wales, in order to strengthen the ship HAR in this place, where she sustains the greatest shock of resistance in plunging into the sea, or dividing it, under a great pressure of sail. HARPOCRATES, in mythology, the son of Isis and Osiris ; an Egyptian deity, represented with his fingers applied to his mouth, denoting that he is the god of silence. His statue was fixed in the entrance of most of the Egyptian temples, and he was commonly exhibited under the figure of a young man naked, crowned %vith an Egyptian mitre, holding in one hand a cor- nucopia, and in the other the flower of lotus, and sometimes bearing a quiver. HARPOCRATION (Valerius), a celebrated ancient rhetorician of Alexandria, who wrote an excellent Lexicon of the ten orators of Greece. Aldus first published this lexicon in Greek at Venice in 1603. Many learned men have la- bored upon it ; but the best edition was given by James Gronovius at Leyden in 1696. HARPONULLY, or HAJIPONHELLY, a dis- trict of South Hindostan, bounded on the north by the Toombuddra River, and situated in about the fifteenth degree of north latitude. It is not so hilly as adjacent districts, but there are some strong positions, the principal of which is Oochi- nadroog. The villages are numerous and well populated. In 1774 this territory was conquered by Hyder, and added to his dominions. In 1786 Tippoo completely subdued it, and sent the rajah prisoner to Seringapatam ; on the fall of which the heir took possession of Harponully, which is now tributary to the East India Com- pany. The rights of the Nizam to this district were ceded to the Company in 1800. It has since much improved, and now forms part of the Bellary collectorship under the Madras pre- sidency. HARPONULLY, the capital of the above dis- trict, is 170 miles north by west from Seringa- patam. The HARPOON, or HARPING IRON, is a spear or javelin used to strike the whales in the Greenland fishery. It is furnished with a long staff, having at one end a broad and flat trian- gular head, sharpened at both edges, so as to penetrate the whale with facility : to the head of this weapon is fastened a long cord, called the whale line, which lies carefully coiled in the boat, in such a manner as to run out without being interrupted or entangled. See WHALE- FISHERY. The gun harpoon is a kind of fire- arm for discharging harpoons at whales, and thereby killing them more easily and expe- ditiously than formerly, when the harpoons were thrown by the hand. In the Transactions of the Society for Encouraging Arts for 1786, we have an account of the first fish struck in this manner in 1784. The gun was of the blunder- buss construction, loaded with four common to- bacco pipes full of glazed powder ; the fish was shot at the distance of ten fathoms, the harpoon going into her back up to the ring ; and she was killed in about an hour. In 1785 three whales were killed in this manner; four in 1786, and three in 1787. In the Philosophical Transactions for 1789 we have accounts of a number of whales killeo. in this manner. The instrument appears to be IIAR extremely useful in calm weather, as the whale, though a timorous creature, will frequently allow a boat to approach it within twenty, fifteen, or even ten fathoms, all of which distances are within reach of the gun harpoon, though not within reach of that thrown by the hand. It is now however seldom used ; the continual damp of the northern regions often preventing the powder from firing, and the Greenlanders hating all innovations on their ancient customs. HARPY, n. s. Lat. harpyia. The harpies were a kind of birds which had the faces of wo- men, and foul long claws ; very filthy creatures : figuratively, a ravenous wretch ; an extortioner. When fell Oppression in his harpy fangs, From Want's weak grasp the last sad morsel bears, Can ye allay the heart-wrung parent's pangs, Whose famished child craves help with fruitless tears ? Seattle. HARPYI/E, the Harpies (APHYIAI), in my- thology, were a rapacious impure sort of mon- sters, with wings and ears like bears, bodies like vultures, faces like women, and feet and hands hocked like the talons of birds of prey. The ancients believed the harpies to be genii or demons. Some make them the daughters of Oceanus and Terra; whence Servius says, that they inhabited an island, half on land, and half in water. Valerius Flaccus makes them the daughters of Typhon. There were three harpies, Ae'llo, Ocypete, and Celoeno, which last Homer calls Podarge. Hesiod in his Theogony, rer. 267, only reckons two, Ae'llo and Ocypete, and makes them the daughters of Thaumas and Electra, affirming that they had wings, and went with the rapidity of the wind. Pherecydes relates, that the Boreades expelled them from the jEgean and Sicilian Seas, and pursued them as far as the islands which he calls Plotae, and Homer Calynae ; since called Strophades. Vos- sius (De Idolo, lib. iii. cap. 99, p. 63), thinks that the ancients, by the harpies, could mean nothing else but the winds; and that it was on this account they were made daughters of Electra, the daughter of Oceanus. Such is the opinion of the scholiasts of Apollonius, Hesiod, and Eustathius. Mr. Bryant supposes that they were priests in Bithynia, who, on account of their repeated acts of violence and cruelty, were driven out of the country; their temple was called Arpi, and the environs Arpiai, and he observes that Harpya, Afnrvia, was of old the name of a place. HAR'QUEBUSS, n. t. ) Ital. archibuso. A HARQUEBUSSIER', n. s. > hand-gun : one armed with a harquebuss. Twenty thousand nimble harquebusders were ranged in length, and but five in a rank. Knolles. A HARQITEBUSS is of the length of a musket, usually cocked with a wheel. It carries a ball weighing 1£ O-L. There was also a larger sort, called the great harquebuss, used for the defence of strong places, which carried a ball of about 3£ ozs. They are now little used except in some old castles and garrisons. HARRADI. See HARADI. HARRIDAN, n. s. Corrupted from hari- delle, a worn-out worthless horse. A decayed strumpet. 53 HAR She just endured the winter she began, And in four months a battered harridan. Swift. HARRINGTON (James), an eminent Eng- lish writer in the seventeenth century. He was bora at Upton and educated at Oxford; and, after travelling for some years on the continent, he was admitted one of the privy chamber ex- traordinary to Charles I. Though democratic in his principles, he served the king with grea* fidelity, and found means to attend him on the scaffold, when he received a token of his majes- ty's affection. After the death of king Charles, he wrote his Oceana; a kind of political ro- mance, in imitation of Plato's Commonwealth, which he dedicated to Oliver Cromwell. It is said, that when Oliver perused it, he declared that ' the gentleman had written very well, but must not think to cheat him out of his power and authority ; for that what he had won by the sword, he would not suffer himself to be scrib- bled out of.' This work was attacked by several writers, against whom he defended it. Besides writing to promote republican principles, he in- stituted a nightly club in the New Palace- Yard, Westminster ; which was called the Rota, and continued till the secluded members of parlia- ment were restored by general Monk. In 1661 he was committed to the Tower for treasonable practices, but the charge was never verified. He was conveyed to St. Nicholas's Island, and thence to Plymouth, where he fell into frenzy, owing, it is said, to having drunk great quan- tities of guaiacum. Having obtained his liberty by means of the earl of Bath, he was carried to London and died in 1677. He published several other works, which were first collected by Toland, in 1 vol. folio, in 1700; but a more complete edition was published in 1737, by the Rev. Dr. Birch. HARRINGTON (Sir John), an ingenious Eng- lish poet, the son of John Harrington, esq., who was committed to the Tower by queen Mary, for holding a correspondence with her sister Elizabeth ; who, when she came to the crown, stood sponsor to this son, and afterwards knighted him. Before he was thirty, he pub- lished a translation of Ariosto's Orlando Furioso. A collection of his works has been printed, entitled Nugae Antiquae. He was created a knight of the Bath by James I., and in 1603 a baron, by the title of lord Harrington. He at- tended the princess Elizabeth, after her marriage with the elector palatine, to Heidelburg, in April, 1613, and died at Worms, August the 24th, 1613, aged fifty-one. HARRIOT (Thomas), an eminent algebraist, born at Oxford in 1560, where he took the de- gree of B. A. in 1579. Being distinguished for his mathematical learning, he was recommended to Sir Walter Raleigh, who, in 1585, sent him with the colony, under Sir Richard Grenville, to Virginia. After having remained there about a year, he published a topographical description of it. About 1588 he was introduced by his patron, Sir Walter Raleigh, to Henry earl of Northumberland, who allowed him a pension of £120 per annum. He spent many years in Sion College ; where he died in July 1621, of a can- HAR 54 HAR cef in his lip, and was buried in the church of Si. Christopher, where a handsome monument was erected to his memory. He was one of the first mathematicians of the age in which he lived, and will always be remembered as the inventor of the present improved method of algebraical calculation ; which was adopted by Des Cartes, and for a considerable time imposed upon the French nation as his own invention ; but the theft was at last detected by Dr. Wallis, in his History of Algebra, where our autiior's invention is accurately specified. His works are, 1. A biief and true Report of the New found Land of Virginia ; of the commodities there found, and to be raised, &c. 2. Artis analyticae praxis ad zequationes algebraicas nova exp^dita, et generali methodo resolvendas, e posihumis Thomae Harrioti, &.c. 3. Ephemeris Chyrometrica; MS. in the library of Sion Col- lege. He left several other MSS., which were inspected by Dr. Zach, astronomer to the duke of Saxe Gotha, in 1 784, at Petworth, in Sussex, the seat of the earl of Evremont, a descendant of Henry earl of Northumberland. Dr. Zach published an account of them in the Astronomi- cal Ephemeris for 1788 : from which it appears that Harriot had made great discoveries in astro- nomy ; particularly that he had observed the spots in the sun so early as December the 8th, 1610; which was eighteen months earlier than Galileo's first published observations respecting them ; and that he had also discovered the satel- lites of Jupiter, and made drawings of their positions, and calculations of their revolutions, in January 1610j the same month when Galileo discovered them. Dr. Zach adds, that Harriot's observations of the comet of 1607 are still of use. The following was the inscription upon his monument: — Siste, Viator, leviter preme. Jacet hie juxta quod mortale fuit C. V. THOM^E HARRIOTI. Hie fuit doctissimus ille Harriotua De Syon ad flumen Thamesin, Patria et Educaticne Oxoniensis. Qui omnes scientias call nit, et in omnibus excelluit; MathrmaticU, Philosophicis, Theologicis. Veritatis Indagator Studiosissimus. Dei Triniunius cultor piissimus. Sexagcnarius aut eo circiter Monalitati valedixit, non Vitae, An. Christi MDCXXI. 2. Julij. HARRIS (William), a protestant dissenting minister of eminent abilities, who resided at Honiton, in Devonshire. On September the 20th, 1765, the degree of D.D. was unanimously conferred on him by the university of Glasgow. He published an Historical and Critical Account of the Lives of James I., Charles I., and Oliver Cromwell, in 5 vols. 8vo. after the manner of Bayle. He was preparing a similar account of James II. He also wrote the life of Hugh Peters ; besides many fugitive pieces occasion- ally, for the public prints, in support of liberty and virtue. Dr. Harris died at Honiton, Febru- ary the 4th, 1770. HARRIS (John), as the first compiler of a dic- tionary of arts and sciences, in this country, cer- tainly deserves notice in an encyclopedia. He was born about the year 1670, and received his education at St. John's College, in the university of Cambridge, where he took the degree of B. A. in 1687, and that of M. A. in 1691. Having taken orders in the church, he ob- tained considerable preferments. He was first instituted into the rectory of Barming, which he resigned for St. Mildred, Bread Street, London ; he held also the perpetual curacy of Stroud, near Rochester, in Kent, and he was prebendary of Rochester cathedral. He was a fellow, secre- tary, and vice-president to the Royal Society. In 1698 he preached the course of Boyle's Lec- tures, which was published ; and in the next year he took the degree of D. D. Dr. Harris also published several single sermons; and a Collection of Voyages and Travels, with a num- ber of Engravings ; a Treatise on the Theory of the Earth, in 1697; a Treatise on Algebra, in 1702; a translation of Pardie's Geometry into English, a seventh edition of which in 12mo. was printed in 1734; Astronomical Dia- logues, the third edition of which appeared in 1795 ; but the work for which he was most emi- nently distinguished was his Lexicon Techni- cum, or A Universal Dictionary of Arts and Sciences, in 2 vols. folio, published in 1708 ; from which originated all the other dictionaries of science and cyclopaedias that have since ap- peared. He died September the 7th, 1719, leaving unfinished the History of Kent, which was published in folio very soon after his death. HARRIS (James), a writer on philology, was born at Salisbury in 1709, and was nephew to Shaftesbury the author of the Characteristics. Having entered as a gentleman commoner of Wadham College, Oxford, at the age of sixteen, he afterwards became a probationer at Lincoln's Inn. On the death of his father, at the age of twenty-three, he came into possession of an independent fortune, and retired to his native place to dedicate his time to literature. In 1744 he published a volume containing Essays on Art, on Music and Painting, and on Happiness; a prelude to his Hermes, or a Philosophical En- quiry concerning Universal Grammar, displaying much ingenuity, and an extensive acquaintance with the Greek writers, both poets and philoso- phers ; but his ignorance of the northern dia- lects is very conspicuous. See our article GRAMMAR. In 1761 he was chosen M. P. for the borough of Christ Church ; and next year was appointed one of the lords of the admiralty, which office he exchanged in 1763 for that of a lord of the treasury. He returned to the mi- nistry in 1765 ; but was made secretary and comptroller to the queen in 1774. His philolo- gical Enquiries was a posthumous work. He died in 1780. HARRIS (Gael Na Heradh, or Hardubb, i. e. the heights), a peninsula and parish of Scotland, in Invernesshire, forty-eight miles long, and from six to twenty-four broad ; consisting of seven large inhabited islands, viz. Berneray, Pabby, Calligray and Ensay, on the south ; and Taransay, Scalpay and Scarp on the north ; besides the peninsula, and above thirty smaller HARRISON. 55 isles uninhabited. Of these islands some pro- duce eood crops of oats, barley, and potatoes, and alf of them pasture ; but the soil in general is poor, and the greater part not arable. The population in 1793, stated by the Rev. John M'Leod, in his report to Sir J. Sinclair, was 2536. The number of sheep (which range un- heeded through the mountains and commons), was about 11,000; that of goats 250; of horses 1000; of black cattle 2460; and of deer 800. All these animals are small in size; but the beef and mutton are delicious, and the wool is extremely fine. About 350 persons are em- ployed in making from 400 to 500 tons of kelp annually. The population has rapidly increased of late. HARRIS, the peninsula of the Hebrides in the above parish, forming with Lewis one of the Western Islands of Scotland. See LEWIS. Harris is twenty miles long and ten broad. Upon the east side it is mostly rock ; but on the west there are some tolerable farms, and the number of people amounts to 2000. It has Lewis on the north, and North Uist on the south, from which it is separated by the sound. Harris abounds on the east side in excellent bays, and its shores on both sides form one continued fishery. HARRIS, SOUND OF, a navigable channel, between a peninsula of the Hebrides bearing the same name and North Uist, nine miles broad, and nine long. It is the only passage, between the Butt of Lewis and Barra, for vessels of burden passing to and from the west side of Long Island. It requires a skilful pilot, being greatly encumbered with rocks and islands. The fish on this coast are more numerous, and of larger dimensions, than those of the opposite continent; on which account two royal fishing stations were begun in the reign of Charles I., one in Loch Maddie and the other in the Sound of Harris. A phenomenon is remarked by the Rev. Mr. M'Leod, in the tides of this Sound: — ' From the autumnal to the vernal equinox, the current in neap tides passes all day from east to west, and all night in the contrary direction. Immediately after the vernal equinox it changes this course, going all day from west to east, and the contrary at night. In spring tides the current corresponds nearly to the com- mon course.' HARRISBURGH, the present metropolis of Pennsylvania, United States, in Dauphin county, is on the north-east bank of the Susquehanna ; sixteen miles east of Carlisle, thirty-six W.N.W. of Lancaster, ninety-eight west of Philadelphia. It contains a court-house, a jail, two market houses, a bank, and three houses of public wor- ship ; one for Lutherans, one for Presbyterians, and one for German Presbyterians. It is very pleasantly situated, regularly laid out, a great part of the houses are handsomely built of brick, and the town makes a very fine appearance. Two wings of a state house have been erected on a delightful elevation at a little distance from the river. Here is a very elegant covered bridge • cross the Susquehanna. HARRISON (John), one of the regicide judges who sat upon the trial of king Charles I., and one of the ten who were executed for that act, after the Restoration. See ENGLAND. He was the son of a butcher, and had been raised to the rank of colonel, and afterwards of general, in the army of the parliament. Dr. Goldsmith gives the following account of his behaviour at his trial and execution : — 'General Harrison, who was first brought to his trial, pleaded his cause with that undaunted firmness which he had showj through life. What he had done, he said, was from the impulse of the Spirit of God. He would not, for any benefit to himself, hurt a hair of the poorest man or woman upor earth ; and during the usurpation of Cromwell, when ail ac- knowledged his right, or bowed down to his power, he had boldly upbraided the usurper to his face; and all the terrors of imprisonment, and allurements of ambition, had not been able to bend him to a compliance to that deceitful ty- rant. Harrison's death was marked with the same admirable constancy which he showed at his trial. — Some circumstances of scandalous barbarity attended the execution. Harrison's entrails were torn out and thrown into the fire, before he expired. His head was fixed on the sledge that drew Coke and Peters to the place of execution, with the face turned towards them.' HARRISON (John), the inventor of the cele- brated time-keeper for ascertaining the longitude at sea ; and also of the compound, or, as it is commonly called, the gridiron pendulum ; was born at Foulby, near Pontefract, in Yorkshire, in 1693. The vigor of his natural abilities, if not strengthened by want of education, which con- fined his attention to few objects, at least amply compensated for it ; as appeared from the aston- ishing progress he made in that branch of me- chanics to which he devoted himself. His father was a carpenter, and occasionally surveyed land, and repaired clocks and watches. In 1700 he removed to Barrow, in Lincolnshire ; where the son eagerly improved every incident from which he might collect information ; frequently employing great part of his nights in writing or drawing: and he always acknowledged his obli- gations to a clergyman who lent him a MS. copy of professor Saunderson's Lectures; which he carefully transcribed, with all the diagrams. In 1726 he had constructed two clocks, mostly of wood, in which he applied the escapement and compound pendulum of his own invention : these surpassed every thing then made, scarcely erring a second in a month. In 1728 he came up to London with the drawings of a machine for de- termining the longitude at sea, in expectation of being enabled to execute one by the Board of Longitude. Upon application to Dr. Halley he referred him to Mr. George Graham; who ad- vised him to make his machine before he applied to the board. He returned home to perform this task ; and in 1735 came to London with his first machine, with which he was sent to Lisbon the next year, for trial. In this short voyage he cor- rected the dead reckoning about a degree and a half; which success procured him both public and private encouragement. About 1739 he completed his second machine, of a construction much more simple than the former, and which HARRISON. answered much better : this, though not sent to sea, recommended him still more to patronage. His third machine, in 1749, was still less compli- cated than the second, and superior in accuracy, erring only three or four seconds in a week. This he conceived to be the ne plus ultra of his attempts ; but, in an endeavour to improve pocket watches, the principles he applied sur- passed his expectations so much as to encourage him to make his fourth time-keeper, which is in the form of a pocket watch, about six inches in diameter. With this time-keeper his son made two voyages ; the one to Jamaica, and the other to Barbadoes : in both which experiments it cor- rected the longitude within the nearest limits required by the act of the 12th of queen Anne ; and the inventor therefore, at different times, though not without great trouble, received the proposed reward of £20,000. These four ma- chines were given up to the board of longitude. The three former were now of no use, as all their advantages were comprehended in the last ; they were worthy, however, of being carefully pre- served as mechanical curiosities, in which might be traced the gradations of ingenuity executed with the most delicate workmanship. They are kept in the royal observatory at Greenwich. The fourth machine, emphatically called the time- keeper, was copied by the ingenious Mr. Kendal ; and that duplicate, during a three years' circum- navigation of the globe in the southern hemi- sphere by captain Cook, answered as well as the original. The latter part of Mr. Harrison's life was employed in making a fifth improved time- keeper on the same principles with the preceding one ; which at the end of a ten weeks' trial, in 1772, at the king's private observatory at Rich- mond, erred only four seconds and a half. With- in a few years of his death he had frequent fits of the gout, a disorder that never attacked him before his seventy-seventh year : he died at his house in Red Lion Square in 1776, aged eighty- three. His recluse manner of life, in the unre- mitted pursuit of his favorite object, was not calculated to qualify him as a man of the world ; and the many discouragements he encountered, in soliciting the legal reward of his labors, still less disposed him to accommodate himself to the humors of mankind. In conversing on his pro- fession he was clear, distinct, and modest ; but found a difficulty in explaining his meaning by writing ; in which he adhered to a peculiar and uncouth phraseology. This was evident in his Description concerning such Mechanism as will afford a nice or true Mensuration of Time, &c., 8vo., 1775; in which he obstinately refused to accept of any assistance whatever. This work contains also an account of his new musical scale, or mechanical division of the octave, ac- cording to the proportion which the radius and diameter of a circle have respectively to the cir- cumference. He had in his youth been the leader of a distinguished band of church singers ; had a very delicate ear for music ; and his experiments on sound, with a most curious monochord of his own improvement, are re- ported to have been no less accurate than those in which he was engaged for the mensuration of time. See CLOCK-MAKING. HARRISON (William), a writer much patron- ised by the literati of his time. He was fellow of New College, Oxford; and was some time tutor to the duke of Queensberry's son. Dr. Swift, by his interest with Mr. St. John, obtained for him the employment of secretary to lord Raby, ambassador at the Hague, and afterwards earl of Strafford. A letter of his, dated Utrecht, December 16th 1712, is printed in the dean's works. Mr. Harrison did not long enjoy his rising fortune. He was sent to London with the Barrier treaty, and died February 14th, 1712-13. Dr. Swift laments his loss in his Journal to Stella. Mr. Tickel mentions him with respect in his Prospect of Peace ; and Dr. Young, in the close of an epistle to lord Lansdowne, bewails his loss. Dr. Birch, who has given a curious note on Harrison's Letter to Swift, has con- founded him with Thomas Harrison, M. A., of Queen's College. In Nichols's select Collection are some pleasing specimens of his poetry ; which, with Woodstock Park, in Dodsley's Col- lection, and an Ode to the Duke of Marlborough 1707, in Duncombe's Horace, are all the poeti- cal writings that are known of this young man ; who figured both as a humorist and a politician in the fifth volume of the Tatler, of which (under the patronage ofBolingbroke, Henley, and Swift) he was professedly the editor. HARRISON, a county of the state of Ohio, United States, bounded on the south by Bel- mont, east by Jefferson, north by Columbia and Stark, and west by Tuscarawa. Its surface is hilly, and abounds with coal mines, freestone, limestone, and a fine white soft tenacious clay. It is watered by the Stillwater, and other branches of the Tuscarawa, and by the creeks running into the Ohio. HARRISON, a county of the United States, in Kentucky. Cyntheana is the chief town. HARRISON, a county of the state of Indiana, in the United States, bounded east by Clark county, south by the Ohio, west by the new county of Perry, and north by Washington. HARRISON, a county of the United States, in the western part of Virginia, bounded north by Ohio county, north-east by Monongalia, south by Greenbriar, and south-west by Kenhaway. It is about 120 miles in length, and eighty in breadth. The chief town is Clarksburg. HARRISON (Thomas), an eminent English architect, born at Richmond in Yorkshire, in the year 1744; died on the 29th of March, 1829. At an early age he exhibited a taste for drawing, which recommended him to the patronage of lord Dundas, and with his introduction repaired to Rome, about the year 1769; in that capital he pursued his studies with energy and success, and made some designs for the embellishment of the square of Santa Maria del Popolo; for which he was presented with two medals, one in gold, the other in silver, and admitted a member of the academy of St. Luke, by grace especial. From Rome he visited various parts of Italy, and re- turned by way of France to his native country, in 1776. Here he was soon afterwards engaged in constructing a noble bridge of five arches, over the Lune at Lancaster, the first level bridge ever built in England ; he was subsequently em- HAR 57 HAR ployed in the extensive alterations at Lancaster Castle ; designed the columns of Lord Hill, at Shrewsbury, and of the Marquis of Anglesea, at Holyhead, Broon Hall, Fifeshire, several works in Russia ; and was author of the much-admired Propylaea of the county hall in Chester, which would have been sufficient to establish a high reputation ; but the honourable ambition of Mr. Harrison did not rest satisfied here, and he ter- minated his useful life, by giving to his ap- proving: countrymen the design of the Chester Dee Bridge, the largest stone arch in Europe, possessing a span of 200 feet. HARROGATE, or HARROWGATE, a village in the West Riding of Yorkshire, in the parish of Knaresborough, remarkable for three medicinal springs, all different in their qualities, notwith- standing their vicinity: viz. 1. The Tewet Water, or Sweet Spa, a vitriolic spring of a sort of milky taste, discovered by Mr. Slingsby in 1638. 2. The Sulphur Spring, useful in dropsi- cal, scorbutic, and gouty cases. It rises in the town, and is received in four basins under four different buildings : at one it is drunk ; at the others used for hot or cold baths. It is perfectly clear, and very salt ; but the taste and smell re- semble those of a mixture of rotten eggs, sulphur, and sea-water. Bathing is the most general mode of using it. It is the strongest sulphur- water in Great Britain ; and does not lose the sulphureous smell even when exposed to almost a boiling heat. In distilling it, when three pints had been taken off" from a gallon of it, the last was as strong as the first. It is discutient and attenuating, and a warm bath of it is of great benefit in pains, strains, and lameness ; dissolving hard swellings, curing old ulcers and scrofulous complaints, and cleansing the stomach and bowels. 3. St. Mungo's Well, is so called from St. Mungo or St. Kentigern, a Scotch saint. See KENTIGERN. Harrogate lies three miles west of Knaresborough, and 208 north of London. HAR'ROW, n.s.,v. a. & }Fr. charrue,hercer; HAR'ROWER, n.s. [interj. ^German, harcke, a HAR'RY, v. a. J rake. A frame of timbers crossing each other, and set with teeth, drawn over sowed ground to break the clods, and throw the earth over the seed. The verb is often used in a figurative sense to pillage ; strip ; lay waste ; to invade ; to disturb, or put in com- motion, as with a dreadful tale. Harrow, the in- terjection, is an exclamation of distress, and now out of use. Harry, in Scotland, signifies to rob ; plunder ; or oppress ; as, one harried a nest ; that is, he took the young away : as also, he harried me out of house and home ; that is, he robbed me of my goods, and turned me out of doors. As the king did excel in good commonwealth laws, so he had in secret a design to make use of them, at well for collecting of treasure as for correcting of manners ; and so meaning thereby to harrow his peo- ple, did accumulate them the rather. Bacon. Amazed I stood, harrowed with grief and care. Milton. The land with daily care Is exercised, and with an iron war Of rakes and harrows. Dryden. Two small harrmvs that clap on each side of the ridge, harrow it right up and down. Mortimer. Imagine you behold me bound and scourged, My aged muscles harrowed up with whips ; Or hear me groaning on the rending rack. Rowt. HARROW ON THE HILL, a town of Middlesex, with a church and lofty spire, seated on the top of the highest hill in the county, ten miles VV. N.W. of London. It is noted for a free school, founded in the reign of queen Eliza- beth. HARSH, adj. 1 Germ, hervische. — Skin- HARSH'LY, adv. /ner. Rough or rugged; HARSH'NESS, n. s. J grating to the ear; dis- cordant: figuratively, severe ; crabbed; morose : violence, as opposed to gentleness, My wife is in a wayward mood to-day , I tell you, 'twould sound harshly in her ears. Shahspeare, Get from him why he puts on this confusion, Grating so harshly all his days of quiet With turbulent and dangerous lunacy. Id. A name unmusical to Volscian ears, And harsh in sound to thine. Id. Take an apple and roll it upon a table hard : the rolling doth soften and sweeten the fruit, which is nothing but the smooth distribution of the spirits intc the parts ; for the unequal distribution of the spirits maketh the harshness. Bacon. He was a wise man and an eloquent ; but in his nature harsh and haughty. Id. Harshness and ruggedness of bodies is unpleasant to the touch. Id. Bear patiently the harsh words of thy enemies, as knowing that the anger of an enemy admonishes us of our duty. Taylor. Our nature here is not unlike our wine ; Some sorts, when old, continue brisk and fine : So age's gravity may seem severe, But nothing harsh or bitter ought t' appear. Denham. Till like ripe fruit thou drop Into thy mother's lap ; or be with ease Gathered, not harshly plucked. Milton. Black feels as if you were feeling needles points, or some harsh sand ; and red feels very smooth. Boyle. Neither can the natural harshness of the French, or the perpetual ill accent, be ^ver refined into per- fect harmony like the Italian. Dryden. Cannot I admire the height of Milton's invention, and the strength of his expressions, without defending his antiquated words, and the perpetual harshness of their sound ? Id. Age might, what nature never gives the young, Have taught the smoothness of thy native tongue ; But satire needs not that, and wit will shine Through the harsh cadence of a rugged line. Id. The unnecessary consonants made their spelling tedious, and their pronunciation harsh. Id. Thy lord commands thee now With a harsh voice, and supercilious brow, To servile duties. Id. With eloquence innate his tongue was armed ; Though harsh the precept, yet the preacher charmed. Id. The rings of iron that on the doors were hung, Sent out a jarring sound, and harshly rung. Id. Thy tender hefted nature shall not give Thee o'er to harshness : her eyes are fierce, but thine Do comfort and not burn. Id. Sweet, bitter, sour, harsh, and salt, are all the epi- thets we have to denominate that numberless variety of relishes. Lockt. HAR ' I would rather he was a man of a rough temper, that would treat me harshly, than "f an effeminate naturei . Addison. No harsh reflection let remembrance raise ; Forbear to mention what thou can'st not praise. Prior. Tho' Fortune yield the captive ne'er despair, But seek the constable's considerate ear ; He will reverse the watchman's harsh decree, Moved by the rhetoric of a silver fee. Gay. A certain quickness of apprehension inclined him to kindle into the first motions of anger ; but, for a long time before he died, no one heard an intempe- rate3 or harsh word proceed from him. Atterbury. 'Tis not enough no harshness gives offence ; The sound must seem an echo to the sense. Pope. The same defect of heat which gives a fierceness to our natures, may contribute to that roughness of our language, which bears some analogy to the harsh fruit of colder coi'Dtries. Swift. Whose delegated cruelty surpasses The worst acts of one energetic master, However harsh and hard in his own bearing. Byron. Sax. beopt. A he- deer • the male of the . roe. Hartshorn, the name of a drug; an 1 herb. The others are HART, n.s. HARTS'IIORN, n. 3. HART'ROYAL, n. s. HARTS'TONGUE, n. s. HART'WORT, n.s. plants. And to the launde he rideth him full right, Ther wos the hart y wont to have his flight ; — And over a brook and soforth on his way And this duk wol have a couxs at him or twey With houudes, swiche as him lust to commaunde. Chaucer. The Knightes Tale. That instant was I turned into a hart, And my desires, like fell and cruel hounds, E'er since pursue me. Shakspeare. The deer And fearful harts do wander every where Amidst the dogs. May's Virgil. Hartstongue is propagated by parting the roots, and also by seed. Mortimer. Ramose concretions of the volatile salts are observ- able upon the glass of the receiver, whilst the spirits of vipers and hartshorn are drawn. Woodward. Hartshorn is a drug that comes into use many ways, and under many forms. What is used here are the whole horns of the common male deer, which fall off every year. This species is the fallow-deer; but some tell us, that the medicinal hartshorn should be that of the true hart or stag. The salt of hartshorn is a great sndorifick, and the spirit has all the virtues of volatile alkalies : it is used to bring people out of faintings by its pungeucy, holding it under the nose, and pouring down some drops of it in water. Hill. HART, a stag, or male deer, in the sixth year. See CERVUS. HARTS, HORNS OF, the horns of the male deer. The scrapings or raspings of these are medicinal, and used in decoctions, ptisans, &c. The horns of harts yield by distillation a very penetrating volatile spirit called volatile alkali ; which is also procured in equal perfection from the horns, bones, &c., of other animals. See ALKALI, CHE- MISTRY, and HARTSHORN. HARTE (Walter), an English poet and di- vine, the son of a non-juring clergyman. He was born about 1697, and received his education at Marlborough, whence he was removed to St. Mary's Hall, Oxford, where he took his degree 8 HAR of M. A. in 1720. In 1727 he published a vo- lume of poems, dedicated to the earl of Peter- borough. In the same year he also published his Essay on Satire ; and in 1735 an Essay on Rea son, in which he was assisted by Pope. He subsequently became vice-principal of St. Mary's Hall ; and was recommended by lord Lyttleton to the earl of Chesterfield, as a travelling and private preceptor to his natural son, with whom he made the tour of Europe, from 1746 to 1750. On his return the last nobleman procured him a canonry of Windsor. In 1759 he published his History of Gustavus Adolphus. His last work was a collection of poems entitled The Amaranth, which appeared in 1763. He died in 1774, at St. Austle in Cornwall, of which place he was vicar. Besides the above works, Mr.'Harte was author of Essays on Husbandry. HARTFORD, a county in the north part ot Connecticut, United States. Population 44,733 HARTFORD, a city, the metropolis of Connec- ticut, in a county of the same name, United States, on the west bank of Connecticut River, fifty miles above its mouth; fourteen miles north of Middletown, thirty-four N.N.E. ot Newhaven, forty-two north-west of New London, sixty-eight west of Providence, ninety-four south- east of Albany, 100 W.S.W.of Boston, and 338 of Washington. Population 3955 ; and including the township 6003. It is pleasantly situated, at the head of a sloop navigation, and contains a state-house, two market-houses, two banks, two insurance offices, a state arsenal, an academy, a Mbrary of 2500 volumes, and four houses of public worship ; two for Congregationalists, one for Episcopalians, and one for Baptists. The state-house is a handsome edifice, built of brick and stone. One of the congregational meeting- houses is very large and elegant. A small stream, called Little River, divides the town into two parts, which are connected by a bridge. The city is a generally well built, and makes a hand- some appearance. It is regularly laid out, the streets intersecting each other at right angles. It is situated in a pleasant and fertile tract of coun- try, and is considerable both for its trade and manufactures. Hartford contains three distilleries, a cotton manufactory, a woollen manufactory, and ten printing offices, from four of which are issued weekly newspapers. It has also extensive ma- nufactures of coaches, saddlery, and brass work. The public offices of the state are kept here. The elections and spring sessions of the legisla- ture are held at Hartford, and the autumn ses- sions at New-Haven. — Within the township there is a parish, called West Hartford, with ano- ther congregational meeting-house, three miles from the city. On the loth of April, 1817, an institution, styled the ' Connecticut Asylum, for the educa- tion of the Deaf and Dumb, was opened in this city with twenty-one pupils. The number of pupils in May, 1818, was forty-one; under the instruction of a principal and four assistants. The success of this benevolent institution has hitherto been highly gratifying to the friends of humanity, and the improvement of the pupils has equalled the most sanguine expectations of HAR 59 HAR their friends. Each person applying for admis- sion must not be under nine, or over thirty years of age ; and no pupil is received for a less term than two years. The whole annual charge to each pupil, for board, washing, fuel, instruction, stationary, &c., is 200 dollars. The asylum is under the management of ten directors, chosen annually, together with the directors for life. A president, and eight vice- presidents, who are also, ex officiis, directors, are chosen annually. The payment of 100 dollars constitutes a person a director for life, and of 200 dollars, a vice-president for life. The an- nual meeting of the society is held at Hartford on the first Saturday after the second Thursday in May. A house situated about half a mile west of the city has been recently purchased for the accommodation of the institution. HARTFORD, EAST, a post-town of Hartford county, on the east side of the Connecticut, op- posite Hartford, with which it is connected by an elegant bridge. Population 3240. A small river which flows through this town, into Con- necticut, affords many fine mill seats. Here are five paper mills, several saw mills and fulling mills, two large establishments for the manufac- ture of powder, one manufactory of snuff, one cotton manufactory, two glass houses, and three houses of public worship ; two for Congrega- tionalists, and one for Methodists. HARTFORD, a post-town of Washington county, New York, fifty-four miles N.N.E. of Albany. Population 2389. It is a wealthy town, and contains three houses of public worship; two for Baptists, and one for Congregationalists. HARTLEPOOL, a sea-port town in Durham, seated on a promontory, and almost encompassed by the sea. It is an ancient corporation, go- verned by a mayor and aldermen, with other subordinate officers. In the reign of Edward III. it furnished five ships to the navy. It depends chiefly on the fishing trade ; and its harbour is much frequented by colliers passing to and from Newcastle. It is twelve miles north of Stockton, and 258 west of London. HARTLEY (David), an English physician, and metaphysical writer, was the son of a clergy- man of Armley, near Leeds in Yorkshire, where he was born in 1 705. At fifteen he "was sent to Jesus College, Cambridge, of which he became a fellow ; and was intended for the clerical pro- fession, but, having doubts of the truth of the thirty-nine articles, he engaged in the study of medicine, and commenced practice as a physi- cian at Newark in Nottinghamshire. Hence he removed to Bury in Suffolk, and subsequently to London. When Mrs. Stephens professed to have found out a specific for the stone, Dr. Hartley contributed greatly towards her obtain- ing the grant of £5000 from parliament for her discovery ; and published Observations made on ten Persons, who have taken the Medicament of Mrs. Stephens, 8vo. He himself, after having taken as much of it as contained 200 Ibs. weight of soap is said to have fallen a sacrifice to the disease for which it was recommended. Dr. Hartley spent the latter part of his life at Bath, and died there August 28th, 1757. His reputation as a philo- sopher depends on his work entitled Observations on Man, his Frame, his Duty, and his Expecta- tions, in two parts, 1749, 2 vols. 8vo. His doctrine of association has been published by Dr. Priestley in a detached form, under the title of the Theory of the Human Mind, 8vo. ; and the second part of the Observations, relating to morals and religion, has been commented on by Pistonus, a German divine, whose remarks are included in the edition of Dr. Hartley's book published in 4to. 1791, and in 3 vols. 8vo. HARTLEY (David), M. P., was a son of the foregoing. His opposition to the war with the American colonies led to his being appointed one of the plenipotentiaries to treat with Dr. Franklin for peace ; and some of his letters on that occasion are published in the correspondence of that statesman. In the house of common* Hartley was one of the first promoters of the abolition of the slave trade. His scientific knowledge was also exhibited in many useful in- ventions, and particularly in a method of guarding buildings from fire. He died at Bath, Decem- ber 4 9th, 1813, aged eighty-four. HARTMANN (John Adolphus), a learned divine and historian, born at Muuster in 1680. After being a Jesuit for several years, he became a Calvinist at Cassel, in 1715; and soon after was made professor of philosophy and poetry, and in 1722 professor of history and eloquence, at Marpurg, where he died in 1744. The most esteemed of his works are — 1. The State of the Sciences at Hesse; in German. 2. Histo- ria Hassiaca, 3 vols. 3. Praecepta Eloquentiae Rationalis, &c. HARTSHORN, CALCINED, or coal of hartshorn, a very white earth, procured by calcining the horns of harts in a long continued and strong fire. This earth is employed in medicine as an absorbent ; and, when levigated, is the basis of Sydenham's white decoction, which is commonly prescribed in dysenteries. HARTSHORN JELLY is nutritive and strengthen- ing, and is sometimes given in diarrhoeas ; but a decoction of burnt hartshorn in water is more frequently used for this purpose, and is called hartshorn drink. HARTSHORN PLANTAIN. See PLANTAGO. HARTSHORN, SALT and SPIRIT OF. See AL- KALI, and CHEMISTRY. HARTSOEKER (Nicholas), a Dutch philo- sopher, born at Gouda, in 1656. He received a liberal education from his father, who was a minister among the Remonstrants, and became so eminent in natural philosophy and mathema- tics, that Peter the Great invited him to Mos- cow; but he declined the honor. He became professor of philosophy at Heidelburg, and ma- thematician to the elector palatine. He wrote a course of Natural Philosophy, in 4to., with some other works; and died in 1725. HARTY, ISLE OF, a small island on the south- eastern extremity of the Isle of Sheppy, from which it is divided by a narrow channel, almost filled up. It is separated from Kent by the Swale, and is entirely pasture land, maintaining about 4000 sheep. HARTZ, or HARZ, a mountain tract in the interior of Germany and south of Hanover, ex- tending from the territory of Goslar to Harz- 60 HARVESTING. gerode, io Anhalt. It is about seventy miles in length, and twenty in breadth, and is a part of the region called Sylva Hercynia by the ancients. Forests, consisting of one-third of hard and two- thirds of soft timber, cover its surface : but of late years, great ravages have been committed among the resinous trees, by a coleopterous in- sect, which multiplies with amazing rapidity. The mines of the Hartz are still more valuable. See HANOVER. Its green, blue, and white vitriol are found in veins generally imbedded in grey-wade or clay-slate, of which the greater number of the rocks are composed. The popu- lation of this district is about 50,000; differently characterised in their manners by a primitive simplicity, and early marriages. Their children are beautifully fair, and soon able to assist their parents. Particular spots are under corn cul- ture; but pasture and very good hay are the chief agricultural produce. The inhabitants are chiefly employed as miners. Their favorite en- joyment is in music ; and their itinerant bards and minstrels are numerous. The Hartz is ex- empt both from taxes and from military service ; but a tenth of the produce of the mines belongs to government. Those of iron are the most pro- ductive, and yield a revenue of about £115,000 sterling, made good by 'Undertakers of the mines. The workmen are divided into com- panies, and commonly wear a sort of uniform of black and red ; part of their wages are paid in kind. Gold and silver are coined here. The district abounds in natural curiosities, of which the most interesting are the Scharzfeld and Baumann caverns ; the former remarkable for its fossile bones, the latter for its stalactites, its harmonic column emitting a pleasant sound when struck by the drops of water that fall from the roof, and its extent consisting of fourteen successive vaults. Here the Man of the Moun- tains is seen either morning or evening, when the spectator at the top of the mountain happens to be placed in a right line between the sun and a cloud hovering in the atmosphere at a small distance, and is merely the magnified image of the spectator reflected from the cloud as from a mirror. HA'RVEST, n. s. -\ Sax. ruenFr* ; Bel. HAR'VEST-HOME, n. s. / herfst, contraction of HAR'VEST-LORD, n. *. s ek erf-oogst, says Min- HARVESTER, n. s. I sheu; ab erf hereditas HAR'VESTMAN, n. s. Jet oogst, Augusti mensis. Mr. Thomson thinks from Sax. seajt, a year, and vest, vegetable food. The season of reaping and gathering corn ; the song which the reapers sing at the feast made at the gathering in of the harvest. Harvest-lord, the head reaper. Harvester and harvestman, one who works at the harvest. Harvest is used figuratively for the opportunity of gathering treasure ; the product of labor. Grant harveit-lcrd more by a penny or two, To call on his fellows the better to do. Tuner. As it ebbs, the seedsman Upon the slime and ooze scatters his grain, And shortly comes to harvest. Shakspeare. His wife I will nse as the key of the cockoldy rogue's coffer ; and there's my harvest-home. Id. Merry Wives of Windsor. From Ireland came I with my strength, And reap the harvest which that rascal sowed. Shakspeare. Like to a harvest-man that's tasked to mow Or all, or lose his hire. Id. Anon, his fruitfull showres, and pleasing dewes, Cominixt with cheerfull rayes, he sendeth downe ; And then the barren-earth her crop rcnewes, Which with harvests, hills, and vallies crowne. G. Wither*. When the father is too fondly kind. Such seed he sows, such harvest shall he find. Dryden At harvest-home, and on the shearing-day, When he should thanks to Pan and Pales pay. Id. Your hay it is mowed, and your corn is reaped j Your barns will be full, and your hovels heaped ; Come, my boys, come, Come, my boys, come, And merrily roar out harvest-home. Id. With harvest work he in worse than in spring. L'Estrange. • — Attempered suns arise Sweet-beamed, and shedding oft through lucid clouds A pleasing calm, while broad and brown below, Extensive harvests hang the heavy head. Thomson's Autumn. HARVEST FLY, m zoology, a large four-winged fly of the cicada kind, very common in Italy, and erroneously supposed to be the grasshopper. See CICADA. HARVESTING, in agriculture, the act of cutting down and securing different sorts of crops. There are various modes of effecting this kind of business : indeed peculiarities are found attached to almost every different county in the manner of executing it. But, in whatever mode the work of harvesting is managed, it is clear that, as bad weather must greatly affect the profits of the cultivator, especially where wheat-crops are concerned, it is proper that the farmer should be constantly on his guard to have a sufficient number of hands at work, in order that the most may be made of the fine season ; for, without this, much loss must be sustained, and the title of afternoon farmer will be applied to him. With regard to the cutting of crops, it is ne- cessary to observe, that most sorts of grain, ex- cept that of barley, should be cut or reaped before they become over-ripe. But, where barley is cut in an unripe condition, it is apt to shrivel. It is, however, a practice with some farmers to leave the corn standing such a length of time, that it is ripe enough to cut and carry, as they term it, or until the sheaves are capable of being carted home, on being bound up. This method can, however, only be pursued where the crops are quite clean and free from weeds. In the Report of East Lothian, in Scotland, it is stated, that the harvesting with winter-sown wheat is sometimes earlier than for other kinds of grain, only excepting Dutch oats. Spring- wheat is later, and, unless in favourable seasons, is cut with other grains. It is, however, sug- gested, that there seems to be some diversity of opinion among the farmers of this district, con- cerning the marks of ripeness in wheat, or the exact degrees of it that are requisite to constitute a perfect sample : some assert that cutting quick or early is the surest mode of having the grain HARVESTING. 61 perfect; but others, on the contrary, are of opinion that it should be dead ripe ; or, in other words, that the circulation in the straw, as well as the corn, should be over before it is cut down. It is probable that the truth is to be tbund in the middle between these extremes. It is advised that such wheat as is much in- fested with weeds should be cut three or even four days earlier than is usual, in order that the weeds may have time to wither before the corn becomes too ripe ; for, if it should not be cut before the grains are fully ripe, it will be liable to sustain considerable injury by shedding, loss of color, and damage from rain, while it continues exposed for the purpose of the weeds being ren- dered dry. A single shower, or even a day's gentle rain, while it lies in swath, is, indeed, thought by some to be rather beneficial to the grain, by causing it to feel dry and slippery in the hand, and thresh out the better ; but every possible care should at the same time be taken to guard against its being wetted too much in the field. When however, through any unavoidable accident, it is laid up in too moist a condition, though it may not take any great harm in the mow, it will sweat and adhere together after being laid in a heap, when threshed out, and have a perfectly white appearance from mouldi- ness, as if dredged over with flour. As corn, in this state, is not capable of being kept, it should constantly be sent to the market, and dis- posed of as soon as possible. It is the practice in most parts of the kingdom to cut the rye and wheat crops with the sickle or reaping-hook, a tool which would appear to have been employed for the purpose from the most early periods of the art of husbandry. But, in some cases, this tool is employed in a toothed state, while in others it has simply a cutting edge. The work is commonly done equally well which ever is made use of for the purpose. The business of reaping is performed differently, in respect to height and other circumstances, ac- cording as the custom of the district may pre- vail. It is usual in some of the midland coun- ties, and in many of those on the south-east coast, to cut the wheat crops at the height of twelve or fifteen, and sometimes eighteen inches from the ground ; the handfuls, as they are reaped, being laid on bands formed from some of the reeds of the crop twisted or knotted together near to the ear part. These different parcels, being bound up into what are termed sheaves, are either suffered to lie upon the stubble for a few days previously to their being carried, or they are set up on their bottoms in double rows, the head of the one sheaf inclining against that of the other opposite to it, so as to form a sort of irregular triangle if the base be included. But in some other cases the sheaves are set up into a kind of stool without being hooded. In most of these cases, as soon as the crop is carted off the land, the stubble is mown by means of a scythe, and, after being raked into large heaps, is conreyed away to the farm-yard, where it is used, either for thatching; buildings, and corn and hay ricks, or as litter for the stock. In almost the whole of the southern parts of the country, the crops of both oats and barley, as well as of peas and beans, are mown by means of a stiff sort of scythe, and either repeatedly turned over in the swaths, or formed into small cocks, in which states they continue until they are ready for being conveyed to the barns or stack- yards. As soon as they are in this condition, the carts or waggons are set to work, and the whole of the hands that can be spared employed in raking the ground after them. In short, the business is managed pretty nearly in the same manner as that in which hay-making is performed The mowing and harvesting grain in swath or in cocks, if practices that can in any climate or situation be admitted as beneficial, can only, it is imagined, be considered so where the harvests are early, and where the climate is extremely mild, favorable, and steady. This being the case, it is not probable that such methods can ever become generally established in this country. For it is believed, that the benefits de-ived from harvesting the above different sorts of crops in the sheaf are extremely numerous, in comparison to those of the practices that have been just noticed. It has been suggested, by an old writer, that it is material in hilly districts not to bind the grips of wheat into sheaves, at too early a period in th course of the day, as in such situations they have taken such a damp by having lain upon the surface of the ground, that though the straw and chaffy ears may appear dry as soon as the dew is first diwipated, and the sun has shone a few hours upon them, there will still remain an in- ward dampness in the straw and grain, which will be injurious in the stack or mow. The afternoon should of course be chosen for the pur pose of gripping and binding the grain intt sheaves in such places, the work being finished before the approach of night. It is best, how ever, to lay the bands in the morning, as they will then twist better and be less brittle than after the sun has shone some time on the corn. They should always be made strong and well twisted together, in order that they may contain the con? without giving way. But though the modes ad vised above may be practised with propriety iu some instances, and for some kinds of corn, they should not be much employed for wheat crops, as it is found that the less they are ex posed to wet and heat the better. On this principle, the practice of covering the shocks of wheat, with cloths and mats, is in use in some places in the county of Kent, as between Sandwich and Dorer. The mats are found the best, and are the most commonly employed By this m^ans it is sup- posed that the sample of the grain is so much improved, that the bakers at Dover give a de- cided preference to such as is treated in this manner. The expense of mats for this use is about sevenpence each, which, if properly taken care of, will last many years. In places where the harvests are late and rainy, the preservation of grain crops is mostly arduous and difficult. Consequently, other methods be- sides those commonly employed, and which have been already detailed, are had recourse to occa- sionally, such as what are termed gaiting and hutting. These modes are, however, only prac- tised in such cases ;•$ where, from the precarious sTntp of the weather, the crops would be in great 62 HARVESTING. danger of being spoiled, without some unusual exertion. These methods are made use of in several of the more northern counties of England, as well as in some parts more towards the north in Scotland, and do not appear bad methods of harvesting grain crops in late unfavorable sea- sons. The work is executed in this manner : the sheaf, instead of being bound tight towards the butt-end, as is commonly the case, is tied slackly, and the band moved up until it reach some of the ears. The binder then sets the sheaf in a rather forcible manner on its bottom, so as to give it a sort of base to stand upon. And, where the corn is gaited by those who are experienced in the business, the bands are constantly pushed down the middle of the sheaves, after they have been set on end, and the bottoms spread out, the middles being left hollow, and care taken to form small openings towards the south, by which contrivance the air as well as the sun have the greatest possible influence in preserving the crops, and rendering them fit for being carried and stacked up. In cases where grain crops are cut in a wet state, as not unfrequently hap- pens towards the end of a late harvest, this is in all probability the best plan that can possibly be devised for preventing the threatening mischief. The mode of hutting in the field, in ojrder to save grain in bad harvest seasons, is also a prac- tice often had recourse to with success, in the north-western parts of Scotland, especially when put up in a tolerable state of dryness. The huts are made upon the field immediately after the crops are reaped, and bound up into sheaves. They are, in general, only formed of such a size, that a man is capable of building them in stand- ing upon the ground ; and consist in common of from twelve to twenty stooks, in proportion as the straw is more or less bulky. If these huts be properly formed, and a sheaf or two carefully spread over their tops, somewhat in the umbrella method, scarcely any weather, however bad, or of whatever continuance, will affect the grain in any material degree. Upon taking one of these huts down, after it had stood five or six weeks, or probably longer, under the most severe rains that had happened during any harvest for a great length of time, it was found that, except a few of the top-sheaves, the whole was in a sur- prising state of preservation. And this was the more remarkable, as the crops in some of the adjacent fields where this precaution had been neglected, though carefully stocked and hooded, were grown and matted together in such a way that every stook formed a united mass, not only of vegetable, but vegetating matters. In places where the harvests occur at a late period, where the weather is unfavorable, and where the ap- proach of winter is apprehended, the practice of hutting grain in the field may be safely ad- vised as a beneficial plan : and where the wea- ther continues long rainy, and there is reason to apprehend the springing of the grain in the ear, or that heavy falls of snow may take place, as occasionally happen, the most proper method is to reap and gait as expeditiously as possible. With regard to the business of carrying the crops from the fields, notwithstanding there is much diversity in the size, shape, and construc- tion of the carts and waggons that are employed for the purpose, as well as in the strength of the teams by which they are drawn, there is but little variation in the general mode of conduct- ing the work. The grain crops, in whatever mode they may be harvested, are put upon the carriages by persons stationed in the fields ex- pressly for the purpose, and on being drawn to the rick-yard are forked by the carters to the stacks. See AGRICULTURE. It has been lately suggested, that, where the number of teams is sufficient, in carting the wheat crops, three waggons should be employed somewhat in this manner, one of them loading in the field, one unloading, and one upon the road going in different directions. For this, five or six horses are quite sufficient, with two men to pitch, the same number to load, one to drive, and two to manage the business of unloading; in the whole seven, which make great despatch. But the use of single horse carts is far superior, whatever the number of horses employed in the work may be. Let each of these be in a well formed cart, and a great deal more ground will be cleared than can be effected by the waggons. In instances where the grain crops are harvested from the swaths, a number of persons are em- ployed in the business of stacking, an operation which is conducted in the same way as for hay ; but, wherf the grain is bound up into sheaves, one person only is necessary in forming the stack, unless where it is of more than ordinary dimen- sions ; in which case the assistance of a boy is commonly required, who receives the sheaves from the carter, and hands them to the man who is employed in building the stack. HARVEY (William), M. D., an eminent English physician of the seventeenth century, took his degree of M. D. at Cambridge ; was afterwards admitted into the college of physicians in Lon- don, and was appointed lecturer of anatomy and chirurgery in that college. In these lectures he opened his discovery relating to the circulation of the blood ; which, after a variety of experi- ments, he communicated to the world in his Ex- ercitatio Anatomica de motu Cordis et Sanguinis. He was physician to king James I. and to king Charles I., and adhered to the royal cause. In 1651 he published his Exevcitationes de genera- tione Animalium, a very curious work. His papers were destroyed during the civil wars. In 1654 he was chosen president of the college of physicians in his absence ; but, as he could not discharge the duties of that office, he desired them to choose Dr. Pringle. As he had no children, he settled his paternal estate upon the college. In 1653 he built a library and a mu- seum ; and in 1656 he brought the deeds of his estate and presented them to the college. He was then present at the first feast, instituted by himself, together with a commemoration speech in Latin, to be spoken on the 18th of October, annually, in honor of the benefactors to the col- lege : and he appointed a handsome stipend for the orator, and also for the keeper of the library and museum, which are still called by his name. He died in 1657. This great physician had the happiness, in his life-time, to find the clamors of ignorance, envy, and prejudice against his doc- HAR 63 HAR trine totally silenced, and to see it universally established. HARVEY (Gideon), M. D., an English physi- cian, born in Surrey. He studied at Leyden, and was admitted fellow of Exeter College, in 1655. He was physician to Charles II. during his exile, and to the English army in Flanders. After the Restoration he was made physician of the Tower. He wrote several works on medi- cine ; but of no importance. He died about 1700. HARVEY'S ISLE, a low island of the Pacific, or rather three or four small islands, united to- gether by rocks and often covered by the sea ; the whole being about twenty miles in circum- ference, and discovered by captain Cook in 1773. Long. 158° 54' W., lat. 19° 18' S. HARVIE (Alexander), a native of Scotland, who merits to be commemorated in a Dictionary of Arts, for having, at the imminent risk of his life, first introduced the inkle manufacture into Great Britain. He went over to Holland about 1 732, and in spite of the care which the Dutch took to con- ceal their methods of manufacturing, brought over from Harlem two of their inkle looms, and one of their workmen ; by whose assistance he es- tablished the first inkle manufactory ai Glasgow, which was afterwards copied at Manchester, &c. HARUSA ISLAND, the third in size of five large islands between Bergen and Drontheim, on the coast of Norway, to the northward of Broad Sound. It has a high hill in the middle. HARUSPICES, or ARUSPICES. See ARUS- PICES. HARUSPICY, the art of foretelling future events by attending to various appearances of the victims offered for the purpose. 1 . It was an ill omen if the victim needed to be dragged to the altar, if it broke its rope, fled away, avoided the stroke, struggled much after it, made a great bel- lowing, was long a-dying, or bled but little. 2. Presages were drawn from inspecting the noble parts, as the heart, lungs, spleen, and es- pecially the liver. If all these were sound, if the top of the liver was large and well made, and if its fibres were strong, it presaged well. 3. They were also drawn from the manner in which the fire consumed the victim. If the flame brightened immed lately, was pure and clear, rose out till the victim was consumed, these were happy signs. 4. The smoke also was considered, whether it whirled about in curls, or spread itself to the right or the left, or gave a smell different from the common one of broiled meat. 5. It was a lucky omen if the incense they burned melted all at once, and gave a most agreeable smell. See DIVINATION. HARUTSH, an eastern range of mountains in Fezzan, North Africa, bordering on the Libyan Desert. Horneman was told that it extended seven days' journey from north to south, and five from east to west. It appears to be composed of basalt -and limestone. The former predomi- nates in the Black Harutsh, the most easterly part of the chain, and appears to have been the Mons Ater of the ancients. Horneman passed range after range, through narrow valleys, or rather ravines, often steep, and obstructed by loose stones; but it was no where of great altitude. On the western side occurs the White Haratsh, consisting of that species of limestone which is distinguished by the multitude of its shells and marine petrifactions. The district consists of a vast plain, interspersed with mounds, or isolated hills. The stones covering the surface, and even the rocks which rise above it, have the appear- ance of being glazed. Mr. Horneman was in- formed of black mountains on the road leading southwards to Bornou, whence the people of Fezzan got their iron. HARWICH, Sax. harewic, a haven, an ancient sea-port, borough, and market town, of Essex, eleven miles and a half east from Manningtree, and seventy-two E. N. E. from London ; where the rivers Stour and Orwell (both navigable twelve miles above the town) unite and form a large bay, falling afterwards into the German Ocean, by a strait nearly three miles wide, at high water. The east side of the bay is defended by Landguard-fort in Essex, standing on a point of land which, at high water, has the appearance of an island. The fortifications were here first erected by James I. Harwich was also forti- fied on the land side; but the works were de- stroyed in the reign of Charles I. and a battery erected, instead of them, by the water. The harbour, which is independent of the bay, is safe, convenient, and of great extent, being capable of receiving the largest ships of war. The church, which is a neat building, was for- merly a chapel of ease to that of Dover-court, two miles distant. The town, in general, is well built, and consists of three good principal streets, where are a town-hall, a gaol, a free-school, and a custom-house. The town is walled in, and the streets paved with a kind of clay from the neigh- bourhood, which soon becomes hard as stone. Here is a good dock-yard, furnished with store- houses and other conveniences, in which third rate, and other large ships are built, and two hot and two cold salt-water baths, of elegant struc- ture, with commodious dressing rooms. The buildings stand in a large reservoir, containing many hundred tons of water, renewed every tide; from this the baths are continually supplied with pure running sea-water, in a manner exactly re- sembling a natural spring. Here are also vapor baths, and a machine to throw the sea-water, either hot or cold, on any part of the body. The town was made a free borough in the reign ot Edward II. The corporation consist* of a mayor, eight aldermen, twenty-four burgesses, a record- er, &c. It sends two members to parliament, the mayor being the returning officer, who has also the power to hold admiralty courts. It has a neat, clean, commodious, and enclosed market place, well supplied wiih all kinds of provisions, and particularly with fish. Several fish machines run from Harwich, in a very expeditious manner, to supply the London market. High water, at the full and change of the moon, at half past eleven o'clock. Fairs, 1st of May and 18th of Oc- tober, for three days each. The post-office packets sail hence, and return twice a week to and from Holland and Germany. Upwards of 3000 tons of shipping are employed in the North-Sea fishery, besides other vessels engaged in the London and coasting trade. Two light-houses HAS 64 have been erected on the Harwich side of the harbour, to facilitate the entrance by night. HARWOOD, (Edward), D. D., a learned dis- senting clergyman, born in Lancashire, in 1729. He was pastor of a congregation at Bristol, whence he was obliged, partly on account of gross immorality, and partly because of his zeal in the Arian controversy, to remove to London ; where he taught the classics. He published a Translation of the New Testament ; a view of the various editions of the Greek and Roman classics ; and many other books and pamphlets. He died at London of a paralytic complaint, which had confined him to the house for fourteen years, and deprived him of the use of his left side, January 14th, 1794, aged sixty-five. HARWOOD, a small but neat town in the North Riding of Yorkshire, with a costly stone bridge of eleven arches over the Wherfe, which runs in a bed of stone, and is as clear as rock water. Near it are the ruins of an ancient castle, built soon after the conquest ; and which was a neat strong building in Camden's time. It had a variety of masters ; one of whom, in the reign of king John, obtained a grant for a market and fair here. In the reign of Edward III. it was valued at 400 marks a year. This castle was ruined in the civil wars ; before which it covered nearly an acre of ground. In the church are some ancient monuments, particularly that of lord chief justice Gascoigne. HASE (James and Theodore), two learned German writers of the eighteenth century, brethren, and authors of Dissertations, and other classical works. Theodore was professor of Hebrew at Bremen, and died in 1731, aged forty-nine. James died in 1723. HASH, v. a. Fr. hacher. To mince; to chop small and mingle. He raised his arm Above his head, and rained a storm Of blows so terrible and thick, As if he meant to hash her quick. Huilibras. What have they to complain of but too great variety, though some of the dishes be not served in the exactest order, and politeness ; but hashed up in haste ? Garth. HASK, n. s. Teut. hals (collum).— Minsheu. Probably from its shape ; a case made of rushes or flags. Obsolete. Phoebus, weary of his yearly task, Established hash his steeds in lowly lay, AnJ taken up his inn in fishes hash. Spenser. HASLEMERE, a post and market town of Surrey, on the edge of the county next Hamp- shire, forty-two miles from London. It is an ancient place, and was once destroyed by the Danes. It was a borough by prescription, and had sent two members to parliament, since the reign of Edward IV. chosen by a bailiff, and burgage- teeners, about sixty in number,under the influence of the marquis of Lonsdale. It is said to have had seven parish churches formerly, though now but one. It was disfranchised in 1832. HASLINGDEN, a market town in the county of Lancaster, on the river Swinnel, and on the road from Bury to Blackburn. It has a canal navigation to Manchester on the one hand, and to Leeds and Liverpool on the other. Here are flourishing woollen and cotton manufactures. The HAS houses are built of stone ; and, besides a neat church, there are two chapels for dissenters. Population upwards of 5000. Market on Wed- nesday. Seventeen miles north of Manchester, and 203 north-west of London. HASP, n. s. & v. n. Sax. baepj-; Isl. hassa is to hold. In some provinces it is yet called hapse. A clasp folded over a staple, and fast- ened on with a padlock ; to shut with a hasp. And to the chambre dore he gan him dresse, His knave wos a strong carl for the nones, And by the haxpe he haf it of, at ones • Into the floor the dore fell anon. Chaucer. The Miller es Tale. Have doors to open and shut at pleasure with hatpt to them. Mortimer. HASSAN PACHA, an African of modern times, who became grand vizier of Turkey. He served when young in the Algerine navy, and, being taken by the Spaniards, was sent prisoner to Naples. Having obtained his liberty he entered into the service of the grand seignor, and was at the battle of Tscheme fought against the Russians. He was soon after appointed capitan pacha, or high admiral ; in which post he main- tained himself some years. He vanquished the Egyptian insurgents ; re-established order and tranquillity at Smyrna, in 1775 ; took Gaza, Jaffa, and Acre; and beheaded the famous Daher, sheik of the latter city, who had for years rebelled against the Ottoman empire. Hassan returned to Constantinople loaded with treasures and with high renown : but, the beys having again revolted, he returned to Egypt in 1786, and gained a signal victory over the rebels. In 1788 war was re- newed between the Turks and Russians, and the chief command of the forces by sea and land was entrusted to the capitan pacha. But the season was unfavorable for operations, and bloody battles were fought without any decisive advantage. Okzakow was at length taken by the Russians, and this misfortune occasioned the dis- missal of our commander : he was sent to Ismail with the rank of a pacha of three tails. Defeat stil, attending the Ottoman arms he was recalled and made grand vizier in 1 789 : but he was worn out, and died in March, 1790, at the age of eighty- seven. HASSELQUIST (Frederick), M. D. an emi- nent Swedish naturalist, born at Tournalla, in East Gothland, in 1722, and educated at Upsal, under the great Linne. By the advice of that eminent botanist, with the assistance of the Uni- versity of Upsal, who granted him a salary for the purpose, he set out upon a voyage to Pales- tine, in summer 1749, with the view of investigat- ing the natural history of that country, and thereby illustrating eastern philology, and eluci- dating many passages in the Old Testament. In this enterprise he also received much pecuniary aid, by private subscriptions. By the interest of counsellor Lagerstroem he obtained a free pas- sage, in a Swedish East Indiaman, to Smyrna; where he arrived in December 1749, and was most hospitably received by M. A. Rydel, the Swedish consul. In January, 1750, he set out for Egypt, and spent nine months at Cairo whence he transmitted to Linnaeus some speci- men's of his discoveries, which were published HAS 55 HAS with great approbation. A collection of 10,000 dollars was then made to enable him to continue his travels and researches. In spring, 1751, he passed through Jaffa to Jerusalem, Jericho, &c., returning through Rhodes and Scio, to Smyrna. Thus he completed the object of his mission, but unfortunately fell a sacrifice to the heat of the climate, which, in his travels through Arabia, had affected his lungs so severely, that he died at Smyrna, February 9th, 1752, aged thirty. The Turks, with their usual rapacity, having seized his collections, were prevented from selling them by the Swedish consul, who wrote home an ac- count of his death and circumstances ; where- upon queen LouisaUlrica generously sent 14,000 dollars to redeem them ; and the whole collec- tion, consisting of numerous antiques, shells, birds, insects, serpents, Arabian MSS. &c., ar- rived in good preservation at Stockholm, and was lodged in the cabinets at Ulrichsdale, and Drottningholm ; duplicates of many of them being also sent to Linne at Upsal, who published an account of his deceased friend's voyage and observations. HASSELQUISTIA, in botany, a genus of the digynia order, and pentandria class of plants : natural order forty-fifth, umbellatae. The fruits are quite smooth; the seeds of the radius oval, plane, marginated, and convex in the middle ; those iu the disk hemispherical and urceolated, or bladder-shaped. HASSER, ASEER, or ASOOTAHMA, a hilly dis- trict in the province of Khandeish, Mahratta territories, between 21° and 22° N. lat. The country contains many strong positions,on which the chiefs have erected fortifications. The land is fertile, and tolerably well watered by the Tuptee and Poornah ; the chief towns are Boorhanpore, Hasser or Aseer, and Chandah. HASSER, properly ASEERGHUR, a town and fortress of Ilindostan, once the capital of Khan- deish. In the year 1803 it surrendered, after a slight resistance, to a division of the Madras army under colonel Stephenson. The town, which stands at the foot of a mountain, is extensive ; but, on the removal of the seat of government to Boorhanpore, it fell into decay. It was restored to the Mahrattas, at the conclusion of peace. Long. 76° 21' E., lat. 21° 32' N. HA'SSOCK, n. s. German haseck. — Skinner. A thick mat on which men kneel at church. In Scotland it is applied to any thing made of rushes or privet, on which a person may sit. He found his parishioners very irregular ; and in order to make them kneel, and join in the responses, he gave every one of them a hassock and common prayer-book. Addison. HAST, the second person singular of have. HASTATI, in the Roman armies were veteran spearmen who wore a complete suit of armour, and carried a convex buckler of four feet six inches in length, and two feet and a half in breadth. The hastati likewise wore a sword, which they carried at their right thigh, and which was called the Spanish sword. This weapon was calculated both to cut and thrust, the blade being very broad, thick, and pointed. They had each, moreover, two pikes, a brass helmet, and VOL. XI. half boots. One of the pikes was thick, and the other of a middling size. See BATTLE. HASTE, n. s., v. n. & v. a.^\ French, haste, HASTEN, v. n. & v. a. } haster ; Dutch, HAS'TENER, n. s. I haerte, hasten; HAS'TILY, adv. {Goth, haust, hast. HAS'TINESS, n. s, ? The primary idea HAS'TINGS, n. s. is rapidity; HAS'TY, adj. 1 speed ; precipi- HASTY-PUDDING, n. s. j tation ; passion ; vehemence : to move eagerly ; to urge, or drive on apace. Hastings, peas that come early. Hasty-pudding, a pudding made of milk and flour boiled together, and stirred quickly to prevent burning to the sides of the vessel. I said in my haste all men are liars. Psalms. They were troubled and hasted away. Id. Seest thou a man that is hasty in his words ? there is more hope of a fool than of him. Proverbs. He that is slow to wrath is of great understanding; but he that is hasty of spirit exalteth folly. Id. Be not rash with thy mouth, and let not thine heart be hasty to utter any thing before God. Eccles. v. 2. Beauty shall be a fading flower, and as the hasty fruit before the Summer. Isaiah. I have not hastened from being a pastor to follow thee. Jeremiah. All those things are passed away like a shadow, and as a post that hasted by. Wisdom. In alle haste come to me ; he saide. Chaucer. The Nonnes Preestes Tale. The second condition of veray confession is that it be hastily don, for, certes, if a man hadde a dedly wound, ever the longer that he taried to warishe him- self, the more wold it corrupt and hasten him to his deth, and also the wound wold be the werse for to hele. Id. The Persones Tale. Thus as she her recomforted, she spyde Where far away one, all in armour bright, With hasty gallop towards her did ryde. Spenser. Faerie Queene. A voice that called loud and clear, Come hither, hither, O come hastily ! Id. Is this the counsel that we two have shared , The sisters vows, the hours that we have spent, When we have chid the hasty footed time For parting us ? Shakspecre. Let it be so hasted, that supper be ready at the farthest by five of the clock. Id. Tis Cinna, I do know him by his gait ; He is a friend. Cinna, where haste you so ? Id. There is most just cause to fear, lest our hastiness to embrace a thing of so perilous consequence, should cause posterity to feel those evils. Hooker. Spare him, death ! But O, thou wilt not, can'st not spare ! Haste hath never time to hear. Crashaw. Hasting to pay his tribute to the sea, Like mortal life to meet eternity. Denham. The sun Declined was hasting now with prone career To th' ocean isles, and in th' ascending scale Of heaven the stars that usher evening rose. Milton. A fellow being out of breath, or seeming to be for haste, with humble hastiness told Basilius. Sidney. If your grace incline that we should live, You must not, sir, too hastily forgive. Waller Our lines reformed, and not composed iu haste, Polished like marble, would like marble last ; HAS < But as the present, so the last age writ , In both we find like negligence and wit. Id. The tarns of his verse, his breakings, his propriety, his numbers, and his gravity, I have as far imitated as the paverty of our language, and the hastiness of my performance, would allow. Dry den. The wretched father running to their aid With pious haste, but vain, they next invade. Id. The next to danger, hot pursued by fate, Half clothed, half naked, hastily retire. Id. These rites performed, the prince, without delay, Haste* to the nether world, his destined way. Id. Sure haity-pudding is thy chiefest dish, With bullock's liver, or some stinking fish. Dorset. The large white and green baitings are not to be set till the cold i* over. Mortimer. Soon as the sun awakes, the sprightly court Leave their repose, and hasten to the sport. Prior. To distant Sparta, and the spacious waste Of sandy Pyle, the royal youth shall haste. Pope, 6 HAS divided into two parishes. It had formerly a priory, and was a barony in the Huntingdon family. Hastings is remarkable for a battle fought in its neighbourhood, between Harold II. king of England, and William duke of Normandy, on the 15th of October 1066, in which the former was defeated and killed ; and by his death William became king of England. The town has of late received a new impulse as a watering place ; and from the beauty of the situation, the mildness of the air, and the excellence of the beach, it rivals many of the others on the southern coast. On approaching the town, by the London road, a beautiful and extensive prospect opens of the town and ocean, and the distant coast and hills. The environs also abound with picturesque scenery. A walk, called the Marine Parade, has been formed on the west, and close by it stand the bathing machines on a fine sandy beach, sloping genlly to the sea. Convenient warm baths have been established, a library fur- nished with newspapers, &c., a billiard-room ; Without considering consequences, we hastily en- and an assembly held twice a-week. The town itself is well paved, and consists of two parallel streets running north and south, and divided by a rivulet called the Bourne. The public build- ings are, two very ancient churches ; the town- hall, built in 1700, with the market place under gaged in a war which hath cost us sixty millions Swift. On — on he hastened — and he drew My gaze of wonder as he flew. Byron. The Giaour. HASTED (Edward), a modern historian of it; the custom-house, which employs twelve Kent, was the only son of Edward Hasted, esq., riding officers; two excellent free schools; and of Hawley, descended from the noble family of a barrack for foot soldiers. The remains of an Clifford. He was born in 1732, and possessed ancient castle are to be seen on a rocky cliff to at one time a competent landed property. But the west of the town, and still farther on those of he fell into difficulties and litigation in regard to a priory of black canons. Two miles from the it, and lived obscurely for some time in the town is the stone on which William is said to neighbourhood of London. A few years before have dined when he landed here, and still called his death he removed to the hospital at Corsham, the Conqueror's stone. Hastings sends two Wilts, to the mastership of which he had been members to parliament. Markets on Wednesday presented by the earl jf Radnor ; and soon after and Saturday. It is thirty-six miles south-east recovered his estates by a decree in Chancery, of Tunb ridge, and sixty-four south-east of Lon- His History of Kent, 4 vols. folio, employed his don. attention for upwards of forty years. He died 14th of January 1812. HASTINGS (Warren), esq., was born in 1732 at the village of Churchill, in Oxfordshire, where HASTING PEAR, a name given by the gar- his father was a clergyman. He was educated at deners to a species of pear, called also by some Westminster, and went in 1750 to Bengal, as a the green chisel pear. This is a moderately large writer in the East India Company's service. He pear, and is longish towards the pedicle; its returned to England in 1765 with a moderate skin is thin, and of a whitish green; the pulp is fortune. In 176S he received the appointment melting, and of a sugary flavor. It ripens in of second in council at Madras ; and was re- July. See PYRUS. moved in 1771 to Bengal, to the presidency of HASTINGS, a town of Sussex, and one of the which he was raised in 1772. The following- cinque ports. It was formerly obliged to find year he was appointed governor-general of India, twenty-one ships, within forty days after the In 1778, the commission by which he held his king's summons, well furnished and armed for office expiring, it was renewed first for a single service, and to maintain the crews a fortnight at year, and in 1781 for ten years longer: lord its own charge. It is said to have been named North, who had endeavoured to remove him in from Hastings, a famous Danish pirate. In king Athelstan's reign it had a mint. It had charters 1776, thinking it afterwards desirable to retain him in that post. During the celebrated coalition be- from Edward the Confessor, William I. and II., tween Mr. Fox and lord North, the censures of Henry II., Richard I., Henry III., Edward I., the ministerial party were cast on Mr. Hastings, and Charles II., exempting it from toll, and em- for his conduct in his government, and especially powering it to hold courts of judicature on life for his treatment of the native princes of India, and death. It has about 1,200 handsome houses, Mr. Hastings returned from his government in and 10,097 inhabitants ; but frequent storms have 1786 to meet an impeachment. After proceed- rendered the harbour indifferent, though a vast ings protracted through a period of nine years sum of money has been laid out upon it. Hast- he was acquitted, and retired, with the wreck of ings has sent members to parliament ever since his fortune and an annuity from the Company, Edward III. About 1377 this town was burnt to Daylesford in Worcestershire. He was made by the French ; and, after it was rebuilt, it was a member of the privy council ; but devoted the HATS. 67 evening of his life to literary pursuits, and died 22nd of August, 1818. He published various Speeches and Papers on Indian Affairs, and a volume of poetry. HASTINGS, Francis, Marquis of, earl of Rawdon, &c., the son of baron Rawdon, earl of Morea, born in Ireland, 7th of December, 1754, educated at Oxford, and entered the army in 1771. lie embarked for America in 1773, and was present at the battle of Bunker's Hill. In 1778, he was appointed lieutenant-general of the British army, in America, and commanded a corps in South Carolina, where he successfully opposed general Gates ; and at the battle of Camden, 16th of August, 1780, he commanded one wing of the army under lord Cornwallis. He afterwards defeated general Greene, but his ambitious career was checked by the surrender of lord Cornwallis. On his voyage home he was captured and taken to Brest ; but being immedi- ately set at liberty, returned to England, where he was made aid-de-camp to the king, and created an English peer. He was a distinguished member in the parliaments of both countries. In 1794, he took the command of 10,000 men destined to relieve the duke of York in Holland, and in 1797, an attempt was made to place him at the head of an administration. Finding that he could not act with the ministry of 1812, he ac- cepted the governor-generalship of India, in which high trust he twice received the thanks of the'East India Company, and of both houses of Parlia- ment. In 1822, he was succeeded in India by Lord Amherst, and in the year 1824 was made governor of Malta, where he resided till near the period of his death, which occurred on board the Revenge man of war, in Baize bay, near Naples, on the 28th of November, 1825. HATS. This important article of modern com merce and personal convenience is of recent adoption in Europe. Hats are said to have been first used by men at the beginning of the fifteenth century. But the hatters have a tradition among them, that while St. Clement, the fourth bishop of Rome, was fleeing from his persecutors, his feet became blistered, and, to afford him relief, he was induced to put wool between his sandals and the soles of his feet. On continuing his jour- ney, the wool, by the perspiration, motion, and pressure of the feet, assumed a uniformly com- pact substance, which has since been denomi- nated felt. When he afterwards settled at Rome, it is said he improved the discovery ; and from this circumstance has been dated .ne origin of felting. Hatters in Ireland, and several Catholic countries, still hold their fes- tival on St. Clement's day. Hats, however, are first spoken of in history at the period when Charles VII. made his triumphant entry into Rouen, in the year 1449. In process of time the clergy also assumed this part of the habit of the laity, but it was looked on as a great abuse, and several regulations were published, forbidding any priest, or religious person, to appear abroad in a hat without coronets, and enjoining them to keep to the use cf chaperoons, made~of black cloth, with decent coronets ; if they were poor, they were at least to have coronets fastened to their hats; and this upon penalty of suspension and excommunication. The use of hats, indeed, is said to have been of longer standing among the ecclesiastics of Brittany, by 200 years, and especially among the canons; but these were, in fact, a kind of caps ; whence arose the square caps worn in colleges, &c. By the sta- tute of 13 Eliz. every person above the age of seven years, and under a certain degree, was obliged on Sundays and holidays to wear a woollen cap, made in England, and finished by some of the fraternity of cappers, under the penalty of 3s. 4d. for every day's neglect. This statute was repealed 39 Eliz. From Stow's Chronicle we learn, that about the beginning of Henry VIII. began the making of Spanish felts in England, by Spaniards and Dutchmen. In the second year of James I. the felt-makers of London obtained a corporation, and hired a hall near Christ Church, the king granting them vari- ous privileges and liberties for their support. Hats are at present made in different countries on the continent, and in America ; but, except in France and our own country, they have not been much attended to as an article of commerce. From France they were exported in large quan- tities, to England, Spain, Italy, and Germany; the quantity now made there is inconsiderable ; England has, in its turn, become the grand mart for the manufacture ; and hence the article is exported to different parts of the continent, America, and various other parts of the globe. Felt hal'tnuking ccnsJsts in a method of working up wool or hair into a species of cloth, independently of either spinning or weaving ; and giving it a convenient form, with a degree of stiffening sufficient to preserve its figure, and to answer the purposes of wearing. The me- chanism of felting is curious and interesting ; it depends on the conformation of all animal hairs and wool, which disposes them to unite with each other in such a manner as to produce a firm and compact substance. On examining hairs, or filaments of wool, with the naked eye, or even by a low magnify- ing power of the microscope, they appear per- fectly smooth and even. Their surface, notwith- standing, is by no means smooth; but composed of lamellae, covering each other from the root to the point, in a manner resembling that by which the scales of a fish cover the animal from the head downwards. This disposition of the la- mellae on the surface of hairs is discoverable by holding a hair with one hand, and drawing it between two fingers of the other, in the different directions from the root to the point, and from the point to the root. In the former case no sensible friction takes place, nor is any roughness discoverable ; in the latter we discover a very sensible resistance, which is most readily dis- cerned by moistening the fingers. The follow- ing experiment is still more decisive. By hold- ing a hair between the fore-finger and thumb, and rubbing it in the longitudinal direction, a progressive motion takes place, and this motion is invariably towards the root, or with the root of the hair foremost. For example : if the hair be held in a perpendicular direction with the F2 HATS. root upwards, by rubbing the finger and thumb together, it will be found to assume a motion by which the extremity of the hair, pointing up- wards, will rise still higher ; but if the hair is turned, so that the extremity farthest from the root be placed upwards, its rising motion is discontinued, and it immediately recedes down- wards. This conformation of the surface of hairs and wool, which appear to be composed of hard lamellae or asperities, placed over each other like tiles from the root to the point, lays the founda- tion of felting. In a layer of the material, by the operation it undergoes, the hairs are brought into close contact by their progressive and uniform motion towards the root ; and, meeting in various directions, they become twisted toge- ther, the lamellte of the different hairs fixing themselves to others directed in a contrary way, at the same time preserving the whole in a close and compact substance. The materials in general use are, lambs' wool, rabbits' and hares' fur, beaver, seal wool, monkey stuff, or neuter wool, camels' hair, goats' hair, or estridge, silk, and cotton. Moles' fur, and otter wool, are likewise sometimes made use of. The foreign lambs' wool generally used is the Italian, Spanish, and Peruvian, or Vicuna wool, com- monly known among hatters by the name of red wool. Our native wools are of various quali- ties : those in most esteem are the Herefordshire, or Ross wool, Southdown, Wye-side, Wiltshire, Somerset, and Hampshire. There is likewise wool sheared from Spanish lambs bred in Eng- land, known by the name of merino. . Cod-wool is the wool plucked from lambs who die in the birth ; long cod-wool is that plucked from lambs who die in early life. The best fur is from the backs of the different animals, and it decreases in value as it approaches the belly. Rabbits' fur, including the backs, and the best part of the sides mixed together, is known in the market oy the name of best stuff; the fur from the bellies and worst part of the sides, seconds ; that from odd bits of skins, &c., clippings; and the fur taken from rabbit-skins, when they are out of season, is denominated quarter-wool. The fur from unseasoned hare-skins is called stage hare-wool : with this is mixed also the inferior fur from seasoned skins. The best fur from the beaver is ruffing ; the next in value cheek-nap- ping; and the inferior sorts are black-wooms, brown-wooms, white-wooms, brown-stage, and white-stage. Old-coat is taken from the beaver- skins that have been worn by the savages ; but little of this article is now imported. The wools are washed and carded, and, when very long, cut to a moderate length with a chop- ping knife, or hatchet, on a wooden block. White Russia, best-stuff, and hares' wool, and the most inferior stuffs, as clippings, tail-wool, &c., are improved by the operation of carroting. For this purpose a layer of the stuff is placed in a box, or any suitable vessel not of metal, and sprinkled over with a mixture of about one part nitrous, or nitrous and sulphuric acid, and six parts water by means of a brush. A second layer is then placed in the vessel, which is again sprinkled with the acid mixture ; this is repeated till it is full. To prevent the liquor running down into the bottom of the vessel, without equally wetting all the stuff, its position is fre- quently changed in the course of the day ; it is then kept in the digesting heat of a stove all night. By this treatment the stuffs acquire a ruddy or reddish-yellow color, like the inner' part of a carrot, from which it derives its name. In felting any of these materials together, the first object of the workman is to obtain the most complete separation of the fibres, and to dispose a layer of them in every possible direc- tion with regard to each other; this is effected by means of bowing. For this purpose a plat- form of wood, about four feet wide, is erected against the wall of a convenient shop, and divid- ed by side partitions about the same width from each other, into distinct portions, for the convenience of different workmen, called hur- dles, eacb of which is enlightened by a small window. To each hurdle is suspended a bow by means of a small cord fixed to the ceiling, or any other convenient place, consisting of a pole about seven feet long, generally made of deal- wood, to which are fixed two bridges of hard wood, the upper one nearest the window called the cock, and the lower one the breech. To the upper part of the pole, above the cock, is fastened a cat-gut line, or bow-string, of consi- derable length, and twisted round the pole, leaving only sufficient to bring over the cock and breech, and to fasten to the lower part of the pole ; thus, when the string breaks, it is partly untwisted from the upper end of the bow, and the necessity of a new one is prevented. To preserve the wood from wearing, by the action of the bow-string, a strip of horse-skin, or vel- lum, is fastened to the edge of eacli bridge ; and near the cord, by which the bow is sus- pended, is fastened a small strap to place the hand in, which enables the workman to hold it with firmness. The bow-pin is a small stick with a knob at each end for plucking the bow- string. As the process of making is a little different in different kinds of hats, we shall first describe that of wool hats or cordies. A quantity of carded wool, of one or more sorts, sufficient for one hat, generally about seven or eight ounces, is laid on the hurdle towards the left. The workman then holding the bow horizontally in his left hand, under the strap, and the bow-pin in his right, j>lacing the bow-string near the right hand edge of the material, gives it a pluck with the pin. The string immediately flies back nearer to the pole than its situation was when at rest, strikes into the wool, and, instantaneously returning to its original position, scatters a part before it to a distance proportioned to the force with which it was pulled. By repeated strokes the whole is thus worked, observing, after each stroke, to raise the string, by giving the bow a turn with the left hand. This breaking over, as it is termed, is repeated several times, more or less, in proportion to the difficulty with which the hairs are disunited ; when all the fibres are completely separated, the material is again placed towards the left hand side of the hurdle, and the workman proceeds, with more order H A T S. 69 than before, to scatter the wool to the right hand, so as to form a thin regular layer ; which he effects by duly proportioning the force of his strokes, and the position of the bow. When about one-third part is thus bowed, it is formed by the hands into an oval figure, ending in acute angles at the extremities. This portion of the material, thus formed, is called a batt. The batt is hardened by a slight pressure with the hands for a short time, so as to connect it together sufficiently to bear careful handling. Another batt is then formed of the same dimen- sions ; and, with the remaining third part, two smaller batts are formed, which are separately united to the primary ones by a little pressure. This gives each of them a more uniform consis- tence than would be obtained by forming single batts only. It was formerly common to form six batts for each hat, but few are now willing to de- vote sufficient labor for the purpose. It is neces- sary to remark, that the batts are bowed thicker in that part which is designed to form the band of the intended hat ; and, to give them a finish, the edges are torn round even by the right hand, while the pressure of the left prevents their being torn in too far. It now remains to connect the parts together in some convenient form, and to proceed in the operation of felting For this purpose, a wet cloth is folded so as to form a triangle, and laid on one of the batts. The extremities of the batts, with a small portion of the upper part, is then folded over the cloth, and the edges meeting over each other form a conical cap. This cap 'is laid on the second batt with the joining down- wards, which being also folded up in the same manner, their places of junction will be diame- trically opposite each other. This is laid on a second wet cloth, which is closely folded over the whole, so as to preserve the triangular figure ; it is then ready for basoning. The bason is a circular piece of iron, exactly the same as those commonly used in Wales for baking over the fire, called backstones. This is laid over a hole in a plank, underneath which is a small grating fitted to the plank for this purpose. The pre- pared cap is then laid on the warm iron, and the process of felting carried on by folding, pressing, and sprinkling it continually with water. The corners being folded over a little, the base is first turned up towards the tip ; and in this state it is worked a short time by pressing with the hands, moving them backwards and forwards, and shifting them about in various directions. Each side is then folded over towards the other alternately, the tip part towards the base; and, in general, it may be folded in any or every di- rection, repeating the pressure and working of the wool, and sprinkling it successively after every fold. By this pressure, and working the wool in various directions, the points of contact are multiplied ; and the agitation given to each hair causing a progressive, motion towards the root, and a coalition with each other, it soon ac- quires some degree of firmness and contracts in ts dimensions. On taking off the cloth, and opening the hood or cap, it will be found that the edges, or origi- nal folds, will not have that even and uniform appearance with the rest of the surface, but small ridges will be formed by a small part of the sides felting together at the outward edges,, which will be considerable if care has not been taken in the first place to fold the batt closely over the in- layer. It is found necessary, therefore, to alter the 'position of the original edges, by turning round the cap, to extend them a little with the finger so as to produce a uniform surface, and with the hood in this position to con- tinue the basoning as before. It is after- wards turned inside outwards, and the same operation continued. The workman afterwards opens the hood, holds it up to the light and looks through it from the inside to discover any parts that may be unusually thin ; and on any of these parts, which are deficient, a little wool is added from that which was torn off the edges of the batt; and by working that particular part on the bason it is made to unite. When this is done, the process of basoning is completed, which generally takes from about twenty minutes to half an hour. The hood now consists of a soft spongy kind of stuff, and its texture is loose and imperfect. To produce a more intimate cohesion of the hairs with each other, and obtain the requisite degree of consistence, it must undergo a kind of fulling, and a more effectual mechanical ope- ration. For this purpose, the hats are first boiled in an iron boiler, in a mixture of about one part urine to six parts soft water, from six to eight hours. To prevent their touching the boiler, they are enclosed in a cloth ; a basket, or, more generally, a lining of straw is placed round the sides, and at the bottom of the boiler. The felting is completed by working or planking at a water bath. For the convenience of any particular number of workmen, an apparatus, called a battery, is generally made use of for this part of the pro- cess, consisting of a proportionate number of wooden planks, joined together in the form of the frustum of a pyramid, supported by stone or brick-work, and meeting at the bottom in a kettle, under which is a fire-place. The number of planks is most commonly from five to seven ; and, according to the number made use of, it is called a five, six, or seven-room battery, Sec. Each plank is from two to three feet broad at the upper edge, and about two feet deep. The kettle is generally of cast-iron or lead, and kept full of soft water, as nearly boiling as the nature of the operation will admit. To facilitate the felting, it is found necessary to add some soften- ing material to the bath : for this purpose, some spermaceti, a marrow-bone, or shreds of wash- leather, have been thrown in ; but oatmeal is at present almost universally used ; about a table- spoonful is thrown into the kettle, and occa- sionally repeated as freshwater is added, or as it may be found necessary. The more greasy substances will answer for the purpose of plank- ing, but it prevents the hats from taking a good dye ; leather-shreds answer very well, but are not always so easy of access as oatmeal. The operation commences by dipping the ar- ticle in the bath, and gently rolling it in various directions, observing a degree of regularity, as 70 HATS. in basoning or its receiving more work in some parts than others will soon give it an irregular and shapeless appearance. It is necessary to be careful at first to turn the hood inside outwards, and to shift the position of its sides frequently to prevent their felting together, of which, in the subsequent stages of the process, there will be no danger. By working a short time in this way, the article will be found to have acquired a considerably firmer texture, and to have con- tracted very rapidly in its dimensions. The work- man then applies leathern gloves, or flat pieces of stout leather, to the palms of his hands, to secure them in some degree from the heat of the water, and continues to dip it much oftener, and to roll it much harder than before, as it requires more labor, in this degree of felting, to obtain the firmness and consistence. In the first gentle rolling, an impulse, nearly equal, was given to the hairs in every direction, and hence it so rea- dily contracted in its dimensions at the same time that it acquired a degree of firmness in substance. In rolling it harder the pressure is more particularly on the flat surface of the felt, and this acquires a more compact texture, with- out an equal contraction in the size. It is how- ever necessary to prevent any contraction in size when it is sufficiently shrunk, and yet worked to any degree of consistency. For this purpose a small roller of wood, called a walking-pin, is made use of: over this the edges of the felt are turned, and the whole is rolled in various direc- tions with the walking-pin enclosed by the sur- rounding felt ; at the same time continuing to dip it often in the bath. This completes the working at plank ; and on the labor thus given its service in wearing will principally depend. The intended hat, after the preceding opera- tion, still possesses the conical figure first given it, consisting of a soft flexible felt, capable, with a moderate degree of force,' of being extended in every direction. The next thing to be done is to give it the required form. For this purpose the edge of the hood is turned up about one and a half or two inches : the point is then indented with the fingers, and the hood turned over, so as to produce a second inner fold about the same depth. From three to five folds are thus formed, and the whole has the appearance of a flat piece, consisting of a number of concentric circles, or wave-like undulations. This is laid upon the plank, and the workman, keeping it wet with clean warm water, extends the central point with the fingers of his right hand at the same time pressing it down with his left, and turning it round on the plank, till a flat portion is formed equal to the intended crown of the hat. The flat part is then placed in a block, and the remainder pulled down with the hands round its sides and a string tied tight round ; it is forced down to the bottom of the block with a wooden or copper stamper, which forms the band. The brim will now have a curling inclination towards the crown, but is soon flattened by wetting and extending the edges. The water is afterwards pressed out of the hat with the blunt edge of the stamper, and the nap is raised by carding it in any direction with a small wired instrument called a raising card. The hat is then taken off the block and placed in a stove to dry, when it is ready for the subsequent operations of dyeing, stiffening, and finishing. These instructions for blocking refer particularly to the common round hat now generally worn ; but from the nature of the felt it will be seen that any form may easily be given it by the skill of the workman, with a corresponding block. The above account comprises the general prin- ciples of hat-making, and is the foundation of every variety in the art. Common wool hats, or plain cordies, are of one uniform contexture throughout; but ingenuity has contrived a method of making the most of the materials employed, by placing the best side outwards. This is done by laying on the body of the hat, when partly felted, a finer and more valuable material, in the same direction it has when on the back of the animal. For the purpose of covering wool hats, the articles made use of are cod-wool and camel's hair: the former of which, after washing and carding, is boiled about an hour and a half in one part urine to about twelve or fourteen parts of water. The hats covered in this manner are bowed, basoned, and boiled in the usual manner, the common materials being used only in less quantity, proportioned to the addition intended to be made. A thin layer of the prepared cod- wool, with or without the addition of hair, is then bowed for each side of the triangular hood so as just to meet at the edges; and anothei piece to go all round on the inside to the depth of the intended brim. The pieces are laid on the principal stuff or body of the hat, and worked on by basoning in the manner already described : the hairs assuming a motion towards the root, uniformly fix themselves in that direction, leav- ing the extremities outward which ccnstitute the required nap. After this addition of the nap, the planking takes place as before. For obtaining a variety of cordies, of different value, they are partially as well as wholly covered with different proportions of napping, and on bodies of wool more or less valuable. Next to the plain hats succeed the tips : these have only a nap sufficient to cover the crown and reach a short way down the sides. To save the trouble of basoning the nap on this kind of hats, it is only laid on with the hands, the hood turned so that the nap may be inside, and a layer of some proper flexible substance, commonly long horse- hair, placed between the sides to prevent its uniting : in this manner it is taken immediately to the plank. The second class is tips and naps; these, as well as a cod-wool tip, have a nap of the same on the underside of the brim. And, lastly, succeed the covers. A good cover takes about two ounces of cod-wool, and a hair cover about half an ounce of hair in addition to the cod-wool ; these are commonly bowed together ; and the former is scarcely ever used for a nap without the addition of the latter. Stuff hats appear to have been originally made throughout of beaver ; the instructions given in the old accounts of hat-making is, to mix three parts of old coat with two parts of castor ; but hats made in this way would be much higher in price than any now in general use. The beaver at present is scarcely ever used except in the HATS. 71 outward nap, and the body of the hat is com- posed of various inferior stuffs in any proportion; commonly with the addition of a little Spanish or vicuna wool, and sometimes a small quan- tity of silk is added. A patent was granted Mr. James Burn, of Alnwick, Northumberland, for making superfine hats, which, contrary to general modern practice, appear to have been of one uniform consistence. The composition consists of three ounces and a "half of moles' fur, two ounces and a half of beaver, and a quarter of 'an ounce of Aleppo wool ; ' and, in order to subdue the obstinate nature of the mole fur,' says Mr. Burn, ' so that it may incorporate with other furs usually made into hats, I use a little aqua regia; but, as that process destroys the elastic quality of the fur, I correct it by a little sweet or Florence oil, which sheathes the pungent points of the aqua regia.' Stuffs possess, in general, a greater tendency to felting than wool, and in consequence some small difference is observed in the manufacture. As the fibres are more easily separable, a slighter bow, with a finer bow-string, is used than that made use of in wool. When the stuffs are bowed in the usual way, the batts are formed and gently pressed down with a piece of osier work, called a gathering basket, consisting of open straight bars only interwoven sufficiently to connect it together, and preserve it in form ; it is from eighteen to twenty inches square. This is constantly kept on the hurdle, for the purpose of shifting the stuff as well as for forming the batts. Sometimes one or two of these baskets are placed under the stuff to separate any im- purities that may pass through. To obtain this end more effectually, in the metropolis and seve- ral places in the north of England, a fine mov- able wire frame is placed on the hurdle on which the stuff is broken over, which is again removed, and the impurities swept off the hurdle for forming the batts. These have their first degree of compactness given them by laying on a hardening skin of smooth leather, or sailcloth ; and gently pressing with the hands, which are at the same time slightly moved backwards and forwards, to cause the entangling of the fibres. The cap is formed in the same manner as wool hats, only the inlayer for stuff is a piece of wetted paper instead of cloth. When folded up in a wet cloth, it is worked on the hurdle in the same manner that other hats are on the bason, but without any heat except what is imparted by the hands or any subsequent sprinkling. After being thus basoned, without any boiling, they are im- mediately taken to the battery to undergo the operation of planking. In consequence of the superior smoothness of furs over wool, any softening material in the kettle is unnecessary : but it is indispensable that some substitute be made use of which will have an effect equivalent to boiling in the former case. For this purpose, wine lees were formerly in general use, but this has given place to sulphuric acid, which, from the smallness of the quantity made use of, is cheaper, and more easily obtained. About a wine-glassful of the acid is added to the kettle of water ; in pouring in which great care is neces- sary to prevent its sprinkling over the operator : it is afterwards added in small quantities as it is found necessary. Into this bath the hat is first dipped, and then suffered to lie on the plank till cold again. This is called soaking, which is un- necessary in hats that are previously boiled. It appears that the acid in caroting, boiling, and working at the plank must act as a chemical agent on the substance of the hairs, but in what way it does so is not understood : practical hat- ters seldom give themselves the trouble to think on the subject. M. Chaussier conjectures that it may produce, either by softening or swelling the hairs, a certain alteration which is necessary to bring about the cohesion of the different fibres. It is said that acid of any kind, by taking out the greasy substances on each pile of hair, allows the rough- ness on the surface of each to operate with their full effect, and thus facilitates the mechanical action of felting. The action of felting being promoted, however, by greasy substances, ren- ders this last solution a little doubtful. Perhaps some kind of mucilaginous substance may be on the surface of the hairs, as conjectured by Mr. Nicholson, which is disengaged by the action of the acid. Plated hats are an article of modern date : they are said to have been invented in the north of England within the last fifty years ; and Lan- cashire and Cheshire are at present the principal seat of their manufacture. These are a middle class between cordies and stuffs, designed as a substitute for the latter at a more reasonable ex- pense. To effect this purpose the different kinds of stuff are plated on wool bodies. But, in con- sequence of the looser texture and thicker sub- stance of this kind of felt, a nap of much finer materials could not be laid on in the usual man- ner so as to appear to advantage : it is found re- quisite therefore to have recourse to another ex- pedient. The wool body, after it is boiled in about one part urine to three parts water, and has been worked sufficiently to complete the felting, is laid over a hair-cloth on the plank : the nap is then laid on the surface, sprinkled with a brush, and patted down. A layer of old stuff, or stuff which has its properties of felting destroyed, and carded cotton, or either of these separately, is bowed and laid on in the same manner, commonly mixed with a small portion of napping; and sometimes another layer is added. It is then slightly rolled a short time in the hair- cloth ; but as the nap, by the process of rolling, would soon be lost by penetrating too deeply into the felt, it is discontinued, and the nap is fixed on by the operation of shaking and patting with the stopping-brush. The workman dips the article in the bath, and holding it by one of its edges between the forefinger and the thumb of each hand, strikes it down on the hair-cloth, at the same time depressing his hands in such a manner that the most distant edge may have an inclination given it to turn upwards, and thus after striking upon the cloth it is immediately raised off. This shaking is continued by repeated strokes in quick succession, frequently changing its position, and continuing the dipping, and patting it frequently with the brush. By this process the hairs are just fixed in by the roots, 72 II A T S. without sinking too deeply, and a long flowing nap is obtained. The cotton and old stuff dur- ing the operation, sticking on the body of the hat by means of the hot liquor, preserve the nap from flying off; at the same time, by enabling it to hold a greater body of the fluid, the work is facilitated, and the nap is also preserved from the continued action of the brush. When the nap is completely fastened, which will be in about half an hour, the cotton and old stuff are loosened by striking with a flat stick, and con- tinuing the shaking. In a short time they will appear in a loose flake over the surface, which is taken off with the fingers whilst the nap remains fixed by the roots in the substance of the felt : the cotton and old stuff are dried and preserved for future use. In plating, as the bodies are first boiled, and as the nap laid on is of a soft, smooth, n.ature, nothing is made use of in the kettle but clean water. Best stuff, hares' wool, neuter wool, seal wool, or a mixture of any of the stuffs, are made use of according to the in- tended quality. Neuter wool has a short, neat appearance as a nap ; seal-wool naps are much esteemed, and wear remarkably well : for the best plates, some beaver is added to the other stuffs made use of. It has lately become a practice to unite the common method of napping with that of plat- ing in stuff hats, which have the name of shake- offs given them. After a slight nap is first rolled on, a second, and principal nap, is shaken on in the same manner as in plated hats. A shorter fur may in this manner be applied to advantage, or one of the usual length will produce a more showy nap. Hats have been worn of various colors, but those most in use at present are black, drab, and white. The white hats, which are only intended for ladies and children, have a nap of rabbits' fur, selected from the white skins. Drab hats are also made of stuffs of the natural color, assorted for that purpose. In dyeing black, the articles now in general use are logwood, of which Campeachy was the best, copperas, and verdigris. French verdigris is far superior to the English. For dyeing common cordie hats, the general proportions for twelve dozen are about twenty-four pounds of logwood, seven of copperas, and a quarter of a pound of verdi- .gris. The logwood is chipped, and left in the boiler to soak the preceding night ; part of the copperas and verdigris is then added and boiled with the logwood. The hats are each fastened on a block with a string tied round the band and boiled in the liquor, sometimes turning those nearest the surface, and placing a weight upon them to keep them under the liquor. After boiling about an .hour they are taken out and exposed to the air, while a fresh quantity is boiled in the kettle the same time as before. This boiling and airing is repeated several times according to the strength of the dye, the perfec- tion required, or the nature of the materials to be dyed, as experience has shown that the action of the atmospheric air, or the oxygen it contains, very much contributes to improve the dye ; the remainder of the copperas and verdigris is added in a decreased proportion to each suit. Common hats that are easily dyed have now generally two suits only; best hats from three to four. On account of the high price of verdi- gris, sulphate of copper or blue vitriol is fre- quently made use of in dyeing common hats in a larger proportion, or a mixture of about equal parts of each. But those dyed with verdigris only have the brightest appearance after finishing. After dyeing, the hats are well washed in clean water. After hats are dried, the next operation they undergo is that of stiffening. For the com- mon purposes of stiffening, glue and vinegar dregs, beer grounds, or dregs from the distil- leries are the articles made use of. The hat, for this purpose, is put into the crown of another large one, called the stiffening-hat, which is only felted and blocked, and has its crown slit open to admit the hat to be stiffened, of any depth the more readily. These are placed in the hole of a plank on which the brims are supported. The dregs are then first applied warm, with a brush similar to a large painting-brush, on the inside of the crown only ; this is done by hold- ing the brush in the right-hand, while the left- hand, holding the brim of the stiffening-hat, con- tinually turns it round, that the enclosed may be uniformly covered with the dregs. The dregs are made use of as they are the cheapest muci- lage, and gi ve a degree of firmness to the hat, at the same time preventing the glue from pene- trating through to the surface. After this is dry, the glue is applied to the crown in the same manner, which is made in the proportion of about one pound of glue to three pints of water. After it is laid on with the brush, it is well rubbed round with the hand ; for which purpose it is found expedient to employ a second person in the business, who receives the hat of the first person as fast as the glue is laid on with the brush. It was remarked that, in the first forma- tion of the hat, the part designed for the band was laid thicker than any other; as this part has the most wear — as the wet is most likely to pe- netrate here — and as the general firmness of the hat depends on the strength of the band, it is likewise necessary to attend particularly to this part in the stiffening. In stiffening a quantity of hats, the crowns only are thus attended to in the first place. In common hats, the grounds are frequently mixed with the glue, and laid on at the same time. The brims are next stiffened with a common soft brush, and glue only, which is applied to the underside. This is well worked into the body of the felt with the hand, and the hats are placed in a stove to dry. When dry, the nap on the underside of the brim will be glued down to the felt ; this is removed from the surface by scouring it with a brush and a quantity of warm soap-suds, which are pressed out of the nap by the blunt edge of a wooden or copper stamper. Ladies' light hats, and some of the children's fancies, are stiffened with the application of starch, or common flour paste only. In France the composition of gum arabic, common gum of that country, and Flanders' glue, are employed for the purpose of stiffening. The brittleness of gum arabic has been found an HATS. 73 inconvenience, and a substitute has been sought for in some simple preparation from their in- digenous plants. M. Chaussier observes, that mucilage is found in great quantity in many plants ; it may easily be extracted by boiling ; and a factitious gum, which is both supple and tenacious, may be formed by evaporation. These considerations led him to recommend, for the purpose of stiffening, a solution of glue in a strong and mucilaginous decoction of linseed. This preparation has been long used in the ma- nufactory of the Cote d'or ; and is both more eco- nomical, and more conducive to the beauty of the work. Since that time, M. Margeron having communicated to him some observations respect- ing the mucilage which may be extracted from the leaves of the horse-chestnut tree, and having ascertained how great a quantity of mucilaginous and glutinous matter these leaves furnish, espe- cially when the foliation is in full vigor, a solu- tion of glue, in a strong decoction of them, has been used with great success. Perhaps this mu- cilage from the leaves of the horse-chestnut might be worthy the attention of the English hat- maker. As glue is subject to the action of moisture, hats, stiffened with that material alone, are not perfectly water-proof. Several expedients have been devised to obviate this inconvenience : one of the methods, perhaps, most generally known, is that of balling. A ball is formed by melting about three parts resin, four parts bees-wax, and two parts mutton suet. This is frequently rubbed over the inside part of the hat while planking, particularly over that part which is to form the band. After balling, the hats are stiffened with glue in the usual manner. In 1 802 Messrs. Ovey and 'Jepsin, of London, obtained a patent for a method of water-proof stiffening. This was done by preparing a double hat ; the under one was made of coarse mate- rials, stiffened, and covered with a cement made of one pound and three quarters of flour, three quarts of water, one ounce of alum, and two ounces of resin; the latter was finely pulve- rised, and added while the rest was boiling; stirring it together until dissolved. The under part of the finer outside casing was also covered with the same, and then placed over the other, and united together by pressing with a cool iron. Water-proof stiffening, particularly for best hats, has lately been much attended to, and various are the methods employed by different manufacturers ; but nothing appears to have so completely answered the purpose, and, at the same time to have been so advantageous in wear- 'ng, as that of stiffening with a solution of caoutchouc, or gum elastic. The exact method of the process is, at present, confined to a few hands, and industriously concealed from pub- licity. The dry hat, after stiffening, is very rigid, and of an irre'^ular figure ; preparatory to finishing, therefore, it is fresh blocked. For this purpose it is necessary to soften the glue, which is done by the operation of steam. A hot iron is placed within a circular wooden frame, on which a wet cloth is thrown ; the crown of the hat is then laid over the rising steam, whilst the brim rests on the frame ; and thus it is soon rendered suffi- ciently soft to receive the impression of a block of the intended size and shape. By the use of a hot iron, generally from twenty to twenty- five pounds in weight, a small card, brushes, &c., with the addition of water, the nap has the re- quisite direction given it, and receives its smooth- ness, and polish. Minute directions here are unnecessary; the judgment of the workman must be his principal director. It may not be useless to remark, that in watering the hats, which is done by a soft wetting brush for that purpose, the giving them plenty of water, and quickly passing a pretty hot iron over them, gives the glue a firmness and smartness, in which it will be deficient by more cautious wet- ting and more dilatory operations. If a little glue is accidentally drawn through the hat, by the heat of the iron, a wetted brush is laid on the iron a little to heat it sufficiently; and by the application of the warm, moist brush, and card- ing, it is soon extracted. Instead of water, oil was formerly used in finishing all descriptions of hats, and, for the coarsest sort of wool-hats, the practice has prevailed till very lately. > The instrument generally made use of for cutting the brims of round hats is merely a small worn-out card. At the outer edge a num- ber of notches is cut for the purpose of inserting the point of a knife. The inner edge of the card, and the handle, is placed close to the crown of the hat, while on the block ; and by placing the point of a knife in the proper notch, and drawing it round with the card, still keeping it close to the crown, the brim is evenly cut to any required dimensions. The hat is put in shape by curling the edges with the iron over a small rope for that purpose, stretching the hat out in an oval form by placing a screw or common stick across, and forming the brim with the hands while it is warm. The coarse hairs are picked out of the fine hats with a pair of steel pickers, and then given to be lined and bound ; after which it receives the last finish, and is ready for the wearer. Some years ago Mr. Hance, of Tooley Street Southwark, obtained a patent for a method of rendering beaver and other hats water-proof, which is thus described : — He takes a thin shell made of wool, hair, and fine beaver, to form the crown of the hat, and another shell, or plate, of the same materials for the brim. These parts are to be dyed black, and finished without glue or other stiffening, in order that they may not be injured by the rain, which, in other beaver hats, after being exposed to a heavy shower, draws out the glue and sticks down the nap, and makes it appear old and greasy. The shell may be made in one piece only, in the shape of the hat, blocked deep enough to admit of the brim being cut from the crown ; the under side of the shell and the inside of the crown must then be made water-proof, by first laying on a coat of size or thin paste, strong enough to bear a coat of copal varnish, and, when thoroughly dry, anothei coat of boiled linseed oil. When dry, the crown must be put on a block, and a willow or cotton body or shape, woven on purpose, put into the inside of the crown and cemented in it. When dry, it HAT 74 HAT must be finished with a hot iron, and the crown is done. The brim must, in like manner, be cemented to a substance or body made with willow, or other fit material, sufficiently thick to make the inside of the brim. The brim and body are now to be pressed together, after which the under side of the brim may be covered with another shell of beaver or silk shag. The crown and brim are now to be sewed together: the edge of the brim must be oiled and varnished with copal-varnish and boiled linseed oil, to pre- vent any rain getting in. The cement used for sticking the parts together may be made with one pound of gum Senegal, one pound of starch, one pound of glue, and one ounce of bees'-wax, to be boiled in a quart of water. Hats made in this way, require only to be wiped dry after they have been exposed to the heaviest rain. Hats are likewise made, for women's wear, of chips, straw, or cane, by platting, and sewing the plats together, beginning with the centre of the crown, and working round till the whole is finished. Hats, for the same purpose, are also woven, and made of horse-hair, silk, and other substances. See FELT, WOOL, SKIN, GUM, COPAL, &c. HATCH, v. a., v. n. & «. s. i Saxon, oecan ; HATCH'WAY, n. s. I Germ, hecken, as Skinner thinks, from Sax. heghen, eghen, CEJ, egg. To produce young from eggs by incu- bation : to form, contrive, or bring to perfec- tion ; to disclose (from hacher, to cut) ; to shade lines in drawing : hatch, a brood excluded from the egg ; a discovery, a preparation, from Sax. haeca ; But. hecke, a bolt. A half door ; a door with opening over it : perhaps from hacher, to cut, as a hatch is part of a door cut in two : also, in the plural, the doors or openings by which they descend from one deck or floor of a ship to another: hatches also signify flood- gates. Which thing they very well knew, and I doubt not will easily confess, who live both to their great toil, and grief, where the blasphemies of Arians are renewed by them ; who, to hatch their heresy, have chosen those churches as fittest nests where Athana- sius's creed is not heard. Hooker. There she's hid ; The mariners all under hatches stowed. Shakspeare. Such as Agamemnon and the hand of Greece Should hold up high in brass '. and such again As venerable Nestor, hatched in silver, Should with a bond of air, strong as the axle-tree 1 On which heaven rides, knit all the Grecian ears To his experienced tongue. Id, Something about, a little from the right, In at the window, or else o'er the hatch. Id. Something's in his soul, O'er which his melancholy sits on brood : And, I do doubt, the hatch and the disclose Will be some danger. Id. Hamlet. To the king's ship, invisible as thou art, There shall thou find the mariners asleep Under the hatches. Id. Tempest. He was a man harmless and faithful, and one who never hatched any hopes prejudicial to the king, but always intended his safety and honour. Hayward. Who first shall wound, through others arms, his blood appearing fresh, Shall win this sword, silvered and hatckt. Chapman. He kindly spreads his spacious wing, And hatches plenty for the ensuing Spring. Denham. The tepid caves, and fens and shores, Their brood as numerous hatch from th' eggs, that soon Bursting with kindly rapture, forth disclosed Their callow young. Milton. He observed circumstances in eggs, whilst they were hatching, which varied. Boyle. Those tender hairs, and those hatching strokes of the pencil, which make a kind of minced meat in painting, arc never able to deceive the sight. Dryden. So. seas, impelled by winds with added power, Assault the sides, and o'er the hatches tower. Id. A ship was fastened to the shore ; The plank was ready laid for safe ascent, i For shelter there the trembling shadow bent, And skipped, and skulked, and under hatches went. 3 Id. He assures us how this fatherhood continued its course, 'till the captivity in Egypt, and then the poor fatherhood was under hatches. Locke. When they have laid such a number of eggs as they can conveniently cover and hatch, they give over, and begin to sit. Ray. Others hatch their eggs, and tend the birth, 'till it is able to shift for itself. Addison. HATCH, or HATCHWAY, a square or oblong opening in the deck of a ship, of which there are several, forming the passages from one deck to another, and into the hold or lower apart- ments. HATCHEL, v. a. & v. n. ) Germ, hachelen. HATCH'ELLER, n. s. j» See HACKLE. To beat flax, so as to separate the fibrous from the brittle part: the instrument with which it is done, and the person who performs the ope- ration. The asbestos, mentioned by Kircher in his descrip- tion of China, put into water, moulders like clay, and is a fibrous small excrescence, like hairs growing upon the stones ; and for the hatchelling, spinning, and weaving it, he refers to his Mundus Subterraneus. Woodward. HATCHET, n. s. > Fr. hache, Iiachetie ; HAT'CHET-FACE, n. s. 5 Lat. ascia. A small axe. Hatchet-face, an ugly face, such perhaps as might be hewn out of a block by a hatchet ; it is sometimes also used for a thin, sharp phy- siognomy. His harmful hatchet he hent in his hand, And to the field he speedcth. Spenser. Ye shall have a hempen caudle then, and the help of a hatchet. Shakspeare. Henry VI. Nails, hammers, hatchets sharp, and halters strong. Crashato. Tyrrheus, the foster-father of the beast, Then clenched a hatchet in his horny fist. Dryden. An ape his ovrn dear image will embrace : An ugly beau adores a hatchet-face. Id. . The hatchet is to hew the irregularities of stuff. Moxon. Our countryman presented him with a curious hatchet, and, asking him whether it had a good edge, tried it upon the donor. Addison. HATCH'MENT, n. s. Corrupted from achievement. See ACHIEVEMENT. Armorial escutcheon placed over a door at a funeral. HAT 7 His means of death, his obscure funeral, No trophy, sword, nor hatchment o'er his bones, No noble rites nor formal ostentation, Cry to be heard. Shakspeare. HATE, v.a. & n. s. ^ Sax. )ml>ian; Goth. HATE'FUL, adj. \ hata; Swed. hat. To HATE'FULLY, adv. [detest; to abhor; to HATE'FULNESS, n.s. j abominate. These HA'TER, n. s. \ words are all expres- HA'TRED, n. s. J sive of a feeling con- trary to love, and implying abhorrence, detes- tation, malignity, ill-will. Hateful is applicable either to the object or agent. Those old inhabitants of thy holy land tbou hatest for doing most odious works. Wisdom xii. 4. - You are, I think, assured I love you not. — Your majesty hath no just cause to hate me. Shakspeare. My name's Macbeth. — The devil himself could not pronounce a title More hateful to mine ear. Id. Whilst he stood up and spoke, He was my master, and I wore my life To spend upon his haters. Id. Do all men kill the thing they do not love ? — Hates any man the thing he would not kill ? — Every offence is not a hate at first. Id. I wish I had a cause to seek him there, To oppose his hatred fully. Id. I of her understood of that most noble constancy, which whosoever loves not, shows himself to be a hater of virtue, and unworthy to live in the society of mankind. Sidney. All their hearts stood hatefully appald Long since. Chapman. What owe I to his commands Who hates me, and hath hither thrust me down, To sit in hateful office here confined, Inhabitant of heaven, and heavenly born ? Milton. I hear the tread Of hateful steps ; I must be viewless now. Id. The only righteous in a world perverse And therefore hated. Id. Paradise Lost. An enemy to God, and a hater of all good. Browne. Palamon, compelled No more to try the fortune of the field ; And, worse than death, to view with hateful eyes His rival's conquest. Dryden. Hate to Mezentius, armed five hundred more. Id. But whatsoever our jarring fortunes prove, Though our lords hate, methinks we two may love. Id. Hatreds are often begotten from slight and almost innocent occasions, and quarrels propagated in the world. Locke. Hatred is the thought of the pain which any thing present or absent is apt to produce in us. Id. Hatred is the passion of defiance, and there is a kind of aversation and hostility included in its very essence ; but then, if there could have been hatred in the world when there was scarce any thing odious, it wou.d have acted within the compass of its proper object. South. They never wanted so much knowledge as to in- form and convince them of tne unlawfulness of a man's being a murderer, an Jiater of God, and a co- venant-breaker. Id. Hatred has in it the guilt of murder, and lust the guilt of adultery. Sherlock. Retain no malice nor hatred against any : be ready to do them all the kindness you are able. Wake. 3 HAT But Umbriel, hateful gnome ! forbears not so ; He breaks tbe phial whence the sorrows flow. Pope. She is a Presbyterian of the most rank and viru- lent kind, and consequently has an inveterate hatred to the church. Swift. Nausicaa teaches, that the afflicted are not always the objects of divine hate. Broome's Notes on the Odystey. Why dost thou shun the salt ? that sacred pledge, Which, once partaken, blunts the sabre's edge, Makes even contending tribes in peace unite, And hated hosts seem brethren to the sight. Byron. Corsair. HATFIELD, or BISHOP'S HATFIELD, a market town of Hertfordshire, nineteen miles and a half north of London. It was called Bishop's Hat- field> because it belonged to the Bishop of Ely. Theodore, archbishop of Canterbury, held a synod in it, A.D. 681, against the Eutychian heresy. 1 1 had once a royal palace,wherein prince William, son of Edward III., was born, and whence Ed- ward VI. and queen Elizabeth were conducted to the throne. King James I. exchanged the manor with Sir Robert Cecil, afterwards lord Salisbury, for Theobalds; and the lordship still remains in that noble family, who have a fine seat here. The rectory is reckoned worth £800 a-year. Here are two charity schools, and a market on Thursdays, with fairs in April and October. Hatfield is seven miles W.S.W. of Hertford. HATFIELD BROAD OAK, HATFIELD REGIS, or KING'S HATFIELD, a town of Essex, seated on a branch of the Lea, twenty-nine miles N. N. E. of London ; so called from its tenure by king William the Conqueror and his successors, and from a broad oak growing in the town. The church is an ancient Gothic structure, having a curious monument and cross-legged effigy to the memory of Robert Vere, the first earl of Oxford, lord high chamberlain of England. A priory of black canons was founded here by his ancestors. It formerly had a market on Saturday. It lies eight miles south-west of Dunmow. HATHAZ, a town of Hungary, in the county of Szabolcs, belonging to the tribe of Haiduks, and containing 4000 inhabitants, chiefly Cal- vinists. Eleven miles north of Debreczin. HATHERLEIGH, a town of Devonshire, near the conflux of the Towridge and Ock. It has a considerable woollen manufacture, and markets on Tuesday and Friday. It is twenty-eight miles W. N. W. of Exeter, and 201 west of London. HATTEMISTS, in ecclesiastical history, a modern Dutch sect, so called from Pontian Van Hattem, a minister in Zealand, towards the close of the seventeenth century, who, being addicted to the sentiments of Spinoza, was degraded from his pastoral office. The Verschorists and Hat- temists resemble each other in their religious systems, though they never formed one com- munion. The founders of these sects deduced from the doctrine of absolute decrees a system of uncontrollable necessity; they denied the difference between moral good and evil, and the corruption of human nature : whence they con- cluded, that mankind were under no obligation to correct their manners, improve their minds, oi HAV 76 HAV obey the divine laws ; that the whole of religion consisted not in acting, but in suffering; and that all the precepts of Jesus Christ are reducible to this one, that we bear with cheerfulness and patience the events that happen to us through the divine will, and make it our constant and only study to maintain a permanent tranquillity of mind. Thus far they agreed ; but the Hat- temists farther affirmed, that Christ made no ex- piation for the sins of men by his death, but had only suggested to us by his mediation, that there was nothing in us that could offend the Deity ; this, they say, was Christ's manner of justifying his servants, and presenting them blameless before the tribunal of God. It was one of their distinguishing tenets, that God does not punish men for their sins, but by their sins. These two sects, says Mosheim, still subsist, though they no longer bear the names of their founders. HA'TTER, v. a. Perhaps corrupted from batter. To harass; to weary; to wear out with fatigue. He's hattered out with penance. Dryden. HATTERAS CAPE, one of the most dan- gerous and most remarkable capes on the coast of the United States, North America : it is the salient point of the sand-bank that encloses Pamlico Sound, North Carolina, in N. lat. 35° 15'. Off the cape is a cluster of shoals, at the distance of five leagues, with channels within them. In bad weather the combined forces of the gulf stream, and the winds, produce the most tremendous breakers on these shoals; but in fair weather they may be sailed over by vessels of eight or nine feet. Their seaward, or exterior edge, goes off perpendicularly from ten fathoms to no soundings, and by a comparison of the old and modern charts they seem to have greatly decreased. A little north of Cape Hatteras, with the wind off shore, a boat may land and procure fresh water by digging a foot or two deep in the sand of the beach. HATTIA ISLE, alow island of Bengal, formed by the mud of the great rivers Brahmapootra and Ganges, at their junction with the ocean in Ben- gal Bay. In length it is about fourteen miles, by ten the average breadth. At spring tides, during the rains, it is nearly submerged. Salt of an excellent quality is manufactured here for the company. HAVANNAH, a city of the West Indies, the capital of the Island of Cuba, is situated on the north coast, at the mouth of the Lagida. Its port is capable of containing 1000 ships in per- fect shelter; the depth generally six fathoms. The entrance is by a passage one mile and a half long, and very narrow, and three large ships have been sunk in it to render it more difficult. It is defended by the Morro Castle on the" east, and by the fort of Punta on the west. The Morro is situated on an elevation that renders it impossible to cannonade it from shipping ; it consists of two bastions towards the sea, and two towards the land, with a covered way and deep ditch cut in the rock, and can bring many guns to bear on the entrance of the harbour. Punta fort is situated on a low point, and forms a square, with casemates, and a ditch cut in the rock. The other fortifications are numerous and formidable. The city is on the west side ol the port. When old Spain preserved the command of her colonies, the annual fleet sailed from the Havannah in September, and, besides merchan- dise, it usually conveyed 30,000,000 of piastres in coin. A packet sailed from Corunna to the Havannah and Porto Rico every month. The city contains eleven churches, two hos- pitals, a dock-yard, lazaretto, and numerous public buildings ; an aqueduct supplies the shipping with water, and turns the saw-mills in the dock-yard. The houses, which are elegant, are mostly of stone. There are several convents ; and the great square is a fine ornament to the place. The churches are magnificently orna- mented with gold and silver lamps, images, &c. The manners of the inhabitants are said to be polished, and they have societies for the encou- ragement of the arts and sciences. The import- ance of this city and harbour has caused it to be repeatedly attacked. In 1536 it was taken by a French pirate, but ransomed for 700 dol- lars ; it was again taken by the English, and by the French, and by the Buccaneers ; but the most memorable attack was that by the British in 1762. Admiral Sir George Pococ-ke and lord Albemarle conducted a fleet and troops to the Havannah; and after a determined resistance of two months and eight days, on the 1 4th of August, the Moro Castle and place surrendered, as well as a district of 180 miles to the west of the town. The victors captured nine sail of the line ; three more were sunk by the Spaniards ; two on the stocks were burnt ; and a great many merchant vessels completed the spoil. The merchandise and specie found in the place was supposed to amount in value to £3,000,000 ster- ling. This city was restored to Spain at the peace of 1763; since which the government has been often employed in increasing its strength and resources. The trade is computed to amount, by importations (the exportations being chiefly in sugar, wax, and coffee), to £20,000,000 of piastres. Population 25,000. HAU'BERK, n. s. Old Fr. hauberg. A coat of mail ; a breast-plate. and at the last The statue of Mars began his Jiaulerke ring ; And with that soun he heard a murmuring Full low and dim, that sayde thus Victorie, For which he yaf to Mars honour and glorie. Chaucer. The Knightei Tale. And over that a fin hauberk Was all ywrought of jewes work, Ful strong it wos of plate. Id. The Rime of Sire Thopai. Him on the hauberk struck the princess sore, 'That quite disparted all the linked frame, And pierced to the skin. Faerie Queene. Hauberks and helms are hewed with many a wound ; The mighty maces with such haste descend, They break the bones, and make the solid armour bend. Dryrlen. HAVE, v. a. in the piesent I have, thou hast, he hath; we, ye. they have ; pret. and part. pass. had. Sax. pabban ; Fr. avoir; Ital. avcre ; Goth. haban ; Dut. hebben. In the Maeso-Goth. we have haba and hnbaith ; whose progress a ago, aha, ha, havu, says Mr. Thomson, was easily traced to the Latin habeo. HAV 77 HAV Not to be without. I have brought him before you, that after exami- nation had, I might haw something to write. Acts xxv. 26. To carry ; to wear. Upon the mast they saw a young man, who sat as on horseback, having nothing upon him. Sidney. To make use of. I have no Levite to my priest. Judges. To possess. He that gathered much had nothing over, and he that gathered little had no lack. Exod. xvi. 18. He that his hand wol put in this mitaine, He shal have multiplying of his graine. Chaucer. The Pardoneres Tale. To obtain ; to enjoy ; to possess. Now, O Father, glorify me with thine own self, with the glory which I had with thee before the world was. John xvii. 5. To take ; to receive. A secret happiness in Petroriius is called curiosa felicitas, and which I suppose he had from the felici- ter audere of Horace. Dryden. To be in any state ; to be attended with or united to as accident or concomitant. Have I need of madmen, that ye have brought this fellow ? 1 Sam. xxi. 15. To put ; to take. That done, go and cart it, and have it away. Timer. To procure ; to find. I would have any one name to me that tongue, that one can speak as he should do, by the rules of gram- mar. Locke. Not to neglect ; not to omit. Have mercie on our woe and our distresse Some drope of pitee thurgh thy gentillesse Upon us wretched wimmen let now falle. Chaucer. The Knightes Tale. I cannot speak, if my heart be not ready to burst. — Well, sweet Jack, have a care of thyself. Shakspeare. Your plea is good ; but still I say beware : Laws are explained by men j so have a care. Pope. To hold ; to regard. Of the maid servants shall I be had in honour. 2 Sam. The proud have had me greatly in derision. Psalms. To maintain ; to hold opinion. Sometimes they will have them to be natural heat, ivhjereas some of them are crude and cold ; and some- times they will have them to be qualities of the tangi- ble parts, whereas they are things by themselves. Bacon. To contain. You have of these pedlars that have more in them than you think, sister. Shakspeare. 1 will never trust a man again for keeping his sword clean ; nor believe he can have every thing in him by wearing his apparel neatly. Id. To require; to claim. What would these madmen have 1 . ' • First they would bribe us without pence, Deceive us without common sense, And without power enslave. Dryden. To be a husband or wife to another. If I had been married to him, for all he was in wo- man's apparel, I would not have had him. Shakspeare. To be engaged, as in a task or employment. If we maintain things that are established, we have to strive with a number of heavy prejudices, deeply rooted in the hearts of men. Hooker. The Spaniard's captain never hath to meddle with his soldiers' pay. Spenser on Ireland. Of the evils which hindered the peace and good ordering of that land, the inconvenience of the laws was the first which you had in hand. Spenser. Kings have to deal with their neighbours, their wives, their children, their prelates or clergy, their nobles, their merchants., and their commons. Bacon. To. wish; to desire; in a lax sense. I had rather be a door-keeper in the house of my God, than to dwell in the tents of wickedness. Psalms. I would have no man discouraged with that kind of life or series of actions, in which the choice of others, or his own necessities may have engaged him. Addison. To buy. If these trifles were rated only by art and artful- ness, we should have them much cheaper. Collier. It is most used in English, as in other Euro- pean languages, as an auxiliary verb to make the tenses ; have, hast, and hath, or has, the pre- terperfect ; and had, and hadst, the preterpluper- fect. If there had been words enow between them to have expressed provocation, they had gone together by the ears. Congreve. I have heard one of the greatest geniuses this age has produced, who had been trained up in all the po- lite studies of antiquity, assure me, upon his being obliged to search into records, that he at last took an incredible pleasure in it. Addison. I have not here considered custom as it makes things easy, but as it renders them delightful ; and, though others have made the same reflections, it is possible they may not have drawn those uses from it. Id. That admirable precept which Pythagoras is said to hav given to his disciples, and which that philo- sopher must have drawn from the observation I have enlarged upon. Id. The gods have placed labour before virtue. Id. This observation we have made on man. Id. Evil spirits have contracted in the body habits of lust and sensuality, malice, and revenge. Id. Their torments have already taken root in them. Id. \ That excellent author has shown how every parti- cular custom and habit of virtue will, in its own na- ture, produce the heaven, or a state of happiness, in him who shall hereafter practise it. Id. Have at, or with, is an expression denoting resolution to make some attempt. They seem to be imperative expressions ; have this at you ; let this reach you ; or take this ; have with you ; take this with you ; but this will riot explain have at it, or have at him, which must be consi- dered as more elliptical ; as, we will have a trial at it, or at him. He that will caper with me for a thousand marks, let him lend me the money, and have at him. Shakspeare. I can hear my part j 'tis my occupation : have at it with you. _ I&* I never was out at a mad frolick, though this is the maddest I ever un i.Ttook ; have with you lady mine ; I take you at your word. Dryden. HAV 78 HAVEL, a navigable river of the north of Germany, which rises in the duchy of Meck- lenburg, near Klatzeberg, joins the Spree near Spandau, passes by Old and New Brandenburg, and falls into the Elbe below Havelberg. It flows through a number of lakes, and often over- flows its banks. HA'VEN, n. s. l Fr. havre ; Dut. haven. HA'VENER, n.s ] A port ; harbour ; a station for ships ; the overseer of a port ; and figura- tively a shelter or asylum. Hardy he wos and wise, I undertake : With many a tempest hadde his herd beshake, He knew wel alle the havens as they were, Fro Gotland to the Cape de Finistere, And every creke in Bretagne and in Spain : His barge ycleped wos the Magdelaine. Chaucer. Prologue to Canterbury Talet. Order for sea is given : They have put forth the haven. Shakspeare. All places that the eye of heaven visits, Are to a wise man ports and happy havens. Id. After an hour and a half sailing, we entered into a good haven, being the port of a fair city. Bacon. These earls and dukes appointed their special offi- cers, as receiver, havener, and customer. Carew. The queen beheld, as soon as day appeared, The navy under sail, the haven cleared. Denham. Love was threatened and promised to him, and his cousin, as both the tempest and haven of their best years. Sidney. We may be shipwrecked by her breath : Love, favoured once with that sweet gale, Doubles his haste, and fills his sail, Till he arrives, where she must prove The haven, or the rock of love. Waller. HA'VER, n. $. From have. Possessor; holder. Valour is the chiefest virtue, and Most dignifies the haver. Shakspeare. HA'VER is a common word in the northern countries for oats ; as, haver bread for oaten bread; perhaps properly aven, from Latin avena. When you would anneal, take a blue stone, such as they make haver or oat cakes upon, and lay it upon the cross bars of iron. Peacham. HAVERCAMP (Sigibert), a celebrated Dutch scholar and critic, professor of history, eloquence, and Greek, at Leyden. He was the author of some esteemed works on medals ; and published elegant editions of several Greek and Latin authors. He died at Leyden, in 1742, aged fifty-eight. HAVERFORDWEST, a neat, well-built, and populous town of South Wales, in Pembroke- shire, on the side of the hill, which forms a part of the west bank of the Dongledye, 252 miles from London. It is an incorporated town and county of itself, governed by a mayor, sheriff, town-clerk, two bailiffs, and other officers The mayor is admiral, coroner, escheater, and clerk of the markets. The people enjoy a good trade. The town enjoys several privileges, and has its own courts : and the county assizes are held in it. It has four churches, a commodious quay for ships of burden, a custom-house, and a fine stone bridge over the Dongledye, with a good free-school, a charity school, and an aims-house. HAU It was formerly fortified with a rampart and castle, now demolished. HAVERHILL, a post town of Massachusetts, in Essex county, on the north side of the Merri- mack ; over which is an elegant bridge with three arches, connecting it with Bradford, 650 feet long, and thirty-four broad. It contained 2408 inhabitants in 1795 ; and lies thirty-two miles north by west of Boston, and 380 from Philadelphia. Long. 3° 58' E. of that city, lat. 42° 46' N. HAVERHILL, a town of New Hampshire, capital of Grafton county, on the east side of the Connecticut, opposite Newbury, thirty-two miles above Dartmouth College, and 496 north- east of Philadelphia. Long. 3° 5' E., of that city, lat. 44° 6' N. HAVERHILL, a post town of Grafton county, New Hampshire, on the Connecticut, opposite Newbury, with which it is connected by a bridge ; twenty-seven miles north of Dartmouth College, thirty-one N. N. W. of Plymouth, 119 north-west of Portsmouth, and 522 from Washington. In the south-west part of the town there are a court house, gaol, academy, and a congregational meeting-house : it is a place of considerable business. The courts for the county are held alternately here and at Ply- mouth. HAVERHILL, a post town of Essex county, Massachusetts, at the head of a navigation on the north side of the Merrimack, eighteen miles from its mouth, opposite Bradford ; fifteen miles W. S. W. of Newburyport, eighteen S. S. W. of Exeter, nineteen N. N. W. of Salem, thirty north of Boston. It is a pleasant, handsome, and flourishing town, and contains a bank, two cotton and woollen manufactories, two printing offices, from one of which a weekly paper is issued, a public library, and four houses of pub- lic worship, three for Congregationalists, and one for Baptists. The compact part of the town is built on the declivity of a hill, in two streets, the principal of which runs parallel with the river. A number of the houses are elegant ; and it has considerable manufactures of leather, hats, plated ware, and shoes. Considerable ship-building business is done here. The river is navigable for vessels of 100 tons. Here is an elegant bridge across the Merrimack connecting Haverhill with Bradford, with three arches of 180 feet each, supported by three handsome stone piers, forty feet square. HAVERILL, a town of England, partly in Essex, and partly in Suffolk. It has a consi- derable manufactory of checks, cottons, and fustians. It is twenty miles south-east of Cam- bridge, and fifty-nine N. N. E. of London. HAUGHT, adj. ~\ Fr. haut, hautaine, HAUGHT'ILY, adv. f from Lat. altus. High; HAUGHT'IXESS, n. s. I lofty; proud; imperi- HAUGHT'Y, adj. ) ous ; insolent ; bold ; generally descriptive of carriage or behaviour. There is no lady so hauteine Duchesse, countesse, ne chastelaine, That I n'olde holde her ungodely For to refuse him utterly. Chaucer. Romaunt of the Rote. HAV 79 HAU His courage haught. Desired of foreign foemen to he known, And fax abroud for strange adventures sought. Spenser. Who now shall give me words and sound Equal unto this haughty enterprize ? Or who shall lend me wings, with which from ground My lowly verse may loftily arise ? Faerie Queene. The proud insulting queen, With Clifford and the haught Northumberland, Have wrought the easy melting king, like wax. Shakspeare. No lord of thine, thou haught insulting man; Nor no man's lord. **• • His wife being a woman of a haughty and imperious nature, and of a wit superior to his, quickly resented the disrespect she received from him. Clarendon. Before the cloudy van On the rough edge of battle ere it joined, Satan with vast and haughty strides advanced. Came towering armed in adamant and gold. Milton. I shall sing of battles, blood and rage, And haughty souls, that, moved with mutual hate, In fighting fields pursued and found their fate. Dry den. Her heavenly form too haughtily she prized ; His person hated, and his gifts despised. Id. By the head we make known our supplications, our threatnings, our mildness, our haughtiness, our love, and our hatred. Id. Our vanquished wills that pleasing force obey ; Her goodness takes our liberty away. And haughty Britain yields to arbitrary sway. Prior. When mannakins with haughty step advance And grasp the shield, and couch the ouivering lance. Eeattie. The crag is won — no more is seen His Christian crest and haughty mien. Byron. The Giaour. Still one great clime in full and free defiance Yet rears her crest ; unconquered and sublime, Above the far Atlantic ! — She has taught Her Esau brethren, that the haughty flag, The floating fence of Albin's feeble crag, May strike to those whose red right hands have bought Rights cheaply earned with blood. Byron. HA'VING, n. s. From have. Possession; estate ; fortune. My having is not much ; I'll make division of my present with you ; Hold, there's half my coft'er. Shakspeare. The act or state of possessing. Of the one side was alledged the having a picture, which the other wanted ; of the other side, the first striking the ihield. Sidney. Thou art not for the fashion of these times, Where none will sweat but for promotion ; And having that, do choak their service up, Even with the having. Shakspeare. As You Like It. Behaviour ; regularity. This is still retained in the Scottish dialect. It may possibly be the meaning here. The gentleman is of no having : he kept company •with the wild prince and Poins : he is of too high a region : he knoweth too much. Shakxpeare. HA'VIOUR, n. s. For behaviour Conduct; manners. Not used. Their ill haviour garres men missay Both of their doctrines and their fay. Spentm. HAUKSBEE (F.), an English electrician of the last century, who first observed that a glass tube closed at one end and rendered electric by friction attracted from a certain distance metal- lic leaves, and again forcibly repelled them. He made many other experiments, the details of which are published in the Transactions of the Royal Society, and collected his discoveries in his Physico-mechanical Experiments, on vari- ous subjects, touching light and electricity, pro- ducible on the attraction of bodies : with an explanation of all the apparatus used in the experiments; London, 1709, 4to. republished in 1719, and translated into Italian and French. He also wrote Proposals for a Course of Che- mical Experiments, London, 1731, 4to. ; and An Essay for introducing a Portable Labora- tory, 1731, 8vo. The time of his, death is unknown. See ELECTRICITY. HAUL, v. a. &n. s. Fr. fiakr. To pull; to draw ; to drag by violence. A word which, ap- plied to things, implies violence ; and to per- sons, awkwardness or rudeness. This word is liberally exemplified in hale ; etymology is re- garded in hale, and pronunciation in haul. Thy Dol, and Helen of thy noble thoughts, Is in base durance and contagious prison, Hauled thither by mechanick dirty hands. Shahipeare. The youth with songs and rhimes, Some dance, some haul the rope. Dertham. Some the wheels prepare, And fasten to the horses feet; With cables haul along the' unwieldy beast. Dryden. Thither they bent, and hauled their ships to land ; The crooked keel divides the yellow sand. Pope. In his grandeur he naturally chuses to haul up others after him whose accomplishments most resem- ble his own. Swift. Romp-loving miss Is hauled about in gallantry robust. Thomson. The leap, the slap, the haul. Id. To HAUL, among seamen, implies to pull a single rope, without the assistance of blocks or other mechanical powers. When a rope is otherwise pulled, as by the application of tackles, or the connexion with ^blocks, &c., the term is changed into bowsing. To HAUL THE WIND is to direct the ship's course nearer to that point of the compass from which the wind arises. Thus, supposing a ship to sail south-west with the wind northerly, and some particular occasion requires to haul the wind more westward ; to perform this operation, it is necessary to arrange the sails more obliquely with her keel ; to brace the yards more forward, by slackening the starboard and pulling in the larboard braces, and to haul the lower sheets further aft; and, finally, to put the helm a-port, i. e. over to the larboard side of the vessel. As soon as her head is turned directly to the west- ward, and her sails are trimmed accordingly, she is said to have hauled the wind four points ; that is to say, from south-west to west. She may still go two points nearer to the direction of HAU 80 HAV the wind, by disposing her sails according to their greatest obliquity, or, in the sea phrase, by trimming all sharp ; and in this situation she is said to be close hauled, as sailing W. N. W. HAUM, HAME, or HALM, n. s. Sax. healm ; Dut. and Dan. halm. Straw. In champion countrie a pleasure they take To mow up their Itaume for to brew and to bake : The haume is the straw of the wheat or the rie, Which once being reaped, they mow by and by. Tusser. Having stripped off the haum or binds from the poles, as you pick the hops, stack them up. Mortimer. HAUNCH, n. s. Fr. hanche ; Dut. hancke ;" Ital. anca. The thigh; the hind hip; the rear; the hind part. Hail, groom ! didst thou not see a bleeding hind, Whose right haunch earst my stedfast arrow strake? Spenser. Thou art a summer bird. Which ever in the haunch of Winter sings The lifting up of day. Shahspeare. To make a man able to teach his horse to stop and turn quick, and to rest on his haunches, is of use to a gentleman both in peace and war. Locke. The HAUNCHES OF A HORSE are too long, if when standing in the stable he limps, with his hind legs farther back than he ought; and when the top of his tail is not in a perpendicular line Foul spirits /taunt my resting place, And ghastly visions break my sleep by night. Fairfax. The ancient Grecians were an ingenious people, of whom the vulgar sort, such as were haunters of theatres, took pleasure in the conceits of Aristophanes. Wotton on Education. Earth now Secured like to heaven, a seat where gods might dwell, Or wander with delight, and love to haunt Her sacred shades. Milton. A man who for his hospitality is so much haunted, that no news stir but come to his ears. Sidney. Now we being brought known unto her, after once we were acquainted, and acquainted we were sooner than ourselves expected, she continually almost haunted us. Id. She this dangerous forest haunts And in sad accents utters her complaints. Waller. O goddess, haunter of the woodland green, Queen of the nether skies ! Dryden. We set toils, nets, gins, snares, and traps, for beasts and birds in their own haunts and walks. L'Estrange. To me pertains not, she replies, To know or care where Cupid flies ; What are his haunts, or which his way, Where be would dwell, or whither stray. Prior. The haunt you have got about t\.e courts will one to the tip of his hocks, as it always is in horses day or another bring your family to beggary. whose haunches are of a just length. Some horses, though they have too long haunches, yet commonly walk well : such are good to climb hills, but are not at all sure upon a descent ; for they cannot ply their hams, and never gallop slowly, but always nearly upon a full speed. The art of riding has not a more necessary les- son than that of putting a horse upon his haunches ; which is called coupling him well, or putting- him well together, or compact. A horse that cannot bend or lower his haunches, throws himself too much upon his shoulder, and lies heavy upon the bridle. HAUNT, v. a., v. n. & n. s. 3 Fr, hauler. To HAUNTER, n. s. 3 frequent or be much about any place or person, always used in a bad sense: a practice or habit; a place in which one is frequently found, for Id. Arbuihnot. A scene where, if a god should cast his sight, A god might gaze and wonder with delight ! Joy touched the messenger of heaven ; he stayed, Entranced, and all the blissful haunts surveyed. Pope. Celestial Venus haunts Idalia's groves ; Diana Cynthus, Ceres Hybla loves. All these the woes of Oedipus have known, You fates, you furies, and your haunted town. Id. Oh, could I see my country seat ! There leaning near a gentle brook, Sleep, or peruse some ancient book ; And there in sweet oblivion drown Those cares that haunt the court and town. Swift. Through glades and glooms the mingled measure stole, bad purposes or deeds; an unwelcome visitor : °/ °'e/ some A««rfCd stream with fond delay, it is especially used with reference to spectres and apparitions. A good wif was there of beside Bathe ; But she was som del defe, and that was scathe. Of cloth making she had swiche an haunt, She passed hem of Ipres, and of Gaunt. Chaucer. Prologue to Canterbury Tales. That other marchandise, — that men hatmten with fraude, and trecherie, and deceit, with lesinges and false othes, — is right cursed. Id. The Persones Tale. There now he lives in everlasting ioy With many of the gods in company, Which thether haunt, and with the winged boy, Sporting himselfe in safe felicity. Spenser. Faerie Qweene. I've charged thee not to haunt about my doors : In honest plainness thou hast heard me say, My daughter's not for thee. Shakspeare. Othello. Where they most breed and haunt I have observed The air is delicate. Id. Macbeth. Round an holy calm diffusing, Love of peace and lonely musing In hollow murmurs died away. Collins' Odes. Or when the setting Moon in crimson dyed Hung o'er the dark and melancholy deep, To haunted stream remote from man he hied, Where fays of yore their revels wont to keep. Beattie, Ye, to whom the tops Of mountains inaccessible are haunts, And earth's and ocean's caves familiar things — I call upon ye by the written charm which gives rtc power upon you — Rise ! appear '. Byron. Manfred. HAV'OCK, n. s., inter j. & v. a. Welsh, hafog; from Goth, havega, to destroy. Devastation, waste, and ruin : to lay waste or destroy. Ha- vock, the interjection, is an old word of encou- ragement to slaughter. Saul made haccck of the church. Ads viii. 3. 81 HAU Having been never used to have any thing of their own, they make no spare of any thing, but havock and confusion of all they meet with. Spenser. Whatsoever they leave, the soldier spoileth and fiavocketh ; so that, between both, nothing is left. Id. Why stand these royal fronts amazed thus ? Cry, HavOck, kings ! Shakspeare. Ate by his side, Cries, Havock ! and lets loose the dogs of war. Id. See, with what heat these dogs of hell advance. To waste and havock yonder world, which I S> fair and good created ! Milton. The Rabbins, to express the great Jutvock which has been made of the Jews, tell us, that there were such torrents of holy blood shed, as carried rocks of. a hundred yards in circumference above three miles into the sea. Addison. Ye gods ! what havock does ambition make Among your works ' Id. Cato. If it had either air or fuel, it must make a greater iuwock than any history mentions. Cheyne. HAVRE DE GRACE, a commercial sea-port of France, is seated on the right bank of the Seine, one league from Cape La Heve. It is built on an acclivity between two hills ; and is surround- ed by high walls, with ditches and a citadel. Its harbour dries at low water : it has twelve feet in common tides, and twenty-five in high springs. It has also the singular advantage that the tide does not begin to fall until three hours after high water ; the cause of which seems to be, that the current of the Seine, crossing the har- bour's mouth with great force at the beginning of the ebb, confines the water in the harbour. It has 20,000 inhabitants, and is a maritime pre- fecture. The favorable situation of Havre, com- municating with Paris by the Seine, renders it extremely commercial. Before the late war it had a considerable West India trade, and a number of vessels in the Greenland and New- foundland fisheries. The passage from South- ampton to Havre being much frequented, the latter is often the first French town that meets the eye of an Englishman ; and, though not in- ferior to most places of its size, is confined and dirty in appearance. The streets are narrow, and formed of high wooden-framed houses : there are no public buildings of importance. As Normandy is a corn country there is a frequent export of that article, particularly to the southern provinces of France. The mer- chandise taken back by foreigners from Havre consists in colonial produce, woollen and linen, corn, cyder, and fruits. Havre is much frequent- ed by French coasters from the west and south. The manufactures, which are on a small scale, are sail-cloth, cordage, tobacco, lace, and earthen- ware. That of tobacco is of old standing. Here are also several building docks, and a sugar re- finery. Havre was put into a state of defence in the reign of Francis I. ; but its fortifications weie brought to their present perfection under Buonaparte. To his government it likewise owes several improvements in the harbour and docks, and the erection of two light-houses, on a perpendicular cliff about a league from the town. It was bombarded by the British in 1759, 1794, and 1795. It is forty-five miles west of Rouen, and 112 north-west of Paris. VOL. XI. HAU RIANT, in heraldry, a term peculiar to fishes; signifying their standing upright, as if refreshing themselves by sucking in the air. See HERALDRY. HAURUCA ISLE, one of the Amboyna Isles, a small island in the eastern seas, about twenty- five miles in circumference. Long. 128° 40' E. lat. 3° 40' S. HAUSRUCKVIERTEL, i.e. the Quarter of Hausrude, a circle of Upper Austria, bounded by the Danube, the circle of the Traun, and Bavaria. It was formerly of more than double its present extent of about 733 square miles ; for, after the disastrous campaign of 1809, the western part was ceded to Bavaria. This district is named after the Hausruck, a mountain and great forest within its circuit. The most remarkable circumstance here is a subterraneous bed of wood, impreg- nated witli bituminous matter. Wood deposited in the shafts of the mines becomes speedily im- pregnated with bitumen. In the summer of 1817, part of the mountain having fallen in, its place was occupied by a lake : ten cottages on the verge of the mountain were destroyed, but no lives lost. Population 109,000. The capital is Lintz. HA'UTBOY, n. s. Fr. oboe, or haut and bois. A wind instrument. I told John of Gaunt he beat his own name ; for you might have trussed him and all his apparel into an eel-skin : the case of a treble hautboy was a man- sion for him. Shakspeare. Now give the hautboys breath j he comes, he comes. Dryden. The HAUTBOY is shaped much like the lute ; only it spreads and widens towards the bottom, and is sounded through a reed. The treble is two feet long ; the tenor goes a fifth lower when blown open : it has only eight holes ; but the bass, which is five feet long, has eleven. The name is French, haut bois, q. d. high wood ; and is given to this instrument because the tone of it is higher than that of the violin. HAUTBOY STRAWBERRY. See FRAGARIA and STRAWBERRY. HAUTE FEUILLE (John), an ingenious me- chanic, born at Orleans in 1647. Though he was an ecclesiastic, and enjoyed several bene- fices, he applied almost his whole life to mecha- nics, in which he made a great progress. He had a particular taste for clock-work, and made several discoveries in it that were of singular use. He found out the secret of moderating the vibra- tion of the balance by means of a small steel spring, which has since been made use of. This discovery he laid before the members of the Academy of Sciences, in 1674 ; and these watches are called pendulum watches, not that they have real pendulums, but because they nearly approach to the justness of pendulums. M. Huygens per- fected this happy invention ; but having de- clared himself the inventor, and obtained from Louis XIV. a patent for making watches with spiral springs, the abbe Feuille opposed the registering this privilege, and published a piece on the subject against M. Huygens. He wrote a great number of other pieces, most of whic'n are small pamphlets consisting of a few pages, but very curious ; as, 1 . The Perpetual Pendulum ; 4to. G HAW 82 HAW 2. New Inventions; 4to. 3. The Art of Breath- ing under Water, and the Means of preserving a Flame shut up in a small Place. 4. Reflec- tions on Machines for raising Water. 5. On the different Sentiments of Malebranche and Regis, relating to the appearance of the Moon when seen in the Horizon. 6. Tb.9 Magnetic Balance. 7. A Placet to the King on the Longi- tude. 8. Letter on the Secret of the Longitude. 9. A New System on the Flux and Reflux of the Sea. 10. The Means of making sensible Expe- riments that prove the Motion of the Earth ; and many other pieces. He died in 1724. HAUY (Rene Just, abbe), a French natural philosopher, eminent for his discoveries in crys- tallography, was the eldest son of a weaver in the town of St. Just, in the department of Oise, where he was born February 28th, 1743. He was brought up as a chorister in a church of the fauxbourg St. Antoine at Paris, and made con- siderable proficiency in music; but, being re- moved to the college of cardinal Lemoine, he contracted an acquaintance with the herbalist L'Hommond, and applied himself to the study of botany, and attended Daubenton's Lectures on mineralogy. The accidental fall of a speci- men of calcareous spath, crystallised into prisms, led him to find in some of the fragments the form of the crystal rhomboides of the Iceland spath ; and from this circumstance the whole of his theory respecting crystals, the means of admeasuring them, &c., is said to have taken its origin. Admitted a member of the Academy of Sciences, in 1783, he continued his researches in mineralogy until the Revolution; when, refusing to take the oath to the new ecclesiastical autho- rities, he was displaced. But he soon after was made commissary of weights and measures, and succeeded Daubenton as lecturer on his favorite science of mineralogy. A favorite with Napo- eon, he now became professor of mineralogy at the Museum of Natural History, and of the fa- culty of sciences, at the academy of Paris. He died June 3d, 1822. His chief works are Essai sur la Theorie et la Structure des Cristaux, 1784; Traite de Mineralogie, 1801, 4 vols. 8vo. ; Traite" e"lementaire de Physique, 1803, 2 vols. 8vo. ; Tableau comparatif des resultats de la Cristallographie, 1809; Traite dps Carac- teres Physiques des Pierres Precieuses, 1817; Traite" de Cristallographie, 1822, 2 vols. 8vo., with an atlas. He also published papers in the Journal des Mines, periodical works. HAW, n.s. Sax. ba^; Goth, hag, haiga. The btrry and seed of the hawthorn. An excres- cence in the eye. Sax. ba;$a; Dan. haw, a garden. A small piece of ground adjoining to a house. In Scotland they call it haugh. The seed of the bramble with kernel and haw. Tusser. Store of haws and hips portend cold Winters. Bacon's Natural History, Upon the haw at Plymouth is cut out in the ground the portraiture of two men, with clubs in their hands, whom they term Gog and Magog. Carew. His quarrel to the hedge was, that his thorns and his brambles did not bring forth raisins, rather than haws and blackberries. L' Estrange. HAW, v. n. Perhaps corrupted from hawk or hack To speak slowly with frequent inter mission and hesitation. Tis a great way ; but yet, after a little humming and hawing upon't, he agreed to undertake the job. L'Estrange. HAWEIS (Thomas), an English Calvinistic divine, was born at Truro in Cornwall, in 1734. He was brought up an apothecary, but went to Christ Church College, Cambridge, and took the degree of B.A. : on taking orders he became as- sistant to Mr. Madan at the Lock Hospital, and obtained, on his recommendation, the living of Aldwinkle in Northamptonshire, on the condition that he should at a certain time resign it. This he however refused to perform, and much con- troversy ensued, until a compromise was effected by the interference of the countess of Huntingdon. Mr. Haweis was entrusted with the care of the chapels and seminary for students in divinity, founded by that lady ; and late in life took the degree of M. D. He died in February 1820. His chief works are a volume of Sermons ; A Commentary on the Bible, 2 vols. folio ; History of the Church, 3 vols. 8vo. ; Life of the Rev. William Romaine, 8vo. ; State of Evangelical Religion throughout the World, 8vo. HAWES (William), M.D., founder of the Royal Humane Society, was born at Islington, November 28th, 1736, and educated at St. Paul's school. Brought up to the profession of an apothecary, he practised in the Strand until 1780, when he took his diploma as a physician; and, in 1773, became popular by his exertions in the establishment of the Humane Society, to the benefit of which he dedicated the whole of his after life. In the first instance he paid the rewards for the recovery of drowning persons out of his own pocket ; but was at length, by the assistance of Dr. Cogan, enabled to form the society. This benevolent physician died at Islington 5th of December, 1808. He wrote an Account of Dr. Goldsmith's last Illness (at- tributing his death to an improper administra tion of James's powders) ; An Address on Pre mature Death and Premature Interment; An Examination of the Rev. John Wesley's Primi- tive Physic ; An Address to the Legislature on the importance of the Humane Society ; An Ad- dress to the King and Parliament of Great Britain, with Observations on the general Bills of Mortality ; and Transactions of the Royal Hu- mane Society, from 1774 to 1784, dedicated by permission to the King. HAWICK, a town in a parish of the same name in Roxburghshire, erected into a burgh of barony at a very early period, though its most ancient charters are lost. Queen Mary renewed its privileges, by a charter dated 1545. It is governed by two bailies, fifteen merchants, and fourteen trades' councillors. Its chief manufac- tures are carpets, serges, table-covers, rugs nar- row cloths, tapes, twists, hose, &c., and winnow- ing machines. Hawick is seated at the conflux of the Tiviot and the Slitbridge ; and lies fifteen miles south-west of Kelso. HAWK, n. s. & v. n.~\ Sax. bapoc ; Welsh, HAW'KED, adj. (^habeg, koch ; Lat. ac- HAW'KER, n. s. i cipiter ; Germ. hock. HAW'KWEED, n. s. ) This word has a variety HAW 83 HA\V of significations, as, a. bird of prey, anciently used in sport to catch birds : to fly hawks ; to fly at or attack on the wing. Hawked, formed like a hawk's bill. Hawk, as derived from hoch, is to force up phlegm from the throat with a noise, from hock : to sell by proclaiming in the streets; and a hawker is one thus employed. Hawkweed is a plant. Of the birds there are several kinds, as goshawk, sparrowhawk, &c. Gret was the sorwe for that haukes harme, That Canace and all hire women made. C/umcer. The Squieres Tale. There was the tirant with his fethers don And grene, I mene the goshauke, that doth pine To birdes, for his outrayious ravine. ******** * * * ; the bardie sperhauke, eke The quales foe. Id. The Assemble of Foules. And in their tops the soring hauke did towre Sitting like king of fowles in maiesty and powre. Spenser. Faerie Queene. Come, sit, sit, and a song. — Shall we clap into't roundly, without hawking or spitting, or saying we are hoarse, which are the only prologues to a bad voice 1 Shakspeare. Ride unto St. Alban's, Whereas the king and queen do mean to hawk. Id. Do'st thou love hawking ? Thou hast hawks will soar Above the morning lark. Id. A faulcon tow'ring in her pride of place, Was by a mousing owl hawked at and killed. Id. A long-winged hawk, when he is first whisteled off the fist, mounts aloft, and for his pleasure fetcheth many a circuit in the ayr, still soaring higher and higher, till he be come to his full pitch, and in the end, when the game is sprung, comes down amain, and stoops upon the sudden. Burton's Anatomy of Melancholy. Hawking comes near to hunting, the one ia the ayre as the other on the earth, a sport as much affected as the other, by some preferred. Id. It can be no more disgrace to a great lord to draw a fair picture, than to cut his hawk's meat. Peacham. Blood, cast out of the throat or windpipe, is spit out with a hawking or small cough ; that out of the gums is spit out without hawking, coughing, or vomit- ing. Harvey. Flat noses seem comely unto the Moor, an aquiline or hawked one unto the Persian, a large and promi- nent nose unto the Roman. Browne. Whether upward to the moon they go, Or dream the Winter out in caves below, Or hawk at flies elsewhere, concerns us not to know. Dryden. One followed study and knowledge, and another hawking and hunting. Locke. He that hawks at larks and sparrows has no less sport, though a much less considerable quarry, than he that flies at nobler game. Id. A falc'ner Henry is, when Emma hawks ; With her of tarsels and of lures he talks. Prior. She complained of a stinking tough phlegm which she hawked up in the mornings. Wiseman. To grace this honoured day the queen proclaims, By herald hawkers high, heroick games : She summons all her sons ; an endless band Pours forth, and leaves unpeopled half the land. Pope. I saw my labours, which had cost me so much thought, bawled about by common hawkers, which I once intended for the consideration of the greatest person. Swift. His works were hawked in every street; But seldom rose above a sheet. Id. Whence borne on liquid wing The sounding culver shoots ; or where the hawk, High in the beetling cliffs, his eyry builds. Thornton. HAWKE (Edward), lord Hawke, a brave British admiral, was the son of an eminent bar- rister, and entered into the navy at an early age. In 1734 he obtained the command of a man of war, and distinguished himself by his bravery in the famous engagement in 1744, wherein the British fleet was commanded by Matthews, Les- tock, and Rowley. See ENGLAND. In 1747 he was made rear-admiral of the White, when he defeated a large French fleet, and captured five ships of the line ; on which he was created a knight of the Bath. In 1759 he defeated admi- ral Conflans off Belleisle, and was rewarded with a pension of £2000 a-year. In 1765 he was appointed vice-admiral of Great Britain, and first lord of the admiralty. In 1 776 he was created a British peer, and died in 1781. HAWKERS were anciently persons who went from place to place buying and selling brass, pewter, and other merchandise, which ought to be uttered in open market. In this sense the word is mentioned, 25 Hen. \ III., cap. 6., and 33, cap. 4. The appellation seems to have arisen from their uncertain wandering, like those who, with hawks, seek their game where they can find it. The term is now used as synonymous with pedlar; a person who travels about the country selling wares. Every hawker must take out an annual license, for which he must pay £4 ; and if he travels with a horse, ass, or mule, for every one of them £8. If he travels without a license, or contrary to it, he forfeits for every offence, to the informer, and the poor of the parish where discovered, £10. The acts relating to hawkers do not extend to makers of goods or their agents ; or to those who sell goods in fairs or markets ; to the sellers of fish, fruit, or other victuals ; nor to the venders of newspapers. But hawkers shall not, by virtue of such license, sell or offer to sale any tea or spirituous liquors, though with a permit, under the penalty of hav- ing the same seized, and imprisonment and prosecution of the offender. HAWKESWORTH (John), LL.D. a cele- brated English writer, born in 171 5, and brought up to the profession of a watchmaker. He was a member of the Rev. Mr. Bradbury's church, from which he was expelled for irregu- larity. He afterwards devoted himself to lite- rature, and became an author of considerable eminence. In the early part of his life his cii cumstances were rather confined. He resided some time at Bromley, in Kent, where his wife kept a boarding school. He afterwards became known to a lady who had great property and interest in the East India Company, and through her means was chosen a director of that body. His Adventurer is his principal work, and its merits procured him the degree of LL. D. through archbishop Herring. When the design of com piling a narrative of the discoveries in the South HAW 84 HAY Seas was on foot, he was recommended as a proper person to be employed on the occasion : but the performance did not answer the public expectation. Works of taste and elegance, where imagination and the passions were to be affected, were his province ; not works of dry, cold, accu- rate narrative. However, he executed his task, and received for it the enormous sum of £6000. He died in 1773, some say of high living, others, of chagrin from the ill reception of his Narrative. On a handsome marble monument at Bromley, m Kent, is the following inscription, the latter part of which is taken from the last number of The Adventurer : — To the memory of JOHN HAWEESWORTH, LL.D. Who died the 16th of November MDCCLXXIH, aged 58 years. That he lived ornamental and useful To society, in an eminent degree, Was among the boasted felicities Of the present age ; That he labored for the benefit of society, Let his own pathetic admonitions Record and realise. ' The hour is hasting, in which whatever praise or censure I have acquired will be remembered with equal indifference. Time, who is impa- tient to date my last paper, will shortly moulder the hand which is now writing it in the dust, and still the breast that now throbs at the reflec- tion. But let not this be read as something that relates only to another ; for a few years only can divide the eye that is new reading from the hand that has written.' HAWKING. See FALCONRY. HAWKINS (Sir John), a brave English ad- miral under queen Elizabeth, born in Devonshire. He was rear-admiral of the fleet which she sent against the Spanish Armada, and had a great share in that glorious victory. He was after- wards made treasurer of the navy. But his memory is disgraced by his having been the first European who carried off slaves from the coast of Africa, and introduced that inhuman traffic into the West Indies. Queen Elizabeth herself, while she honored his bravery by knighthood, threatened him with the divine vengeance for this practice. He died in the West Indies in 1595. HAWKINS (Sir John), a celebrated author, and a lineal descendant of the admiral, was born in London, March 30th, 1719. He was the youngest son of Mr. Hawkins, a house-carpenter and builder in London, and was bred to the law. Though deeply engaged in that study, in his younger years, and afterwards in the practice, he found leisure to exercise his genius by writing essays on various subjects, for the Gentleman's Magazine, Universal Spectator, and Westminster Journal ; some of which attracted the attention of the public. He formed an early intimacy with Dr. Johnson, which continued through life. About 1741 he became' a member of two Musical Societies, and in 1742 published six Cantatas, the poetry of five of which was written by him- self, and the music composed by his friend Mr. Stanley These having succeeded beyond ex- pectation, he published other six soon after, which proved the means of making his fortune, by introducing him to the acquaintance of Peter Storer, esq., of Highgate, whose youngest daughter Sidney he married in 1753, and with her receiv- ed a handsome fortune, as well as a very large addition to it, on the death of her brother in 1759. Having early entertained a fondness for angling, he now gave up business, and purchased a house at Twickenham, on the Thames, where he could e,njoy his favorite amusement. In 1760 he published a new edition of Walton's Com- plete Angler, in 8vo. with notes; to which he prefixed a Life of Walton. In 1761 he was ap- pointed a justice of the peace for Middlesex. In 1763 he published in 8vo. Observations on the State of the Highways, and on the laws for amending and keeping them in repair : to which he subjoined the draught of a bill, which was af- terwards passed into a law. In 1764 he distin- guished himself by opposing an enormous claim of the city of London, which, in a bill presented to Parliament, had proposed to subject the county of Middlesex to two-thirds of the expense of rebuilding the jail of Newgate, estimated at £40,000. Mr. Hawkins drew a petition against the bill with such success, that it was withdrawn by the city members. In 1765 he was elected chairman of the quarter session. In 1768 and 1769, during the riots at Brentford and Moor- fields, he acted with so much spirit, activity, and propriety, that, in 1772, his majesty conferred on him the honor of knighthood. In 1773, and 1778, he enriched Dr. Johnson's and Mr. Ste- vens's edition of Shakspeare with those notes which bear his name. In 1776 he published his General History of the Science and Practice of Music ; in 5 vols. 4to., dedicated to the king, and which he presented to him personally, at Buckingham House. The collecting of the ma- terials for this work had cost him sixteen years labor. In 1784 he met with one of the severest losses a literary man can sustain, by the destruc- tion of his valuable library, containing many rare books, by fire. In 1787 he published the Life and Works of Dr. Johnson, in 11 vols. 8vo. de- dicated to the king. He died at Westminster of an apoplexy, on the 21st of May 1789 : leaving the character of an active magistrate, an affec- tionate husband and parent, a firm friend, and a sincere Christian. HAWKINS, a county of East Tennessee, United States. Rogersville is the chief town. HAWKIN'S ISLAND, an island off the west coast of North America, in Prince William's Sound, about twenty miles long, and from one to four miles wide. Long. 214° 10' to 214° 38' E., lat. 60° 28' to 60° 40' N. HAWKWEED. See CREPIS and HIERACIUM. IIAWKWOOD (Sir John), a famous English general, was the son of a tanner at Sible Hedding- ham in Essex, where he was born in the reign of Edward III. He was bound apprentice to a tailor in London ; but, being pressed into the army, was sent abroad, where he signalised him- self as a soldier in France and Italy, and parti- cularly at Pisa and Florence. He commanded with great ability and success in the army of Galeacio duke of Milan ; and was in such high HAW ,85 HAY esteem with Barnabas, bis brother, that he gave him Domitia his natural daughter in marriage, with an ample fortune. He died at Florence, ftill of years and military fame, in 1394. HAWLBOWLING, a small island in Cork harbour, Ireland, nearly opposite to the town of Cove, on which there is a small fort; and which, during the late war, was fixed upon as a naval depot. HAWSE, or HAUSE, implies the situation of the cables before the ship's stem, when she is moored with two anchors out from forward, viz. one on the starboard and the other on the larboard bow. Hence it is usual to say, she has a clear hawse, or a foul hawse. It also denotes any small distance a-head of a ship, or between her head and the anchor employed to ride her, as, He has anchored in our hawse, The brig fell athwart our hawse, &c. A ship is said to ride with a clear hawse when the cables are directed to their anchors, without lying athwart the stem ; or crossing, or being twisted round each other by the ship's winding about, according to the change of the wind, tide, or current. A foul hawse, on the contrary, implies that the cables lie across the stem, or bear upon each other, so as to be rubbed and chafed by the motion of the vessel. The hawse accordingly is foul, by hav- ing either a cross, an elbow, or a round turn. If the larboard cable, lying across the stem, points out on the starboard side, while the starboard cable at the same time grows out on the larboard side, there is a cross on the hawse. If, after this, the ship, without returningto her former position, continues to wind about the same way, so as to perform an entire revolution, each of the cables will be twisted round the other, and then directed out from the opposite bow, forming what is call- ed a round turn. An elbow is produced when the ship stops in the middle of that revolution, after having had a cross : or, in other words, if she rides with her head northward with a clear hawse, and afterwards turns quite round, so as to direct her head northward again, she will have an elbow. HAWSE-PIECES, the foremost timbers of a ship, whose lower ends rest on the knuckle timber, or the foremost of the cant timbers. They are ge- nerally parallel to the stem, having their upper ends sometimes terminated by the lower part of the beak-head , and otherwise by the top of the bow, particularly in small ships and mer- chantmen. HAWSER, n.s. a large rope which holds the middle degree between the cable and tow-line, in any ship whereto it belongs, being a size smaller than the former, and as much larger than the latter. HAWTHORN, n. s. ) Sax. |neg Sorm. A HAW'THORN-FLY, n. s. ) species of medlar ; the thorn that bears haws ; the white-thorn. Hawthorn-fly, an insect. Some in her hondes baren boughes shene, Some of laurer, and some of okes bene, Some of hawthorne, and some of wodebind, And many mo which I have not in mind. Chaucer. The Floure and the Leafe. There is a man haunts the forest, that abuses our young plants with "arving Rosalind on their barks ; HAWTHORN, or WHITE THORN (cratagus oxyacantha); a small, spiny European tree, rising sometimes to the height of twenty to twenty-five feet, much admired for the beauty of its foliage, and forming excellent hedges. The leaves are smooth, shining, more or less deeply lobed, and of a very beautiful green color ; the flowers are white, sometimes with a reddish tinge disposed in corymbs, and possess an agreeable perfume ; the fruit, when mature, is of a bright red color. The species of crattegus are about thirty in number, all shrubs or small trees, spiny, with alternate simple or lobed leaves, and bearing fruit resembling, in mini- ature, that of the apple, to which plant they are closely allied, being distinguished chiefly by their osseous seeds, and are arranged with it under the same natural family rosacett. One half of the species are natives of the United States, many of them ornamental, and equally adapted to the formation of hedges with the European. HAY, n. s. "i Sax. hiej, hi; ; French, HAY-MAKER, n. *. fhaie, a hedge; Dutch, HAY-COCK, n. s. * hey. Grass dried to fod- der cattle in winter. Hay-maker, one employed in the process of making hay. Hay, as derived from haie, signifies a net which encloses the haunt of an animal. To dance the hay, is to dance in a ring, probably from dancing round a hay-cock. This king of kinges was proud and elat ; He wend that God that sit in majestee Ne might him nat bereve of his estat : But sodenly he lost his dignitee, And like a best him seemed for to be, And ete hay as an oxe. Chaucer. The Monkes Tale. I will play on the tabor to the worthies And let them dance the hay. Id. Make hay while the sun shines. Camden's Remains. We have heats of dungs, and of hays and herbs laid up moist. Bacon. This maids think on the hearth they see, } When fires well nigh consumed be, There dancing hays by two and three, 3 Just as your fancy casts them. Drayton. The gum and gl'.stening, Looks just as if that day Snails there had crawled the hay. Suckling. One while a scorching indignation burnes The flowers and blossomes of our hopes away ; Which into scarsitie our plentie turnes, And changeth unmowne-grasse to parched hay. G. Withers. Or if the earlier season lead To the tanned hay-cock in the mead. Mikon. By some hay-cock ; or some shady thorn, He bids his beads both even song and morn. Dry den, Coneys are destroyed by hays, curs, spaniels, 01 tumblers, bred up for that purpo.se. Mortimer. The best manure for meadows is the bottom of hag mows and hay stacks. Id- Some turners turn long and slender sprigs of ivory, as small as an hay stalk. Moxon. As to the return of his health and vigour, were you here, you might enquire of his \aynakers. ?.«j-j to Sicif!. HAY 86 HAY Hay and oats, in the management of a groom will make ale. Swift. HAY. The time of mowing grass for hay must be regulated according to its growth and ripeness; nothing being more prejudicial to the crop than mowing it too soon ; because the sap is not then fully come out of the root, and, when made into hay, the grass shrinks away to nothing. It must not, however, be let stand too long till it have shed its seeds. When the tops of the grass look brown, and begin to bend down, and the red honey-suckle flowers begin to wither, it is ripe for mowing. A HAY for taking rabbits, hares, &c., is made from fifteen to twenty fathoms in length, and in depth a fathom. As rabbits often straggle abroad about mid-day for fresh grass, when they are gone forth to any remote brakes or thickets, pitch two or three of these hays about their burrows, and lie close there; but, if there are not hays enough to enclose all their burrows, some may be stopped up with stones, &c. Then set out with the dog to hunt up and down at a good dis- tance, and draw on by degrees to the man who lies close by the hay, who may take them as they bolt into it. HAY (William), esq., an English writer, born >U Glenburne, in Sussex, about 1700, and edu- cated at Headley. In 1730 he published a poem, called Mount Caburn, dedicated to the duchess of Newcastle. In 1734, when lord Hard- wicke was created a peer, he was chosen to suc- ceed him as M. P. for Seaford, which he conti- nued to represent during his life. He defended the measures of Sir Robert Walpole, and was supposed to be the author of a ministerial pam- phlet, entitled A Letter to a freeholder on the late Reduction of the Land-tax to one Shilling in the Pound; printed in 1731. In 1735 he published Remarks on the Laws relative to the Poor, with Proposals for their better Relief and Employment ; and brought in two bills for that purpose, but without effect. In May 1738 he was appointed a commissioner of the Victualling office. In 1753 appearedhis Religio Philosophi; or the Principles of Morality and Christianity, illustrated from a View of the Universe, and of Man's Situation in it. This was followed, in 1754, by his Essay on Deformity; in which he rallies his own imperfections with much liveli- ness and good humor. ' Bodily deformity,' says he, ' is very rare. Among 558 gentlemen, in the house of commons, I am the only one that is so. Thanks to my worthy constituents, who never objected to my person, and I hope never to give them cause to object to my behaviour.' In 1754 he also translated Hawkins Browne De Immortalitate Animi. In 1755 he translated and modernised some Epigrams of Martial. A little time before, he had been appointed keeper of the Records in the Tower ; and it is said that his attention and assiduity during the few months he held that office were eminently serviceable to his successors. He died January 19th, 1755. HAY, in geography, a town of South Wales, in Brecknockshire, seated near the confluence of the rivers Wye and Dulas. It was a town of note in the time of the Romans ; being fortified with a castle and wall, which were ruined in the rebellion of Owen Glendower. It is at present a considerable town ; and has a large market foi corn aid cattle. HAYDN (Joseph), a celebrated musical com- poser, born in Lower Austria, in 1733. His father was a wheel-wright, and placed in such circumstances that he could neither give his son an education suited to a liberal profession, nor procure for him instruction in that art for which he manifested an early and an ardent predilec- tion. He was accustomed to sing to his father's harp the simple tunes which, without any know- ledge of music, his father played; and he acquired a little acquaintance with different instruments under the tuition of a schoolmaster, his relation. From this school he was taken to Vienna, to sing in the choir of the imperial cha- pel. Reuter, who was maestro de capello of the cathedral, was here sensible of his merits and foresaw his fame. At the age when his voice began to change, Haydn was dismissed from the choir ; after which, during a long course of years, he endured all the rigor of adverse fortune, find- ing it very difficult to earn even a bare subsistence. He lodged in the sixth story ; his garret had neither door nor casement ; his breatli congealed on his bed-clothes ; and the water which he fetched from the fountain for his toilette in the morning, was frequently changed into ice before he could re-ascend to the exalted regions of his abode. Haydn gave lessons, and performed at orchestras and musical parties ; but his indigence kept him secluded from society : an old worm- eaten harpsichord was his sole source of happi- ness. Consoling himself with this companion of his misfortunes, he courageously continued to compose ; and his ardent genius prevented him from sinking into a state of torpid despair. At last he had the good fortune to have as his pupil a Miss Mortini, a relation of Metastasio ; and at her house he obtained his board gratis during three years. Afterwards he removed to one of the suburbs. About that time he engaged himself as director of the choir of the Charitable Brothers, in the Leopoldstadt, at a salary of sixty florins per annum. He was obliged, on Sundays and holidays, to be at their church by eight o'clock in the morning ; at ten he played the organ in the chapel of count Haugwitz, and at eleven he sung in the choir of the cathedral of St. Stephen. Thousands would have sunk under such hard- ships. He came to England in 1791, and re- turned to Germany in 1796. During his stay he composed many pieces, and met with those rewards and that admiration which he so highly merited. — Haydn never was in Italy. If he had enjoyed that advantage, there can be no doubt that, with his excellent ideas of singing and har- mony, he would have acquired great reputation as a composer of operas. He, however, spoke Italian with considerable facility, and acknow- ledged that he owed much to an Italian musician of the name of Porpora, with whom he became acquainted at the house of a lady in Meinersdorf. Haydn served about three months in the capacity of a valet, solely for the purpose of improving himself by his instructions. Porpora was teach- ing the lady to sing, and Haydn accompanied her on the harpsichord ; during the intervals HAY 87 HAZ between the lessons, he submitted his composi- tions to the correction of his master. Thus was formed the composer, whose sublime notes re- sound in all the orchestras of Europe ; and who continued his labors with increasing applause and glory during half a century, to the time of his death in 1S09. His principal works, besides innumerable symphonies, are, The Creation and the Seasons. HAYE'S ISLAND, a small island near the southern point of Hudson's Bay, formed by the rivers Nelson and Hayes, which, after running togther for some time, separate into two arms. Near the entrance of them into the sea stands York Fort, called by the French De Bourbon. HAYLEY (William), a poet and biographical writer, was born November 9, 1745, at Chichester, of which cathedral his grandfather had been dean. He received his education at the school of Kingston-upon-Thames, and at Eton, whence he removed to Trinity College, Cambridge. On leaving the University he retired to his paternal estate of Eartham, in Sussex, where he resided till the loss of a natural son, about 1800, so afflicted him that he removed to Felpham in that county, where he died November 12, 1820. His principal publications are, 1. An Essay on Painting. 2. An Essay on History. 3. An Essay on Epic Poetry. 4. The Triumphs of Temper. An edition of these, with other pieces and plays, was printed in 6 vols. 8vo. His prose works are, An Essay on Old Maids, 3 vols., and the Lives of Milton, Cowper, and Romney the Painter. He was the author of various ele- gant quartos, and quartos have been devoted to his personal history : but he will be chiefly known to posterity as the biographer of Cowper ; whose character, after all, he but very imperfectly understood. HAYNES (Hopton), a learned Unitarian, born in 1672. In 1696 he was employed in the mint, in which he rose to the office of king's assay- master. In the year 1748, becoming infirm, he was allowed to retire. He was also principal talley-writer at the exchequer for forty years ; and died in 1749, at the age of seventy-seven. He wrote The Scripture Account of the Attri- butes and Worship of God, and of the Character and Offices of Jesus Christ, of which a second edition was printed by the Rev. Theophilus Lindsay in 1790. HAYNES (Samuel), son of the above, was edu- cated at King's College, Cambridge, where he took his degree of D. D. 1748. He was tutor to the earl of Salisbury, by whom he was presented to the livings of Hatfield and Clothel ; he was also a canon of Windsor, and published a col- lection of state papers, relating to affairs in the reigns of Henry VIII., Edward VI., Mary, and Elizabeth, from 1542 to 1570, transcribed from the Cecil MSS. Dr. Haynes died in 1752. HAYTER (John), M. A., was educated at Eton and King's College, Cambridge,where he obtained the degree of B.A. in 1778, and that of M. A. in 1788, between which dates he was presented to the living of Hepworth in Suffolk. His present majesty, then prince of Wales, offering to be at the expense of unrolling and decyphering the Greek MSS. in the ruins of Herculaneum, Mr. Hayter was appointed to superintend the expe- riment, and in consequence took up his abode at Palermo. He returned in 1810, and the MSS. were presented to the University of Oxford ; but the result disappointed the public. He soon after died of an apoplectic shock in France. He published Observations on the Herculauensia, 4to. HAYWARD, one who keeps the common herd or cattle of a town. He is appointed by the lord's court; his office is to see that the cattle neither break nor crop the hedges of en- closed grounds, HAYWARD (Sir John), an eminent English historian and biographer of the seventeenth cen- tury, educated in the University of Cambridge, where he took the degree of LL.D. In 1610 he was appointed historiographer of a college then at Chelsea; and, in 1619, was knighted. He wrote, 1. The lives of the three Norman kings of England, William I. and II., and Henry I. 2. The first part of the life and reign of king Henry IV. 3. The life and reign of king Edward VI.; and several theological works. He died in 1627. HAZAEL, Heb. ^STH i. e. seeing God., an officer belonging to Benhadad, king of Syria, who, as is generally supposed from the common rendering of 2 Kings viii. 15, caused that prince to be put to death, and reigned in his stead. Some, however, have thought that the thick cloth was spread over the face of Benhadad by himself or by his order to allay the violence of the fever. Hazael defeated Joram, Jehu, and Jehoahaz, kings of Israel ; and, after his death, was succeed ed by Benhadad his son, A. A. C, 889. HAZ'ARD, n. s , v. a. & ") French, hazard, HAZ'ARDABLE, adj. [v n. \ hazarder, hazar- HAZ'ARDER, n. s. [deux; Ital. and HAZ'ARDRY, n. $. ' Sp. azar ; Runic, HAZ'ARDOUS, adj. haski. ' Hazard,' HAZARDOUSLY, adv. j ' says Crabb, * comes from the oriental zar and tzar, signifying any thing bearing an impression, particularly the die used in chance games, which is called by the Italians zara, and by the Spaniards azarJ Hazard is when, in contingent events, the incli- nation is to the unfavorable side, and thus it is opposed to chance. The figurative meanings are, accident; danger ; risk ; to try your chance; to venture. Hazardry is temerity ; precipita- tion ; rash adventure ; all derived from, and founded on, the literal meaning applied to dice Now wol I you defenden hasardrie Hasard is veray moder of lesinges, And of deceite, and cursed forswering.es It is repreve and contrary of honour, For to ben hold a common hasardour, And ever the higher he is of estat, The more he is holden desolat. Chaucer. The Pardoneres Tale. -Live, and allegiance owe To him that gives thee life and liberty, And henceforth by this daies ensample trow, That hasty wroth and heedlesse hazardry, Doe breed repentance late and lasting infamy. Spenser's Faerie Queene. HAZ More wise they weend to make of love delight Then life to hazard for faire ladies looke. ™ of a^mlrcy, eternal thanks, for that he hath delivered his law unto the world ; a law wherein so many things HAZ Here observe that 12 is out to 9, 7, and 5; 11 is out to 9, 8, 6, and 5 ; and ames-ace and deuce ace, are out to all mains whatever. HAZE, tt. «., v.n.&v.a. ? Sax.bar-ne; Goth. HA'ZY, adj. hasa, hoar-frost. s a are laid open, as a light which otherwise would have Fog or mist . dark ; dull : to haze is to confuse ; been buried in darkness, not without the hazard, or hence IQ frignten Or alarm. i l * ll uuiicu *** «•**« . . rather not with the hazard, but with the certain loss of thousands of souls, most undoubtedly now saved. Hooker. They might, by persisting in the extremity of that opinion, hazard greatly their own estates, and so weaken that part which their places now give. Id. I have set my life upon a cast, And I will stand the hazard of the die. Shakspeare. I will upon all hazards well believe Thou art my friend, that knowest my tongue so well. Id. I pray you tarry ; pause a day or two Before you hazard; for, in chusing wrong, I lose your company. It was not in his power to adventure upon his own fortune, or hearing a public charge to hazard himself against a man of private condition. Hot/ward. An hazardable determination it is, unto fluctuating and indifferent effects, to affix a positive type or period. Browne. She from her fellow-provinces would go, Rather than hazard to have you her foe. Waller. Grant that our Itazardow attempt prove vain. We feel the worst, secured from greater pain. Dryden. The hazard I have run to see you here, should inform you that I love not at a common late. Id. Where the mind does not perceive connection, there men's opinions are not the product of judgment, but the effects of chance and hazard, of a mind floating at all adventures, without choice and without direction. Locke. The wise and active conquer difficulties By daring to attempt them : sloth and folly Shiver and shrink at sight of toil and hazard, And make the impossibility they fear. Rotee. Men are led on from one stage of life to another in a condition of the utmost hazard, and y.et without the least apprehension of their danger. Rogers. By dealing indifferently mercies to all, you may hazard your own share. Sherlock. The duke, playing at hazard, held in a great many hands together, and drew a huge heap of gold. Swift. Reason ! the hoary dotard's dull directress, That loses all because she hazards nothing. Dr. Johnson's Irene. HAZARD, in gaming. See GAMING. HAZARD, is properly so called, as it speedily enriches a man or ruins him. It is played only with two dice without tables ; and as many may play as can stand round the largest round table. Two things are chiefly to be observed, viz. main and chance ; the latter belonging to the caster, and the former, or main, to the other gamesters. There can be no main thrown above 9, or under 5 ; so that 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9, are the only mains. Chances and nicks are from 4, to 10; thus 4 is a chance to 9, 5 to 8, 6 to 7, 7 to 6, 8 to 5 ; and 9 and 10 a chance to 5, 6, 7, and 8 : in short, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10, are chances to any main, if any of these nick it not. Now nicks are either vfhen the chance is the same with the main, as 5 and5; orthelike; orGand 12, 7andl2,8and 12. Our clearest day here is misty and hazy ; we see not far, and what we do see is in a bad light. Burnet's Theory. Oft engendered by the hazy North, Myriads on myriads, insect armies waft. Ttiomson. HAZEBROUK, a large town of French Flan- ders, twenty-seven miles west by north of Lille. Its streets are straight, and its houses in general well built : its population about 6600. It is the capital of an arrondissement ; and has a brisk trade in thread, linen, and fruits the produce of the surrounding country. HA'ZEL, adj. 3 Sax. p«rel; Lat. corylus. HA'ZELLY, adj. \ Nut tree. Light brown, of the color of hazel; hence used figuratively to describe color. Kate, like the hazel twig, Is straight and slender ; and as brown in hue As hazel nuts, and sweeter than the kernels. Shakspeare. Her chariot is an empty hazel nut. Id. Why sit we not beneath the grateful shade, Which hazels, intermixed with elms, have made? Dryden. Uplands consist either of sand, gravel, chalk, rock, or stone, hazelly loam, clay, or black mould. Mortimer. Chuse a warm dry soil, that has a good depth of light hazel mould. • Id. There are some from the size of a hazel nut to that of a man's fist. Woodward. Where flows the murmuring brook, inviting dreams ; Where bordering Juizel overhangs the streams, Whose rolling current winding round and round, With frequent falls makes all the woods resound. Gay. The nuts grow in clusters, and are closely joined together at the bottom, each being covered with an outward husk or cup, which opens at the top, and when the fruit is ripe it falls out. The species are Aa«ei-nut, cobnut, and filbert. The red and white fil- berts are mostly esteemed for their fruit. Miller. The flowering thorn, self-taught to wind The hazel's stubborn stem entwined, And bramble twigs were wreathed around. And rough furze crept along the ground. Beattie. HAZEL, or HAZLE, in botany. See CORYLUS. The kernels of the fruit have a mild, farinaceous, oily taste, agreeable to most palates. Squirrels and mice are fond of them, as well as some birds. A kind of chocolate has been prepared from them ; and there are instances of their having been formed into bread. The oil expressed from them is little inferior to the oil of almonds; and is used by painters and by chemists for receiving and retaining odors. The charcoal made of the wood is used by painters in drawing. Evelyn tells us that no plant is more proper for thicken- ing of copses than the hazel, for which he directs the following expeditious method. Take a pole of hazel twenty or thirty feet in length, the head a little lopped into the ground, giving it a chop near the ground to make it succumb ; this HAZ 89 fastened to the earth with a hook or two, and covered with some fresh mould at a competent depth, will produce a great number of suckers, and thicken and furnish a copse speedily. The fruit, leaves, and catkins of this tree ane very commonly found in peat mosses, and in the allu- vial accumulations in the bottoms of valleys, having but little fall, and on the- flat shores of lakes. In the alluvial flats in the valleys of Derbyshire, &c., hazel-nuts, &c., are very com- mon in layers, between the silt and gravel. Woodward, in his Catalogue of Fossils, mentions nuts being found in Milnclose mine, which doubtless fell or were washed into opens from the surface; and on the whole it seems clear, that all these belong to the class of peat fossils, and are preserved in the most modern of gthe earthy deposits or accumulations. HAZEL EARTH, or HAZLEY EARTH, a kind of red loam, which is said to be an excellent mix- ture with other sorts of earth ; uniting what is too loose, co'oling what is too hot, and gently retaining the moisture. HAZEL, WITCH. See HAMAMELIS, and UL- MUS. HAZEL DIVINING RODS. We have glanced at this subject more than once. See BAGVETTE DIVINATOIRE, and DIVINING RODS. The fact is, that, in compiling both the foregoing articles, we obscurely recollected having seen a narrative on the subject, which we are at last able to pre- sent to our readers. It is from a note in the Quarterly Review. ' The narrative has been lately communicated to us,' says the writer, * by a friend residing in Norfolk, and puts the subject in the clearest point of view. We shall simply state that the parties, whose names are well known to many of our readers, are utterly inca- pable either of deceiving others, or of being de- ceived themselves. 'January 21st, 1818. — It is just fifty years since lady N's attention was first called to Jthis subject ; she was then sixteen years old, and was on a visit with her family at a chateau in Provence, the owner of which wanted to find a spring to supply his house, and for that purpose had sent for a peasant, who could do so with a twig. The English party ridiculed the idea, but still agreed to accompany the man, who, after walking some way, pronounced that he had ar- rived at the object of his search, and they accord- ingly dug and found him correct. —He was quite an uneducated man, and could give no account of the faculty in him, or of the means which he employed, but many others, he said, could do the same. ' The English party now tried for themselves, but all in vain, till it came to the turn of lady N., when, to her amazement and alarm, she found that the same faculty was in her as in the peasant, and, on her return to England, she often exerted it, though in studious concealment. She was afraid lest she should be ridiculed, or should, perhaps, get the name of a witch, and in either case she thought that she should certainly never get a husband ! ' Of late years her scruples began to wear away; and when Dr. Hutton published Ozanam's Researches, in 1803, where the effect of the HE divining rod is treated as absurd (vol. iv. p. 260- 7), she wrote a long letter to him, signed X. Y. Z., stating the facts which she knew. The P answered it, begging further information ; lady N. wrote again, and he, in his second letter, re- quested the name of his correspondent : that lady N. also gave. ' A few years afterwards she went, at Dr. Hut- ton's particular request, to see him at Woolwich, and she then showed him the experiment, and dis- covered a spring in a field which he had lately bought near the New College, then building. This same field he has since sold to the college, and for a larger price in consequence of the spring. ' Lady N. this morning shewed the experi- ment to lord G., Mr. S., and me, in the park at W. She took a thin forked hazel twig, about sixteen inches long, and held it by the end, the joint pointing downwards. When she came to a place where water was under the ground, the twig immediately bent, and the motion was more or less rapid as she approached or withdrew from the spring. When just over it, the twig turned so quick as to snap, breaking near her fingers, which by pressing it were indented, and heated, and almost blistered; a degree of agitation was also visible in her face. When she first made the experiment, she says, this agitation was great : and to this hour she cannot wholly divest herself of it, though it gradually decreases. She re- peated the trial several times in different parts of the park, and her statements were always accurate. Among those persons in England who have the same faculty, she says, she never knew it so strong in any as in Sir C. H. and Miss F. It is extraordinary that no effect is pro- duced at a well or ditch, or where earth does not interpose between the twig and the water. Th e exercise of the faculty is independent of any volition.' ' So far our narrator, in whom, we repeat, the most implicit confidence may be placed. The faculty so inherent in certain persons is evidently the same with that of the Spanish Zahories, though the latter do not employ the hazel twig.' HAZLITT, William, the son of a dissenting minister, was originally an artist. A few pic- tures, executed by him in his youth, are said to display genius. His writings show thought, dis- figured by paradox and dogmatism. He died September 15th, 1830, the day on which his last work, Conversations of James Northcote, appeared. He had, for years, contributed to the periodical journals, and had published an Essay on the Principles of Human Action ; the Round Table, a series of Essays, written in con- junction with Leigh Hunt; the Eloquence of the British Senate from the time of Charles I. with Notes (2 vols. 8vo.) ; Characters of Shak- speare's Plays; a View of the English Stage, containing a series of Dramatic Criticism ; Lec- tures on the English Poets ; Political Essays, with Sketches of Public Characters ; Lectures on the English Comic Writers; Table Talk; a Let- tertoW. Gifford ; an English Grammar, &c. Two or three years before his death, he published a life of Napoleon Bonaparte (4 vols. 8vo. 1828 et seq.) He was also one of the writers in the HEA Supplement to the Encyclopaedia Brittanica. The editor of the London Literary Gazette, in noticing his death, says, "Though differing widely from him in most of his opinions, we must allow that he produced much which did credit to his abilities. It was his asperities which rendered his performances generally un- palatable to us, and the dislike was not removed by an officious and affected style. Yet there were bright parts, and of these alone we would now cherish the remembrance, as of a clever but unamiable man, who was, as he himself tells us, ' at feud with the world,' and who consequently treated the world with ill will, if not malice, which the world requited with something of re- sentment and scorn." HEAD, n. s. Sax. heapo'D, heap's ; Belgic, houed; old English heved, whence, by contrac- tion, head. The part of the animal that contains the brain, or the organ of sensation and seat of thought. But now a litel while I wol bewaile This Pompeius, this noble governour Of Rome, which that fled at this bataille. I say on of his men, a false traitour, His hed of smote, to winnen him favour Of Julius, and him the hed be brought : Alas Pompeie ! of the orient conquerour, That Fortune unto swiche a fin thee brought. Chaucer. The Monket Tale. Vein-healing verven, and head-purging dill. Spenser. Person as exposed to any danger or penalty. What he gets more of her than sharp words, let it lie on my iiead. Shakspeare. Who of all ages to succeed, but feeling The evil on him brought by me, will curse My head.1 ill fare our ancestor impure. Milton. Head and ears. The whole person. In gingling rhimes well fortified and strong, He fights intrenched o'er head and ears in song. Granvillti. Denomination of any animals. The tax upon pasturage was raised according to a certain rate per head upon cattle. Arbutluwt, Chief; principal person; one to whom the rest are subordinate; leader; commander. Your head I him appoint ; And by myself have sworn, to him shall bow •All knees in heaven, and shall confess him Lord. Milton. Place of honor; the first place. Notwithstanding all the justices had taken their places upon the bench, they made room for the old knight at the head of them. Addison. Place of command. An army of fourscore thousand troops, with the duke of Marlborough at the head of them, could do nothing. Addison on the War. Countenance ; presence. Ere to-morrow's sun shall shew his head. Dryden. With Cain go wander through the shades of night, And never shew thy head by day or light. Shakspeare. Understanding ; faculties of the mind : com- monly in a ludicrous sense. The wenches laid their heads together. L'Estrange. Oh, says Reynard, never trouble your head, but leave that to wo. 1,1. HEA When ia ordinary discourse we say a man has a fine head, we express ourselves metaphorically, and speak in relation to his understanding ; and when we say of a woman, she has a fine head, we speak only in relation to her commode. Addison. Face ; front ; fore part. The gathering crowd pursues ; The ravishers turn head, the fight renews. Dry den. Resistance ; hostile opposition. Sometime hath Henry Bolingbroke made head against my power. Shakspeare. Two valiant gentlemen making head against them, seconded by half a dozen more, made forty run away. Raleigh. Spontaneous resolution. The bordering wars in this kingdom were made al- together by voluntaries, upon their own head, without any pay or commission from the state. Davies. State of a deer's horns, by which his age is known. The buck is called the fifth year a buck of the first head. Shakspeare. Individual. It is used in numbers or com- putation. If there be six millions of people, then there are about four acres for every head. Graunt. The top of any thing bigger than the rest. As high As his proud head is raised towards the sky, So low towards hell his roots descend. Denham. The fore part of any thing, as of a ship. His galleys moor; Their heads are turned to sea, their sterns to shore. Dryden. By galleys with brazen heads, she might transport over Indus at once three hundred thousand soldiers. Raleigh. That which rises on the top. Let it stand in a tub four or five days before it be put into the cask, stirring it twice a-day, and beating down the head or yeast into it. Mortimer. The blade of an axe. A man fetcheth a stroke with the axe to cut down the tree, and the head slippeth from the helve. Deut. xix. 5. Upper part of a bed. Israel bowed upon the bed's head. Gen. xlvii. 31. The brain. As eastern priests in giddy circles run, And turn their heads to imitate the sun. Pope. Dress of the head. Ladies think they gain a point when they have teazed their husbands to buy them a lared lifad or a fine petticoat. Sicift. Principal topic of discourse. These heads are of a mixed order, and we propose only such as belong to the natural world. Burnet's Theory. Source of a stream. The current by Gaza is but a small stream, rising between it and the Red Sea, whose head from Gaza is little more than twenty English miles. Raleigh's History. Crisis ; pitch. The indisposition which has long hung upon me, is at last grown to such a head, that it must quickly make an end of me, or of itself. Addison. Power ; influence ; force ; strength ; domi- nion. HE A 91 HEA Within her breast though calm, her breast though pure, Motherly cares and fears got head, and raised Some troubled thoughts. Milton. Body ; conflux. A mighty and a fearful head they are, As ever offered foul play in a state. Shakspeare. Let all this wicked crew gather Their forces to one head. Ben Jomon. Power ; armed force. My lord, my lord, the French have gathered head. Shakspeare. Liberty in running a horse. He gave his able horse the head, And bounding forward struck his agile heels Against the panting sides of his poor jade Up to the rowel head, Shakspeare. License ; freedom from restraint; a metaphor from horsemanship. God will not admit of the passionate man's apo- logy, that he has so long given his unruly passions their head, that he cannot now govern or controul them. South. It is very properly applied to roots. How turnips hide their swelling heads below, And how the closing coleworts upwards grow. Gay. Head and shoulders. By force ; violently. They bring in every figure of speech, head and shoulders, by main force, in spite of nature and their subject. Felton. HEAD ; the part of the animal body which contains the brain and the higher organs of sense. In many animals, it is connected with the trunk by the neck, and is more or less mov- able ; in some animals, however, it is immovable, and is merely a prolongation of the trunk. The head in animals is more distinct in proportion as the brain is more fully developed as the cen- tre of the nervous system. It is entirely want- ing in the lowest classes of animals, which therefore, from the intestinal worms downward, form a third class, in the system of Latreille, under the name of acephala (headless animals), while those provided with heads are divided into two classes, the vertebral animals, having distinct and proper heads, and the cephalidia, having small and less distinctly formed heads. In this part the mouth (q. v.), as the opening of the oesophagus, is always situated. In the second class of animals, in which the head is less distinct, that part of the body which is provided with the mouth may be called the head end. In the vertebral animals (mammalia, birds, reptiles, and fish) the head has a bony basis (cartilaginous only in the cartilaginous fishes). In fishes the bones of the head are not united with each other ; and the formation of the separate bones is various. In cartilaginous fishes, the head is more or less oblong and angular ; in osseous fishes, it is less flattened, and composed of a considerable number of bones connected in va- rious ways ; in all fishes the cavity of the brain is very small and oblong. Equally various is the formation of the head in the different classes of reptiles. In general, the head is composed of few bones, and more rounded in proportion ac the bruin is more fully developed. In birds, the bones of the head are more closely formed into one whole, constituting a skull more or less round, which contains the brain, and to the fore part of 'which the beak is attached. But the head is most perfect in the mammalia, and re- sembles the human head more nearly as the ani- mal approaches more nearly to man. In gene- ral, the human head may be considered as the standard, which may be traced, with gradual de- viations, through the different classes, until it entirely ceases in the lower orders of animals. Nowhere is its proper office, to serve for the re- ception of the nervous system, so distinct as in the human head ; the cavity of the skull con- taining the principal organ of sensitive life — the brain ; as the great cavities of the trunk contain the chest, the organs of irritable life (the heart and lungs), and the abdominal cavity, the organs of the reproductive life (the organs of digestion and generation). The superiority of the head over the other two parts just mentioned, appears also from the circumstances, that whilst it is pre- eminently the seat of the nervous system, it also contains organs essential for functions of the ir- ritable and reproductive system ; as the inspira- tion and expiration of the air are effected through the nostrils and mouth, and the entrance of food into the abdominal cavity, as well as the prepa- ration of it for digestion, by mastification and the production of saliva, is effected by the mouth; and these organs appear more prominent, in the heads of animals, as their sensitive system sinks lower in the scale. It must not be forgotten that the head also contains the tongue, a» organ, not only important in respect to nourishment, but also communicating the desires and thoughts, until it becomes in man the organ of oral inter- course, of language, and of the finest music — singing. The human head, and, more or less, the head of other animals, is divided into two chief parts, the skuU (see Skulf)and the face(q.v-). The importance of the head as the noblest part of the animal system, has occasioned it to be used metaphorically, in all languages, to denote that which is chief. (See Ear, Eye.) HEAD, adj. & v. a. "] Chief, principal, whe- HEAD'ER, n. s. ther applied to persons HEAD'INESS, n. s. I or things ; to lead, in- HEAD'LESS, adj. ^-fluence, or direct ; to HEAD'LONG, adj. i behead ; to fit any thing HEAD'Y, adj. \ with a head ; to lop HEAD'STRONG, adj. J the branches off trees. Header, one whose office it is to head pins or nails, &c. ; the first brick of the angle. Headi- ness, haste ; rashness ; stubbornness. Headless, without a head ; without a chief; ignorant ; ob- stinate ; careless ; inconsiderate. Headlong, precipitate ; steep ; rash. Headstrong, violent ; ungovernable ; resolute ; one that will not be restrained. Heady, apt to affect the head ; ver- tiginous ; violent ; impetuous. If any rashly blame such his choice of old and un- wonted words, him may I more justly blame and con- demn, either of witless headmess in judging1, or "of headless hardiness in condemning. Spenser. If you head and hang all that offend that way but for ten years together, you'll be glad to give out a commission for more heads. Shakspeare. HEA 92 I am advised what I say : Neither disturbed with the effect of wine, Nor, heady rash, provoked with raging ire ; Albeit my wrongs might make one wiser mad. Id. I'll forbear. And am fallen out with my more heady will. To take the indisposed and sickly fit For the sound man. •***• I'll look no more, Lest my brain turn, and the deficient sight Topple down headlong. *"• Never can reformation in a flood With such a heady current scowering faults ; Nor ever hydra-Aeaded wilfulness So soon did lose his seat. W- Were I man, a duke, and next of blood, I would remove these tedious stumbling-blocks, And smooth my way upon their headless necks. HEA Id. They rested not until they had made the empire stand headless about seventeen years. Raleigh. Wives, the readiest helps To betray heady husbands, rob the easy. Ben Jonson. On the cold earth lies the unregarded king, A headless carcase, and a nameless thing. Denham, He liked the advice, and then soon it essayed, And presents crowd headlong to give good example, So the bribes overlaid her that Rome once betrayed, The tribes ne'er contributed so to the temple. Manell. The senate, which should headstrong princes stay, Let loose the reins and gave the realm away ; With lavish hands they constant tributes give, And annual stipends for their guilt receive. Id. It suddenly fell from an excess of favour, which many examples having taught them, never stopt his race, 'till it came to a headlong overthrow. Sidney. If the header of one side of the wall is toothed as much as the stretcher on the outside, it would be a stronger toothing, and the joints of the headers of one side would be in the middle of the headers of the course they lie upon of the other side. JUoxon. I was entertained with a sort of wine which was very heady, but otherwise seemed to be sack. Boyle. Those only are regarded who are true to their party ; and all the talent required is to be hot, to be heady, to be violent on one side or the other. Temple. Abas, who seemed our friend, is either fled, Or, what we fear, our enemies does head. Dry den. Some ask for envy'd power, which publick hate Pursues, and hurries headlong to their fate, Down go the titles. Id. Of cornel-wood a spear upright, Headed with piercing steel, and polished bright. Id. Prickly stubs, instead of trees, are found ; Headless the most, and hideous to behold. Id. Since hearty beef and mutton will not do, Here's julep-dance, ptisan of song and show : Give you strong sense, the liquor is too heady ; You're come to farce, that's ass's milk, already. Id. You must disbrancn them, leaving only the summit entire : it may be necessary to head them too.' Mortimer. Nor is what has been said of princes less true of all other governours, from him that heads an army to him that is master of a family, or of one single ser- vant. Suuth. To give Ahab such warning as might infallibly have prevented his destruction, was esteemed by him evil ; and to push him on headlong into it, because hi. was fond of it, was accounted good. Id. If in good days, like these, the headstrong herd Grow madly wanton and repine, it is Because the ruins of power are held too slack And reverend authority of late Has worn a face of mercy more than justice. Howe's Jane Shore. Men, naturally warm and heady, are transported with the greatest flush of good-nature. Addisoti. This lord had- headed his appointed bands In firm allegiance to his king's commands. Prior. So when dread Jove the son of Phoebus hurled, Scared with dark thunder, to the nether world, The headstrong coursers tore the silver reins, And the sun's beamy ruin gilds the plains. Gay. Flow, Welsted ! flow, like thine inspirer beer ; Heady, not strong; and foaming, though not full. Pope. Headlong from thence the glowing fury springs, And o'er the Theban palace spreads her wings. Id. And Haidee met the morning face to face ; Her own was freshest, though a feverish flush Had dyed it with the headlong blood whose race From heart to cheek is curbed into a blush. Byron. Don Juan. HEAD OF A SHIP, an ornamental figure erected on the continuation of a ship's stem, as being expressive of her name, and emblematical of war, navigation, commerce, &c. Head is also used in a more enlarged sense, to signify the whole front or forepart of a ship, including me bows on each side ; the head therefore opens the column of water through which the ship passes when advancing. Hence we say, head-sails, head-sea, head-way, &c. See NAVIGATION, and SHIP-BUILDING. HE'ADACH, n. s. Head and ach. Pain in the head. From the cruel headach, Riches do not preserve. Sidney. Nothing more exposes to headachs, colds, catarrhs, and coughs, than keeping the head warm. Locke. In the headach he orders the opening of the vein of the forehead. Arbuthnot. At some dear idle time, Nor plagued with headachs, or the want of rhyme. Pope. HEAD'BAND, n. s. A fillet for the head ; a topknot ; the band at each end of a book. The Lord will take away the bonnets, and the headbands. Isaiah. HEAD'BOROUGH.n.s. Head and borough. A constable; a subordinate constable. Here lies John Dod, • Father or mother, sister or brother, he never knew none ; A headborough and a constable, a man of fame, The first of his Louse, and last of his name. Cam Jen. This none are able to break thorough, Until they're freed by head of borough. Hudibras. HEAD'DRESS, n. s. The covering for a woman's head : any thing prominent on the head; resembling ahead-dress. Among birds the males very soon appear in a most beautiful headdress, whether it be a crest, a comb, a HEA 93 HEA tuft of feathers, or a natural little plume, erected like a kind of pinnacle on the very top of the head. AdJison. There is not so variable a thing in nature as a lady's headdress: I have known it rise and fall. Id. If ere with airy horns I planted heads, Or discomoosed the headdress of a prude^ Pope. The HEAD DRESS, amongst the ancient Jew- ish, Grecian, and Roman ladies, as among our- selves, was various, according to the times, and the fluctuations of fashion. It principally consisted of their hair differently dressed. It was usually divided before, with a bodkin, into two equal parts ; sometimes it was covered with a net, or put into a kind of purse, or tied behind in the form of a knot, or bound back and plaited with ribands. It was washed with great care ; essence and perfumes were applied to it, and gold dust sometimes made use of as powder. Pearls and jewels made a part of their orna- ments ; and pendants were worn in the ears. To cover the defect of hair, perukes were made use of by the gentlemen at Rome. Otho had a covering of false hair. HEAD'GARGLE, n. s. Head and gargle. A disease in cattle. For the headgargle give powder of fenugreek. Mortimer. HEAD'LAND, n. s. A promontory ; a cape ; ground under the hedges. Now down with the grass upon headlands about, That groweth in shadow so rank and so stout. Tusser. An heroick play ought to be an imitation of an he- roick poem, and consequently love and valour ought to be the subject of it : both these Sir William Dave- nant began to shadow ; but it was so as discoverers draw their maps with headlands and promontories. Dryden. HEADLEY (Henry), B. A., an ingenious young poet, born at Norwich in 1765, and edu- cated under Dr. Parr. He studied at Trinity College, Oxford, where -he took his degree. He published a volume of poems ; several pieces in the Olla Podrida ; and a curious work entitled Select Beauties of Ancient English Poetry, with remarks ; in 2 vols. 8vo. He died at Norwich in 1788, aged twenty-three. HEAD-MOULD-SHOT, in medicine, is a disease wherein the sutures are so closely locked together, as to compress the internal parts, the meninges, or even the brain. It is supposed to ddmit of no cure from medicine, unless room could be given by manual operation or a divul- sion of the sutures. It is the opposite of the horse-shoe head. HEAD'PIECE, n. s. Head and piece. Ar- mourfor thehead; helmet; understanding; force of mind. 'Tis done by some severals Of headpiece exraordinary, lower messes Perchance are to this business purblind. Shahipeare. Eumenes had the best headpiece of all Alexander's captains. Prideaux. I pulled off my headpiece, and humbly entreated her pardon, or knowledge why she was cruel. Sidney. The word is given ; with eager speed they lace The shining headpiece, and the shield embrace. Dryden. This champion will not come into the field, before his great blunderbuss can be got ready, his old rusty breastplate scoured, and his cracked headpiece mended. Swift. A reason for this fiction of the one-eyed Cyclops^, •was their wearing a headpiece, or martial vizor, that had but one sight. Broome. HEAD'QUARTERS, n. s. Head and quar- ters. The place of general rendezvous, or lodg- ment for soldiers. This is properly two words". The horse made their escape to Winchester, the headquarters. Clarendon Those spirits, posted upon the out-guards, imme- diately scour off to the brain, which is the head- quarters, or office of intelligence, and there they make their report. Collier. HEAD'SHIP, n. s. From head. .Dignity; authority ; chief place. HEAD'SMAN, n. s. Head and man. Exe- cutioner ; one that cuts off heads. Rods broke on our associates' bleeding backs. And headsmen lab'ring 'till they blunt their ax ? Dryden. HEAD'STALL, H. s. Head and stall. Part of the bridle that covers the head. His horse, with a half-checked bit, and a head- stall of sheep's leather, which, being restrained to keep him from stumbling, hath been often burst, and now repaired with knots. Shakspeare. HEAD'STONE, n. s. Head and stone. The first or capital stone. The stone, which the builders refused, is become the headstone. HEAL, v. a. & v. n. HEAL'ER, n. s. HEAL'ING, adj. HEALTH, n. s. HEALTH'FUL, adj. HEALTH'FULLY, adv. Psa. cxviii. 24. Sax. paelan, from peel ; Golh. halgan ; Belg. heelen ; Teut. heilent To cure a person : to restore { from hurt or sick- HEALTH'FULNESS, n'. s. (ness ; the person or HEALTH I'LY, adv. HEALTHINESS, n. s. HEALTH'SOME, adj. HEALTH'Y, adj. HEALTH'LESS, adj. the means by which it is done ; a cure : mild, gentle, assua- sive. Health, free- j dom from pain or sickness as to the body ; as to the mind, welfare ; purity; goodness; salvation: also a wish for hap- piness, used in drinking : healthful, wholesome ; salutary : healthless, weak ; sickly ; infirm ; that which is not conducive to health. Our father is in good health, he is yet alive. Genesis. My God, my God, why hast thou forsaken me, and art so far from my health, and from the words of my complaint? Psalms. I will not be an healer. Isaiah. Thou hast no healing medicines. Jer. xxx. 13. I will restore health, and heal thee of thy wounds. Jer. xxx. ' ther n'is erthe, water, fire, ne aire, Ne creature that of hem maked is, That may me hele or don comfort in this. Chaucer. The Knightes Tale. For now is Palamon in alle wele, Living in blisse, in richesse, s-nd in hele. Id. HEA 94 HEA To us surgiens apperteineth, that we do to every wight the best that we can ; wher as we ben witholden, and to our patient that we do no damage, wherfore it happeth many a time and ofte, that whan twey men han, everirh, wounded other o same surgien helcth hem both. Chaucer. Tale of Melibeus. Shall I not then be stifled in the vault, To whose foul mouth no healthsome air breathes in, And there be strangled ere my Romeo«comes T Shaktpeare. May be he is not well ; Infirmity doth still neglect all office, Whereto our health is bound. Id. Those wounds heal that men do give themselves. Id. Come, love and health to all ; I drink to the' general joy of the whole table. H. Such an exploit have I in hand, Had you an healthful ear to hear it. Id. Many good and Ixalthful airs do appear by habita- tion and proofs, that differ not in smell from other airs. Bacon. The best preservative to keep the mind in health, is the faithful admonition of a friend. Id. He asked leave to begin two healths : the first was to the king's mistress, and the second to his wife. Howel. Nothing in Nature's sober found But an eternal health goes round. Cowley. He that spends his time in sports, is like him whose garment is all made of fringes, and his meat nothing bin sauces ; they are healthless, chargeable, and useless. Taylor. While they pervert pure nature's healthful rules To loathsome sickness ; worthily since they God's image did not reverence in themselves. Milton. Our healthful food the stomach labours thug, At first embracing what it strait doth crush. Dryden. For peace at home, and for the public wealth, I mean to crown a bowl to Caesar's health. Id. Gardening or husbandry, and working in wood, are fit and healthy recreations for a man of study or busi- ness. Locke. Adam knew no disease, so long as temperance from the forbidden fruit secured him : Nature was his phy- sician, and innocence and abstinence would have kept him healthful to immortality. South. The husbandman returns from the field, and from manuring his ground, strong and healthy, because in- nocent and laborious. Id. Who would not believe that our Saviour healed the sick, and raised the dead, when it was published by those who themselves often did the same mirr.cles? Addison. To the winds the inhabitants of Geneva ascribe the healthfulness of their air ; for as the Alps surround them on all sides, there would be a constant stagna- tion of vapours, did not the north wind put them in motion. Id. on Italy. Health is the faculty of performing all actions proper to a human body, in the most perfect manner. Quincy. Air and exercise contribute to make the animal healthy. Arbuthnot. After separation of the eschar, I deterged and healed. Wiseman. A fontanel had been made in the same leg, which he forced to heal up, by reason of the pain. Id. Temperance, industry, and apublick spirit, running through the whole body of the people in Holland hath preserved an infant commonwealth, of a sickly '•onstitution, through so many dangers, as a much more healthy one could never have without those advantages. against Swift. Physicians, by just observations, grow up to an honourable degree of skill in the art of healing. Watts. Here the great masters of the healing art, These mighty mock-defrauders of the tomb, Spite of their juleps and catholicons, Resign to fate ! Blair't Grave. From labour health, from health contentment springs, Contentment opes the source of every joy. Beattie. And so all ye, who would be in the right 7n health and purse, begin your day to date From day-break. Byron. Don Juan. HEALFANG, HEALSFANG, or HALSFANG, [from halp, neck, and pangen, to contain, Sax.] in the ancient English customs, signifies collis- trigium, or the punishment of the pillojy : Paena scilicet qua alicui collum stringatur. Healfang is also taken for a pecuniary punishment or mulct, to commute for standing in the pillory ; and is to be paid either to the king or the chief lord. Qui falsum testimonium dedit, reddat regi vel terra domino healfang. HEALTH. See MEDICINE. HEALTH OF MARINERS, METHODS OF PRE- SERVING THE. See SEAMEN. HEAM, in beasts, the same as the after- birth in women. Thyme, penny-royal, winter savory, and common hore-hound, boiled in white wine, and given to a mare, are esteemed good to expel the heam. Dittany, applied in a pessaiy, expels the heam, as well as the dead foal; so also do fennel, hops, savin, angelica, &c. HEAP, n. s. & v.a.^t Sax. peap; Dut. and HEAP'ER, n. s. > Scot, hoop ; Swed. hop. HEAP'Y, adj. j The primary idea is ac- cumulation ; a crowd ; a throng ; a cluster : to throw together; to lay up or hoard ; to add : any thing lying on heaps. Though the wicked heap up silver as the dust, and raiment as the clay ; the just shall put it on, and the innocent shall divide the silver. Job xxvii. 16. Heap on wood, kindle the fire. Exek. xxiv. 10. The dead were fallen down by heaps, one upon another. Wisd. xviii. 23. And if that Love aught let his bridel go, Al that now loveth, asonder should lepe — And lost were al that Love halt now to kept. Chaucer. Troilus and Crenide. For those of old, And the late dignities leaped up to them, We rest your hermits. Shahspeare. The way to lay the city flat, And bury all which yet distinctly ranges, In heaps and piles of ruin. Id. A cruel tyranny ; a heap of vassals and slaves, no freemen, no inheritance, no stirp or ancient families. • Bacun. How great the credit was, wherein that oracle was preserved, may be gathered from the vast riches which were there heaped up from the offerings of all the Grecian nations. Temple. They who will make profession of painting, must heap up treasures out of their reading, and there will find many wonderful means of raising themselves above others. Dryden. An universal cry resounds aloud ; The sailors run in heaps, a helpless crowd. Id. HEA 95 HEA Huge heaps of slain around the body rise. Id. At her feet were laid The sceptres of the earth, exposed on heaps, To chuse where she would reign. Id. Venice in its first beginnings had only a few heaps of earth for its dominions. Addison on Italy. To exult Even o'er an enemy oppressed, and heap Affliction on the afflicted, is the mark And the mean triumph of a dastard soul. Id. Cato. Where a dim gleam the paly lanthorn throws O'er the mid pavement, keapy rubbish grows. Gay. Scarce his head Raised o'er the heapy wreath, the branching elk Lies slumbering sullen in the white abyss. Thomson, HEAR, v. a. & v. n. } Sax. £yjian, beajicman ; HEAR'ER, n. s. Goth, fieyra ; Teut. hoe- HEAR'ING, n. s. [ ran; Belg. hooran. The HEARK'EN, v. n. [difference between hear HEARK'EXER^.S. | and hearken: to hear is HEAR'SAY, n. s. ) simply the act of the ear ; to hearken, an act of the ear and mind, implying effort voluntarily made. Hear has the following meanings : — To enjoy the sense by which sounds are distinguished ; to listen ; to be told ; to per- ceive ; give audience ; to obey ; to attend favor- ably ; to try ; to attend ; to acknowledge a title : hearer, one who attends discourses orally de- livered ; one of an audience : hearken, to listen eagerly or curiously ; to attend : hearsay, ru- mor ; report. Hearken unto me, thou son of Zippor. Numbers. Hear the causes and judge righteously. Deut. i. 16. In our hearing the king charged thee, beware that none touch Absalom. 2 Sam. xviii. 12. A scorner heareth not rebuke. Proverbs. Hear the word at my mouth, and give them warn- ing from me. Ezek. iii. 17. I was bowed dowr. at the hearing of it j I was dis- mayed at the seeing of it. Hosea. They think they shall be heard for their much speaking. Matthew. I have heard by many of this man. Acts, ix. 13. Agrippa and Bernice entered into the place of hearing. Acts He sent for Paul, and heard him concerning the faith in Christ. Id. xxiv. 24. To-day if ye will hear his voice, harden not your hearts. Hebrews. But only for the fece thus she cried, And wept, that it wos pitee for to here. Chaucer. The Knightes Tale. Ful swetely herde he confession, And plesant was his absolution. Id. Prologue to the Canterbury Tales. Now let us ride and herkeneth what I say, And with that word we riden forth our way ; And he began with a right mery chere, His tale anon, and saide as ye shul here. Id. While that this king sit thus in his nobley, Herking his ministralles hir thinges pley, Beforne him at his bord delisiously In at the halle dore, al sodenly, Ther came a knight upon a stede of bros. Id. The Squieres Tale. St. John and St. Matthew, which have recorded these sermons, heard them j and being hearers, did think themselves as well respected as the Pharisees. Hooker. Words, be they never so few, are too many, when they benefit not the hearer. Id If we profess, as Peter did, that we love the Lord, and profess it in the hearing of men ; charity is prone to hear all things, and therefore charitable men are likely to think we do so. Id. He affirmed, by Jieanay, that some giants saved themselves upon the mountain Baris in Armenia. Raleigh's History. The hearers will shed tears, And say, Alas ! it was a piteous deed ! Shahspeare. Tell thou the lamentable fall of me, And send the hearers weeping to their beds. Id. The youngest daughter, whom you hearken for, Her father keeps from excess of suitors. Id. He hearkens after prophecies and dreams. Id. They do me too much injury, That ever said I hearken for your death. If it were so, I might have let alone The' insulting hand of Douglas over you. Id. The French ambassador upon that instant Craved audience ; and the hour, I think, is come To give him a hearing. Id. You have been talked of since your travels much, And that in Hamlet's hearing, for a quality Wherein they say you shine. Id. Hamlet. Bees are called with sound upon brass, and there- fore they have hearing. Bacon's Nat. Hist. Plays in themselves have neither hopes nor fears ; Their fate is only in their hearers' ears. Ben Jonson. Since 'tis your command, what you so well Are pleased to hear, I cannot grieve to tell. Denham. Or nearest thou rather pure ethereal stream, Whose fountain who shall tell ? Milton. So spake our mother Eve, and Adam heard, Well pleased, but answered not. Id. Great laughter was in heaven, And looking down, to see the hubbub strange, And hear the din. Milton. On earth Who against faith or conscience can be heard Infallible ? Id. And so was she dulled withal, that we could come so near as to hear her speeches, and yet she not per- ceive the hearers of her lamentation. Sidney. For prey these shepherds two he took, Whose metal stiff he knew he could not bend With hearsay pictures, or a window look. Id. The readers are the jury to decide according the merits of the cause, or to bring it to another hearing before some other court. Dryden. The gaping three-mouthed dog forgets to snarl ; The furies Itearken, and their snakes uncurl. Id. Louder and yet more loud, I hear the alarms Of human cries : I mount the terrass, thence the town survey, hat tl hear< And sure he heard me, but be would not hear. Id. The fox had the good luck to be within hearing. L' Estrange. This, of eldest parents, leaves us more in the dark, who, by divine institution, has a right to civil power, than those who never heard any thing at all of heir or descent. Locke. Those who put passion in the place of reason, nei- ther use their own, nor hearken to other people's rea- son, any farther than it suits their humour. Id. I must beg the forbearance of censure, till I have been heard out in the sequel of this discourse. Id. HEA Hear of such a crime As tragic poets, since the birth of time, Ne'er feigned. Tate's Juvenal. Those of different principles may be betrayed to give you a fair hearing, said to know what you have to say for yourself. Adduon. All the little scramblers after fame fall upon him, HEA king at arms. At the first chapter held in 1786 fie was knighted. At the age of eighty-four Sir Isaac went to Brussels, where he invested the king of the Netherlands with the order of the garter ; and thence to Vienna, to perform the same ceremony to the emperor of Austria. The last public service in which he engaged was that of publish every blot in his life, and depend upon hear- £ttending the funeral of his ^ majestv> with whom he had been a great favorite. Sir Isaac died at the heralds' college, April 29th 1822, with the infant of the say to defame him Hearest thou submissive, but a lowly birth ? Prior. Sound is nothing but a certain modulation of the external air, which, being gathered by the external air, beats, as is supposed, upon the membrana tym- pani, which moves the fonr little bones in the tympa- num : in like manner, as it is beat by the external air, these little bones move the internal air which is in the tympanum and vestibulum ; which internal air prncess Brunswick having seen, with the infant of Charlotte, six generations of the family. He was buried in St. George's Chapel at Windsor. HEARNE (Thomas), a learned antiquary, and classical editor, was born at White Waltham Berkshire, where his father was parish clerk and makes an impression upon the auditory nerve in the school.master about 1678> After acquiring a labyrinth and cochlea, according as it is moved by the little bones in the tympanum : so that, according to the various reflections of the external air, the in- ternal air makes various impressions upon the audi- tory nerve, the immediate organ of hearing ; and these different impressions represent different sounds. Quincy. He who makes much necessary, will want much ; and, wearied with the difficulty of the attainment, will hearken after any expedient that offers to shorten his way to it. Rogers. Vice heard his fame, she read his bill, Convinced of his inferior skill She sought his booth, and from the crowd Defyed the man of art aloud. Gay'* Fables. The goddess heard. Pope: There's not a blessing individuals find, But some way leans and hearkens to the kind. Id. Her hearers had no share In all she spoke, except to stare. Swift. Hear it not ye stars, And thou pale moon ! turn paler at the sound. Young. All Nature fades extinct ; and she alone Heard, felt, and seen possesses every thought Fills every sense, and pants in every vein. Thomson. And her voice was the warble of a bird, So soft, so sweet, so delicately clear, That finer, simpler music ne'er was heard : The sort of sound we echo with a tear, Without knowing why — an overpowering tone Whence melody descends as from a throne. Byron. HEARD signifies a keeper, and is sometimes knowledge of Latin and Greek, he was taken into the house of a Mr. Cherry, of Shottes- brooke, with whom the celebrated Henry Dodwell then resided, to whose instructions Hearne ap- pears to have been indebted. He was sent in 1 696 to Edmund Hall, Oxford, where he was em- ployed by Dr. Mill and Dr. Grabe in the col- lation of MSS., and obtained his degrees in arts: in 1701 he was made assistant to Dr. Hudson, the keeper of the Bodleian library, when he greatly improved Hyde's catalogue of that literary collection. In 1712 he was ap- pointed second librarian; and in 1715 archity- pographer and esquire beadle of the civil law ; but he soon resigned these offices, through scrupling to take the oath of allegiance to George I. He however continued to reside at Edmund Hall, where he died June 10th 1735. His labors were almost exclusively those of an editor, in which character he merits the praise of accu- racy and fidjelity. He published editions of Livy, Justin, and Eutropius ; but his publica- tions chiefly consist of the monastic and other ancient chronicles of our history. Among the rarest is the Acts of the Apostles in Greek and Latin, from a MS. in the Bodleian library. HEARNE (Thomas), was born in 1744, at Binkworth, in Wiltshire, and learned the art of engraving from the ingenious Woollet ; but did not afterwards follow that profession ; being engaged by Sir Ralph Payne, governor of t-he Leeward Islands, to go out with him as a draughtsman. On his return to Enland he initial ; as heard-heart a glorious keeper : some- applied to the study of Gothic architecture and times final, as cyneheard, a royal keeper. — Gib- son's Camden. It is now written herd ; as cow- herd, a cow-keeper ; Saxon byr-^. HEARD (Sir Isaac), the late venerable garter principal king at arms, was born at Ottery St. Mary in Devonshire, December 10th, 1730. He entered early in life into the naval service, and had a narrow escape for his life on the coast of Africa, by falling overboard with the main- mast of the ship; but was saved by the exertions of a companion, Kingsmill, who afterwards became an admiral. In 1759, being only a mid- shipman, he was appointed by the favor of the earl of Effingham the acting earl marshal, blue mantle pursuivant of arms. In 1761 he was made Lancaster herald ; in 1774 Norroy; in 1780 Cla- rencieux, by patent : and in 1784 garter principal landscape ; and, in conjunction with Mr. Byrne, undertook the Antiquities of Great Britain, for which he made the whole of the drawings. He seldom attempted bold scenery, but for truth and chasteness of coloring has seldom been sur- passed. He was a member of the Society of Antiquaries : and the leader of all that is excel- lent in modern landscape painting in water colors. He died April 13th, 1818. HEARSE, or HERSE, n. s. Barb. Lat. hersia ; or Goth, hirda, to environ, or enclose. A car- riage in which the dead are conveyed to the grave; a temporary monument set over a grave. To add to your laments Wherewith you now bedew king Henry's hearse, I must inform you of a dismal sight. Shakupeare. HEA 97 HEA Underneath this marble herse Lies the subject of all verse. Ben Joiuon. And as they Nature's cradle decked, Will in green age her hearse expect. Marvell. HEART, n.s. Sax. beojit; Swed. hoard; Teut. hertz. The muscle which by its contrac- tion and dilatation propels the blood through the course of circulation, and is therefore considered as the source of vital motion. It is supposed in popular language to be the seat sometimes of courage, sometimes of affection, sometimes of honesty or baseness. The chief part ; the vital part ; the vigorous or efficacious part ; the inner part of any thing. Person ; character ; used with respect to courage or kindness. Seat of love ; affection ; inclination ; memory : though South seems to distinguish. Good-will; ardor of zeal. To take to heart any thing is to be zealous or solicitous or ardent about it. Anxiety ; concern ; secret recesses of the mind ; disposition. The heart is considered as the seat of tenderness : a hard heart therefore is cruelty. To find in the heart, to be not wholly averse. Secret meaning or intention ; conscience ; strength ; vigor ; effi- cacy; the utmost degree of feeling; life. For my heart seems sometimes to signify, if life were at stake ; and sometimes for tenderness. This word is much used in composition with other words to which it gives the idea of cordiality, or extreme of feeling ; as in the following ex- amples. Joab perceived that the king's heart was towards Absalom. 2 Sum. Michal saw king David leaping and dancing before the Lord, and she despised him in her heart. Id. vi. 16. • — What pretty man is this That rometh here ? now, truly, drinke ne mete Nede I not have, mine herte for joye doth bete Him to beholde, so is he godely freshe ; It seemeth, for love, his herte is tendre and neshe. Chaucer. The Court of Love. Wide was the wound ; and a large lukewarm flood, Red as the rose, thence gushed grievously, That when the painim spyed the streaming blood, Gave him great heait and hope of victory. Spenser. Faerie Queene. There did other like unhappy accidents happen out of England, which gave heart and good oppor- tunity to them to regain their old possessions. Spenser. Every man's heart and conscience doth in good or evil, even secretly committed, and known to none but itself, either like or disallow itself. Hooker. If he take not their causes to heart, how should tliere be but in them frozen coldness, when his affec- tions seem benumbed, from whom theirs should take fire? id. This gay charm, Like a right gipsy, hath, at fast and loose, Beguiled me to the very heart of loss. Sliakspeare. Set your heart at rest ; The fairy land buys not the child of me. Id. Thou wouldest have left thy dearest heart blood there, Rather than made that savage duke thine heir, And disinherited thine only son. Id. I thank you for my venison, master Shallow. — Master Page, much good do it your good heart. Id. VOL. XI. Snakes in my heart blood warmed, that sting my heart. /-f. Our battle is more full of names than yours, ' Our men more perfect in the use of arms, Our armour all as strong, our cause the best ; Then reason wills our hearts should be as good. Id. I will on with my speech in your praise, And then shew you the heart of my message. Id, I bid the rascal knock upon your gate. And could not get him for my heart to do it. Id. I gave it to a youth, A prating boy, that begged it as a fee : I could not /or my heart deny it him. Id. The king's a bawcock, and a heart of gold. A lad of life, an imp of fame. Id. Hey, my hearts ; cheerly my hearts. Id. What says my heart of elder ? Ha! is he dead ? Id. I've seen thee stern, and thou hast oft beheld .Heart-hardening spectacles. Id. Whatsoever was attained to, concerning God and his working in nature, the same was d slivered over by heart and tradition from wise men to a posterity equally zealous. Raleigh. Try whether leaves of trees, swept together, with some chalk and dung mixed, to give them more heart, would not make a good compost. Bacon. If he would take the business to heart, and deal in it effectually, it would succeed well. Id. Barley being steeped in water, and turned upon a dry floor, will sprout half an inch ; and if it be let alone, much more, until the heart be out. Id. The king's forces are employed in appeasing dis- orders more near the heart of the kingdom. Hayward. Means how to feel, and learn each other's heart, By the' abbot's skill of Westminster is found. Daniel. The lady marchioness of Hertford engaged her husband to take this business to heart. Clarendon. Amongst those who took it most to heart, Sir John Stawell was the chief. Id. Having left that city well provided, and in good heart, his majesty removed with his little army to Bewdley. Id. Eve, recovering heart, replyed. Milton. Nor set thy heart, Thus over-fond, on that which is not thine. Id. Profoundly skilled in the black art, As English Merlin for his heart. Hudibras: He with providence and courage so passed ovei all, that the mother took such spiteful grief at it, that her heart brake withal, and she died. Sidney. For my breaking the laws of friendship with you, I could find in my heart to ask you pardon for it, but that your now handling of me gives me reason to confirm my former dealing. Id. If it please you to make his fortune known, I will after take heart again to go on with his falsehood. Id. Doing all things with so pretty a grace, that it seemed ignorance could not make him do amiss, be- cause he had a heart to do well. /(/. Every moment I'm from thy sight, the heart within my bosom Moans like a tender infant in its cradle, Whose nurse had left it. Otway. Venice Preserved. Generally the inside or heart of trees is harder than the outward parts. In>yle. 11 HEA A friend makes me a feast, and sets all before me, but I set ray heart upon one dish alone, and if that happen to be thrown down, I scorn all the rest. Temple. The expelled nations take heart, and when they fly from one country invade another. Id. Then mixing powerful herbs with magick art, She changed his form who could not change his heart. Dryden. What did I not, her stubborn heart to gain ? But all my vows were answered with disdain. Id. That the spent earth may gather heart again, And, bettered by cessation, bear the grain. Id. Here in the heart of all the town I'll stay, And timely succour where it wants convey. Id. We all set our hearts at rest, since whatever comes from above is for the beat. L' Estrange. Tis well to be tender ; but to set the heart too much upon any thing is what we cannot justify. Id. Finding that it did them no hurt, they took heart upon't, went up to't, and viewed it. Id. Would you have him open his heart to you, and ask your advice, you must be- in to do so with him first. Locke. We call the committing of a thing to memory the getting it by heart ; for it is the memory that must transmit it to the heart ; and it is in vain to expect that the heart should keep its hold of any truth, when the memory has let it go. South. Every prudent and honest man would join himself to that side which had the good of their country most at heart. Additon. Such iron heartt we are, and such The base barbarity of human kind. Rows. Learned men have been now a long time searching after the happy country from which our first parents were exiled : if they can find it, with all my heart. Woodward. Ah . what avails it me the flocks to keep, Who lost my heart while I preserved my sheep ! Pope. Shall I in London act this idle part ' Composing songs for fools to get by heart. Id. Men, some to pleasure, some to business take ; But every woman is, at heart, a rake. Id. Prest with Aearf-corroding grief and years, To the gay court a rural shed prefers. Id. I would not be sorry to find the Presbyterians mis- taken in this point, which they have most at heart. Swift. What I have most at heart is, that some method should be thought on for ascertaining and fixing our language. Id. Care must be taken not to plow ground out of heart, because if 'tis in heart, it may be improved by marl again. Mortimer. A fonder parent Nature never knew, And as his age increased his fondness grew. A parent's love ne'er better was bestowed ; The pious daughter in her heart o'erflowed. Young. Force of Religion. Not kings alone, Each villager has his ambition too ; No sultan prouder than his fettered slave ; Slaves build their little Babylons of straw, Echo the proud Assyrian in their hearts, And cry—' Behold the wonders of my might.' Id. Night Thought!. But these thou must renounce, if lust of wealth E'er win its way to thy corrupted heart ; For ah '. it poisons like a scorpion's dart. Beattie. O cruel ! will no pang of pity pierce That heart by lust of lucre seared to stone ? Id. 98 HEA The heart is like the sky, a part of heaven. But changes night and day too, like the sky ; Now o'er it clouds and thunder must be driven, And darkness and destruction as on high • But when it hath been scorched, and pierced, ana riven, Its storms expire in water-drops ; the eye Pours forth at last the heart' s-bluod turned to tears. Which make the English climate of our years. Byron. Don Juan. HEART. See ANATOMY, Index. Physi- ologists and anatomists have from time to time attempted to make estimates of the force of the blood in the heart and arteries ; but have differed as widely from each other, as they have from the truth, for want of sufficient data. This set the ingenious Dr. Hales upon making proper experiments, to ascertain the force of the blood in the veins and arteries of several ani- mals. If, according to Dr. Keil's estimate, the left ventricle of a man's heart throws out in each systole an ounce or 1-638 cubic inches of blood, and the area of the orifice of the aorta be ~0'4187, then, dividing the former by this, the quotient 3'9 is the length of the cylinder of blood which is formed in passing through the aorta in each systole of the ventricle; and, in the seventy-five pulses of a minute, a cylinder of 292'5 inches in length will pass : this is at the rate of 1462 feet in an hour. But, the systole of the heart being performed in one-third of this time, the velocity of the blood in that in- stant will be thrice as much, viz. at the rate of 4386 feet in an hour, or seventy-three feet in a minute. And if the ventricle throws out one ounce in a pulse, then, in the seventy-five pulses of a minute, the quantity of blood will be equal to 4-4 Ibs. 11 oz. ; and in thirty-four minutes a quantity equal to a middle-sized man, viz. 158 Ibs. will pass through the heart. But if, with Dr. Harvey and Dr. Lower, we suppose 2 oz. of blood, that is 3*276 cubic inches, to be thrown out at each systole of the ventricle, then the velocity of the blood in entering the orifice of the aorta will be double the former, viz. at the rate of 146 feet in a minute, and a quantity of blood equal to the weight of a man's body will pass in half the time, viz. seventeen mi- nutes. If we suppose, what is probable, that the blood will rise 7+£ feet high in a tube fixed to the carotid artery of a man, and that the inward area of the left ventricle of his heart is equal to fifteen square inches, these, multiplied into 7Xs feet, give 1 350 cubic inches of blood, which presses on that ventricle, when it first begins to contract a weight equal to 15-5 Ibs. What Dr. Hales thus calculated from suppo- sition, with regard to mankind, he actually ex- perimented upon horses, dogs, fallow-does, &c., by fixing tubes in orifices opened in their veins and arteries ; by observing the several heights to which the blood rose in these tubes as they lay on the ground ; and by measuring the capa- cities of the ventricles of the heart and orifices of the arteries. And, that the reader may the more readily compare the said estimates toge- ther, he has given a table of them, ranged in the following order. HEA HEA d ' d , o d _ « , , d O bD '"" bo d • IS _j- . i § ^ .S i J "m •o-S, •o •- •a Ill d CO >. 5 0 jfl II .1 0 1^ 0 « If "o 1 xr* O "S 1 §**^ bfi — , ° d I V *- " ° d g is i IS .u *- J « o § _3 J i (0 s " Z S "I o •JM „ a o 3 a> ^3 •c ^ 3 .2°"? * o ° 1 d o so > d 1 O •si - -o • ^| o «*- rf o ^ .£ .5 6 - S £ |*S E M "3 -o .S *G "° «S .g "1 f I 1-1 3 S bC-3 ." o * <*, all I ™ 'S •• P £ S *« ** 3 — « o 't-i CO ^> 0> •" <-> o g 0 u m a a O •< O1 H ^ 2 2 OD ^ ao o V 0 1 V Square d .S •3 . d inches. •o 0! OB E Ss s •o •o S a • * 2 2 IS ** 3 3 d d 3 0 - d 3 3 3 o W V - 3 CT1 r^ O 0 £ d 1— 1 S, ~ D fa S S e- 04 V) Man 160 On 7 6 1-659 0-4187 56-65 34-18 8-32 51-5 75 strain- 4-318 1133 17-5 9-36 Horse 1st ing. 8 3 2d 9 8 3d 825 12 52 9 6 10 1-036 86-85 60 13-75 113-22 8R 0-677 0-369 Ox 1600 12-5 1-539 76-95 88 18-14 ;j8 0-912 0-84 right, left. Sheep Doe 91 5£ 9 6 5J 4 2 1 85 9 0-172 0-476 174-5 20 4-593 36-56 65 0-094 0-383 0-07 0-012 0-246 right. left. Dog 1st 2d 52 24 0 6 5 7 6 8 2 8 1-172 1 0-196 0-185 144-7 130-9 11-9 6-43 4-34 3-7 33-61 97 0-106 0-102 0-041 0-034 0-031 0-009 3d 18 5 4 8 0-633 0-118 130 7-8 2-3 19-8 0-07 0-022 0-009 4th 4 0 3 3 0 5 0-101 120 6-7 1-85 11-1 0-061 0-015 0-007 HEART-ACH, n. s. HEART'-BREAK, n. s. HEART'-BREAKER, n. s. HEART'-BREAKING, adj., n. s. HEART'-BURNED, adj. HEART'-BURNING, n. s. HEART'-RENDING, adj. HEART'-ROBBING, adj. HEART'-SICK, adj. HEART'-SORE, adj. HEART'-STRUCK, adj. HEART'-^WELLING, adj. HEART'-WOUNDED, adj. HEART'-WOUNDING, adj. HEART'-DEAR, adj. HEART'-EASE, n.s. HEART'-EASING, adj. HEART'-FELT, adj. HEART'-QUELLING, adj. HEART'-STRING, n. s. HEART'-WHOLE, adj. HEART'S'-EASE, n.s. HEART'-PEASE, n. s. fection ; heart-robbing, ecstatic to a degree de- priving of thought; heart-string, ligaments or nerves supposed to sustain the heart, properly the vessels by which it is suspended; heart- whole, affections yet unfixed, or vitals yet unim- paired ; the other words are too obvious to require specific illustration. Heart-breaker is an obsolete word or cant term for a woman's curls, supposed to break the heart of all her lovers ; heart's-ease, the name of a flower ; heart-pease, a plant. Compounds of heart with other words, for the most part expressing their own pecu- Irar meanings, and implying various degrees of suffering or pleasure, sorrow ,-or discontent. Heartburn, pain at the stomach arising from aci- dity, and figu- ratively secret discontent or enmity : heart- dear, sincerely beloved; heart- quelling, con- j quering the af- Those piteous plaints and sorrowful sad time, Which late you poured forth, as ye did sit Beside the silver springs of Helicone, Making your musick of heart-breaking mone. Spenser. Wherever he that godly knight may find, His only heart-sore and his only foe. Id. Faerie Queene. Drawn into arms, and proof of mortal fight, Through proud ambition and heart-swelling hate. Spenser. Sweet as thy virtue, as thyself sweet art ; For when on me thou shinedst, late in sadness, A melting pleasauce ran through every part, And me revived with heart-robbing gladness. Id. And let fair Venus, that is queen of love, With her heart-quelling son, upon you smile. Id. He was by Jove deprived Of life himself, and heart-strings of an eagle rived. Id. Better a little chiding than a great deal of heart' break. Shakspeare. Who is with him ? — None but the fool who labours to outjest His heart-struck injuries. Id. What infinite heart-ease must kings neglect, That private men enjoy ! Id. Good Romeo, hide thyself. — "Not I, unless the breach of heart-sick groans Mist-like, infold me from the search of eyes. Id. To die — to sleep — Xo more ; and, by a sleep, to say the end, The heart-ach, and the thousand natural shocks That tiesh is heir to. Id. Hamlet. H 2 HEA 100 HEA How tartly that gentleman looks ! I never can see him but I am heart-burned an hour after. Shakspeare. How, out of tune on the strings ? —Not so ; but yet so false, that he grieves my very heart-strings. Cupid hath clapt him o' th' shoulder, but I II war- rant him heart-whole. The time was, father, that you broke your word, When you were more endeared to it than now ; HEARTED, adj. HEART'EN, v. a. HEARTI'LT, adv. HEARTI'NESS, n. s. HEART'LESSLY, adv. HEART'LESSN ESS, n.s. HEART'Y, adj. Derived from heart. Hearted, an epithet which derives its force from the words with >which it is joined, im- plying intensity of feel- ing, as lion-hearted ; hard-hearted : hearten, HEARTY-HALE, adj. J to encourage, animate, or renovate : heartily, cordially; fully ; sincerely; When your own Percy, when my heart-dear Harry, < Jffj ™J>™ H innk to see his father eagerly : heartless implies defect in these quali- Threw many a northward look to see ins tamer 0 / __«_. * /•.*«__ Bring up his powers ; but he did long in vain ! ties, as spiritless ; cowardly ; without feeling ; Id. dejected : hearty, undissembled ; zealous ; healthy ; Hearty-hale, good What greater heart-breaking and confusion can strong; vigorous; durable, there be to one, than to have all his secret faults laid for the heart ; an old word, open, and the sentence of condemnation passed upon Hakewill. him? If we be heart-sick, or afflicted with an uncertain soul, then we are true desirers of relief and mercy. Taylor. If thou thinkest thou shalt perish, I cannot blame thee to be sad 'till thy heart-strings crack. Id. That grates my heart-ttrings ; what should dis- content him 1 Except he thinks I live too long. Denham. He added not ; for Adam, at the news Heart-struck, with chilling gripe of sorrow stood, That all his senses bound ! Milton. But come, thou goddess, fair and free, In heav'n ycleped Euphrosyne, And by men heart-easing mirth. Id. Like Samson's heart-breakers, it grew In time to make a nation rue. Hudibras. Heart rending news, and dreadful to those few Who her resemble, and her steps pursue ; That death should licence have to rage among The fair, the wise, the virtuous, and the young ! Waller. You have not seen me yet, and therefore I am confident you are heart-whole. Dryden. Heart's-ease is a sort of violet that blows all Sum- mer, and often in Winter : it sows itself. Mortimer. Fine clean chalk is one of the most noble absor- bents, and powerfully corrects and subdues the acrid humours in the stomach : this property renders it very serviceable in the cardialgia, or heart-burning. Woodward. There's the fatal wound That tears my heart-strings ; but he shall be found, My arms shall hold him. Gramille. What nothing earthly gives, or can destroy, The soul's calm sun-shine, and the heart-felt joy, Is virtue's prize. Pope. Mean time the queen, without reflection due, Heart-wounded, to the bed of state withdrew. Id. In great changes, when right of inheritance is broke, ther will remain much heart-burning and dis- content among the meaner people. Swift. ' Nay, Sire '.' quod he, ' but swiche thing as I can With hertly wille, for I wol not rebelle Agein your lust, a tale wol I telle. Have me excused if I speke amis : My wille is good ; and lo, my tale is this.' Chaucer. The Squierea Tale. ' Avoy,' quod she ; ' fy on you herteles ! Alas,' quod she, ' for, by that God above, Now han ye lost myn herte and all my love ; I cannot love a coward, by my faith.' Id. The Nonnei Preestes Tale. Vein-healing verven, and head-purging dill, Sound savory, and basil hearty hale. Spenser. I joyed oft to chase the trembling pricket, Or hunt the heartless hare 'till she were tame. Id. Then hopeless, heartless, 'gan the cunning thief, Persuade us die, to stint all further strife. Faerie Queene. My royal father, cheer these noble lords, And hearten those that fight in your defence : Unsheath your sword, good father ; cry, St. George. Shakspeare. What, art thou drawn among these heartless hinds ? Turn thee, Benvolio ; look upon thy death. Id. I bear no malice for my death ; But those that sought it, I could wish more Chris- tians ; Be what they will, I heartily forgive them. Id. This entertainment may a free face put on : derive a liberty from heartiness, and well become the agent. Id. This rare man, Tydides, would prepare ; That he might conquer, heartened him. Chapman. Oak, and the like true hearty timber, being strong in all positions, may be better trusted in cross and transverse works.t1- Wotton. The ground one year at rest ; forget not then With richest dung to hearten it again. May's Virgil. Thousands besides stood mute and heartless there, Men valiant all ; nor was I used to fear. Cowley. The anger of an enemy represents our faults, or admonishes us of our duty, with more heartiness than the kindness of a friend. Taylor. They did not bring that hearty inclination to peace, HEART-BURN, in medicine, is more usually which they hoped they would have done called cardialgia. In surfeits, or upon swallow- Clarendon. ing without due mastication, or when by any Palladius blaming those that were slow, heartening accident the saliva is vitiated, too scanty, or not them that were forward, but especially with his own intimately mixed with the food, the fermentation becomes tumultuous, the stomach swells with air, and this extraordinary commotion, being at- tended with an unusual heat, brings on the uneasiness called the heart-burn: which is re- medied by whatever promotes a greater secretion whil of saliva, or helps *o mix it with our aliment. The testaceous powders, as oyster-shells, chalk, &c., are the usual remedies for the heart-burn. example leading them, made an impression into the nadron. Sidney. The peasants were accustomed to payments, and ew heartless as they grew poor. Temple. Heartless they fought, and quitted soon their ground, ours with easy victory were crowned. Dryden. But the kind hosts their entertainment grace With hearty welcome and an open face j HEAT. lih In all they did, you might discern with ease, A willing mind, and a desire to please. Id. Thus heartened well, and fleshed upon his prey, The youth may prove a man another day. Id. As for my eating heartily of the food, know that anxiety has hindered my eating 'till this moment. Addison. If to be sad is to be wise, I do most heartily despise Whatever Socrates has said, Or Tully writ, or Wanley read. Prior. He ne'er like bullies coward hearted, Attacks in publick to be parted. Gay. Where his judgment led him to oppose men on a publick account, he would do it vigorously and heartily; yet the opposition ended there. Atterbury. Whose laughs are hearty, though his jests are coarse, And loves you best of all things but his horse. Pope. Every man may pretend to any employment, pro- vided he has been loud and frequent in declaring himself hearty for the government. Swift. HEARTH, n. s. Sax. beonS; Swed. hard; Teut. herd. The pavement of a room on which a fire is made ; the ground under the chimney. Hooped out of Rome : now this extremity Hath brought me to this hearth. Shakspcare. Cricket, to Windsor chimneys shalt thou leap. Where thou findest fires unraked, and hearths un- swept, There pinch the maids as blue as bilberry. Id, Good luck befriend thee, son ; for at thy birth The fairy ladies danced upon the hearth. Milton. The vanquished fires withdraw from every place j Or, full with feeding, sink into a sleep : Each household genius shews again its face, And from the hearths the little lares creep. Dryden. HEAT, n. s. & v. a. ) Sax. bear, beet ; Dan. HEAT'ER, n. s. \ heete. The sensation caused by the approach or touch of fire; the cause of this sensation; hot weather; state of any body under the action of fire ; a violent action unintermitted ; a course at a race ; pimples in the face ; agitation ; vehemence of action ; passion ; faction ; ardor : to warm, either literally or figu- ratively ; to agitate the blood and spirits with action : heater, an iron made hot, and put into a box-iron, to smooth linen. He commanded that they should heat the furnace one seven times more than it was wont to be heated. Van. in. 19. Nowe hole as fire, nowe cold as ashes ded ; Nowe hote for colde, now colde for hete again; Now cold as yse ; and now, as coles red, For hete I brenne. And thus betwixen twaine, I possed am and al forcaste in paine, — So that my hete, full plainly as I fele, Of grevous colde is caused every dele ! Chaucer, Complaint of the Blacke Knight. The sword which is made fiery doth not only cut by reason of the sharpness which simply it hath, but also burns by means of that heat which it hath from fire. Hooker. The friend hath lost his friend ; And the best quarrels, in the heat, are curst By those that feel their sharpness. Shakspeare. They are in a most warlike preparation, and hope to come upon them in the heat of their division. Id. Thou art going to Lord Timon's feast. — Ay, to see aaeat fill knaves, and wine heat fools. Id. After they came down into the valley, and foimd the intolerable heats there, and knew no means of lighter apparel, they were forced to go naked. Bacon. Where now he flings about his burning heat As in a furnace some ambitious fire Whose vent is stopt. Ben Jonson. The cold and heat Winter and Summer shows ; Autumn by fruits, and Spring by flowers he knows. Cowley. Virtue's a faint green-sickness to brave souls, Dastards their hearts, their active heat controls. Marvell. They, seing what forces were in the city with them, issued against the tyrant while they were in this heat> before practices might be used to dissever them. Sidney. Mark well the flowering almonds in the wood ; The glebe will answer to the sylvan reign ; Great heats will follow, and large crops of grain. Dryden. Feigned zeal, you saw, set out the speedier pace j But the last heat, plain dealing won the race. Id. A noble emulation heats your breast, And your own fame now robs you of your rest. Id. The continual agitations of the spirits must needs be a weakening of any constitution, especially in age : and many causes are required for refreshment betwixt the heats. Id. % What can more gratify the Phrygian foe Than those distempered heats ? Id. I'll stake my fortune with him at a heat, And give him not the leisure to forget. Id. When he was well heated the younger champion could not stand before him ; and we find the elder contended not for the gift, but for the honour, Id. Heat is a very brisk agitation of the insensible parts of the object, which produces in us that sensa- tion from whence we denominate the object hot ; so what in our sensation is heat, in the object is nothing but motion. Locke. Hops lying undried heats them, and changes their colour. Mortimer. The heats smiths take of their iron are a blood-red heat, a white flame heat, and a sparkling or welding heat. Moxon. They the turned lines on golden anvils beat, Which look as if they struck them at a heat. Tate. It might have pleased in the heat and hurry of his rage, but must have displeased in cool sedate reflection. South. Plead it to her With all the strength and heat of eloquence Fraternal love and friendship can inspire. Addison's Cato. We have spilt no blood but in the heat of the battle, or the chase. Atterbury. Whatever increaseth the density of the blood, even without increasing its celerity, heats, because a denser body is hotter than a rarer. Arbuthnot. One playing at hazard, drew a huge heap of gold j but in the heat of play never observed a sharper, who swept it into his hat. Swift. The word heat is used to signify the sensation we have when we are near the fire, as well as the cause of that sensation, which is in the fire itself : and thence we conclude, that there is a sort of heat in the fire resembling our own sensation. Watts. Yet could I seat me by this ivied stone Till I had bodied forth the heated mind, Forms from the floating wreck which ruin leaves be- hind. Byron's Childe Harold. 102 HEAT. HEAT, in physiology, is a term that has been used both for the peculiar sensation felt on the approach of bodies in a state of combustion, and for the cause of that sensation : in which last sense it is synomymous with fire. In the for- mer sense it is opposed to cold, la modern science the term fire has been abandoned ; but the term heat is generally taken for the supposed natural agent that produces the sensation we call by this name ; for a great second cause, therefore, of some of the most important opera- tions of nature, or as synonymous with the term caloric. The great question among philosophers of modern times has been whether this is to be re- garded as a distinct subtile fluid, or entity ; or whether it is a property of matter universally diffused, and operating in a vibratory or intes- tine motion of its particles. Tbe latter is the opinion of Sir Humphry Davy on this intricate poiRt ; and, as he has many claims to our atten- tion on such a subject, we shall here transcribe his views respecting it. ' Calorific repulsion/ he says, ' has been accounted for, by supposing a subtile fluid capable of combining with 'bodies, and of separating their parts from each other, which has been named the matter of heat, or caloric. ' Many of the phenomena admit of a happy explanation on this idea, such as the cold pro- duced during the conversion of solids into fluids or gases, and the increase of temperature con- nected with the condensation of gases and fluids.' In the former case we say the matter of heat is absorbed or combined, in the latter it is extruded or disengaged from combination. ' But there are other facts which are not so easily reconciled to the opinion. Such are the production of heat by friction and percussion ; and some of the chemical changes which have been just referred to.' These are, the violent heat produced in the explosion of gunpowder, where a large quantity of aeriform matter is disengaged ; and the fire which appears in the decomposition of the euchlorine gas, or protoxide of chlorine, though the resulting gases occupy a greater volume. ' When the temperature of bodies is raised by friction, there seems to be no diminution of their capacities, using the word in its common sense ; and in many chemical changes, connected with an increase of temperature, there appears to be likewise an increase of capacity. A piece of iron made red-hot, by hammering, cannot be strongly heated a second time by the same means, unless it has beeri previously introduced into a fire. This fact has been explained by supposing that the fluid of heat has been pressed out of it, by the percussion, which is recovered in the fire ; but this is a very rude mechanical idea : the arrangements of its parts are altered by ham- mering in this way, and it is rendered brittle. By a moderate degree of friction, as would ap- pear from Rumford's experiments, the same piece of metal may be kept hot for any length ol time ; so that if heat be pressed out, the quan- tity must be inexhaustible. When any body is copied, it occupies a smaller volume than before ; it is evident, therefore, that its parts must have approached to each other: when the body is expanded by heat, it is equally evident that it* parts must have separated from each other. The immediate cause of the phenomena of heat, then, is motion, and the laws of its communication are precisely the same as the laws of the commu- nication of motion. Since all matter may be made to fill a smaller volume, by cooling, it is evident that the parti- cles of matter must have space between them ; and since every body can communicate the power of expansion to a body of a lower temperature, that is, can give an expansive motion to its par- ticles, it is a probable inference that its own par- ticles are possessed of motion ; but, as there is no change in the position of its parts as long as its temperature is uniform, the motion, if it exist, must be a vibratory or undulatory motion, or a motion of the particles round their axes, or a motion of particles round each other. ' It seems possible to account for all the phe- nomena of heat, if it be supposed that in solids the particles are in a constant state of vibratory motion, the particles of the hottest bodies moving with the greatest velocity, and through the greatest space ; that in liquids and elastic fluids, besides the vibratory. motion, which must be conceived greatest in the last, the particles have a motion round their own axes, with different velocities, the particles of elastic fluids moving with the greatest quickness ; and that in ethereal sub- stances, the particles move round their own axes, and separate from each other, penetrating in right lines through space. Temperature may be conceived to depend upon the velocities of the vibrations ; increase of capacity, on the motion being performed in greater space ; and the diminution of temperature, during the con- version of solids into fluids or gases, may be explained on the idea of the loss of vibratory motion, in consequence of the revolution of par- ticles round their axes, at the moment when the body becomes liquid or aeriform ; or from the loss of rapidity of vibration, in consequence of the motion of the particles through greater space. ' If a specific fluid of heat be admitted, it must be supposed liable to most of the affections which the particles of common matter are assumed to possess, to account for the pheno- mena ; such as losing its motion when combining with bodies, producing motion when transmitted from one body to another, and gaining projec- tile motion when passing into free space ; so that many hypotheses must be adopted to account for its agency, which renders this view of the subject less simple than the other. Very delicate experiments have been made, which show that bodies, when heated, do not increase in weight. This, as far as it goes, is an evidence against a subtile elastic fluid producing the calo- rific expansion ; but it cannot be considered as decisive, on account of the imperfection of our instruments. A cubical inch of inflammable air requires a good balance to ascertain that it has any sensible weight, and a substance bearing the same relation to this, that this bears to pla- tinum, could not perhaps be weighed by any method in our possession.' Sir William Herschel, and Sir H. Englefield on the other hand, have been supposed to HEAT. 103 establish the materiality of caloric : or at least to have made it appear co-existent with light. Herschel found that when similar thermometers were placed in the different parts of the solar beam, decomposed by the prism into the primi- tive colors, they indicated different temperatures. He estimates the power of heating in the red rays to be to that of the green rays as fifty-five to twenty-six, and to that of the violet rays as fifty-five to sixteen. And in a space beyond the red rays, where there is no visible light, the increase of temperature is greatest of all. Thus a thermometer in the full red ray rose 7° Fahr. in ten minutes; beyond the confines of the colored beam entirely, it rose in an equal time 9°. His experiments were repeated by Sir H. Englefield. Mr. Berard, however, came to a conclusion - somewhat different. To render his experiments more certain, and their effects more sensible, this philosopher availed himself of the heliostat, an instrument by which the sunbeam can be steadily directed to one spot during the whole of its diurnal period. He decomposed by a prism the sunbeam, reflected from the mirror of the heli- ostat, and placed a sensible thermometer in each of the seven colored rays. The calorific faculty was found to increase progressively from" the violet to the red portion of the spectrum, in which the maximum heat existed, and not be- yond it, in the unilluminated space. The greatest rise in the thermometer took place while its bulb was still entirely covered by the last red rays ; and it was observed progressively to sink as the bulb entered into the dark. Finally, on placing the bulb quite out of the visible spectrum, where Herschel fixed the maximum of heat, the elevation of its temperature above the ambient air was found, by M. Berard, to be only one- fifth of what it was in the extreme red ray. He afterwards made similar experiments on the double spectrum produced by Island crystal, and also on polarised light, and he found in both cases that the calorific principle accompanied the luminous molecules ; and that, in the positions where light ceased to be reflected, heat also disappeared. Newton has shown that the different refran- gibility of the rays of light may be explained by supposing them composed of particles differing in size, the largest being at the red, and the smallest at the violet extremity of the spectrum. The same great man has put the query, Whether light and common matter are not convertible into each other? and, adopting the idea that the phenomena of sensible heat depend upon vibra- tions of the particles of bodies, supposes that a certain intensity of vibrations may send off par- ticles into free space ; and that particles in rapid motion in right lines, in losing their own motion, may communicate a vibratory motion to the par- ticles of terrestrial bodies. In this way we can readily conceive how the red rays should im- pinge most forcibly, and therefore excite the greatest degree of heat. This controversy on the nature of heat is, therefore, far from being set- tled. There is little room, as Dr. Ure has ob- served, for being dogmatic on either side. But, if the essence of this most important cause be hid in mystery, we are well acquainted with many of its properties and effects. We shall, in this paper, chiefly attend to them as displayed — I. In the distribution of heat. II. In the general sympathies of heat with the different forms of matter. PART I. OF THE DISTRIBUTION OF HEAT. Newton, in his Opuscula, suggests a law re- specting the communication of heat which has long served as a basis for the calculation of phi- losophers. He assumes, a priori, that a heated body exposed to a constant cooling cause, such as the uniform action of a current of air, ought to lose at each instant a quantity of heat pro- portional to the excess of its temperature above that of the ambient air ; and that consequently its losses of heat, in equal and successive por- tions of time, ought to form a decreasing geo- metrical progression. Martin, in his Essays on Heat, pointed out, however, long ago the inaccu- racy of this law, and Erxleben proved, by very accurate observations, that the deviation of the supposed law increases more and more as we consider greater differences of temperatures : he concludes that we should fall into very great errors if we extended the law much beyond the temperature at which it has been verified. Yet Mr. Leslie since, in his Researches on Heat, has made this law the basis of several determi- nations ; and Messrs. Dulong and Petit have in- vestigated the true law in a masterly manner. They employed in this research mercurial the*- mometers, whose bulbs were from 0-8 of anjnch to 2'6 ; the latter containing about three pounds of mercury. They found, by preliminary trials, that the ratio of cooling was not affected by the size of the bulb, and that it held also in compa- risons of mercury, with water, with absolute alcohol, and with sulphuric acid, through a range of temperature from 60° to 30° of the centi- grade scale ; so that the ratio of the velocity of cooling between 60° and 50°, and 40° and 30°, was sensibly the same. On cooling water in a tin plate, and in a glass sphere, they found the law of cooling to be more rapid in the for- mer, at temperatures under the boiling point ; but, by a very remarkable casualty, the contrary effect takes place in bodies heated to high tem- peratures, when the law of cooling in tin plates becomes least rapid. Hence, generally, that which cools by a most rapid law at the lower part of the scale, becomes the least rapid at high temperatures. Mr. Leslie, says these gentlemen, obtained such inaccurate results respecting this question, because he did not make experiments on the cooling of bodies raised to high tempe- ratures. They terminate their preliminary re- searches by experiments on the cooling of water in three tin-plate vessels of the same capacity, the first of which was a sphere, the second and third cylinders ; from which we learn that the law of cooling is not affected by the difference of shape. The researches on cooling in a vacuum were made with an exhausted balloon ; and a com- pensation was calculated for the minute quantity of residuary gas. The following series was ob- 104 HEAT. tained when the balloon was surrounded with ice. The degrees are centigrade. Excess of the therm, above the balloon. Corresponding velocities of cooling. 240 10-69 220 8-81 200 7-40 180 6-10 160 4-89 140 3-88 120 3-02 100 2-30 80 1-74 The first column contains the excesses of tem- perature above the walls of the balloon ; that is to say, the temperatures themselves, since the balloon was at 0°. The second column contains the corresponding velocities of cooling, calcu- lated and corrected. These velocities are the numbers of degrees that the thermometer would sink in a minute. The first series shows clearly the inaccuracy of the geometrical law of Rich- mann ; for, according to that law, the velocity of cooling at 200° should be double of that at 100°; whereas we find it as 7-4 to 2'3, or more than triple ; and in like manner, when we compare the loss of heat at 240° and at 80°, we find the first about six times greater that the last ; while, according to the law of Richmann, it ought to be merely triple. From the above, and some analogous experiments, the following law has been deduced : when a body cools in vacuo, surrounded by a medium whose temperature is constant, the velocity of cooling for excess of temperature, in arithmetical progression, in- creases as the terms of a geometrical progres- sion, diminished by a certain quanty. Or, expressed in algebraic language, the following equation contains the law of cooling in vacuo : 6 t V — m. a (a — 1). 0 is the temperature of the substance sur- rounding the vacuum ; and t that of the heated body above the former. The ratio a of this progression is easily found for the thermome- ter, whose cooling is recorded above ; for when 0 augments by 20°, t remaining the same, the velocity of cooling is then multiplied by 1-165, which number is the mean of all the ratios experimentally determined. We have then 20 a := V 1-165 = 1-0077. It only remains, in order to verify the ac- curacy of this law, to compare it with the different series contained in the table inserted above. In that case, in which the surround- ing medium was 0°, it is necessary to make m — 2-037, for m — ,-— lor ~ and n is an Excesses of temp, or values of t. Values of V observed. Values of V calculated. 240 10-69 10-68 220 8-81 8-89 200 7-40 7-34 180 6-10 6-03 160 4-89 4-87 140 3-88 3-89 120 3-02 3-05 100 2-30 2-33 80 1-74 1-72 • intermediate number ; we have then V ~ t 2 037 (a — 1). The laws of cooling in vacuo being known, nothing is more simple than to separate from the total cooling of a body surrounded with air, or with any other gas, the portion of the effect due to the contact of the fluid. For this, it is obviously sufficient to subtract from the real velocities of cooling, those velocities which would take place if the body, caeteris pari- bus, were placed in vacuo. This subtrac- tion may be easily accomplished now that we have a formula, which represents this ve- locity with great precision, and for all possible cases. From numerous experimental comparisons the following law was deduced : the velocity of cooling a body, owing to the sole contact of a gas, depends for the same excess of temperature on the density and temperature of the fluid ; but this dependence is such, that the velocity of cooling remains the same, if the density and the temperature of the gas change in such a way that the elasticity remains constant. The influence of the nature of the surface of bodies, in the distribution of heat, was first accu- rately examined by Mr. Leslie. This branch of the subject is usually called the radiation of ca- loric. To measure the amount of this influence, with precision, he contrived a peculiar instru- ment, called a differential thermometer. It consists of a glass tube, bent into the form of the letter U, terminated at each end with a bulb The bore, is about the size of that of large trner- mometers, and the bulbs have a diameter of one-third of an inch and upwards. Before hermetically closing the instrument a small portion of sulphuric acid, tinged with carmine, is introduced. The adjustment of this liquid, so as to make it stand at the top of one of the stems, immediately below the bulb, requires dexterity in the operator. To this stem a scale divided into 100 parts is attached, and the instrument is then fixed upright by a little cement on a wooden sole. If the finger, or any body warmer than the ambient air, be applied to one of these bulbs, the air within will be heated, and will of course expand, and, issuing in part from the bulb, de- press before it the tinged liquor. The amount of this depression observed upon the scale will denote the difference of temperature of the two balls. But if the instrument be merely carried, without touching either ball, from a warmer to a cooler, or from a cooler to a warmer air, or me- dium of any kind, it will not be affected; be- cause the equality of contraction or expansion, HEAT. 105 in the enclosed air of both bulbs, will maintain the equilibrium of the liquid in the stem. Being thus independent of the fluctuations of the sur- rounding medium, it is well adapted to measure the calorific emanations of different surfaces, successively converged, by a concave reflector, upon one of its bulbs. Dr. Howard has described, in the sixteenth number of the Journal of Science, a differential thermometer of his contrivance, which he con- ceives to possess some advantages. Its form is au imitation of Mr. Leslie's; but it contains meiely tinged alcohol, or ether; the air being ex- pelled by ebullition previous to the hermetical closure of the instrument. The vapor of ether, or of spirit in vacuo, affords, he finds, a test of superior delicacy to air. He makes the two legs of different lengths ; since it is in some cases very convenient to have the one bulb standing quite aloof from the other. In Mr. Leslie's, when they are on the same level, their distance asunder varies from one-third of an inch to an inch or upwards, according to the size of the instrument. The general length of the legs of the syphon is about five or six inches. His reflecting mirrors, of about fourteen inches diameter, consisted of planished tin-plate, ham- mered into a parabolical form by the guidance of a curvilinear gauge. A hollow tin vessel, six inches cube, was the usual source of calorific emanation in his experiments. He coated one of its sides with lamp-black, another with paper, a third with glass, and a fourth was left bare. Having then filled it with hot water, and set it in the line of the axis and four or six feet in front of one of the mirrors, in whose focus the bulb of a differential thermometer stood, he noted the depression of the colored liquid pro- duced on presenting the different sides of the tube towards the mirror in succession. The following table gives a general view of the re- sults, with these, and other coatings : — Lamp black . Water by estimate Writing paper Resin . Sealing-wax . Crown glass . China ink Ice . .'"'.". Red lead Plumbago Isinglass Tarnished lead Mercury Clean lead . Iron polished Tin plate Gold, silver, copper 100 100 + 98 96 95 90 88 85 80 75 75 45 20 + 19 15 12 12 Similar results were obtained by Leslie and Rutnford in a simpler form. Coating the bulb of his thermometer with ''.ifferent substances, Mr. Leslie ingeniously dis- rovered the power of different substances to tit sorb heat; and he found this to follow the same order as the radiating or projecting quality. The same film of s Iver leaf which obstructs the egress of heat from a body to those surrounding it, prevents it from receiving their calorific ema- nations in return. On this principle we can un- derstand how a metallic mirror, placed before » fire, should scorch substances in its focus, whiU itself remains cold ; and, on the other hand, how a mirror of darkened, or even of silvered glass, should become intolerably hot to the touch while it throws little heat before it. From this absorb- ent faculty it comes that a thin pane of -glass in- tercepts almost the whole heat of a blazing fire, while the light is scarcely diminished across it. By degrees indeed itself, becoming heated, con- stitutes a new focus of emanation ; but still the energy of the fire is greatly interrupted. Hence also we see why the thinnest sheet of bright tin- foil is a perfect fire-screen ; so impervious indeed to heat that, with a masque coated with it, our face may encounter without inconvenience the blaze of a glass-house furnace. Since absorption of heat goes hand in hand with radiation, we perceive that the inverse of absorption, that is reflection, must be possessed in inverse powers by the different substances composing the list. Thus bright metals reflect most heat, and so on upwards in succession. Mr. Leslie is anxious to prove that elastic fluids, by their pulsatory undulations, are the media of fhe projection or radiation of heat; and that there- fore liquids, as well as a perfect vacuum, should obstruct the operation of this faculty. But the laws of the cooling of bodies in vacuo, experimentally established by MM. Dulong and Petit, are fatal to Mr. Leslie's hypothesis, which indeed was not tenable against the numerous objections which had previously assailed it. The following beau- tiful experiment of Sir H. Davy seems alone to settle the question. He had an apparatus made by which platina wire could be heated in any elastic medium or in vacuo ; and by which the effects of radiation could be distinctly exhibited by two mirrors, the heat being excited by a Vol- taic battery. In several experiments, in which the same powers were employed to produce the ignition, it was found that the temperature of a thermometer rose nearly three times as much in the focus of radiation, when the air in the re- ceiver was exhausted to -fa , as when it was in its natural state of condensation. The cooling power, by contact of the rarefied air, was much less than that of the air in its common state, for the glow of the platina was more intense in the first case than in the last ; and this circumstance perhaps renders the experiment not altogether decisive ; but the results seem favorable to the idea that the terrestrial radiation of heat is no* dependent upon any motions or affections of the atmosphere. The plane of the two mirrors was placed parallel to the horizon, the ignited body being in the focus of the upper, and the thermo- meter in that of the under mirror. It is evident that a diminished density of the elastic medium, amounting to ^ , should, on Mr. Leslie's views, have occasioned a greatly diminished temperature in the inferior focus, and not a threefold increase, as happened. The experiments with scieens of glass, paper, &c., which Mr. Leslie adduced in support of his undulatory hypothesis, have been since confronted with the experiments on screens of Dr Delaroche, who, by varying them, ob- 106 HEAT. tained results incompatible with Mr. Leslie's views. The constancy or steadiness of the tempera- ture of a body will consist in the equality of the quantities of radiating caloric which it emits and receives in an equal time ; and the equality of temperature between several bodies which influ- ence one another, by their mutual radiation, will consist in the perfect compensation of the mo- mentary interchanges effected among one and all. Such is the ingenious principle of a move- able equilibrium, proposed by professor Prevost : a principle, whose application, directed with discretion and combined with the properties peculiar to different surfaces, explains all the phenomena which we observe in tfie distribution of radiating caloric. Thus, when we put a ball of snow in the focus of one concave "mirror, and a thermometer in that of an opposite mirror placed at some distance, we perceive the tempe- rature instantly to fall, as if there were a real ra- diation of frigorific particles, according to the ancient notion. The true explanation is derived from the abstraction of that return of heat which the thermoscope mirror had previously derived from the one now influenced by the snow, and now participating in its inferior radiating ten- sion. Thus, also, a black body placed in the focus of one mirror would diminish the light in the focus of the other; and, as Sir H. Davy hap- pily remarks, the eye is, to the rays producing light, a measure, similar to that which the ther mometer is to rays producing heat. This interchange of heat is finely exemplified in the relation which subsists between any por tion of the sky and the temperature of the subja cent surface of the earth. In the year 1788 Mr. Six of Canterbury mentioned, in a paper trans- mitted to the Royal Society, that on clear and dewy nights he always found the mercury lower in a thermometer laid upon the ground, in a meadow in his neighbourhood, than it was in a similar thermometer suspended in the air six feet above the former : and that upon one night the difference amounted to 5° of Fahrenheit's scale. And Dr. Wells, in autumn 1811, on laying a thermometer upon grass wet with dew, and sus- pending a second in the air two feet above the surface, found, in an hour afterwards, that the former stood 8° lower than the latter. He at first regarded this coldness of the surface to be the effect of the evaporation of the moisture; but subsequent observations and experiments con- vinced him that the cold was not the effect, but the cause of deposition of dew. Under a cloud- less sky the earth projects its heat, without re- turn, into empty space ; but a canopy of cloud is a concave mirror, which restores the equilibrium by counter-radiation. See DEW< On this principle Dr. Wollaston suggested the construction of an instrument, which professoi Leslie has called an aethrioscope, whose function it is to denote the clearness and coolness of the sky. It consists of a polished metallic cup, of an oblong spheroidal shape, very like a silver porter-cup, standing upright, with the bulb of a differential thermometer placed in its axis, and the stem lying parallel to the stalk of the cup. The other ball is gilt, and turned outwards and upwards, so as to rest against the side of the ves- sel. The best form of the cup is an ellipsoid, whose eccentricity is equal to half the transverse axis, and the focus consequently placed at the third part of the whole height of the cavity ; while the diameter of the thermoscope ball should be nearly the third part of the orifice of the cup. A lid of the same thin metal, unpo- lished, is fitted to the mouth of the cup, and re- moved only when an observation is to be made. The scale attached to the stem of the thermo- scooe may extend to sixty or seventy millesimal degrees above the zero, and about fifteen degrees below it. This instrument, exposed to the open air in clear weather, will at all times, both dur- ing the day and the night, ' indicate an impres- sion of cold shot downward from the higher regions/ in the figurative language of Mr. Leslie. Yet the effect varies exceedingly. It is greatest while the sky has the pure azure hue ; it dimin- ishes fast as the atmosphere becomes loaded with spreading clouds ; and it is almost extinguished when low fogs settle on the surface. The liquid in the stem falls and rises with every passing cloud. Dr. Howard's modification of the ther- moscope would answer well here. The diffusion of heat, among the particles of fluids themselves, depends upon their specific gravity and specific heat conjunctly, and there- Fore must vary for each particular substance. The mobility of the particles in a fluid, and their reciprocal independence on one another, permit them to change their places whenever they are expanded or contracted by alternations of tempe- rature ; and hence the immediate and inevitable effect of communicating heat to the under stra- tum of a fluid mass, or of abstracting it from the upper stratum, is to determine a series of intes- tine movements. The colder particles, by their superior density, descend in a perpetual current, and force upwards those rarefied by the heat. When, however, the \ipper stratum primarily ac- quires an elevated temperature, it seems to have little power of imparting heat to the subjacent strata of fluid particles. Water may be kept long in ebullition at the surface of a vessel, while the bottom remains ice cold, provided we take measures to prevent the heat passing down- wards through the sides of the vessel itself. Count Rumford became so strongly persuaded of the impossibility of communicating heat down wards, through fluid particles, that he regarded them as utterly destitute of the faculty of transmitting that power from one to another, and capable of ac- quiring heat only in individual rotation, and di- rectly from a foreign source. The proposition thus absolutely announced is absurd, for we know that by intermixture, and many other modes, fluid particles impart heat to each other ; and experiments have been instituted, which prove the actual descent of heat through fluids by communication from one stratum to another. But unquestionably this communication is amazingly difficult and slow. We are hence led to conceive, that it is an actual contact of parti- cles which in the solid condition facilitates the transmission of heat so speedily from point to point through their mass. This contact of certain poles in the molecules is perfectly consistent HEAT. 107 with void spaces, in which these molecules may slide over each other in every direction ; by which movements or condensations heat may be excited. The fluid condition reverts or averts the touching and cohering poles, whence mobility results. This statement may be viewed either as a representation of facts, or an hypothesis to aid conception. The transmission of heat through solids was made the subject of some popular experiments by Dr. Ingenhousz. He took a number of me- tallic rods of the same length and thickness, and, having coated one of the ends of them for a few inches with bees' wax, he plunged their other ends into a heated liquid. The heat travelle'd onwards among the matter of each rod, and soon became manifest by the softening of the wax. The following is the order in which the wax melted; and according to that experiment, therefore, the order of conducting power relative to heat • — 1. Silver. 2. Gold. Platinum, ~\ Iron, f much inferior to Steel, f the others. Lead, f J 1 In my repetition of the experiment, I found,' says Dr. lire, ' silver by much the best conductor, next copper, then brass, iron, tin, much the same, then cast iron, next zinc, and, last of all, lead. Dense stones follow metals in conducting power, then bricks, pottery, and, at a long interval, glass. A rod of this singular body may be held in the fingers for a long time, at a distance of an inch from where it is ignited and fused by the blow- pipe. It is owing to the inferior conducting power of stone, pottery, glass, and cast-iron, that the sudden application of heat so readily cracks them. The part acted on by the caloric expands, while the adjacent parts, retaining their pristine form and volume, do not accommodate them- selves to the change ; whence a fissure must ne- cessarily ensue. Woods and bones are better conductors than glass ; but the progress of heat in them, at elevated temperatures, may be aided by the vaporisation of their juices. Charcoal and saw-dust rank very low in conducting power. Hence the former is admirably fitted for arresting the dispersion of heat in metal furnaces. If the sides of these be formed of double plates, with an interval between them of an inch filled with pounded charcoal, an intense heat may exist within, while the outside is scarcely affect- ed. Morveau has rated the conducting power of charcoal to that of fine sand as two to three, a difference much too small. Spongy organic substances, silk, wool, cotton, &c., are still worse conductors than any of the above substances ; and the finer the fibres, the less conducting power they possess. The theory of clothing de- pends on this principle. The heat generated by the animal powers is accumulated round the body by the imperfect conductors of which cloth- ing is composed.' To discover the exact law of the distribution of heat in solids we may take a prismatic bar of iron, three feet long, and with a drill form three cavities in one of its sides, at ten, twenty, and thirty inches from its end, each cavity capable of receiving a little mercury, and the small bulb of a delicate thermometer. Cut a hole fitting ex- actly the prismatic bar, in the middle of a sheet of tin plate, which is then to be fixed to the bar, to screen it and the thermometers from the focus of heat. Immerse the extremity of the bar ob- liquely into oil or mercury heated to any known degree, and place the thermometers in their cavi- ties surrounded with a little mercury. Or the bar may be kept horizontal, if an inch or two at its end be incurvated, at right angles to its length. Call the thermometers A, B, C. Were there no dissipation of the heat, each thermometer would continue to mount till it attained the temperature of the source of heat. But, in actual experiments, projection and aerial currents modify that result, making the thermometers rise more slowly, and preventing them from ever reaching the tempera- ture of the end of the bar. Their state becomes indeed stationary whenever the excess of tempe- rature, each instant communicated by the preced- ing section of the bar, merely compensates what they lose by the contact of the succeeding sec- tion of the bar, and the other outlets of heat. The three thermometers now indicate three steady temperatures, but in diminishing progres- sion. In forming an equation from the ex- perimental results, M. Laplace has shown, that the difficulties of the calculation can be removed only by admitting, that a determinate point is influenced not only by those points which touch it, but by others at a small distance before and behind it. Then the laws of homogeneity, to which differentials are subject, are re-established, and all the rules of the differential calculus are observed. Now, in order that the calorific in- fluence may thus extend to a distance in the in- terior of the bar, there must operate through the very substance of the solid elements a true radia- tion, analogous to that observed in air, but whose sensible influence is bounded to distances incomparably smaller. This result is in no respect improbable. In fact, Newton has taught us that all bodies, even the most opaque, become transparent when rendered sufficiently thin ; and the most exact researches on radiating caloric prove, that it does not emanate solely from the external surface ofbodies,but also from material particles situated within this surface, becoming no doubt insensible at a very slight depth, which probably varies in the same body with its temperature. MM. Biot, Fourier, and Poisson, three of the most eminent mathematicians and philosophers of the age, have distinguished themselves in this abstruse investigation. The following is the formula of M. Biot, when one end of the bar is maintained at a constant temperature, and the other is so remote as to make the influence of the source insensible. Let y represent, in de- grees of the thermometer, the temperature of the air by which the bar is surrounded ; let the temperature of the focus be y + Y ; then the in- tegral becomes, log. y = log. Y — -^ ~». 108 HEAT. x is the distance from the hot end of the bar, a and b are two co-efficients, supposed constant for the whole length of the bar, which serve to ac- commodate the formula to every possible case, and which must be assigned in each case, agree- ably to two observations. M is the modulus of the ordinary logarithmic tables, or the number 2-302585. M. Biot presents several tables of observations, in which sometimes eight, and sometimes fourteen thermometers, were applied all at once to successive points of the bar ; and then he computes by the above formula what ought to be the temperature of these successive points, having given the temperature of the source ; and vice versa, what should be the tempe- rature of the source, from the indications of the thermometers. A perfect accordance is shown to exist between fact and theory. Whence we may regard the view opened up by the latter, as a true representation of the condition of the bar. With regard to the application of this theorem, to discover, for example, the temperature of a furnace, by thrusting the end of a thermoscopic iron bar into it, we must regret its insufficiency. M. Biot himself, after showing its exact coinci- dence at all temperatures, up to that of melting lead, declares that it ought not to apply at high heats. But we see no difficulty in making a very useful instrument of this kind by experi- ment, to give very valuable pyrometrical indi- cations. The end of the bar which is to be ex- posed to the heat, being coated with fire-clay, or sheathed wtth platinum, should be inserted a few inches into the flame, and drops of oil being pjit into three successive cavities of the bar, we should measure the temperatures of the oil, when they have become stationary, and note the time elapsed to produce this effect. A pyroscope of this kind could not fail to give useful information to the practical chemist, as well as to the manu- facturers of glass, pottery, steel, &c. We shall insert here, from Dr. Ure, tabular views of the specific heats determined by the recent researches of the French chemists. MM. Petit and Dulong remark, that, ' the attempts hitherto made to discover some laws in the spe- cific heats of bodies have been entirely unsuccess- ful. We shall not be surprised at this, if we attend to the great inaccuracy of some of the measurements; for if we except those of Lavoisier and Laplace (unfortunately very few), and those by Laroche and Berard for elastic fluids, we are forced to admit, that the greatest part of the others are extremely inaccurate, as our own ex- periments have informed us, and as might indeed be concluded from the great discordance in the results obtained for the same bodies by different experimenters.' From this censure we must ex- cept the recent results of MM. Clement and Desormes on gases, which may be regarded as entitled to equal confidence with those of Berard and Delaroche. TABLE I. — Of the Specific Heats of Gases, by MM. BERARD and DELAROCHE. Equal volumes. Eqaal weights. !' _r gravity. Air roooo i-oooo i-oooo. Hydrogen . . . Carbonic acid . . 0-9033 1-2583 12-3401 0-8280 0-0732 1-5106 Oxygen .... Azote .... 0-9765 i-oooo 0-8848 1-0318 1-1036 0-9691 Oxide of azote . 1-3503 0-8878 1-5209 Olefiant gas . . Carbonic acid . . T5530 1-0340 1-5763 1-0805 0-9885 0-9569 To reduce the above numbers to the standard of water, three different methods were employed ; from which the three numbers, 0-2498, 0-2697, and 0-2813, were obtained for atmospheric air. The experimenters have taken 0-2669 as the mean, to which all the above results are referred, as follows : — TABLE II. Water 1-0000 Air 0-2669 Hydrogen gas . . Carbonic acid . . Oxygen .... Azote 3-2936 0-2210 0-2361 0-2754 Oxide of azote . . Olefiant gas . . . Carbonic oxide . . Aqueous vapor . . 0-2369 0-4207 0-2884 0-8470 The following are the results given by MM. Clement and Desormes. for equal volumes at temperatures from 0° to 60° centigrade, or 32° to 140° Fahrenheit. TABLE III. Inches Barom. Clement & Desormes. Delaroche & Berard. Atmospheric air at 39-6 1-215 1-2396 Ditto 29-84 1-000 1-0000 Ditto 14-92 0-693 Ditto 7-44 0-540 Ditto 3-74 0-368 Do. charged with ) 29-84 1-000 ether . . . J Azote .... 29-84 1-000 1-0000 Oxygen .... 29-84 1-000 0-974 Hydrogen ; . . 29-84 0-664 0-9033 Carbonic acid . . 29-84 1-500 1 2583 The relative specific heat of air to water is, by MM. Clement and Desormes, 0-250 to 1-000, or exactly one-fourth. The last table, which is extracted from the Journal de Physique, gives the specific heat of oxygen by Delaroche and Berard, a little different from their own number, Table I. from the Annales de Chimie, vol. 85. The most remarkable result given by MM; Cle- HEAT. 109 ment and Desormes regards carbonic acid, which, being reduced to the standard of weights, gives a specific heat compared to air of about 0-987 to 1-000, -while oxygen is only 0-9000. The former tables of Crawford and Dalton give the specific neat of oxygen 2-65, and of carbonic acid 0-586, compared to air 1-000. And, upon these very erroneous numbers, they reared their hypothe- tical fabric of latent heat, combustion, and the animal temperature. We see from the experiments on air, at dif- ferent densities, that its specific heat diminishes in a much slower rate than its specific gravity. When air is expanded to a quadruple volume, its specific heat becomes 0-540, and, when ex- panded to eight times the volume, its specific heat is 0-368. The densities in the geometrical progression 1, £, £, J, correspond nearly to the specific heats in the arithmetical series 5, 4, 3, 2. Hence also the specific heat of atmo- spherical air, and of probably all gases, consi- dered in the ratio of its weight or mass, dimi- nishes as the density increases. On the principle of the increase of specific heat, relative to its mass, has been explained the long observed phe- nomenon of the intense cold which prevails on the tops of mountains, and generally in the upper regions of the atmosphere ; and also that of the prodigious evolution of heat, when air is forcibly condensed. According to M. Gay Lus- sac, a condensation of volume, amounting to four-fifths, is sufficient to ignite tinder. If a syringe of glass be used, a vivid flash of light is seen to accompany the condensation. TABLE IV. — Of Specific Heats of some Solids determined by DULOXG and PETIT. Specific Weight of Product heats, that the atoms, of these of water oxygen be- two num- being 100. ing 1. bers. Bismuth . . 0-0288 13-300 0-3830 Lead . . . 0-0293 12-950 0-3794 Gold . . . 0-0298 12-430 0-3704 Platinum 0-0314 11-160 0-3740 Tin ... 0-0514 7-350 0-3779 Silver . . . 0-0557 6-750 0-3759 Zinc . . . 0-0927 4-030 0-3736 Tellurium 0-0912 4-030 0-3675 Copper . . 0-0949 3-957 0-3755 Nickel . . 0-1035 3-690 0-3819 Iron . . . 0-1100 3-392 0-3731 Cobalt . . 0-1498 2-460 0-3685 Sulphur . . 0-1880 2-011 0-3780 The above products, which express the capa- cities of the different atoms, approach so near equality, that the slight differences must be owing to slight errors, either in the measurement of the capacities, or in the chemical analyses, especially if we consider, that, in certain cases, these errors, derived from these two sources, may be on the same side, and consequently be found multiplied in the result. Each atom of these simple bodies seems, therefore, as \vas formerly stated, to have the same capacity for heat. The question may here be asked, Whether a body, in cooling a certain thermometric range at a high temperature, gives out the same quantity of heat that it does in cooling through the same range at a lower temperature ? No means seem better adapted for solving this problem, than to measure the refrigeration produced, by the same weights of ice, on uniform weights of water, at different temperatures. Mr. Dalton found in this way, that ' 176-5° expresses the number of degrees of temperature, such as are found between 200° and 212° of the old or common scale, entering into ice of 32° to convert it into water of 32° ; 150° of the same scale, between 12-2° and 130°, suffice for the same effect; and between 45° and 50°, 128° are adequate to the conversion of the same ice into water. These three resulting numbers (128, 1^0, 176-5), are nearly as 5, 6, 7. Hence it follows, that as much heat is necessary to raise water 5° in the lower part of the old scale, as is required to raise it 7° in the higher, and 6° in the middle.' See his New System of Chemical Philosophy, vol. i. p. 53. ' Mr. Dalton, however,' says Dr. Ure, ' instead of adopting the obvious conclusion, that the capa- city of water for heat is greater at lower than it is at higher temperatures, and that therefore a smaller number of degrees at the former should melt as much ice as a great number at the latter, ascribes the deviation denoted by these numbers, 5, 6, and 7, to the gross errors of the ordi- nary thermometric graduation, which he consi- ders so excessive, as not only to equal, but greatly to overbalance the really increased spe- cific heat or capacity of water ; which, viewed in itself, he conceives would have exhibited oppo- site experimental results. That our old, and, according to his notions, obsolete thermometric scale, has no such prodigious deviation from truth, is, I believe, now fully admitted by che- mical philosophers ; and therefore the only legi- timate inference from these very experiments of Mr. Dalton is the decreasing capacity of water, with the increase of its temperature. It deserves to be remarked, that my experiments on the relative times of cooling a globe of glass, succes- sively filled with water, oil of vitriol, common oil, and oil of turpentine, give exactly the same results as Mr. Dalton had derived from mixtures of two ounces of ice with sixty of water, at dif- ferent temperatures. This concurrence is the more satisfactory, since, when my paper on the spe- cific heats of the above bodies, published in the Annals of Philosophy for October 1817, was written, I had no recollection of Mr. Dalton's experiments.' TABLE V.— Of Capacities for Heat. Mean capacity between 0° and 100° Mean capacity between 0° and 3000°. Mercury . . 0-0330 Zinc . . . 0-0927 Antimony . . 0-0507 Silver . . . 0-0557 Copper . . . 0-0949 Platinum . . 0-0355 Glass . . .0-1770 0-0350 0-1015 0-0549 0-0611 0-1013 0-0355 0-1900 no HEAT. The capacity of iron was determined at the four following intervals : — From 0° to 100°, the capacity is 0*1098 0 to 200 0-1150 0 to 300 0-1218 0 to 350 0-1255 < If we estimate,' continues Dr. Ure, * the temperatures, as some philosophers have pro- posed, by the ratios of the quantities of heat which the same body gives out in cooling to a determinate temperature, in order that this cal- culation be exact, it would be necessary that the body in cooling, for example, from 300° to 0°, should give out three times as much heat as in cooling from 100° to 0°. But it will give out more than three times as much, because the capacities are increasing. We should therefore find too high a temperature. We exhibit in the following table the temperatures that would be deduced by employing the different metals con- tained in the preceding table. We must suppose that they have been all placed in the same liquid bath at 300°, measured by an air thermometer. Iron .... 332-2° Mercury . . . 318-2 Zinc .... 328-5 Antimony . . . 324-8 Silver Copper . Platinum Glass . 329-3 320-0 317-9 322-1 PART II. OP THE GENERAL SYMPATHIES OF HEAT WITH THE DIFFERENT FORMS OF MATTER. The effects of heat are either transient and physical, or permanent and chemical, inducing a durable change in the constitution of bodies. The latter effect we have already treated of in our article COMBUSTION. The first is to be dis- cussed here; and divides itself into the two heads, of changes in the volume of bodies while they retain their form, and changes in the state of bodies. 1. The successive increments of volume which bodies receive with successive increments of temperature, have been the subjects of innumer- able researches. The expansion of fluids is so much greater than that of solids, by the same elevation of their temperature, that it becomes an easy task to ascertain within certain limits the augmentation of volume which liquids and gases suffer through a moderate thermometric range. We have only to enclose them in a glass vessel of a proper form, and expose it to heat. But to determine their expansion with final ac- curacy, and free the results from the errors arising from the unequable expansion of the re- cipient, is a problem of no small difficulty. It seems, however, after many vain attempts by preceding experimenters, to have been finally solved by MM. Dulong and Petit. The expan- sion of solids had been previously measured with considerable accuracy by several philoso- phers, particularly by Smeaton, Roy, Ramsden, and Troughton, in this country, and Lavoisier and Laplace in France. The method devised by general Roy, and executed by him in con- junction with Ramsden, deserves the preference. The metallic or other rod, the subject of experi- ment, was placed horizontally in a rectangular trough of water, which could be conveniently heated. At any aliquot distance on the rod, two micrometer microscopes were attached at right angles, so that each being adjusted at first to two immoveable points, exrerior to the heating apparatus, when the rod was elongated by heat, the displacement of the microscopes could be determined to a very minute quantity, to the twenty or thirty thousandth of an inch, by the micrometrical mechanism. Dr. Ure, in the years 1812 and 1813, made, he tells us, many experiments with a microme- trical apparatus of a peculiar construction, for measuring the dilatation of solids. ' I was par- ticularly perplexed,' he says, * with the rods of zinc, which, after innumerable trials, I finally found to elongate permanently by being alter- nately heated and cooled. It would seem that the plates composing this metal, in sliding over each other by the expansive force of heat, present such an adhesive friction as to prevent their en- tire retraction. It would be desirable to know the limit of this effect, and to see what other metals are subject to the same change. I hope to be able, ere long, to finish these pyrometrical researches.' The doctor then gives us the fol- lowing copious tables of dilatations, compiled from the best experiments : — TABLE I. — Linear Dilatation of Solids by Heat. Dimensions which a bar takes at 212°, whose length at 32° is VOOOOOO. Dilatation Glass tube, Smeaton, 1-00083333 in Vulgar Fractions. Do. Roy, 1-00077615 Do. Deluc's mean, 1-00082800 i TTTB Do. Dulong and Petit, 1-00086130 1 TTJB Do. Lavoisier and Laplace, 1-00081166 I THI5 Plate glass, Do. do. 1-000890890 1 im Do. crown glass, Do. do. 1-00087572 i irn Do. do. Do. do. 1-00089760 i TOS5 Do. do. Do. do. 1-00091751 Do. rod, Roy 1-00080787 Deal, Roy, as glass, Platina, Borda, 1-00085655 Do. Dulong and Petit, 1-00088420 mi Do. Troughton, 1-00099180 Do. and glass, Berthoud, 1-00110000 Palladium, Wollaston, 1-00100000 HEAT. TABLE I. — Linear Dilatation of Solids by Heat. — Continued 111 Dimensions which a bar takes at 212°, whose length at 32° is 1-000000. Dilatation Antimony, Smeaton, 1-00108300 in Vulgar Fractions. Cast iron prism, Roy, 1-00110940 Cast iron, Lavoisier, by Dr. Young, 1*00111111 Steel, Troughton, 1-00118990 Steel rod, Roy, 1-00114470 Blistered steel, Phil. Trans. 1795, 428, 1-00112500 Do. Siaeaton, 1-00115000 Steel not tempered, Lavoisier and Laplace, 1-00107875 S5T Do. do. do. Do. do. 1-00107956 525 Do. tempered yellow, Do. do. 1-00136900 Do. do. do. Do. - do. 1-00138600 Do. do. do. at a higher heat, Do. do. 1-00123956 857 Steel, Troughton, 1-001 18980 Hard steel, Smeaton, 1-00122500 Annealed steel, Muschenbroeit, 1-00122000 Tempered steel. Do. • ..•:'. 1-00137000 Iron, Borda, 1-00115600 Do. Smeaton, 1-00125800 Soft iron forged, Lavoisier and Laplace, 1-00122045 Round iron, wire-drawn, Do. do. 1-90123504 Iron wire, Troughton, 1-00144010 Iron, Dulong and Petit, 1-00118203 i 515 Bismuth, Smeaton, 1-00139200 Annealed gold, Muschenbroek, 1-00146000 Gold, Ellicot, by comparison, 1-00150000 Do. procured by parting, Lavoisier and Laplace, 1-00146606 M Do. Paris standard, unannealed, Do. do. M0155155 i ins Do. do. annealed, Do. do. 1-00151361 i Bsi Copper, Muschenbroek, 1-0019100 Do Lavoisier and Laplace, 1-00172244 SST Do. Do. do. 1-00171222 i 351 Do. Troughton, 1-00191880 Do. Dulong and Petit, 1-00171821 1 383 Brass, Borda, 1-00178300 Do. Lavoisier and Laplace, 1-00186671 Do. Do. do. 1-04188971 Brass scale, supposed from Hamburg, Roy, 1-00185540 Cast brass, Smeaton, 1-00187500 English plate-brass, in rod, Roy, 1-00189280 Do. do. in a trough form, Do. 1-00189490 Brass, Troughton, 1-00191880 Brass wire, Smeaton, 1-00193000 Brass, Muschenbroek, 1-00216000 Copper 8, tin 1, Smeaton, 1-00181700 Silver, Herbert, 1-00189000 Do. Ellicot, by comparison, 1-0021000 Do. Muschenbroek, 1-00212000 Do, of cupel, Do. Paris standard, Lavoisier and Laplace, Do. do. 1-00190974 1-00190868 1 JH 1 351 Silver, Troughton, 1-0020826 Brass 16, tin 1, Smeaton, 1-00190800 Speculum metal, Do. 1-00193300 Spelter solder; brass 2, zinc 1, Do. 1-00205800 • Malacca tin, Lavoisier and Laplace, 1-00193765 i 5TC Tin from Falmouth, Do. do. 1-00217298 I 5jj Fine pewter, Smeaton, 1-00228300 Grain tin, Do. 1-00248300 Tin, Muschenbroek, 1-00284000 Soft solder ; lead 2, tin 1, Smeaton, 1-00250800 Zinc 8, tin 1, a little hammered, Do 1-00269200 Lead, Lavoisier and Laplace, 1-00284836 1 3ST Do. Smeaton, 1-00286700 Zinc, Do. 1-00294200 Zinc, hammered out \ inch per foot, Do. 1-00301100 Glass, from 32° to 212°, Dulong and Petit 1-00086130 1 TIT Do. from 212°, to 392°, Do. do. 1 00091827 I TUS5 Do. from 392°, to 572°, Do. do. 1-000101114 1 557 _The last two measurements by an air thermometer. I 112 H E A T. TABLE II.— Dilatation of the volume of Liquids by being heated from 32° to 212°. 0-020000 A Do. Lord Charles Cavendish .... 0-018870 B Do. Deluc 0-018000 SB 0-017000 J, 0-01851 7 Do. Lavoisier and Laplace 0-01810 si 53 il Do. Haellstrcem 0-0181800 33 0-0180180 _1 Do. do. from 211°, to 392° . 0-0184331 35 30 Sl'33 Do. do. from 392°, to 572° .... 0-0188700 1 35 Do. do in glass, from 32°, to 212° 0-015432 1 B|S Do. do. do. from 212°, to 392° . 0-015680 53-TS Do. do. do. from 392°, to 572° . 0-0158280 1 83 13 Water, Kirwan, from 39°, its maximum density . 004332 13ft Muriatic acid (sp. gr. 1-137) Dalton, 0-0600 1 n Nitric acid (sp. gr. 1-40), do. 0-1100 i 5 Sulphuric acid (sp. gr. 1'85), do. 0-0600 1 7 Alcohol, do- 0-1100 5 Water, do- 0-0460 1 M Water saturated with common salt, do. 0-0500 i 35 Sulphuric ether, do. 00700 1 V Fixed oils, do. O'OSOO T5-3 Oil of turpentine, do. 0-0700 1 TI The quantities given by Mr. Dalton are probably too great, as is certainly the case with mercury ; his ex- periments being perhaps modified by his hypothetical notions. Water saturated with common salt, Robison 0-05198 1 19 Dr. Young, in his valuable Catalogue Raison- ne"e, Natural Philosophy, vol. ii. p. 391, gives the following table of the expansions of water, constructed from a collation of experiments by Gilpin, Kirwan, and Achard. He says that the degrees of Fahrenheit's thermometer, reckoning either way from 39°, being called f, the expan- sion of water is nearly expressed by 22/s (1 — •002/) in 10 millionths; and the diminution of the sp. gr. by -0000022/2 — -00000000472/3. This equation, as well as the table, is very im- portant for the reduction of specific gravities of bodies, taken by weighing them in water. Sp. grav. Dimin. of sp.gr. Expansion. 102 0-99246 Kirwan 0-00754 0-00760 122 0-98757 0-01243 0-01258 0-98872 Deluc 0-01128 142 0 98199 K. 0-01801 0-01833 162 0-97583 0-02417 0-02481 167 0-97480 Deluc 0-02520 182 0-96900 K. 0-03100 0-03198 202 0-96145 0-03855 0-04005 212 0-95848 0-04152 0-04333 Sp. grav. Dimin. of sp. gr. Expansion. 30° 0-99980 0-00020 32 0-99988 0-00012 34 0-99994 0-OOOOd 39 1-00000 o-ooooo ' 44 0-99994 0-00006 48 0-99982 0-00018 49 0-99978 0-00022 54 0-99951 0-00049 59 0-99914 0-00086 60 0-99906 0-00094 64 0-99867 0-00133 69 0-99812 0-00188 74 0-99749 0-00251 (77°) 79 (82) 90 100 0-99701 Achard 0-99680 Gilpin 0-99612 Kirwan 0-99511 Gilpin 0-993J3 0-00320 0-00388 0-00489 0-00687 0-00299 0-00321 0-00389 0-00491 0-00692 M. Gay Lussac has lately endeavoured to dis- cover some law which should correspond with the rate of dilatation of different liquids by heat. For this purpose, instead of comparing the dila- tations of different liquids, above or below a temperature uniform for all, he set out from a point variable with regard to temperature, but uniform as to the cohesion of the particles of the bodies; namely, from the point at which each liquid boils under a given pressure. Among those which he examined, he found two which dilate equally from that point, viz. alcohol and sulphuret of carbon, of which the former boils at 173-14°, the latter at 115-9°, Fahrenheit. The other liquids did not present, in this respect, the same resemblance. Another analogy of the above two liquids is, that the same volume of each gives, at its boiling point, under the same atmospheric pressure, the same volume of vapor ; or, in other words, that the densities of their vapors are to each other as those of the liquids at their respec- tive boiling temperatures. The following table shows the results of this distinguished chemist :—• HEAT 113 TABLE of the Contractions of 1000 parts in volume, by cooling. Water. Alcohol. Sulphuret of Carb. Ether. Contract by expt. Ditto calculated. Contract by expt. Ditto calculated. Contract by expt. Ditto calculated. Contract by expt. Ditto calculated. Boiling, o-oo o-oo o-oo o-oo o-oo o-oo o-oo o-oo — 5° 3-34 3-35 5-55 5-56 6-14 6-07 8-15 8-16 — 10 661 6-65 11-43 11-24 12-01 12-08 16-17 16-01 — 15 10-50 9-89 17-51 17-00 17-98 17-99 24-16 23-60 — 20 13-15 13-03 24-34 23-41 23-80 23-80 31-83 30-92 — 25 16-06 16-06 29-15 28-60 29-65 29-50 39-14 38-08 — 30 18-85 18-95 34-74 34-37 35-06 35-05 46-42 45-04 — 35 21-52 21-67 40-28 40-05 40-48 40-43 52-06 51-86 — 40 24-10 24-20 45-68 45-66 45-77 45-67 58-77 58-77 — 45 26-50 26-52 50-85 51-11 51-08 50-70 65-48 65-20 — 50 28-56 28-61 56-02 56-37 56-28 55-52 72-01 71-79 — 55 30-60 30-43 61-01 61-43 61-14 60-12 78-38 78-36 — 60 32-42 31-96 65-96 66-23 66-21 64-48 — 65 34-02 •33-19 10-74 70-75 — 70 35-47 34-09 75-48 74-93 — 75 36-70 34-63 80-11 78-75 i , 1 Their respective boiling points are : Water .... 100° Cent. = 212° F. Alcohol .... 78-41 173 Sulphuret of carb. . 46-60 126 Sulphuric ether . 35-66 96 The experiments were made in thermometer vessels hermetically sealed. Alcohol, at 78-41° cent., produces 488-3 its volume of vapor. Sulphuret of carbon, at 46-60° cent., produces 491*1 its volume of vapor. Ether, at 35-66° cent., produces 285'9 its volume of vapor. Water, at 100-00° cent., produces 1633-1 its volume of vapor. Mr. Dalton has the merit of having first proved that the expansions of all aeriform bodies, when insulated from liquids, are uniform by the same increase of temperature; a fact of great importance to practical chemistry, which was fully verified by the independent and equally original researches of M. Gay Lussac on the subject, with a more refined and exact apparatus. The latter philosopher demonstrated that 100 in volume at 32° Fahrenheit, or 0° cent., became 1-375 at 212° Fahrenheit, or 100° cent. Hence the increment of bulk for each degree Fahrenheit is "-j^f — 0-002083 =. ^g; and for the centigrade scale it is 2^ — 0-00375 — ^. To reduce any volume of gas, therefore, to the bulk it would occupy at any standard temperature, we must multiply the thermometric difference in degrees of Fahrenheit by 0-002083, or ^, subtracting the product from the given volume, if the gas be heated above, but adding it, if the gas be cooled below, the standard temperature. Thus twenty- five cubic inches at 120° Farenheit will at 60° occupy a volume of 21| ; for ^ x 60 — |& — J; and f =3J, which, taken from 25, leaves 21g. A table of reduction will be found under GAS. Sulphuric ether . When the table is expressed decimally, indeed, Liquid ammonia to six or seven figures, it becomes more trouble- Nitric acid, sp. gr. VOL. XI. some to apply than the above iiue. Vapors, when heated out of contact of their respective liquids, obey the same law as gases ; a discovery due to M. Gay Lussac. 2. Of the change of state produced in bodies by caloric. — The three forms of matter, the solid, liquid, and gaseous, seem immediately referrible to the power of heat, modifying, balancing, or subduing cohesive attraction. The system of the world presents magnificent effects of attrac- tion dependent on figure. Such are the pheno- mena of nutation and the precession of the equinoxes, produced by the attractions of the sun and moon on the flattened spheroid of the earth. These sublime phenomena would not have existed had the earth been a sphere : they are connected with its oblateness and rota- tion, in a manner which may be mathematically deduced, and subjected to calculation. The in- vestigation shows, that this part of the attraction dependent on figure decreases more rapidly than the principal force. The latter diminishes as the square of the distance ; the part depend- ent on figure diminishes as the cube of the distance. Thus also, in the attractions which hold the parts of bodies united, we ought to ex- pect an analogous difference to occur. Hence the force of crystallisation may be subdued, be fore the principal attractive force is overcome . When the particles are brought to this distance, they will be indifferent to all the positions which they can assume round their centre of gravity ; this will constitute the liquid condition. We must now content ourselves with stating the re- sults as much as possible in a tabular form. TABLE of the Concreting or Congealing Tem- peratures of various Liquids by FAHRENHEIT'S Scale. * . 5 • — 46° * . — 46 . 1-424 — 45-5 HEAT. Sulphuric acid, sp. gr. . 1-6415 — 45 Mercury . — 39 Nitric acid, sp. gr. . . 1-407' — 30-1 Sulphuric acid 26 Nitric acid . '. • 1-3880 — 18-1 Do. Do. . . 1-2583 — 17-7 Do. Do. . • 1-3290 — 2-4 Brandy . — 7*0 Sulphuric acid . . •' 1*8376 -f- Pure prussic acid Common salt 25 -f- water 75 1- 4 to 5 4 Do. 22-2 + do. 77-8 7-2 Sal ammoniac 20 -f- do. 80 8. C. salt 20 + do. 80 9*5 Do. 16-1 -I- do. 83-9 13-5 Oil of turpentine , - ;•',»**>*> 14. Strong wines .... 20. Rochelle salt 50 + water 50 21. C. salt 10 + do. 90 21-5 Oil of bergamot 23 Blood .... 25 C. salt 6-25 -f- water 93-75 25-5 Epsom salts 41-6 + do. 58-4 25-5 Nitre 12-5 + do. 87'5 26 C. salt 4-16 + do. 95-84 27-5 Copperas 41*6 + do. 58'4 28 28 Sul. of zinc. 53-3 + water 46*7 28-6 Milk 30 Water .... 32 Olive oil . • . • 36 Sulphur and phosphorus, equal parts 40 Sulphuric acid, sp. gr. 1-741 42 Do. Do. 1-780 46 Oil of anise . . . . 50 Concentrated acetic acid . . 50 Tallow, Dr. Thomson 92 Phosphorus . . ... ...... 108 Stearin from hog's lard . . 109 Spermaceti .... 112 Tallow, Nicholson . . ^ -.. 127 Margaric acid . . . . . 134 Potassium . . . . 136*4 Yellow wax . . . . 142 Do. Do. . / . 149 White wax .. , . ,. ..«.', 155 Sodium 194 Sulphur, Dr. Thomson . . . 218 Do. Dr. Hope 234 Tin . . . ' .. . 442 Bismuth . . :;"s .. ..' 476 Lead . . . 612 Zinc, by Sir II. Davy . . 680 Do. Brogniart . . 698 Antimony . . . . , . . 809? The solidifying temperature of the bodies above tallow, in the table, is usually called their freezing or congealing point ; and of tallow, and the bodies below it, the fusing or melting point. Now, though these temperatures be stated, op- posite to some of the articles, to fractions of a thermometric degree, it must be observed, that various circumstances modify the concreting point of the liquids, through several degrees ; but the liquefying points of the same bodies, when once solidified, are uniform and fixed to the preceding temperatures. Witer, all crystallisable solutions, and the three rnetals, cast-iron, bismuth, and antimony expand considerably in volume, at the instant of solidification. The greatest obstacles cannot resist the exertion of this expansive force. Thus, glass bottles, trunks of trees, iron and lead pipes, even mountain rocks, are burst by the dilatation of the water in their cavities, when it is con- verted into ice. In the same way our pavements are raised in winter. Major Williams of Que- bec burst bombs, which were filled with water and plugged up, by exposing them to a freezing cold. The beneficial operation of this cause is exemplified in the comminution or loosening the texture of dense clay soils, by the winter's frost, whereby the delicate fibres of plants can easily penetrate them. There is an important circumstance occurs in the preceding experiments on the sudden conge- lation of a body kept liquid below its usual congealing temperature, to which we must now advert. The mass, at the moment its crystalli- sation commences, rises in temperature to the term marked in the preceding table, whatever number of degrees it may have previously sunk below it. Suppose a globe of water suspended in an atmosphere at 21° Fahrenheit; the liquid will cool and remain stationary at this tempera- ture, till vibration of the vessel, or contact of a spicula of ice, determines its concretion, wnen it instantly becomes 11° hotter than the surround- ing medium. We owe the explanation of this fact, and its extension to many analogous chemi- cal phenomena, to the sagacity of Dr. Black. His truly philosophical mind was particularly struck by the slowness with which a mass of ice liquefies when placed in a genial atmosphere. A lump of ice at 22° freely suspended in a room heated at 50°, which will rise to 32° in five minutes, will take 14 times 5, or seventy minutes to melt into water, whose temperature will be only 32°. Dr. Black suspended in an apart- . ment two glass globules of the same size along- side of each other, one of which was filled with ice at 32°, the other with water at 33°. In half an hour the water had risen to 40° ; but it took ten hours and a half to liquefy the ice, and heat the resulting water to 40°. Both these experi- ments concur, therefore, in showing that the fu- sion of ice is accompanied with the expenditure of 140° of calorific energy, which have no effect on the thermometer. For the first experiment tells us that 10° of heat entered the ice in the space of five minutes, and yet fourteen times that period passed in its liquefaction. The second experiment shows that 7° of heat entered the globes in half an hour; but twenty-one half hours were required for the fusion of the ice, and for heating of its water to 40°. If from the product of 7 into 21 — 147, we subtract the 7° which the water was above 33°, we have 140° as before. But the most simple and decisive ex- periment is td mingle a pound of ice in small fragments with a pound of water at 172°. Its liquefaction is instantly accomplished, but the temperature of the mixture is only 32°. There- fore, 140° of heat seem to have disappeared. Had we mixed a pound of ice-cold water with n pound of water at 172°, the resulting tempera- ture would have been 102°, proving that the 70° HEAT. 115 which had left the hotter portion, were manifestly transferred to that which was cooler. The con- verse of the preceding experiments may also be demonstrated ; for on suspending a flask of water, at 35° for example, in an atmosphere at 20°, if it cool to 32° in three minutes, it will take 140 minutes to be converted into ice of 32° ; because the heat, emanating at the rate of 1° per minute, it will require that time for 140° to escape. The latter experiment, however, from the inferior conducting power of ice, and the uncertainty when all is frozen, is not suscep- tible of the" precision which the one immediately preceding admits. The tenth of 140 is obviously. 14 ; and hence we may infer, that when a cer- tain quantity of water, cooled to 22°, or 10° below 32°, is suddenly caused to congeal, l-14th of the weight will become solid. We thus un- derstand how the thaw which supervenes after an intense frost, should so slowly melt the wreaths of snow and beds of ice, a phenomenon observable in these latitudes from the origin of time, but whose explanation was reserved for Dr. Black. Indeed, had the transition of water from its solid into its liquid state not been ac- companied by this great change in its relation to heat, every thaw would have occasioned a fright- ful inundation, and a single night's frost would have solidified our rivers and lakes. Neither animal nor vegetable life could have subsisted under such sudden and violent transitions. Drs. Irvine, father and son, to both of whom the science of heat is deeply indebted, investi- gated the proportion of caloric disengaged by several other bodies in their passage from the liquid to the solid state, and obtained the fol- lowing results: — Caloric of liquidity. Do. referred to the specific heat of water. Sulphur 143-68 27-14 Spermaceti 145- Lead 162- 5-6 Bees' wax 175- Zinc 493- 48-3 Tin 500- 33- Bismuth 550- 23-25 The quantities in the second column are the degrees by which the temperatures of each of the bodies, in its solid state, would have been raised by the heat disengaged during its concre- tion. An exception must be made for wax and spermaceti ; which are supposed to be in the fluid state, when indicating the above elevation. Dr. Black supposed that the new relation to heat which solids acquire by liquefaction was derived from the absorption, and intimate com- bination, of a portion of that fluid, which, thus employing all its repulsive energies in subduing the stubborn force of cohesion, ceased to have any thermometric tension, or to be perceptible to our senses. He termed this supposed quan- tity of caloric, their latent heat; a term very convenient and proper, while we regard it simply as expressing the relation which the calorific agent bears to the same body in its fluid and solid states. To the presence of a certain por- tion of latent or combined heat in solids, Dr. Black ascribed their peculiar degrees of softness, toughness, malleability. Thus we know that the condensation of a metal by the hammer, or under the die, never fails to render it brittle, while, at the same time, heat is disengaged. Berthollett subjected equal pieces of copper and silver to repeated strokes of a fly press. The elevation of their temperature, which was consi- derable by the first blow, diminished greatly at each succeeding one, and became insensible whenever the condensation of volume ceased. The copper suffered greatest condensation, and evolved most heat. Here the analogy of a sponge, yielding its water to pressure, has been employed to illustrate the materiality of heat supposed deducible from these experiments. But the phenomenon may be referred to the intestine actions between the ultimate particles which must accompany the violent dislocation of their attracting poles. The cohesiveness of the metal is greatly impaired. The equilibrium between the attractive and repulsive forces, which constitutes the liquid condition of bodies, is totally subverted by a definite elevation of temperature, when the ex- ternal compressing forces do not vary. The transition from the liquid state into that of elastic fluidity, is usually accompanied with certain explosive movements, termed ebullition. The peculiar temperature at which different liquids undergo this change is therefore called their boiling point ; and the resulting elastic fluid is termed a vapor, to distinguish it from a gas, a substance permanently elastic, and not condensable as vapors are, by moderate degrees of refrigeration. It is evident that when the attractive forces, however feeble in a liquid, are supplanted by strong repulsive powers, the dis- tances between the particles must be greatly enlarged. Thus a cubic inch of water at 40° becomes a cubic inch and l-25th on the verge of 212°, and at 212° it is converted into 1694 cubic inches of steam. Trje existence of this steam indicates a balance between its elastic force and the pressure of the atmosphere. If the latter be increased beyond its average quantity, by natural or artificial means, then the elasticity of the steam will be partially overcome, and a por- tion of it will return to the liquid condition And conversely, if the pressure of the air be less than its mean quantity, liquids will assume elastic fluidity by a less intensity of calorific repulsion, or at a lower thermometric tension Professor Robison performed a set of ingenious experiments, which appear to prove, that when the atmospheric prsssure is wholly withdrawn, that is, in vacuo, liquids become elastic fluids 124° below their usual boiling points. Hence, water in vacuo will boil and distil over at 212° — 124 — 88° Fahrenheit. This principle was long ago employed by the celebrated Watt, in his researches on the steam-engine, and has been recently applied in a very ingenious way by Mr. Tritton in his patent still (Phil. Mag. vol. 51), I 2 116 HEAT. and Mr. Barry, in his evaporator for vegetable extracts (Med. Chir. Trans, vol. 10). On the same principle of the boiling varying with the atmospheric pressure, the Rev. Mr. Wollaston has constructed his beautiful thermo- metric barometer for measuring heights. He finds that a difference of 1° in the boiling point of water is occasioned by a difference of 0-589 of an inch on the barometer. This corresponds to nearly 520 feet of difference of elevation. By using the judicious directions which he has given, the elevation of a place may thus be rigor- ously determined, and with -great convenience. The whole apparatus weighing twenty ounces, packs in a cylindrical tin case, two inches dia- meter, and ten inches long. When a vessel containing water is placed over a flame, a hissing sound or simmering is soon perceived. This is ascribed to the vibrations occasioned by the successive vaporisation and condensation of the particles in immediate con- tact with the bottom of the vessel. The sound becomes louder as the liquid is heated, and ter- minates in ebullition. The temperature becomes now of a sudden stationary when the vessel is open, however rapidly it rose before, and what- ever force of fire be applied. Dr. Black set a tin cup full of water at 50°, on a red hot iron plate. In four minutes it reached the boiling point, and in twenty minutes it was all boiled off. From 50° to 212°, the elevation is 162°; which interval, divided by 4, gives 40^° of heat, which entered the tin cup per minute. Hence twenty minutes, or 5 X 4 multiplied into 40£ — 81Q, will represent the quantity of heat that passed into the boiling water to convert it into a vapor. But the temperature of this is still only 212°. Hence, according to Black, these 810° have been expended solely in giving elastic ten- sion, or, according to Irvine, in supplying the vastly increased capacity of the aeriform state ; and therefore they may be denominated latent heat, being insensible to the thermometer. The more exact experiments of Mr. Matt have shown, that whatever period be assigned for the heating of amass of water from 50° to 212°, six times this period is requisite with a uniform heat for its total vaporisation. But 6 X 162° n: 972 = the latent heat of steam ; a result which ac- cords with Dr. Ure's experiments made in a different way. Every attentive operator must have observed the greater explosive violence and apparent difficulty of the ebullition of water exposed to a similar heat in glass, than in metallic vessels. M. Gay Lussac has studied this subject with his characteristic sagacity. He discovered that water boiling in a glass vessel has a temperature of 214-2°, and in a tin vessel contiguous to it, of only 212°. A few particles of pounded glass thrown into the former vessel, reduced the thermometer plunged in it to 212 6, and ir;>n filings to 212°. When the flame is withdrawn for^a few seconds from under a glass vessel of boiling waier, the ebullition will recom- mence on throwing in a pinch of iron filings. The following is a tabular view of the boiling points by Fahrenheit's scale of the most import- ant liquids, under a mean barometrical pressure of thirty inches :— Boiling points. Ether, sp. gr. 0-7365 at 48° G. Lussac . 100° Carburet of sulphur . . .do 113 Alcohol, sp. gr. 0-813 . . lire. 173-5 Nitric acid . 1-500 . . Dalton. 210 Water 212 Saturated sol. of Glaub. salt, Biot. 213£ Do. do. sugar of lead do. 21 5| Do. . . sea salt . . do. 224J Muriate of lime 1 + water 2 . Ure. 230 Do. . 35-5 + do. 64-5 . do 235 Do. . 40-5 -j- do. 59-5 . do. 240 Muriatic acid 1-094 . . Dalton. 232 Do. . . 1-127 . . do. 222 Do. . . 1-047 . . do. 222 Nitric acid 145 . .. do. 240 Do. . .1-42 . . do. 248 Do. . .1-40 . . do. 247 Do. . . 1-35 . . do. 242 Do. . . 1-30 . . do. 236 Do. . . 1-16 . . do. 220 Rectified petroleum . . Ure. 306 Oil of turpentine . . do. 316 Sulphuric acid, sp. gr. 1-30 + Dalton. 240 Do. . . . 1-408 do. 260 Do. ... 1-520 do. 290 Do. ... 1-650 do. 350 Do. ... 1-670 do. 360 Do. . : . 1-699 do. 374 Do. ... 1-730 do. 391 Do. ... 1-780 do. 435 Do. ... 1-810 do. 473 Do. . . 1-819 do. 487 Do. ... 1-827 do. 501 Do. ... 1-833 do. 515 Do. . . . 1-842 do. 545 Do. . . . 1-847 do. 575 Do. . . . 1-848 do. 590 Do. . . . 1-849 do. 605 Do. ... 1-850 do. 620 Do. . . . 1-848 Ure. 600 Phosphorus 554 Sulphur 570 Linseed oil -. . . , . 640 Mercury (Dulong, 662°) . . .656 These liquids emit vapors, which, at their respective boiling points, balance a pressure of the atmosphere equivalent to thirty vertical inches of mercury. But at inferior temperatures they yield vapors of inferior elastic power. Mr. W. Creighton of Soho communicated, in March 1819, to the Philosophical Magazine, the following ingenious formula for aqueous vapor. Let the degrees of Fahrenheit x 85 =. D, and the corresponding force of steam in inches of mercury — 0-09 =. I. Then log. D — 2-22679 X 6 = log. I. EXAMPLE. 212° + 85 — 297 log. ±= 2'47276 — 2-22679 constant number. 0-24579 X 6 Log. 1-47582 = 29-91 = I -1-0-09 Inches 30-00 D. II E A T. 117 He then gives a satisfactory tabular view of the near correspondences between the results of his formula, and by experiments. See STEAM. M. Gay Lussac, by determining experimen- tally the volume of vapor which a given volume of liquid can produce at 212°, has happily solved the very difficult problem of the spe- cific gravity of vapors. He took a spherule of thin glass, with a short capillary stem; and of a known weight. He filled it with the peculiar liquid, hermetically sealed the orifice, and weighed it. Deducting from its whole weight the known weight of the spherule, he knew the weight, and from its specific gravity the bulk of the liquid. He filled a tall gradu- ated glass receiver, capable of holding about three pints, with mercury, inverted it in a basin, and let up the spherule. The receiver was now surrounded by a bottomless cylinder, which rested at its lower edge in the mercury of the basin. The interval between the two cylinders was filled with water. Heat was applied by means of a convenient bath, tiO the water and the included mercury assumed the temperature of 212°. The expansible liquid had ere this burst the spherule, expanded into vapor, and depressed the mercury. The height of the quick- silver column in the graduated cylinder above the level of the basin, being observed, it was easy to calculate the volume of the incumbent vapor. The quantity of liquid used was always so small, that the whole of it was converted into vapor. The following exhibits the specific gravities as determined by the above method : — Spec. Gr. Air at Boiling point, '212°,— 1. Fahrenheit. Vapor of water .... 0-62349 212° Hydroprussic acid 0-94760 79-7 Absolute alcohol . . 1-6050 173 Sulphuric ether . . 2-5860 96 Hydriodic ether . . 5-4749 148 Oil of turpentine 50130 316 Carburet of sulphur . 2-6447 116 Muriatic ether . , 2-2190 Thenard 52 The above specific gravities are estimated under a barometric pressure of 29'92 inches. It appears, that a volume of water at 40° forms 1694 volumes of steam at 212°. The subsequent increase of the volume of steam, and of other vapors, out of the contact of their re- spective liquids, we formerly stated to be in the ratio of the expansion of gases, forming an ad- dition to their volume of three-eighths for every 180° Fahrenheit. We can now infer, both from this expansion of one measure into 1694, and from the table of the elastic forces of steam, the explosive violence of this agent at still higher temperatures, and the danger to be apprehended from the introduction of water into the close moulds in which melted metal is to be poured. Hence, also, the formidable accidents which have happened, from a litttle water falling into heated oils. The little glass spherules, called candle bombs, exhibit the force of steam in a very striking manner ; but the risk of particles of glass being driven into the eye, should cause their employment to be confined to prudent ex- perimenters. Mr. Watt estimated the volumes of steam resulting from a volume of water at 1800; and in round numbers at 1728; numbers differing little from the above determination of M. Gay Lussac. Desagulier's estimate of 14,000 was therefore extravagant. It has been already mentioned, that the caloric of fluidity in steam surpasses that of an equal weight of boiling water by about 972°. This quantity, or the latent heat of steam, as it is called, is most conveniently determined, by transmitting a certain weight of it into a given weight of water, at a known temperature, and, from the observed elevation of temperature in the liquid, deducing the heat evolved during condensation. Dr. Black, Mr. Watt, Lavoisier, count Rumford, Clement, and Desormes, as well as Dr. Ure hare published observations on the subject. ' Aqueous vapor of an elastic force balancing the atmospheric pressure,' says Dr. Ure, ' has a specific gravity compared to air, by the accurate experiments of M. Gay Lussac, of 10 to 16. For facility of comparison, let us call the steam of water unity, or 1-00; then the specific grarity of the vapor of pure ether is 4-00, while the specific gravity of the vapor of absolute alcohol is 2-60. But the vapor of ether, whose boiling point is not 100°, but 112°, like the above ether, contains some alcohol ; hence we must accord- ingly diminish a little the specific gravity num- ber of its vapor. It will then become, instead of 4-00, 3-55. Alcohol of 0-825 specific gravity contains much water; specific gravity of its vapor 2-30. That of water, as before unity, 1-00. The interstitial spaces in these vapors will therefore be inversely as these numbers, or jJs for ether, 5^ for alcohol, -fa for water. Hence, gis of latent heat, existing in ethereal vapor, will occupy a proportional space, be equally con- densed, or possess the same tension with 3^5 in alcoholic, and TJg in aqueous vapor. A small modification will no doubt be introduced by the difference of the thermometric tensions, or sen- sible heats, under the same elastic force. Com- mon steam, for example, may be considered as deriving its total elastic energy from the latent heat multiplied into the specific gravity -f- the thermometric tension. « Hence : the elastic force of the vapors of water, ether, and alcohol, are as follows : — HEAT. E — 970 X I'OO -4- 212° = 1182 E — 302 X 3-55 + 112°= 1184 Eal=r 440 X 2-30 + 175°— 1185 Three equations, which yield, according to my general proposition, equal quantities. When the elastic forces of vapors are doubled, or when they sustain a double pressure, their interstices are proportionably diminished. We may consi- der them now as in the condition of vapors pos- sessed of greater specific gravities. Hence the second portion of heat introduced to give double the elastic force, need not be equal to the first, in order to produce the double tension. ' This view accords with the experiments of Mr. Watt, alluded to in the beginning of the memoir. He found that the latent heat of steam is less when it is produced under a greater pres- sure, or in -a more dense state ; and greater when it is produced under a less pressure, or in a less dense state. Berthollet thinks this fact so un- accountable, that he has been willing to discard it altogether. Whether the view I have just opened, of the relation subsisting between the elastic force, density, and latent heat of different vapors, harmonise with chemical phenomena in general, I leave others to determine. It cer- tainly agrees with that unaccountable fact. What- ever be the fate of the general law now respect- fully offered, the statement of Mr. Watt may he implicitly received under the sanction of his acknowledged sagacity and candor.' lire's Re- searches on Heat, pp. 54 & 55. M.Clement inserted a pipe, connected with a steam boiler capable of bearing high pressure, into a given quantity of water at a certain tem- perature, contained in a bucket. He now turned the stop-cock on the pipe, and allowed a certain quantity of steam, at 212° Fahrenheit, to enter. He then poted the increase of temperature which the water had received. He repeated the ex- periment; only the steam in the boiler and that which issued through the pipe had been heated till its elasticity was double of that at 212°. As soon as the water in the bucket indicated, by its increase of volume, that the same quantity of steam had been condensed as in the first experi- ment, he shut the stop-cock and measured the temperature of the bucket. He found ,it to be the same as before. A third experiment with steam having an elastic force equal to three at- mospheres, was next subjected to examination ; and he found the same result. Hence he in- ferred, that equal weights of steam, incumbent over water, at whatsoever temperature, contain the same quantity of heat ; or, in popular lan- guage, that the total heat of steam is a constant quantity : for, in proportion as the sensible heat augments, the latent or specific heat diminishes. On this proposition he has founded a luminous theory of steam engines, which, we hope, he will soon present to the world in his promised Traite" de Chaleur. As it is the vastly greater relation to heat which steam possesses above water that makes the boiling point of that liquid so perfectly sta- tionary in open vessels, over the strongest fires, we may imagine that other vapors, which have a smaller latent heat, may not be capable, by their formation, of keeping the ebullition of their respective liquids at a uniform temperature. This variation of the boiling point has been ob- served actually to happen with oil of turpen- tine, petroleum, and sulphuric acid. When these liquids are heated briskly in apothecaries' phials, they rise 20° or 30° above the ordinary point at which they boil in hemispherical cap- sules. Hence, also, their vapors, being generated with little heat, are apt to rise with explosive violence. Oil of turpentine varies, moreover, in its boiling point, according to its freshness and limpidity. It is needless therefore to raise an argument on a couple of degrees of differ- ence. But, in Dr. Murray's, and in all our other chemical systems, published prior to 1817, 560° was assigned as the boiling point of this volatile oil. Mr. Dalton's must be excepted, for he says, ' several authors have it, that oil of turpentine boils at 560° ' Mr. Darwin has explained the production of snow on the tops of the highest mountains, by the precipitation of vapor from the rarefied ai»r which ascends from plains and valleys. ' The Andes,' says Sir H. Davy, ' placed almost under the line, rise in the midst of burning sands; about the middle height is a pleasant and mild climate ; the summits are covered with unchang- ing snows ; and these ranges of temperature are always distinct : the hot winds from below, if they ascend, become cooled in consequence of expansion ; and the cold air, if by any force of the blast it is driven downwards, is condensed, and rendered warmer as it descends.' Evaporation and rarefaction, the grand means employed by nature to temper the excessive heats of the torrid zone, operate very powerfully among mountains and seas. But the level sands are devoured by unmitigated heat. In milder cli- mates, the fervors of the solstitial sun are as- suaged by the vapors copiously raised from every river and field, while the wintry cold is mode- rated by the condensation of atmospheric vapors in the form of snow. The equilibrium of ani- mal temperature is maintained by the copious discharge of vapor from the lungs and the skin. The suppression of this exhalation is a common cause of many formidable diseases. Among these, fever takes the lead. The ardor of the body, in this case of suppressed perspiration, sometimes exceeds the standard of health by six or seven degrees. The direct and natural means of allaying this morbid temperature were first systematically enjoined by Dr. Currie of Liver- pool. He showed that the dashing or affusion of cold water on the skin of a fever patient, has most sanatory effects when the heat is steadily about 98°, and when there is no sensation of dullness, and no moisture on the surface. Topical refrigeration is elegantly procured, by applying a piece of muslin or tissue paper to any part of the skin, and moistening it with ether, carburet of sulphur, or alcohol. By pouring a succession of drops of ether on the surface of a thin glass tube containing water, a cylinder of ice may be formed at Midsummer. See METEUKOLOGY. The most convenient plan which the chemist can employ, to free a gas from vapor, is to pass HEAT. 119 it slowly through a long tortuous tube wrapped in porous paper wetted with ether. On the other hand, when he wishes to expose his vessels to a regulated heat, he causes hot vapor to be condensed on their cold surface. The heat, thus disengaged from the vapor, passes into the ves- sel, and speedily raises it to a temperature which he can adjust with the nicest precision. A vapor bath ought therefore to be provided for every laboratory. But the most splendid trophy erected to the science of caloric, is the steam-engine of Watt. This illustrious philosopher, from a mistake of his friend Dr. Robison, has been hitherto de- prived of a part of his claims to the admiration and gratitude of mankind. The fundamental researches on the constitution of steam, which formed the solid basis of his gigantic superstruc- ture, though they coincided perfectly with Dr. Black's results, were not drawn from them. In some conversations with Dr. Ure, a short period before his death, Mr. Watt described the simple, but decisive experiments, by which he discovered the latent heat of steam. His means and his leisure not then permitting an expensive and complex apparatus, he used apothecaries' phials. With these he ascertained the two main facts, first, that a cubic inch of water would form about a cubic foot of ordinary steam, or 1728 inches ; and that the condensation of that quan- tity of steam would heat six cubic inches of water from the atmospheric temperature to the boiling point. Hence he saw that six times the difference of temperature, or fully 900° of heat, had been employed in giving elasticity to steam ; which must be all abstracted before a complete vacuum could be procured under the piston of the steam-engine. These practical determina- tions he afterwards found to agree pretty nearly with the observations of Dr. Black. Though Mr. Watt was then known to the Dr. he was not on those terms of intimacy with him which he afterwards came to be, nor was he a member of his class. Mr. Watt's three capital improvements, which seem to have nearly exhausted the resources of science and art, were the following: 1. The separate condensing chest, immersed in a body of cold water, and connected merely by a slen- der pipe with the great cylinder, in which the impelling piston moved. On opening a valve or stop-cock of communication, the elastic steam, which had floated the ponderous piston, rushed into the distant chest with magical velocity, leaving an almost perfect vacuum in the cylin- der, into which the piston was forced by atmo- spheric pressure. What had appeared impossible to all previous engineers was thus accomplished. A vacuum was formed without cooling the cylin- der itself. Thus it remained boiling hot, ready the next instant to receive and maintain the elastic steam. 2. His second grand improve- ment consisted in closing the cylinder at top, making the piston-rod slide through a stuffing box in the lid, and causing the steam to give the impulsive pressure, instead of the atmosphere. Henceforth the waste of heat was greatly dimi- nished. 3. The final improvement was the double impulse, whereby the power of his en- gines, which was before so great, was in a moment more than doubled. The counter- weight required in the single-stroke engine, to depress the pump-end of the working beam, was now laid aside. He thus freed the machine from a dead weight or drag of many hundred pounds, which had hung upon it from its birth, about seventy years before. See STEAM ENGINE. The application of steam to heat apartments is another valuable fruit of these studies. Safety, cleanliness, and comfort, thus combine in giving a genial warmth for every purpose of private accommodation, or public manufacture. It has been ascertained that one cubic foot of boiler will heat about 2000 feet of space in a cotton mill, whose average heat is from 70° to 80° Fahr. And if we allow twenty-five cubic feet of a boiler for a horse's power, in a steam-engine supplied by it, such a boiler would be adequate to the warming of 50,000 cubic feet of space. It has been also ascertained, that one square foot of surface of steam pipe is adequate to the warm- ing of 200 cubic feet of space. This quantity is adapted to a well finished ordinary brick or stone building. The safety valve on the boiler should be loaded with two pounds and a half for an area of a square inch, as is the rule for Mr. Watt's engines. Cast iron pipes are prefe- rable to all others, for the diffusion of heat. Freedom of expansion must be allowed, which in cast iron may be taken at about a tenth of an inch for every ten feet in length. The pipes should be distributed within a few inches of the floor. Steam is now used extensively for drying muslins and calicoes. Large cylinders are filled with it, which, diffusing in the apartment a tem- perature of 100° or 130°, rapidly dry the sus^ pended cloth. Occasionally the cloth is made to glide in a serpentine manner closely round a series of steam cylinders, arranged in parallel rows. It is thus safely and thoroughly dried in the course of a minute. Experience has shown that bright dyed yarns like scarlet, dried in a common stove heat of 128°, have their color darkened, and acquire a harsh feel ; while simi- lar hanks, laid on a steam pipe heated up to 16-5° retain the shade and lustre they possessed in the wetted state. The people who work in steam drying-rooms are healthy ; those who were formerly employed in the stove-heated apart- ments became soon sickly and emaciated. These injurious effects must be ascribed to the action of cast iron, at a high temperature, on the atmo- sphere. The heating by steam of large quantities of water or other liquids, either for baths or manufactures, may be effected in two ways : that is, the steam pipe may be plunged with an open end into the water cistern ; or the steam maybe diffused around the liquid in the interval between the wooden vessel and an interior metal- lic case. The second mode is of universal ap- plicability. Since a gallon of water in t'ne form of steam will heat six gallons at 50°, up to the boiling point, or 162° ; one gallon of the former will be adequate to heat eighteen gallons of the latter up to 100°, making a liberal allowance for waste in the conducting pipe. But see our ar- ticle STEAM, and COTTON MANUFACTURE, HEA 120 HEA HEATH, n. s. ^ Lat. erica; Teut. and HEATU'-COCK, n. s. j Belgic lieide ; a Greek HEATH'-PEASELING, ! cuOot, to bum. Minsheu. HEATU'-POUT, n.s. [Heath, an evergreen HEATH'-ROSE, n. s. I shrub of low stature ; a HEATH'Y, adj. J place overgrown with heath ; a place covered with shrubs : heathcock, a fowl that frequents heaths : heath-peaseling, a species of vetch : heath-pout, a bird : heath-rose, a plant. Say, from whence You owe this strange intelligence ? or why, Upon this blasted heath you stop our way With such prophetick greeting ? Shakspeare. Some woods of oranges, and heaths of rosemary, will smell a great way into the sea. Bacon. Cornwall hath quail, rail, partridge, pheasant, heath-cock, and powte. Carew't Survey, Health and long life have been found rather on the peak of Derbyshire, and the heat ha of Staffordshire, than fertile soils. Temple. Not heath-pout, or the rarer bird Which Phasis or Ionia yields, More pleasing morsels would afford Than the fat olives of my fields. Dryden. In Kent they cut up the heath in May, bum it, and spread the ashes. Mortimer'* Husbandry. This sort of land they order the same way with the heathy land. Id. Oft with bolder wing they soaring dare The purple heath. Thomson. HEATH (Benjamin), L.L.D., an eminent lawyer, town clerk of Exeter, and author of se- veral learned works, was educated at Oxford, where he took his degree in civil law, 31st of March 1762. He wrote, l.An Essay towards a demonstrative Proof of the Divine Existence, Unity, and Attributes ; to which is premised, A short Defence of the Argument commonly called a priori, 1740. 2. Notae sive Lectiones, ad opera Tragicorum Graecorum veterum, j'Eschyli, &c. 1752, 4to., a work which places the author's learning and critical skill in a very conspicuous light. 3. The Case of the County of Devon with respect to the Consequences of the New Excise Duty on Cyder and Perry. Published by the direction of a Committee appointed at a General Meeting of that County to superintend the Application for the Repeal of that Duty, 1763,4to. 4. A Revisal of Shakspeare's Text, wherein the alterations introduced into it by the more modern editors and critics are particularly considered: 8vo. 1765. HEATH (James), an English historian, born in 1629 at London; where his father, who was the king's cutler, lived. He was educated at Westminster school, and became a student of Christ Church, Oxford, in 1646. In 1648 he was ejected by the parliamentary visitors for his ad- herence to the royal cause ;• and then marrying, was obliged to write books and correct the press to maintain his family. He died of a consump- tion and dropsy at London in August 1664, and left several children. His chief works were, 1. A brief Chronicle of the late Intestine War in the three kingdoms of England, Scotland, and Ireland, &c., 1661, 8vo.; afterwards enlarged, and completed from 1637 to 1663, in 4 parts, 1663, in 8vo. To this was again added a con- tinuation from 1663 to 1675, by John Philips, nephew to Milton, J676, folio. 2. Flagellum : or The Life and Death, Birth and Burial, of Oliver Cromwell, 1663. The third edition came out with additions in 1665, 8vo. 3. A New Book of Loyal English Martyrs and Confessors, who have endured the Pains and Terrors of Death, Arraignment, &c., for the Maintenance of the just and legal Government of these Kingdoms both in Church and State, 1663, 12mo. Heath, who perhaps had nothing but pamphlets and newspapers to compile from, frequently relates facts that throw light upon the history of those times, which Clarendon, though he drew every thing from the most authentic records, has omitted. HEATHCOTE (Ralph), D.D., a learned English divine of considerable abilities, born in 1721. He was educated and graduated at Cam- bridge. He wrote, 1. A Treatise against the Hutchinsonians ; 2. A Sketch of Lord Boling- broke's Philosophy ; 3. Sylva, or the Wood : and several other pieces. HEATHEN, n. s. & atlj.-\ Teut. heyden ; HEA'THENISH, adj. fSwed. and Dan. HEA'THENISHLY, adv. theden; of Greek HEA'THENISM, n. s. J tPviieoc, t9vo£. The Gentiles; nations as yet unacquainted with Christianity : paganism : wild, savage, rapa- cious, cruel, untaught. Deliver us from the heathen, that we may give thanks to thy holy name. 1 Chron. xvi. 35. Under an hethen castel at the last, (Of -which the name in my text I not find) Custance and eke her child the see up cast. Almighty -God, that saved all mankind, Have on Custance and on hire child some mind. That fallen is in hethen hond eftsone In point to spill, as I shall tell you sone Chaucer. The Man of Lames Tale. The Moors diJ tread under their heathenish feet whatever little they found yet there standing. Spenser. When the apostles of our Lord and Saviour were ordained to alter the laws of heathenish religion/ chosen they were, St. Paul excepted ; the rest un- schooled altogether, and unlettered men. Hooker. [f the opinions of others whom we think well of, he a ground of assent, men have reason to be heathens in Japan, Mahometans in Turkey, papists in Spain, and protestants in England. Locke. In a paper of morality, I consider how I may re- commend the particular virtues I treat of, by the precepts or examples of the ancient heathens. A ddison. That execrable Cromwell made a heathenish or ra- ther inhuman edict against the episcopal clergy, that they should neither preach, pray in publick, baptize, marry, bury, nor teach schools. South. HEATHENS. See MYSTERIES, MYTHOLOGY, and POLYTHEISM. HEATHFIELD, Lord. See ELIOTT. HEATH-PEAS. See OROBUS. HEATOTOTL, in ornithology, the name of an American bird, described by Nieremberg, and called also avis venti. It is remarkable for a very large ind round crest of whitish feathers on its head Its breast is of a brownish-gray ; its belly white, and its feet yellow; its tail is round when expanded, and is variegated with black and white ; its back and wings are black,- HEA 121 HEA HEAVE, v. a., v. «., & n,s. I Pret. heaved, HEAVE'-OFFERING, n. s. $ anciently hove; part, heaved, or hoven ; Sax. heavian ; Ger. ktben, from the absolute particle ha, signifying high, which is the radical meaning of the word ; and thus to heave is to lift, carry, raise, cause to swell, to force up from the breast, to exalt, to. pe.ff or elate, to pant, to labor, to keck, to feel a tendency to vomit; heave, an exertion, lift, struggle, &c. ; heave-offering, an offering amongst the Jews. Ye shall offer a cake of the first of your dough for an heave-offering, as ye do the heave-offering of the threshing floor. Numbers. There nas no dore, that he nolde heve of barre Or broke it at a renning with his hede Cliaucer. Prologue to Canterbury Tales, So daunted, when the giant saw the knight, His heavy hand he heaved up on high, And him to dust thought to have battered quite. Spenser. Now we bear the king Tow'rd Calais : grant him there ; and there being seen, Heave him away upon your winged thoughts Athwart the sea. Shakspeare. I cannot heave My heart into my mouth. Id. There's matter in these sighs ; these profound heaves You must translate ; 'tis fit we understand them. Id. Made she no verbal quest ? Yes, once or twice she heaved the name of father Pantingly forth, as if it prest her heart. Id. The wretched animal heaved forth such groans ; That their discharge did stretch his leathern coat Almost to bursting. Id. As You Like It. 'Tis such as you, That creep like shadows by him, and do sigh At each his needless hearings ; such as you Nourish the cause of his awaking. Id. Poor shadow-painted queen '. *One heaved on high, to be hurled down below. Id. The Scots, heaved up into high hope of victory, took the English for foolish birds fallen into their net, forsook their hill, and marched into the plain. Hayward. So stretched out huge in length the arch fiend lay, Chained on the burning lake ; nor ever thence Had risen, or heaved his head, but that the will And high permission of all-ruling heaven Left him at large. Milton. But, after n,any strains and heaves, He got up to his sadille eaves. Hudibras. Thou hast made my curdled blood run back, My heart heave up, my hair to rise in bristles. Dryden. The wand'ring breath was on the wing to part; Weak was the pulse, and hardly heaved the heart. Id. The holy priests gaze on her when she smiles. And with heaved hands, forgetting gravity, Thf-y bless her wanton eyes. Id. None could guess whether the next heave of the earthquake would settle them on the first foundation, or swallow them. Id. The groans of ghosts that cleave the earth with pain, heave it up : thry pant and stick half way. Id. He died in fight ; Fought next my person, as in consort fought. Save when he heaved his shield in my defence, And on his naked side received my wound. Id. He heaves for breath, which, from his lungs sup* plied, And fetched from far, distends his lab'ring side. Id. No object affects my imagination so much as the sea or ocean : I cannot soe the heaving of this pro- digious bulk of waters, even in a calm, without a very pleasing astonishment. Additon. Why dost thou frown upon me ? My blood runs cold, my heart forgets to heave, And life itself goes out at thy displeasure. Id. Cato. Frequent for breath his panting bosom heaves. Prior. The heaving tide la widened circles beats on either side. Gay. The glittering finny swarms, That heave our friths and crowd upon our shores. Thomson. The church of England had struggled and heaved at a reformation ever since Wickliff's days. Atterbury. And souls immortal must for ever heave At something great ; the glitter, or the gold, The praise of mortals, or the praise of Heaven. Young. Awaking with a start The waters heave around me, and on high The winds lift up their voices. Byron. Childe Harold. Thou glorious mirror, where the Almighty's form Glasses itself in tempests ; in all time, Calm or convulsed — in breeze, or gale, or storm, Icing the pole, or in the torrid clime Dark heaving, boundless, eodless, and sublime — The image of Eternity. Id, HEAVEN, n.s. ~} Sax, )>eoFon, HEAV'ENLY, arfj. &fl«fo. which seems to be HEAV'EN-WARD, adv. \ derived from beopo, HEAV'EN-BEGOT, adj. [ the places over head. HEA v' EN-BORN, adj. ( See HEAVE. Heaven HEAV'EN-BRED, adj. is a word especially HEAV'EN-BUILT, adj. \ connectedwithChris- HEAV'EN-UIRECTED. J tianity; the residence of the Almighty ; in all its derivations properly applied only to moral and spiritual subjects ; whilst celestial, as derived from calum, is de- scriptive of the visible firmament, and applicable to many subjects illustrated in the heathen my- thology, where heavenly would be evidently improper : it has, however, been used by authors without this distinction to denote the sky, the pagan gods, or whatever is high and exalted : the compounds are sufficiently obvious in their meanings. Certes heven is yeveu to hem that will labour, and not to idel folk. Chaucer. The Persanes Tale. the heavenly armitage Which on a rock so high ystonds, In strange se— out from all londs — That, to makcn the pilgrimage, Is called a long perilous viage. Id. Dreame. Such were the goddesses which ye did see : But that fourth mayed, which there amidst them traced, Who can aread what creature mote she be ; Whether a creature, or a goddesse graced With heavenly gifts from heaven first enraced. Spenser. Faerie Queene, HEA 122 HEA It is a knell, That summon* thee to heaven, or to hell. Shahtpearc. Macbeth. O, for a mu»e of fire, that would ascend The brightest heaven of invention. Shakspeare. Much is the force of heaven-bred poesy. Id. A station like the herald Mercury, New lighted on a A«acen-kissing hill. Id. Now heaven help him ! Id. Take physick, pomp } Expose thyself to feel what wretches feel, That thou may'st shake the superflux to them, And show the heavens more just. Id. They can judge as fitly of his worth, As I can of those mysteries which heaven Will not have earth to know. Id. The words are taken more properly for the air and ether than for the heavens. Raleigh's History. Thus they in heaven, above the starry sphere, Their happy hours in joy and hymning spent. Milton. The will And high permission of all-ruling heaven Left him at large. Id* Truth and peace and love shall ever shine About the supreme throne Of him, t'whose happy-making sight alone, Our heavenly guided soul shall climb. Id. These, the late J/eacen-banished host, left desert utmost hell. Id. All ^et left of that revolted rout, Heave*, fallen, in station stood, or just array, Sublime with expectation. Id. Who would such men heaven's messengers believe, Who from the sacred pulpit dare deceive ? Marvell. As the love of heaven makes one heavenly, the love of virtue virtuous, so doth the love of the world make one become worldly. Sidney. The prophets were taught to know the will of God, and thereby instmct the people, and enabled to pro- phesy, as a testimony of their being sent by heaven. Temple. Some fires may fall from heaven. Id. Priesthood, that makes a merchandise of heaven ! Priesthood, that sells even to their prayers and bles- sings, And force us to pay for our own cos nage ! Dryden.. Thy race in time to come Shall spread the conquests of imperial Rome ; Rome, whose ascending towers shall heaven invade, Involving earth and ocean in her shade. Id. Heavens ! what a spring was in his arm, to throw ! How high he held his shield, and rose at every blow. Id. If I am heaven-begot, assert your son By some sure sign. Id. Adoring first the genius of the place, Then earth, the mother of the heavenly race. Id. If once a fever fires his sulphurous blood, In every fit he feels the hand of God, And heaven-born flame. Id. Juvenal. This act, with shouts heaven high, the friendly baud Applaud. Id. Not Maro's muse, who sung the mighty man ; Nor Pindar's heavenly lyre, nor Horace when a swan. Id. TAMERLANE. The world! — 'twould be too little for thy pride ! Thou would'st scale heaven. BA.IAZET. I would : — Aw;iy ' my soul Disdains thy conference. Rome's Tumerlane. I prostrate lay, By various doubts impelled, or to obev, Or to object; at length, my mournful look, Heavenward erect, determined, thus I spoke. Prior. Last night (I vow to Heaven 'tis true) Bounce from the fire a coffin flew. Gay. O sacred weapon ; left for truth's defence ; To all but heaven-directed hands denied : The muse may give it, but the gods must guide. Pope. His arms had wrought the destined fall Of sacred Troy, and razed her heaven-built wall. Id. Oh ! heaven-bora sisters ! source of art ! Who charm the sense, or mend the heart ; Who led fair Virtue's train along, Moral truth, and mystick song ! Id. Who taught that heaven-directed spire to rise ? Id. In these deep solitudes and awful cells, Where heavenly pensive Contemplation dwells, And ever-musing Melancholy reigns, What means this tumult in a vestal's veins ? Id. Heaven gives us friends to bless the present scene ; Resumes them, to prepare us for the next. Young. When Juno's charms the prize of beauty claim, Shall aught in earth, shall aught in heaven contend ? Beattie. All heaven and earth are still — though not in sleep, But breathless, as we grow when feeling most ; And silent, as we stand in thoughts too deep : — All heaven and earth are still : From the high host Of stars, to the lulled lake and mountain-coast, All is concentered in a life intense. Byron. Childe Harold. HEAVEN, among Christian divines and phi- losophers, is considered as a place in which' the omnipresent Deity affords a nearer and more immediate view of himself, and a more sensible manifestation of his glory, than in the other parts of the universe. This is often called the empyrean heaven, from that splendor with which it is supposed to be invested ; and of this place the inspired writers give us the most noble and magnificent descriptions. HEAVEN, among Pagans, was considered as the residence only of the celestial gods, into which no mortals were admitted after death, unless they were deified. As for the souls of good men, they were consigned to the Elysian fields. See ELYSIUM. HEAVEN, in astronomy, called also the rethereal and starry heaven, is that immense region wherein the stars, planets, and comets, are dis- posed. See ASTRONOMY. This is what Moses calls the firmament, speaking of it as the work of the second day's creation ; at least it is thus the word JTpT is usually rendered by his inter- preters, though somewhat improperly, arising from the ancient notion of the heavens being firm or solid. But the word properly signifies no more than expanse or extension ; a term very well adapted by the sacred historian to the im- pression which the heavens make on our senses; whence, in other parts of Scripture, the heaven is compared to a curtain, or a tent stretched out to dwell in. The LXX first added to this idea of expansion that of firm or solid ; rendering it by Ttpewjua, according to the philosophy of those times ; in which they have been very injudiciously followed by the modern translators. Des Cartes, HEA 123 HEB Kircher, &c., demonstrated this heaven not to be solid but fluid ; but they still supposed it full, or perfectly dense, without any vacuity, and cantoned out into many vortices. But others have overturned, not only the solidity, but the supposed plenitude of the heavens. Sir Isaac Newton has abundantly shown the heavens void of almost all resistance, and, consequently, of al- most all matter : this he proves from the phe- nomena of the celestial bodies ; from the planets persisting in their motions without any sensible diminution of their velocity ; and the comets freely passing in all directions towards all parts of the heavens. Heaven, taken in a general sense, for the whole expanse between our earth ' and the remotest regions of the fixed stars, may be divided into two very unequal parts, accord- ing to the matter found therein ; viz. the atmo- sphere, or aerial heaven,, possessed by air ; and the scthereal heaven, possessed by a thin, unre- sisting medium, called aether. Heaven is also used, in astronomy, for an orb, or circular region, of the sethereal heaven. The ancient astronomers supposed as many different heavens as they ob- served motions therein. These they supposed all to be solid, as thinking they could not other- wise sustain the bodies fixed in them ; and spherical, that being the most proper form for motion. Thus they had seven heavens for the seven planets ; viz. the heavens of the Moon, Mercury, Venus, the Sun, Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn. The eighth was for the fixed stars, which they called the firmament. Ptolemy adds a ninth heaven, which he called the primum mobile. Two crystalline heavens were added by king Al- phonsus X., &c., to account for some irregulari- ties in the motions of the other heavens : and, lastly, an empyrean heaven was drawn over the whole, for the residence of the Deity; which made the number twelve. But others admitted many more heavens, according as their different views and hypotheses required. Eudoxus sup- posed twenty-three, Callippus thirty, Regiomon- tanus thirty-three, Aristotle forty-seven, and Fra- castor no less than seventy. The astronomers, however, did not much concern themselves whether the heavens they thus allowed of were real or not ; provided they served a purpose in accounting for any of the celestial motions, and agreed with the phenomena. HEAVILY, adv. ") Sax. beapij ; Teut. hcvig. HEAVINESS, n.s. >The primary idea is HEAV'Y, ad/.&rtrfu. 3 weight, and is opposed to whatever is light, airy, cheerful ; as depressed ; dull ; drowsy ; oppressive ; burdensome ; slug- gish; indigestible; rich in soil when applied to lands; heavy, adverb for heavily. Heaviness in the heart of man maketh it stoop ; but a good word maketh it glad. Prov. xii. 25. Ye greatly rejoice ; though now for a season yc are in heaviness, through manifold temptations. 1 Pet. i. 6. Menclaus bore an heavy band over the citizens, having a malicious mind. 2 Mae. v. 23. Nature, the vicaire of the almightie Lorde, That hote and colde ; hcvie, light ; moiste, and drie, Hath knit, by even number of accorde, — In csie voice, began to spcke and saie. Chaucer. The Assemblcc of Fuules. And every comfort possible in this case They don to hire, with all hir besinesse, Al for to make hire leve hire hevinesse. Id. The Frankeleines Tale. Doughter, stint thin hevinesse. Among the goddes bighe it is affermed, And by eterne word written and conformed, Thou shalt be wedded unto on of tho, That ban for thee so mochel care and wo ; But unto which of hem I may not tell. Id. The Knightes Tale. We are, at the hearing of some, more inclined unto sorrow and heaviness; of some more mollified and softened in mind. Hooker. I would not be accounted so base minded, or heavy headed, that I will confess that any of them is for valour, power, or fortune, better than myself. Knolles. Let not your ears despise my tongue for ever, Which shall possess them with the heaviest sound That ever yet they heard. Shakspeare. Macbeth. If the cause be not good, the king himself hath a heavy reckoning to make. Id. Henry V. Pray for this good man, and for his issue, Whose heavy hand hath bowed you to the grave, And beggared yours for ever. Shakspeare. Our strength is all gone into heaviness, That makes the weight. Id. But let thy spiders that suck up thy venom, And heavy gaited toads lie in their way. Id. Chartres, at the levee, Tells with a sneer the tyding heavy. Swift. A work was to be done, a heavy writer to be encou- raged, and accordingly many thousand copies were bespoke. Jrf. When alone, your time will not be heavy upon your hands for want of some trifling amusement. Id. But, hark ! — that heavy sound breaks in once more. As if the clouds its echo would repeat ; And nearer, nearer, deadlier than before ! Arm ! arm ! it is — it is — the cannon's opening roar. Byron. Childe Harold. HEB'DOMAD, n. s. ^ Lat. hebdomas. A HEEDOM'ADAL, adj. Vspace of seven days; HEBDOM'ADARY, adj. jweekly. As for hebdomadal periods, or weeks, in regard of their sabbaths, they were observed by the Hebrews. Brottme. Computing by the medical month, the first hebdo- mad, or septenary, consists of six days, seventeen hours and a half. Id. HEBDOMADARY, HEBDOMADARIUS, or HEB- DOMADIUS, from Gr. i^Softas, seven ; a member of a chapter or convent, whose week it is to officiate in the choir, to rehearse the anthems ind prayers, and to perform the usual functions which the superiors perform at solemn feasts, and other extraordinary occasions. He generally collates to the benefices which become vacant during his week. In cathedrals, the hebdoma- dary was a canon or prebendary, who had the peculiar care of the choir, and the inspection of the officers for his week. In monasteries, he waits at table for a week, or other stated period ; directs and assists the cook, &c. HEBDOMAGENES, from iirra, seven, and ytvvnaie, birth, a title of Apollo, so named from his being born on the seventh day of the month ; whence the seventh days were held sacred to him. See HEBDOHE. HEBDOME, Gr. f|8To dull; to blunt, or HEB' ETUDE, n. s. J stupify : obtuseness; stu- pidity. The pestilent seminaries, according to their gross- ness or subtilty, activity or hebetude, cause more or less truculent plagues. Harvey. The eye, especially if hebetated, might cause the same perception. Id. Beef may confer a robustness on the limbs of my son, but will hebetate and clog his intellectuals. Arbuthnot and Pope. HE'BRAISM, n. s.^ Fr. hebraisme ; Lat. HE'BRAIST, n.s. fhebraismus. A Hebrew HEBRIC'IAN, n. s. J idiom, and the appella- tions of persons skilled in the Hebrew language. The words are more properly taken for the air or ether than the heavens, as the best Hebricians under- stand them. Raleigh. The nature of the Hebrew verse, as the meanest Hebrician knoweth, consists of uneven feet. Peacham. Milton has infused a great many Latinisms, as well as Graecisms, and sometimes Hebraisms, into his poem. Spectator. HEBREW BIBLE. See BIBLE. HEBREW CHARACTERS. There are two kinds of Hebrew characters ; the ancient or square, and the modern or Rabbinical characters. HEBREW CHARACTER, ANCIENT, or the SQUARE HEBREW, takes this last denomination from the figure of its characters, which stand more square, and have their angles more exact • than the other. This character is used in the text of Holy Scripture, and the principal and most important writings of the Jews. When both this and the rabbinical character are used, in the same work, the former is for the text, or the fundamental part; and the latter for the ac- cessory part, as the gloss, notes, commentaries, &c. The best and most beautiful characters of this kind are those copied from the characters in the Spanish MSS.; next, those from the Italian MSS.; then those from the French; and, lastly, those of the Germans, whose characters are much the same, with respect to the other genuine square Hebrew characters, that the Gothic or Dutch characters are with respect to the Roman. Several authors contend that the square character is not the real ancient Hebrew character, written from the beginning of the lan- guage to the time of the Babylonish captivity ; but that it is the Assyrian, or Chaldee character, which the Jews assumed, and accustomed themselves to, during the captivity, and retained afterwards. They say that the Jews, during their captivity, had quite disused their ancient character ; so that Ezra found it necessary to have the sacred books transcribed into the Chaldean square character. These authors add, that what we call the Samari- tan character, is the genuine ancient Hebrew. Of this opinion are Scaliger, Bochart, Casaubon, Vossius, Grotius, Walton, Capellus, &c., and, among the ancients, Jerome and Eusebius. On this side it is urged, that the present characters are called Assyrian by the ancient Jewish wri- ters of the Talmud, and therefore must have been brought from Assyria ; but to this argument it is replied, that there were two sorts of characters anciently in use, viz. the sacred or present square character, and the profane or civil, which we call Samaritan ; and that the sacred is called As- syrian, because it first began in Assyria to come into common use. It is farther alleged, that the Chaldee letters, which the Jews now use, were unknown to the ancient Jews before the capti- vity, from Dan. i. 4. It is also inferred from 2 Kings xvii. 28, where it is said that a Jewish priest was sent to teach the Samaritans the wor- ship of Jehovah ; on which occasion he must have taught them the law ; and yet no mention is made of his teaching them the language or character, that the law was then written in, the character which the Samaritans used. But the chief argument is taken from some ancient Jew- 126 HEBRIDES. ish shekels, with a legend on one side, The shekel of Israel, and on the other Jerusalem, the holy, both in Samaritan characters. These shekels, it is said, must have been coined before the division of the two kingdoms of Judah and Israel, or at least before the Assyrian captivity, because the Samaritans never afterwards reckoned Jerusalem holy. On the other side, or for the primitive an- tiquity of the square character, are the two Bux- torfs, Leusden, Calovius, Hottinger, Spanheim, Lightfoot, &c. They urge, from Matthew v. 18, that jod is really the least of the consonants in the present Hebrew, whereas it is one of the largest characters in the Samaritan alphabet: but Walton replies, that, if our Saviour here speaks of the least letter of the alphabet, we can only infer, that the Chaldee character was used in our Saviour's time, which is not denied by those who maintain the Samaritan to be the original. They also allege, that the Jews were too obstinate and superstitious to allow their sacred character to be altered ; but, if this was done under the direc- tion and authority of Ezra, the argument will be much invalidated. Farther, they say that Ezra could not alter the ancient character, because it was impossible to make the alterations in all their copies. This argument, however, is contradicted by facts ; since the old English black letter is ac- tually changed for the Roman. They say, like- wise, that Ezra was not disposed to profane the sacred writings with a heathen character; but this supposes that Ezra was so superstitious as to imagine that there was some peculiar sanctity in the shape of the letters. Moreover, the advo- cates for this opinion appeal to ancient coins found in Judea, with a legend in the Chaldee or Assyrian character. But the genuineness of these coins is suspected. The learned Jesuit Souciet maintains, with great address, that the ancient Hebrew character is that found on the medals of Simon, and others, commonly called Samaritan medals ; but which, he asserts, were really He- brew medals, struck by the Jews, and not the Samaritans. Buxtorf endeavours to reconcile these two opinions, by producing a variety of passages, from the rabbies, to prove that both these characters were anciently used ; the present square character being that in which the tables of the law, and the copy deposited in the ark, were written ; and the other character being used in the copies of the law which were written for private and common use, and in civil affairs in general ; and that, after the captivity, Ezra en- joined the former to be used by the Jews on all occasions, leaving the latter to the Samaritans and apostates. But it can hardly be allowed by any who consider the difference between the Chaldee and Samaritan characters, with respect to convenience and beauty, that they were ever -sed at the same time. After all, it is of no great moment which of these, or whether either of 'Jiem, were the original characters ; since it ap- pears, that no change of the words has arisen from the manner of writing them, because the Sama- ritan and Jewish Pentateuch almost always agree after so many ages. It is most probable that the form of these characters has varied in different periods ; this appears from the testi- mony of Montfaucon, in his Hexapla Origenis, vol. i. p. 22, &c., and is implied in Dr. Kenni- cot's making the characters in which MSS. are written one test of their age. HEBREW CHARACTER, MODERN, or the rab- binical Hebrew, is a good neat character, formed of the square Hebrew, by rounding it, and re- trenching most of the angles or corners of the letters, to make it the more easy and flowing. The letters used by the Germans are very differ- ent from the rabbinical characters used every where else, though all formed alike from the square character, but the German in a more slo- venly manner than the rest. The rabbies fre- quently make use either of their own, or the square Hebrew character, to write the modern languages in. There are even books in the vul- gar tongues printed in Hebrew characters ; in- stances whereof are seen in the late French king's library. See Plate ALPHABET. HEBREW LANGUAGE, RABBINICAL, or the modern Hebrew, is the language used by the rabbies in their writings. The basis or body hereof is the Hebrew and Chaldee, with divers alterations in the words of these two languages, the meanings of which they have considerably enlarged and extended. Abundance of phrases they have borrowed from the Arabic : the rest is chiefly composed of words and expressions from the Greek ; some from the Latin ; and others from the other modern tongues ; particularly that spoken in the place where each rabbi lived or wrote. The rabbinical Hebrew must be allowed to be a very copious language. M. Simon, in his Hist. Crit. du Vieux Testam. liv. iii. ch. 27, observes, that there is scarcely any art or science but the rabbies have treated thereof in it. They have translated most of the ancient philosophers, mathematicians, astronomers, and physicians ; and have written themselves on most subjects ; they do not want even orators and poets. HEBREWS, or EPISTLE TO THE HEBREWS, a canonical book of the New Testament. Though St. Paul did not affix his name to this epistle, the -concurrent testimony of the best authors an- cient and modern afford such evidence of his being the author of it, that the objections to the contrary are of little or no weight. The Hebrews, to whom this epistle was written, were the believ- ing Jews of Palestine ; and its design was to convince them, and by their means all the Jewish converts wheresoever dispersed, of the insuffici- ency and abolition of the ceremonial and ritual law. HEBRIDES, &KVQS., or Western Islands, the general name of two archipelagos of islands, lying to the north-west of Scotland, and situated between 55° and 59° N. lat. : they are supposed to be about 300 in number, and to contain 50,000 inhabi- tants. Not above thirty of them, however, are of any consequence. We shall commenoe our notice with those nearest the main, going from south to north. Elsa-or Ailsa is a perpendicular rock of great height two miles in circuit, with only one land- ing place at a little beach on the north-east. It pastures some goats, abounds in rabbits, and is the resort of Soland geese, whose young and feathers, as well as the rabbit skins, pay the £33, at which it is rented from the earl of Cassilis. On the north-east side is a square tower of three vaulted stories. HEBRIDES. 127 Ghia, two miles from the west coast of Kin- tyre, is six miles long and one broad, with 500 inhabitants ; it produces barley, oats, and flax, and in 1772 afforded a rent of £600. Cara, south of Ghia, is three miles in circuit, and inhabited by a single family. Ilay, one of the most fertile of the islands, is twenty-eight miles long and sixteeen broad. On the north it forms the deep Loch Indal, a good harbour; it contains mines of lead and other minerals, and has several lakes. The population is 7000, and in 1772 it afforded a rent of £2300. Bowmore, the chief place, is on Lech Indal, and is a good village with a fair and market. Jura is separated from Ila by Ila Sound, one mile broad. The island is ten leagues long and one or two broad, forming two peninsulas ; it is one of the most rocky and rugged of the He- brides, rising near the south end in several coni- cal summits, called the Paps of Jura, the highest of which, named Ben-an-oir, or the Golden Mountain, has 3000 feet elevation. Red deer are still found in the mountains, and abundance of grouse and moor game. There are two good harbours on the east side, but the whole business of the island employs only a few open boats. The population is 1200. Colonsay, a rocky island three leagues long and two broad, has 500 inhabitants. Oransay is se- parated from Colonsay by a channel dry at low water ; it is three miles long, and the population is 300. These islands have great numbers of rab- bits, but no hares. Scarba is separated from Jura by the strait of Corryvreken, noted for its whirlpool. The island is three miles long, very rugged, and mountainous. Long Island and Balnanaigh are small islands, composed entirely of slate. Suyl is separated from the main land of Argyle by a channel so narrow, that a bridge of a single arch has been thrown across it. Easdale is an entire rock of slate, from which 5,000,000 of slates are exported to England, Nor- way, and Canada. Kerrera, a mile from the main land of Lorn, is four miles long and two broad ; it has two good harbours. Mull is separated from the peninsula of Mor- vern, in Argyle, by a strait one mile and a half broad. It is eight leagues long and five broad, rugged and mountainous, but with good pasture and some corn land ; it has 6000 inhabitants, and is the joint property of the duke of Argyle and the M'Leans. Tobermoray, the chief place, is a village on the north-east with a good haven, where a fishing station has been founded. Ulva is a small island in Loch Tua, on the west of Mull, the property of the family of M'Quarrie. Inch Kenneth, in the same loch, is a little fertile island, with the vestiges of a chapel. Icolumkill, lona or Hii, one of the most fer- tile and romantic of the Scottish islands, is two miles and a half long and one broad, with 150 inhabitants in two or three hamlets, who export some cattle and grain ; it is the property of the duke of Argyle, and is celebrated for having af- forded an asylum to St. Columba and other holy men, after the introduction of Christianity. The ancient cathedral of St. Mary is a beautiful struc- ture, and contains the ashes of some Scottish, Irish, and Norwegian kings, as well as the tomb of St. Columba, and many inscriptions relative to the religious ceremonies of the primitive Bri- tish Christians. Staffa, one mile long and half a mile broad, is an immense pile of basaltic columns arranged in natural colonades, and exceeding in magnificence any thing of the kind in any other part of the world. The cave of Fingal is a natural cavern, 371 feet long, fifty-three broad, and 117 high, supported by pillars of this substance. A single family inhabit this island. See STAFFA. The Threshanish are three islands between Mull and Coll. Coll is four leagues long and one broad ; it is a great rock thinly covered with soil, producing a quantity of kelp, which is exported chiefly to Ireland. It has not a single tree, and several tracts of land formerly cultivated are now ren- dered barren by the sand blown from the shores. The streams are numerous, and it has forty-eight lakes, abounding in trout. It has a lead mine, not worked ; has no foxes, which are met with on the other islands, but abundance of rabbits ; con- tains 1000 inhabitants, and is the property of the duke of Argyle and M'Lean, and with Tirey forms a parish. Locheeru on the east is a good harbour. Tirey is four leagues long and one broad : is generally level and fertile, and has quarries of a fine rose-colored marble. It has no haven for any thing else but boats ; has twenty-four lakes, and is said to be unhealthy. It rears cattle, horses and sheep, and exports 250 tons of kelp ; a regular ferry boat crosses between this island and Coll, and between the latter and Mull. Lismore Island, before the entrance of Loch Linne, is a vast mass of limestone, but covered with a good soil. Tradition says it was anciently a deer forest, and very large deer and ox horns are found in the soil. It was also the ancient residence of the bishops of Argyle; it has 1000 inhabitants. Rum is three leagues long and two broad ; has not above 200 inhabitants, who rear cattle and sheep ; it has several rivulets, in which are sal- mon. Loch Serefort on the east is a good har- bour. Egg, four miles long and two broad, is hilly and generally rocky. Muck, two or three miles long and one broad, is low, with a good soil; butjwithout port, except for boats. Cannay, three miles long and one broad, is only worthy of notice for a hill, near which the magnetic needle takes a reversed direction, whence it is called Compass Hill. It has a good haven, formed by the little isiand Sanday, on the north-east. Basaltic columns are seen on its shores, and it has a remarkable loadstone rock. Sky, the largest of the islands near the main, is fifteen leagues long and from two to six broad; the strait between it and the main is only a quar- ter of a mile broad in one place, and is the usua. track of ships bound to and from Norway. The whole island is composed of rocky mountains, and the coasts are so indented that every mi'.e 128 HEBRIDES. presents a harbour. The climate is cold and damp; the rivers abound with salmon, and the sea lochs with sea fish. In 1750 the population was estimated at 15,000, but in 1772 was re- duced to 1200, chiefly by emigration to America. Strath, the principal place of the island, is on the south-east. Dunvegan Castle, at the head of Loch Follart, on the north, is the residence of M'Leod, who has the title of laird of Sky. Of the great number of rocky islets round Sky, one only is noticed by travellers : it is named Bord Cruin, or the Round Table, and is the east- ernmost of several islets off the point of Slate, the south-west of Sky ; it is 500 yards in circuit, with perpendicular sides, leaving but one landing place, from which the ascent to the top is by a spiral path that admits but one person. In the middle of the platform on the summit is a well of fresh water. Rasay, between Sky and the main, is four leagues long and one broad ; though generally rocky, it produces pasture and corn, and has some plane, ash, and fir trees ; the highest point is named by the people Dunlan, and by seamen Rasay's Cap. The island has lime and free- stone ; it is considered the most humid of the chain, having near 300 rainy days in the year. Rona, north of Rasay, three miles long and one broad, though very stony has some pasture. The little island Flodda-hwn, on the north side of Sky, is remarkable for the annual peri- odical arrival of flocks of plovers from Sky in September, and their return in April. The western Scottish islands, the Habudes of the ancients, lie in a semicircle from south-west to north-east, and are separated by narrow straits filled with rocks, having the appearance of ori- ginally forming one land. The physical con- struction of this chain is worthy of notice; to- wards the west they are all flat, while they ascend towards the east, and at last form a pre- cipitous ridge. This conformation exposes them to the whole force of the western winds and waves from the Atlantic, and the encroachment of the sea on this side is very observable. The rocks are primary, and their structure different from that of the continental islands or main land, all of which dip towards the east. The climate of these islands is divided into a wet and dry season, the former commencing in September and lasting till May : the summers are hot. The vegetables that the climate permits to be successfully cultivated are flax, hemp, potatoes, and barley. The sheep and black cattle are small, but numerous. The channel between this chain and the main land is called the Minsh. The southern cluster is called Bishop's Islands ; the other principal ones in succession are Water- say, three miles long. Barray, eight miles long and two broad, is in- tersected by several sea lochs ; it is barren and mountainous. South Uist is thirty miles long and two to three broad ; it has several sea lochs, affording good anchorage, and rears numbers of horses, cattle, and sheep. Benbicula, ten miles in circuit, is only deserv- ing notice for the ruins of a nunnery. North Uist, five leagues long and three broad, is hilly on the east and fit for pasture only : on the west it is level, and produces corn ten to twenty fold. Loch Momoddy on the east is a great rendezvous of fishing boats, 400 vessels having loaded here in a season. There are several other inlets for vessels on the east side, but the west is inaccessible. Berneeiary, a little island between North Uist and Harris, has a fresh lake, frequented by in- numerable sea birds ; it is inhabited, as are those of Pabbay, Calligray, and Eusay. Harris is a peninsula joined to the island of Lewis by an isthmus a quarter of a mile broad ; it belongs to the family of M'Leod, who reside on it, and have constructed a basin and quay for shipping at Loch Lodwell on the east. This island, including Lewis, is mountainous and rocky, except the west coast, which is bordered by a strip of level ground. Taransay, Scalpay, and Scarp, are three small inhabited islands west of Harris. On the east point of Scalpay is a light-house, and near its west side two good harbours. The Aire of Lewis, a peninsula on the east coast, and on the same coast is Stornaway, at the head of a loch, the only town of the Hebrides, with 2000 inhabitants : its houses are of stone slated, and it has a church and custom-house. The Butt of Lewis, or Cape Orby, is the north point of the island. The detached islands belonging to the Hebrides are St, Kilda or Hirta, a solitary rock fifteen leagues off Lewis. It is about three leagues ir circuit, rising to a mountain named Congara, 5400 feet above the sea ; its shores are so rocky that there is but one landing place on the east, and this only practicable in fair weather ; it is in- habited by about twenty-seven families in a ham- let on the east, who cultivate eighty acres of land, raise cattle, and take sea birds. Soa is a high steep rock, a mile in circuit, half a mile from the west side of Kilda. The Flannan Islands, or Seven Hunters, are five leagues west of Galleyhead, in Lewis. Barra and Rona are two high, rocky, and bar- ren islets twenty leagues north of the Butt of Lewis, from which they are visible in clear weather. Rona, the northern, is two miles in circuit, and surrounded by rocks. In the most northerly isles, the sun, at the summer solstice, is not above an hour under the horizon at midnight, and not longer above it at mid-day in the depth of winter. The soil of the Hebrides varies also in different isles, and in dif- ferent parts of the same island. Lead mines have been discovered in some of these islands, but not worked to much advantage ; others have been found to contain quarries of marble, lime- stone, and free-stone ; nor are they destitute of iron, talc, crystals, and many curious pebbles, some of which emulate the Brasilian topaz. With respect to vegetables, over and above the plentiful harvests of corn that the natives earn from agriculture, and the pot-herbs and roots that are planted in gardens for the sustenance of the people, these islands produce spontaneously a variety of plants and simples, used by the islanders in the cure of their diseases ; but there is hardly a shrub or tree to be seen, except in a HEBRIDES. 129 v^ry few spots, where some gentlemen have en- deavoured to rear them witii much more trouble than success. The animals, both of the land and sea, domestic and wild, quadrupeds, fowls, and fishes, found in and about these islands, are of the same species, size, and configuration, with those of the Orkneys. Mr. Pennant has given a full history of these islands from their supposed visitation by Py- theas. If we may credit our Saxon historians, they appear to have been early under the do- minion of the Picts. The first invasion of the Danes does not seem to be easily ascertained. It appears that they ravaged Ireland, and the. isle Rathry, as early as the year 735. In the following century their expeditions became more frequent. Harold Harfager, or the light- haired, pursued hither, in 875, several petty princes, whom he had expelled out of Norway. He seems to have made a rapid conquest : put to death the chief of the pirates, and made an indiscriminate slaughter of their followers. Soon after his return the islanders re-possessed their ancient seats : and, in order to repress their in- sults, he sent Ketil, the flat-nosed, with a fleet and some forces for that purpose. This chief soon reduced them to terms, and sent back the fleet to Harold ; openly declared himself the inde- pendent prince of the Hebrides ; and caused them to acknowledge him as such, by the pay- ment of tribute. Ketil remained, during life, master of the islands ; and his subjects appear to have been a set of warlike freebooters. After the death of Ketil a kingdom was in aftertimes composed out of them, which, from the resi- dence of the little monarch in the Isle of Man, was styled that of Man. The islands became tributary to that of Norway for a consider- able time, and princes were sent thence to go- vern; but at length they again shook off the yoke. From the chronicles of the kings of Man we learn, that they had then a succession of princes. In 1093 Donald Bane, king of Scot- land, called in the assistance of Magnus, the baiefooted, king of Norway, and bribed him with the promise of all the islands. Magnus accepted the terms ; but at the same time boasted that he did not come to invade the territories of others, but only to resume the ancient rights of Norway. His conquests were rapid and complete ; for, besides the islands, by an ingenious fraud, he added Cantyre to his dominions. The Hebrides continued governed by a prince dependent, on Norway. These viceroys were sometimes Norwe- gians, sometimes natives of the isles. In 1097 we find, that Magnus deputed a nobleman of the name of Ingemund ; in after times we learn, that natives were appointed to that high office. Thus were the Hebrides governed, from the conquest by Magnus, till the year 1263, when Acho, or Haquin, king of Norway, by an unfortunate invasion of Scotland, terminating in his defeat at Larcrs, so weakened the powers of his king- dom, that his successor Magnus IV. was con- tent to make a cession of the islands to Alexander III. ; but not without stipulating for the pay- ment of a large sum, and of a tribute of 100 marks for ever, which bore the name of the annual of Norway. VOL. XI The islands still remained governed bv powerful chieftains, who were the scourges of the kingdom. Encouraged by their distance from the seat of royalty, and the turbulence of the times, they exercised a regal power, and often assumed the title ; but are more generally known in history by the style of the lords of the isles, or the earls of Ross ; and sometimes by that of the Great M'Donald. Historians are silent about their proceedings, from the retreat of the Danes, in 1263, till that of 1533, when John, lord of the isles, withdrew his allegiance. In the beginning of the next century his succes- sors were so independent, that Henry IV. entered into a formal alliance with the brothers Donald and John. This encouraged them to commit fresh hostilities against their natural prince. Donald, under a pretence of a claim to the earldom of Ross, invaded and made a conquest of that county ; but, penetrating as far as the shire of Aberdeen, after a fierce but undecisive battle with the royal party, thought proper to retire, and in a little time to swear allegiance to his monarch, James I. of Scotland. But he was permitted to retain the county of Ross, and as- sume the title of earl. His successor, Alexan- der, at the head of 10,000 men, attacked and burnt Inverness; at length, terrified with the preparations made against him, he fell at the royal feet, and obtained pardon as to life, but was committed to strict confinement. His kinsman and deputy, Donald Balloch, resenting the imprisonment of his chieftain, excited ano- ther rebellion, and destroyed the country with fire and sword : but on his flight was taken and put to death by an Irish chieftain, with whom he sought protection. In the reign of James II., in 1461, Donald another petty tyrant, an earl of Ross, and lord of the isles, renewed the claim of indepen- dency; surprised the castle of Inverness ; forced his way as far as Athol ; and obliged the earl and countess, with the principal inhabitants, to seek refuge in the church of St. Bridget, in hope of finding security from his cruelty by the sanctity of the place ; but the barbarian and his followers set fire to the church, put the ecclesi- astics to the sword, and, with a great booty, carried the earl and the countess prisoners to his castle of Claig, in the island of Hay. In a second expedition, immediately following the first, he suffered the penalty of his impiety : a tempest overtook him, and overwhelmed most of his associates; and he, escaping to Inver- ness, perished by the hands of an Irish harper : his surviving followers returned to Hay, con- veyed the earl and countess of Atbol to the sanctuary they had violated, and expiated their crime by restoring the plunder, and making large donations to the shrine of the offended saint. John, successor to the last earl of Ross, entered into alliance with Edward IV., and sent ambassadors to the court of England, where Edward empowered the bishop of Durham and earl of Winchester to conclude a treaty with him, another Donald Balloch, and h's son and heir, John. They agreed to serve the king with all their power, and so became his subjects : the earl was to have 100 marks sterling for life in K 130 HEBRIDES. time of peace, and £200 in time of war; and these island allies, in case of the conquest of Scotland, were to have confirmed to them all the possessions north of the Scottish sea ; and, in case of a truce with the Scottish monarch, they were to be included in it. But about the year 1476 Edward, from a change of politics, courted the alliance of James III. and dropt his new allies. James, being determined to sub- due this rebellious race, sent against them a powerful army under the earl of Athol. Ross was terrified into submission; obtained his par- don; but was deprived of his earldom, which by act of parliament was then declared unalien- ably annexed to the crown ; at the same time the king restored to him Knapdale and Cantyre, which the earl had resigned ; and 'invested him anew with the lordship of the isles, to hold them of the king by service and relief. Thus the great power of the lords of the isles was broken ; yet, for a considerable time after, the petty chieftains were continually breaking out into small rebellions, or harassed, each other in pri- vate wars ; and tyranny seems, but to have been multiplied. James V.' found it necessary to make the voyage of the isles in person in 1536, seized and brought away with him several of the most considerable leaders, and obliged them to find security for their own good behaviour and that of their vassals. The troubles that succeeded the death of James occasioned a neglect of these insulated parts of the Scottish dominions, and left them in a state of anarchy. In 1614 the M 'Donalds made a formidable insurrection, oppugning the royal grant of Cantyre to the earl of Argyle and his relations. The petty chief- tains continued in a sort of rebellion ; and the sword of the greater, as usual in weak govern- ments, was employed against them. The en- couragement and protection given by them to pirates employed the power of the Campbells during the reign of James VI. and the beginning of that of Charles I. But the turbulent spirit of the old times continued even to the present age. The heads of clans were, by the divisions, and a false policy that predominated in Scot- land during the reign of William III., flattered with an unreal importance : instead of being treated as bad subjects, they were courted as de- sirable allies : instead of feeling the hand of power, money was allowed to bribe them into the loyalty of the times. They would have ac- cepted the subsidies, notwithstanding they de- tested the prince that offered them. They were taught to believe themselves of a consequence, that afterwards turned to their destruction. At last two rebellions gave the legislature a late experience of the folly of permitting the feudal system to exist in any part of its dominions ; and the act of 1748, for abolishing heritable juris- dictions, at once deprived the chieftains of all power of injuring the public by their commo- tions. The people inhabiting these islands are of the same race with those who live in the Highlands of Scotland ; speak the same language, wear the same habit, and observe the same customs. See HIGHLANDERS. The commodities which may be deemed the staples of this country are black cattle, sheep, and fish, which they sell to their fellow-subjects of Scotland. Part of the wool they work up into knit stockings, coarse cloth, and that variegated stuff called tartan. They likewise salt mutton in the hide, and export it in boats or barklings to different parts of the main-land. Cod, ling, mackarel, whitings, haddocks, and soles, are here caught in abundance, together with a small red cod, remarkably voracious, of a very deli- cate flavour : there are likewise two kinds of white fish, which seem to be peculiar to this coast, known by the names of lithe and eea, es- teemed good eating. But the greatest treasure the ocean pours forth is the prodigious quantity of herrings. See HERRING and FISHERY. HEBRIDES, NEW, a cluster of islands in the Pacific Ocean, so named by captain Cook. The northern islands of this archipelago were first discovered by the navigator Quiros, in 1606, who supposed them to be a part of a southern conti- nent. They were next visited by M. de Bou- gainville in 1768, who, landing on the island of Lepers, discovered that the land was not connected, but composed of islands, which he called the Great Cyclades. Captain Cook explored the whole cluster, and, besides ascer- taining the extent and situation of these islands, added the knowledge of several others. They extend 375 miles, from N. N. W to S. S. E. The natives are civil and hospitable; of a slender make, and dark color, and have mostly frizzled hair. The productions are cocoa-nuts, bread- fivit, plantains, sugar-canes, yams, &c. The most northern part of this archipelago was called by M. de Bougainville the Peak of the Etoile. The whole cluster consists of the follow- ing islands ; some of which have received names from the different European navigators, others retain the names which they bear among the na- tives : viz. Tierradel Espiritu Santo,Mallicollo, St. Bartholomew, Isle of Lepers, Aurora, Whit- suntide, Ambrym, Immer, Apee, Three Hills, Sandwich, Montagu, Hinchinbrook, Shepherd, Erromanga, Erronan, Anattom, and Tanna. They are situated between 166° 40' and 170° 21' E. long., and between 14° 25' and 20° 4 S. lat. HEBRON, in ancient geography, a city seated in the hilly country of the tribe of Judah to the south. Its more ancient name was Kirjath-arba, or Cariath-arba. In antiquity it vied with the more ancient cities of Egypt, being seven years prior to Zoan. Josephus makes it not only older than Tanis, but even than Memphis. It stood to the west of the lake Asphaltites, and was for some time the royal residence of David. After the captivity it fell into the hands of the Edomites, as did all the south country of Judea. It fis now called Habroun. The Arabs call it El-kalil, i. e. the well-beloved ; the epithet they usually apply to Abraham, whose sepulchral grotto they pretend to show. It is seated at the foot of an eminence, on which are some wretched ruins of an ancient castle. The adjacent country is a sort of oblong hollow, five or six leagues in length, varied by rocky hillocks, groves of fir trees, stunted oaks, and a few plantations of vines and olive trees. These vineyards are no.. HEC 131 HEC cultivated with a view to make wine, the inha- bitants being so zealous Mahommedans as not to permit any Christians to live among them : they are only of use to procure dried raisins, which are badly prepared, though the grapes are excel- lent. The peasants cultivate cotton, which is spun by their wives, and sold at Jerusalem and Gaza. They have also some soap manufactories, the kali for which is sold by the Bedouins ; and a very ancient glass-house, the only one in Syria, wherein they make a great quantity of colored rings, bracelets for the wrists, legs, and arms, with various other trinkets, which are sent to Constantinople. HEBRON, a township of New York, United States, in Washington county. Population 2436. — There is also a township of this name in Tol- land county, Connecticut; and another in Cum- berland county, Maine. It is also the name or a Moravian settlement in Pennsylvania. HEBRUS, in ancient geography, the largest river of Thrace, rising from Mount Scombrus, running in two channels to Philippopolis, where they unite. It runs by two mouths into the .ZEgean Sea, north of Samothrace. It was supposed to roll its waters upon golden sands. The head of Orpheus was thrown into it, after it had been cut off by the Ciconian women. HEBRUS, a city of Thrace, on the above river. HEBTICH, or HEBITCH, a town of Germany, in the ci-devant county of Sponheim, annexed to the French republic by the treaty of Lune- ville in 1801, and included in the department of the Rhine and Moselle ; two miles south-east of Taarbach. HEBUD7E, HEBUDES, or MKUDIE., in ancient geography, islands on the west of Scotland. The ancients differed greatly as to their situation, number, and names ; said in general to lie on the north of Ireland, and west of Scotland. They are now called the Western Islands, and He- brides ; which last is a modern name, supposed to be a corruption of Hebudes. By Beda they are called Mevaniae, an appellation ecually ob- scure. See HEBRIDES. HECATE, in mythology, a name of Diana. She was called Luna in heaven, Diana on earth, and Hecate or Proserpine in hell ; whence her name of Diva triformis, tergemina, triceps. She was supposed to preside over enchantments. She was generally represented like a woman, with the head of a horse, a dog, or a boar ; and sometimes she appeared with three different bodies, and three faces, with one neck. Dogs, lambs, and honey were generally offered to her, especially in ways and cross roads, whence she obtained the name of Trivia. Her power was extended over heaven, earth, sea, and hell ; and to her kings and nations supposed themselves in- debted for their prosperity. HECATE, in fabulous histoiy, a queen of Tau- rica Chersonesus, daughter of Perses and Aste- ria, who poisoned her father ; by some confounded with Hecate, the sister of Apollo. HECATESIA, £/car«/3ij A sacrifice of a hundred cattle. In rich men's homes I bid kill seme beasts, but no hecatombs ; None starve, none surfeit so. Donne. One of these three is a whole hecatomb, And therefore only one of them shall die . Dry den. Her triumphant sons in war succeed, And slaughtered hecatombs around 'em bleed. Addison. A HECATOMB, in antiquity, was a sacrifice of 100 beasts of the same kind, at 100 altars, and by 100 priests or sacrificers. The Greek word, £Karo/t/3jj, properly signifies a magnificent sacri- fice. Others derive it from the Greek IKO.TOV, a hundred, and fiovg, a bullock ; others from ticaTov and Trove, afoot; on which principle they hold, that the hecatomb might consist of only twenty-five four-footed beasts; and that it did not matter what kind of beasts were chosen for victims, provided there were but 100 feet. Py- thagoras is said to have sacrificed a hecatomb to the Muses of 100 oxen, in gratitude for disco- vering the demonstration of the forty-seventh problem of Euclid. Strabo relates, that there were 100 cities in Laconia, and that each city used to sacrifice a bullock every year for the common safety of the country ; whence the in- stitution of hecatombs. Others refer the origin of hecatombs to a plague, wherewith the 100 cities of Peloponnesus were afflicted ; for the re- moval whereof, they jointly contributed to offer so splendid a sacrifice. Julius Capitolinus relates, that for a hecatomb they erected altars of turf, and on these sacrificed 100 sheep, and 100 hogs. He adds, that when the emperors offered sacri- fices of this kind, they sacrificed 100 lions, 100 eagles, and 100 other wild animals. HECATOMB^EON, tKaro^aiwr, in chro- nology, the first month of the Athenian year. It consisted of thirty days, and began on the first new moon after the summer solstice ; answering to the latter part of June and beginning of July. The Boeotians called it Hippodromus, and the Macedonians Lous. The word is derived from the Greek traro/tjSq, a hecatomb, because of the great number of hecatombs sacrificed in it. HECATOMPOLIS, a surname of Crete, from its 100 cities. The territory of Laconia also had anciently this name for the same reason. HECATOMPYLOS, in ancient geography, the metropolis of Parthia, and royal residence of Arsaces, situated at the springs of the Araxes. Thebes in Egypt had also the same mame from its 100 gates. HECHT (Christian), a learned divine, born at Essen, in East Friesland, in 1606. He wrote 1 . Commentatio Philologica : critica exegetica, &c. 2. Antique Hebrseorum inter Judseos in Po- lonia. He died in 1748, aged fifty-two. K 2 132 H E C L A. „ HECLA, or HEKLA, a volcanic mountain of Iceland, and one of the most celebrated in the world. See ICELAND. It was visited in 1772 by Dr. Van Troil, a Swedish gentleman, along with Mr., afterwards Sir Joseph, Banks ; and sub- sequently, in 1810, by Sir George M'Kenzie. The latter intelligent traveller thus gives us its chief features and history : — ' After the fatigue we had undergone in our excursion towards the Torfa Jokul, in search of obsidianum, we did not expect to find ourselves sufficiently refreshed to attempt ascending Mount Hecla on the following day; but, as we had been long in the constant habit of enduring daily hardships, we rose at an early hour on the 3d of August, quite alert ; and, on seeing the whole of the mountain free from clouds, we were soon ready to finish our labors by ascending Hecla, and attaining the summit of a mountain whose - fanxe has spread to every quarter of the world. At ten o'clock we were ready ; and, Brandtson having collected our horses, we mounted them, and began our expedition under circumstances as favorable as we could wish. We rode through sand and lava about three miles, when the surface became too rugged and steep for horses. Our guide proposed leaving the poor animals stand- ing till we returned ; but, though they would not have stirred from the spot, we sent them back, not choosing that such valuable and steady ser- vants should remain a whole day without food. We now proceeded a considerable way along the edge of a stream of lava, and then crossed it where it was not very broadband gained the foot of the south end of the mountain. From this place we saw several mounts and hollows, from which the streams of lava below appeared to have flowed. While we had to pass over rugged lava, we experienced no great difficulty in ad- vancing ; but when we arrived at the steepest part of the mountain, which was covered with loose slags, we sometimes lost at one step, by their yielding, a space that had been gained by several. In some places we saw collections of black sand, which, had there been any wind, might have proved extremely troublesome. The ascent now became very steep, but the rough- ness of the surface greatly assisted us. 'Before we had reached the first summit, clouds surrounded us, and prevented our seeing farther than a few yards. Placing implicit con- fidence in our guide, we proceeded ; and, having attained what we thought was the nearest of the three summits, we sat down to refresh ourselves, when Brandtson told us that he had never been higher up the mountain. The clouds occasionally dividing, we saw that we had not yet reached the southern summit. After having passed a num- ber of fissures, by leaping across some and stepping along masses of slags that lay over others, we at last got to the top of the first peak. The clouds now became so thick that we began to despair of being able to proceed any farther. Indeed it was dangerous even to move; for the peak consists of a very narrow ridge of slags, not more than two feet broad, having a precipice on each side many hundred feet high. One of these precipices forms the side of a vast hollow, which seems to have been one of the craters. At length the sky cleared a little, and enabled us to discover a ridge below that seemed to connect the peak we were on with the middle one. We lost no time in availing ourselves of this oppor- tunity, and, by balancing ourselves like rope- dancers, we succeeded in passing along a ridge of slags so narrow that there was hardly room for our feet. After a short but very steep ascenl we gained the highest point of this celebrated mountain. ' We now found that our usual good fortune had not yet forsaken us ; for we had scarcely be- gun to ascend the middle peak when the sky became clear, and we had a full view of the surrounding country. Towards the north it is low, except where a Jokul here and there towers into the regions of perpetual snow. Several large lakes appeared in different places, and among them the Fiske Vatn was the most con- spicuous. In this direction we saw nearly two- thirds across the island. The Blaefell and the Lange Jokul s stretched themselves in the distance to a great extent, ptesenting the appearance of enormous masses of snow heaped up on the plains. The Skaptar Jokul, whence the great eruption that took place in the year 1783 broke fortn, bounded the view towards the north-east. It is a large, extensive, and lofty mountain, and appeared to be covered with snow to the very base. On the side next to us, though at a dis- tance of about forty miles, we plainly discerned a black conical hill, which very probably may be one of the craters that were formed during the eruption. The Torfa, Tinfialla, and Eyafialla Jokuls, limit the view of the eastern part of th e country. Towards the south the great plain we had passed through seemed as if stretched under our feet, and was bounded by the sea. The same valley was terminated towards the west by a range of curiously peaked mountains, those in the neighbourhood of Thingvalla, and to the north and west of the Geysers. ' The middle peak of Hecla forms one side of a hollow, which contains a large mass of snow at the bottom, and is evidently another crater. The whole summit of the mountain is a ridge of slags ; and the hollows on each side appear to have been so many different vents from which the eruptions have from time to time issued. WTe saw no indications that lava had flowed from the upper part of the mountain ; but our examina- tion, from the frequent recurrence of fog, was unavoidably, confined. After we had satisfied ourselves, in surveying the surrounding country, we began to collect specimens of the slags, and perceived some of them to be warm. On re- moving some from the surface we found those below were too hot to be handled ; and, on placing a thermometer amongst them, it rose to 144°. The vapor of water ascended from se- veral parts of the peak. It had been remarked to us, by many of the inhabitants, that there was less snow on Hecla at this time than had been observed for many years. We supposed, there- fore, that the heat now noticed might be the re- commencement of activity in the volcano, rather than the remaining effects of the last eruption, which took place in the year 1766. ' The crater, of which the highest peak forms HEC a part, does not much exceed 100 feet in depth. The bottom is filled by a large mass of snow, in which various caverns had been formed by its partial melting. In these the snow had become Solid and transparent, reflecting a bluish tinge ; and their whole appearance was extremely beau- tiful, reminding us of the description of magic palaces in eastern tales. At the foot of the mountain the thermometer at half past nine o'clock stood at 59°. At eleven it was 55°, and at four, on the top, at 39°. Our descent was greatly retarded by thick fog ; and we found it much more hazardous than the ascent. We missed our way, and were under the necessity of crossing the lava we had passed in our way up, at a place where it had spread to a much greater breadth, and, from the rapidity of the slope along which it had flowed, had become frightfully rugged. ' Mount Hecla has acquired a degree of dis- tinction, among volcanoes, to which it does not seem to be entitled. It is far behind iEtna.and Vesuvius, both in the frequency and magnitude of its eruptions. We could not distinguish more than four streams of lava; three of which have descended on the south, and one on the north side ; but there may be some streams on the east side, which we did not see. The early eruptions of this mountain do not seem to have been regu- larly recorded. Olafson and Paulson say, that, after careful research, they found that the number of eruptions amounted to twenty-two ; and none are recorded as having happened before the year 1004. There were eruptions in the years 1137, 1222, 1300,13-11, 1362,1389, 1538,1619,1636, and 1693. Flames appeared in the neighbour- hood in 1728. In 1554 there were eruptions from the mountains to the eastward; and in 1754 flames burst out to the westward. From the mountain itself no eruption took place be- tween the years 1693 and 1766, an interval of seventy-three years ; and, during this last period of activity, no lava was thrown out. The fol- lowing year flames broke out afresh, and the mountain was not perfectly quiet in the year 1768 : since that time it has remained inactive. We had no opportunity of measuring the height of Mount Hecla ; but we have been informed by Sir J. Stanley that the elevation which resulted from his observations was 4300 feet, and this, from different circumstances, we believe to be correct. ' The whole tract between Hecla and Krabla is a desert quite impassable and unknown ; and there is still subsisting a ridiculous notion that it is inhabited by a tribe of robbers. Did such people really exist, and did they know the dread which they inspire, they might easily procure more comfortable quarters.' See ICELAND. HECQUET (Philip), a French physician of considerable eminence, and author of several works on medicine. But, being a great advo- cate for the use of warm water and copious bleeding, in many diseases, his practice was ridi- culed by M. Le Sage, in his ingenious satirical novel of Gil Bias; wherein he is caricatured under the character of Dr. Sangrado. He died in 1737. 133 HED IIE'CTIC, n.s. & adj. > Fr. hectique ; from HE'CTICAL, adj. 5 Gr. Ifa . Habitual ; constitutional : a fever so called ; morbid heat. See MEDICINE. Like the hectick in my blood he rages, And thou must care me. Shaktpeare. Hamlet. A hectick fever hath got hold Of the whole substance, not to be controuled. Donne. No hectick student scares the gentle maid. Taylor. Can this be death ? there's bloom upon her cheek ; But I see it is no living hue, But a strange hectic — like unnatural red Which Autumn paints upon the perished leaf. Byron's Manfred. HEC'TOR, n. s., v. a. & v. n. From the name of Hector, the great Homeric warrior. A bully; a blustering, turbulent, pervicacious, noisy fel- low. The verbs signify to domineer or bully ; to treat with insolence; to threaten. They have attacked me, some with piteous moans and outcries, others grinning and only shewing their teeth, others ranting and hectoring, others scolding and reviling. Stillingfleet. The weak low spirit Fortune makes her slave ; But she's a drudge, when hectored by the brave. Dryden. Those usurping hectors, who pretend to honour without religion, think the charge of a lye a blot not to be washed out but by blood. South. One would think the hectoring, the storming, the sullen, and all the different species of the angry should be cured. Spectator. They reckon they must part with honour together with their opinion, if they suffer themselves to be hectored out of it. Government of the Tongue. We'll take one cooling cup of nectar, And drink to this celestial hector. Prior. An honest man, when he came home at night, found another fellow domineering in his family, hec- toring his servants, and calling for supper. Arbuthnot's History of John Bull. Don Carlos made her chief director, That she might o'er the servants hector. Swiff. HECTOR, the son of Priam and Hecuba, and the father of Astyanax, celebrated for the valor with which he defended the city of Troy against the Greeks. He was killed by Achilles, who dragged his body, fastened to his chariot, thrice round the walls of Troy, and afterwards restored it to Priam for a large ransom. See TROY. HECUBA, in fabulous history, the wife of Priam, the last king of Troy, and the mother of nineteen of his fifty-three children. She was the daughter of Dymas, according to Homer, or of Cisseus, according to Virgil. When with child of Paris she dreamea that she brought forth a firebrand. See PARIS. After the destruction of Troy she was carried captive by Ulysses, and in a fit of insanity for her misfortune threw herself into the Hellespont ; whereupon she was fabled to have been turned into a bitch. HEDERA, ivy, in botany, a genus of the monoEfynia order, and pentandria class of plants ; natural order forty-sixth, hederacea?. There are five oblong petals : the berry is penta- spermous, girt by the calyx. H dionysias, or poet's-ivy, a species that grows in many of the islands of the Archipelago ; so named by Caspar Bauhine and Tournefort, HED 134 HED because the ancients made crowns of it for adorning the brows of their poets. It is called dionysias, because they also made use of it in their public feasts, in honor of Bacchus. The berries are of a fine gold color, whence it has been termed by others chrysocarpos. H. helix, or common ivy, grows naturally in many parts of Britain ; arid, where it meets with any support, will rise to a great height, sending out roots on every side, which strike mto the joints of walls or the bark of trees. If there is no support, they trail on the ground, and take root all their length, so that' they closely cover the surface, and are difficult to eradicate. While these stalks are fixed to any support, or trail upon the ground, they are slender and flexible ; but when they have reached to the top of their support, they shorten and become woody, form- ing themselves into large bushy heads ; and their leaves are larger, more of an oval shape, and not divided into lobes like the lower leaves, so that it has quite a different appearance. There are two varieties of this species, one with silver-striped leaves, the other with yellowish leaves on the tops of the branches ; and these are sometimes admitted into gardens. They are easily propagated, and thrive in any soil. The roots are used by leather-cutters to whet their knives upon. Apricots and peaches covered with ivy, bear fruit plentifully in February. The leaves have a nauseous taste ; Haller says, they are given to children in Germany, as a spe- cific for the atrophy. The people of England apply them to issues; and an ointment made from them is in great esteem among our Scots Highlanders as a ready cure for burns. The berries have a little acidity. When fully ripe, a dose of them has been recommended in the plague. In warm climates, a resinous juice exudes from the stalks, which is said to be a powerful resolvent and discutient, and an excel- lent ingredient in plasters and ointments adapted for these purposes. Horses and sheep eat the plant ; goats and cows refuse it. H. quinquefolia, the Virginian creeper, is a native of all the northern parts of America. It was first brought to Europe from Canada ; and has been long cultivated in the British gardens, chiefly to plant against walls or buildings to cover them: which these plants will do in a short time ; for they will shoot almost twenty feet in one year, and will mount up to the top of the highest building : but, as the leaves fall off in autumn, the plants make but an indifferent appearance in winter, and therefore are proper only for such situations as will not admit of better plants ; for this will thrive in the midst of cities, and is not injured by smoke or the close- ness of the air. It may be propagated by cuttings ; which, if planted in autumn iu a shady border, will take root, and by the following autumn will be fit to plant in those places where they are to remain. HEDERACE.&, from hedera, ivy. The forty- sixth order in Linnaus's fragments of a natural method. See BOTANY. HEDERICH, or HEDERICVS (Benjamin), a learned lexicographer, born at Ham in Misnia, in 1675. He published a valuable Greek and Latin lexicon, and an edition of Empedocles de Sphaera. He died in 1748. HEDGE, n. $. & v. a. > Sax. Jje^e ; Belg. HEDG'ER, n. $. 5 haag, hug. A fence made round grounds with prickly bushes, or woven twigs ; to enclose ; to obstruct ; to encircle for defence; sometimes improperly written for edge ; to shift ; to hide the head. Hedge, pre- fixed to any word, notes something mean, vile, of the lowest class : perhaps from a hedge, or hedge-born man, a man without any known place of birth. I will hedge up thy way with thorns. Husea ii. 6. Hedge thy possession about with thoras. Eccles. And after that, within a litel throw, The wind began so sturdily to blow, That down goth all the flowres, everichone So that, in all the mede there left not one, Save such as succoured were, among the loves Fro every storme that mighte hem assaile, Growing under the hegges and thick greves. Chaucer. The FUntre and the Leafc. I myself sometimes, hiding mine honour in my necessity, am fain to shuffle, to hedge, and to lurch. Shakspeare. England, hedged in with the main, That water-walled bulwark, still secure And confident from foreign purposes. Id. There's such divinity doth hedge a king, That treason can but peep to what it would. Id. Those alleys must be hedged at both ends, to keep out the wind. Bacon. The hedge, green satin pinked and cut, arrays The heliotrope to cloth of gold aspires ; In hundred-coloured silks the tulip plays ; The' imperial flower, his neck with pearl attires. Fletcher't Purple Island. The laboured ox In his loose traces from the furrow came, And tie swinked hedger at his supper sat. Milton. When I was hasty, thou delay'dst me longer : I pr'thee, let me hedge one moment more Into thy promise ; for thy life preserved. Dryden. It must not be paid and exported in ready money ; so says our law ; but that is a law to hedge in the cuckow, and serves for no purpose : for if we export not goods, for which our merchants have money due to them, how can it be paid by bills of exchange. Locke. He would be laughed at, that should go about to make a fine dancer out of a country hedger at past fifty. . Id- It is a good wood for fire, if kept dry ; and is very nseful for stakes in hedges. Mortimer. The gardens unfold variety of colours to the eye, every morning, and the hedget breath is beyond all perfume. p°Pe- A person, who, by his style and literature, seems to have been the corrector of a hedge-press in Little Britain, proceeded gradually to an author. Swift. The clergy do much better than a little hedge, con- temutible, illiterate vicar can be presumed to do. Id. When you are sent on an errand, be sure te hedge in some business of your own. Id. Through the verdant maze Of sweet-briar liedges, I pursue my walk. Thomson. HEDGES. 135 Among the crooked lanes, on every hedge, The glow-worm lights his gem ; and through the dark, A moving radiance twinkles. Thornton'* Seasons. Summer. HEDGES, in agriculture, are either planted te make fences round enclosures, or to divide the several parts of a garden. When they are de- signed as outward fences, they are planted either with hawthorn, crabs, or black-thorn ; but ihose hedges which are planted in gardens, either to surround wilderness quarters, or to screen the other parts of a garden from sight, are planted according to the fancy of the owner. Some prefer ever-greens, in which case the holly is best ; next the yew, then the laurel, laurustinus, phyllyrea, &c. Others prefer the beech, the hornbeam, and the elm. Before planting the hedge in the open field, it is proper to consider the nature of the land, what sort of plants will thrive best in it ; "and what is the soil whence they are to be taken. The sets ought to be about the thickness of one's little finger, and cut within about four or five inches of the ground ; th.ey ought to be fresh taken up, straight, smooth, and well-rooted. Those plants that are raised in the nursery are to be preferred. In planting outside hedges the turf is to be laid with the grassy side down- wards, on that side of the ditch on which the bank is designed to be made ; and some of the best mould should be laid upon it to bed the quick, which is set upon it at a foot asunder. When the first row of hawthorn or quick is set, it must be covered with mould ; and, when the bank is a foot high, another row of sets may be laid against the spaces of the former, and covered like the others. The bank is then to be topped with the bottom of the ditch, and a dry or dead hedge laid, to shade and defend the under plantation. Stakes should then be driven into the loose earth, so low as to reach the firm ground : these are to be placed at about two feet and a half distance : to render the_hedge yet stronger, edder it, that is, bind the top of the stakes with small long poles, and, when the eddering is finished, drive the stakes anew. The quick must be kept constantly weeded, and secured from being cropped by cattle ; and in February it will be proper to cut it within an inch of the ground, which will cause it to strike root afresh, and help it much in the growth. The crab is fre- quently planted for hedges. Plants raised from the kernels of the small wild crabs are to be preferred to those raised from the kernels of all sorts of apples without distinction ; because the plants of the true small crab never shoot so strong as those of the apples, and may therefore be better kept within the proper compass of a hedge. The black thorn, or sloe, is often planted for hedges. The best method is to raise the plant from the stones of the fruit, which should be sown about the middle of January, if the weather permit, in the place where the hedge is intended. See AGRICULTURE. With respect to the age at which hedge-plants ought to be used, it is very common, especially where young hedges are made with thorns, to plant them of one, two, or three years old, el- dom exceeding this last age. Plants of this de- scription, says Mr. Loudon, however, are long in a state of infancy, and require great nursing and the most complete protection to bring them to perfection, and are liable to be either much hurt or totally destroyed by many accidents that would produce little or no effect upon older and stronger plants. Much time might be saved in the rearing of hedges, and the fences be much more perfect and useful, if older plants were employed for that purpose. Three years old is certainly the youngest that should be planted, and, if they are six or seven years old, so much the better : the prevailing idea that plants of that age will not thrive, if transplanted, is totally unfounded. Hedges for ornament in gardens are sometimes planted with ever-greens, in which case the holly is preferable to any other; next to this most people prefer the yew ; but the dead color of its leaves renders those hedges less agreeable. . The laurel is one of the most beautiful ever-greens ; but the shoots are so luxuriant that it is difficult to keep it in any tolerable shape ; and, as the leaves are large, to prevent the disagreeable ap- pearance given them by their being cut through with the shears, it will be best to prune them with a knife, cutting the shoots just down to a leaf. The laurustinus is a very fine plant for this purpose; but the same objection may be made to this as to the laurel; this, therefore, ought only to be pruned with a knife in April, when the flowers are going off; but the new shoots of the same spring must by no means be shortened. The small-leaved and rough-leaved laurustinus are the best plants for this purpose. The true phillyrea is the next best plant for hedges, which may be led up to the height of ten or twelve feet ; and if they are kept narrow at the top, that there may not be too much width for the snow to lodge upon them, they will be close and thick, and make a fine appearance. The ilex, or ever-green oak, is also planted for hedges, and is a fit plant for those designed to grow very tall. The deciduous plants usually planted to form hedges in gardens are, the horn- beam, which may be kept neat with less trouble than most other plants ; t'.ie beech, which has the same good qualities as the hornbeam : but the gradual falling of its leaves in winter causes a continual litter. The small-leaved English elm is a proper tree for tall hedges, but these should not be planted closer than eight or ten feet. The lime-tree has also been recommended for the same purpose ; but, after they have stood same years, they grow very thin at bottom, and their leaves frequently turn of a black disagreeable color. Many of the flowering shrubs have also been planted in hedges, such as roses, honey- suckles, sweet briar, &c. ; but these are difficult to train; and, if they are cut to bring them within compass, their flowers, which are their greatest beauty, will be entirely destroyed. From the first year of planting, till the hedge has risen to the height o_f five or six feet, the main stems ought to be left untouched, and the pruning confined solely to the side branches, leaving those next the root pretty long, and gradually tapering towards the top; this pruning 136 i) G E S. of the side branches will make them send out many new shoots from their extremities ; while the main stems, by being left untouched, con- tinue their growth upward, when they may have their extremities cut off with perfect safety. When a hedge has attained the wished-for height, all that is requisite afterwards is cutting the .«ides regular with a hedge-bill, preserving it pretty broad at bottom, and drawing it gradually to a point at top ; a hedge of this form is plea- sant to the eye, is well calculated to stand the weather, and becomes every year stronger and thicker. It sometimes happens, says Dr. Anderson, that a hedge may have been long neglected, and be in general in a healthy state, but full of gaps and openings, or so thin and straggling as to form but a very imperfect sort of fence. On these occasions, it is in vain to hope to fill up the gaps by planting young quicks; for these would always be outgrown, choked, and starved, by the old plants ; noi could it be recovered by cutting clear over by the roots, as the gaps would still continue where they formerly were. The only methods that I know of rendering this a fence are, either to mend up the gaps with dead wood, or to plash the hedge; which last operation is always the most eligible where the gaps are not too large to admit of being cured by this means. The operation I here call plashing, may be de- nned, a wattling made of living wood. To form this, some stems are first selected, to be left as stakes at proper distances, the tops of which are all cut over at the height of four feet from the root. The straggling side branches of the other part of the hedge are also lopped away. Several of the remaining plants are then cut over,, close by the ground, at convenient distances ; and the remaining plants are cut perhaps half through, so as to permit them to be bent to one side. They are then bent down almost to a horizontal position, and interwoven with the upright stakes, so as to retain them in that position. Care ought to be taken, that these be laid very low at those places where there were formerly gaps ; which ought to be farther strengthened by some dead stakes or truncheons of willows, which will fre- quently take root in this case, and continue to live. And sometimes a plant of eglantine will he able to overcome the difficulties it meets with, strike root, and grow up so as to strengthen the hedge in a most effectual manner. The operator begins at one end of the field, and pro- ceeds regularly forward, bending all the stems in one direction, so that the points rise above the roots of the others, till the whole wattling is completed to the sair* height as the uprights. An expert operator will perform this work with much greater expedition, than one who has not seen it done could easily imagine. And as all the diagonal wattlings continue to live and send out shoots from many parts of their stems, and, as the upright shoots that rise from the stumps of those plants that have been cut over quickly rush up th rough the whole hedge, these serve to unite the whole into one entire mass, that forms a strong, durable, and beautiful fence. This is the best method of recovering an old neglected hedge that has as yet come to my knowledge. In some cases it happens, that the young shoots of a hedge are killed every winter; in which case it soon becomes dead and unsightly, and can never rise to any considerable height. A remedy for this disease may therefore be wished for. Young hedges are observed to be chiefly affected with this disorder; and it is almost always occasioned by an injudicious manage- ment of the hedge, by means of which it has been forced to send out too great a number of shoots in summer, and is thus rendered so weakly as to be unable to resist the severe weather in winter. It often happens that the owner of a young hedge, with a view to render it very thick and close, cuts it over with the shears a few inches above the ground the first winter after planting : in consequence of which, many small shoots spring out from each of the stems that has been cut over; each of which, being afterwards cut over in the same manner, sends forth a still greater number of shoots, which are smaller and smaller in proportion to their number. If the soil in which the hedge has been planted is poor, in consequence of this manage- ment, the branches, after a few years, become so numerous, that the hedge is unable to send out any shoots at all, and the utmost exertion of the vegetative powers enables it only to put forth leaves. These leaves are renewed in a sickly state for some years, and at last cease to grow at all — the branches become covered with fog, and the hedge perishes entirely. But if the soil be very rich, notwithstanding this great multiplica- tion of the stems, the roots will still have suffi- cient vigor to force out a great many small shoots, which advance to a great length, but never attain a proportional thickness. And, as the vigor of the hedge makes them continue to vegetate very late in the autumn, the frosts come on before the tops of these dangling shoots have attained any degree of woody firmness, so that they are almost entirely killed by it : the whole hedge becomes covered with these long dead shoots, which are always disagreeable to look at, and usually indicate the approaching end of the hedge. The causes of the disorder being thus explained, it will readily occur, that the radical cure is amputation ; which, by giving an oppor- tunity to begin with training the hedge anew, gives also an opportunity of avoiding the errors that occasioned it. In this case care ought to be taken to cut the plants as close to the ground as possible, as there the stems will be less numerous than at any greater height. And par- ticular attention ought to be had to allow very few shoots to arise from the stems that have been cut over, and to guard carefully against shorten- ing them. But as the roots, in the case here supposed, will be very strong, the shoots that are allowed to spring from the stems will be very vigorous, and there will be some danger of their 'continuing to grow later in the season than they ought in safety to do ; in which case, some part of the top of the shoot may perhaps be killed the first winter, which ought, if possible, to be pre- vented. This can only be effectually done by giving a check to the vegetation in autumn, so as to allow the young shoots to harden in the poinis before the winter approaches. If any of the HED 137 HED leaves or branches of a tree are cut away while it is in the state of vegetation, the whole plant feels the loss, and it suffers a temporary check in its growth in proportion to the loss that it thus sustains. To check, therefore, the vigorous vegetation at the end of autumn, it will be pru- dent to choose the beginning of September for the time of lopping off all the supernumerary branches from the young hedge, and for clipping off the side branches that have sprung out from it; which will, in general, be sufficient to give it such a check in its growth, at that season, as will prevent any of the shoots from advancing after- wards. If the hedge is extremely vigorous, a few buds may be allowed to grow upon the large sturr.ps in the spring; with a view to be cut off at this season, which wili tend to stop the vege- tation of the hedge still -nore effectually. By this mode of management the hedge may be preserved entire through the first winter. And, as the shoots become less vigorous every succes- sive season, there will be less difficulty in pre- serving them at any future period. It will always be proper, however, to trim the sides of a very vigorous hedge for some years while it is young, about the same season of the year, which will tend powerfully to prevent this malady. But when the hedge has advanced to any considera- ble height, it will be equally proper to clip it during any of the winter months, before Can- dlemas. HEDGE-BORN, adj. Hedge and born. Of no known birth ; meanly born. HEDGE-CHEEPER, n. s. Hedge and creep. One that skulks under hedges for bad purposes. HEDGE-HOG, (erinaceous, Lin.) These quadrupeds are distinguished by having the body covered with spines instead of hair. The skin of the back is provided with muscles, which enable the animal to roll itself up in the form of a ball. The tail is very short, and the feet furnished with five toes. There ap- pear to be but two species well ascertained ; the third, given by Desmarest, being founded on a short description by Seba, which may possibly belong to an animal of another genus. The best known is the common hedge-hog ( E. Europaus), a native of most of the tem- perate parts of Europe and Asia. This spe- cies has a long nose, the nostrils bordered on each side by a loose flap ; the ears are short, rounded, naked, and dusky ; the upper part of the face, sides, and rump covered with strong coarse hair, of a yellowish ash colour, the back with sharp strong spines, of a whitish tint, with a bar of black through their middle. They are usually about ten inches long, the tail about one. Their usual residence is in small thickets, and they feed on fallen fruits, roots, and insects ; they are also fond of flesh, either raw or roasted. Pallas remarks, that they can eat hundreds of cantharides without suffering from them, whilst a single one of these acrid insects will cause the most horrible torments in dogs or cats. It has been asserted that they mount fruit-trees, and come down with apples, pears, Sec., stuck upon their bris- tles. This is equally false with the imputa- tion that .they suck cows, and injure their ud- ders. Mr. White observes, that the manner _in which they eat the roots of the plantain is very curious. With their upper mandible, which is much longer than the lower, they bore under the plant, and gnaw off the root up- wards, leaving the tuft of leaves untouched. The hedge-hog defends himself from the at- tacks of other animals by rolling himself up, and thus exposing no part of his body that is not furnished with a defence of spines. It may be rendered domestic to a certain degree, and has been employed in Europe to destroy cockroaches, which it pursues with avidity. • In the winter the hedge-hog wraps itself up in a warm nest, composed of moss, dried hay, and leaves, and remains torpid till the return of spring. The female produces four or five young at a birth, which soon become covered with prickles. These animals are sometimes used as food, and are said to be very delicate. The skin was formerly used for the purpose of napping cloths. The long-eared hedge-hog (E. auritus) is smaller than the common, and is distinguished by the great size of its ears; in its manners it is said to be similar to that species. The female produces twice each year, having six or seven young at a birth. This species inhabits from the northern part of the Caspian sea to Egypt. HEDGE-HYSSOP, n. s. Hedge and hys- sop. A species of willowwort; yratiola. HEDGE-NOTE, n. s. Hedge and note. A word of contempt for low writing. HEDGE- PIG, n. s. Hedge and pig. A young hedge-hog. HEDGE-ROW, n.'ts. Hedge and row. The series of trees or bushes planted for enclosures. HEDGING-BILL, n. s. Hedge and bill. A cutting-hook used in making hedges. Comes master Dametas with a hedging-bill in his hand, chafing and swearing. Sydney. HEDSJAS, one of the great divisions of modern Arabia, extends in one vast plain, along the Red Sea from Mount Sinai to the frontier of Yemen. HEDWIG (John), in biography, a botanist particularly celebrated for his discoveries rela- tive to the fructification of mosses, and for a new and very ingenious generic distribution of them, the result of those discoveries, was born October 8, 1730, at Cronstadt, in Transylvania, where his father filled a respectable station in the magistracy. He studied for four years at the public school of his native town. On the death of his father in 1747, though he inherited but a very slender patrimony, he was enabled to go for further improvement to the university of Pres- burg in Hungary, where he remained two years, and then proceeded to Zittau in Upper Lusatia, In 1 759 he took his degree of doctor of physrc at Leipsic, on which occasion he published a thesis on the use of emetics in acute fevers, and was induced to establish himself at Chem- nitz. The first and greatest fruit of Hedwig's labors was the determination of the male and female flowers of mosses ; the parts of which had been made out by Micheli, at least in a great measure, and even the true office of each sug- HED 138 HEE eested ; but the theory of the whole was first ciearly detailed, as it was subsequently illus- trated on every possible occasion, by Hedwig. Our author is recorded to have first beheld the bladder-like anther of the Linnsean Bryum pul- vinatum, discharging its pollen, on the 17th of January 1770. He was alreadj satisfied that what Linnaeus, misled by Dillenius against his own previous opinion, had taken for anthers, were in fact the capsules of mosses, and pro- duced real seed. A history of his discoveries was published in a German periodical work at Leipsic, in 1779. In 1782 appeared his valua- ble Fundamentum Historiae Naturalis Muscorura Frondosorum, a handsome Latin quarto, in two parts, with twenty colored microscopical plates. Hedwig lost his first wife in 1776; and, after marrying again ne in 1781 removed to Leipsic; and the following year the work above mentioned was there published, on which his fame as an original physiologist snd botanist most se- curely rests. The same subject is happily fol- lowed up in his Theoria Generationis et Fructi- ficationis Plantarum Cryptoga Micarum Linnaei, published at Petersburgh in 1784. The literary fame of Hedwig, and his medical practice, were now every day increasing ; he was made phy- sician to the town-guards, and professor of physic and of botany at Leipsic. He lived to witness the general applause which his labors received, not- withstanding some attacks made on his theories of impregnation by Gaertner, Necker, and others. But he was not exempt from domestic afflictions. Of seven children brought him by his second wife six had died in their infancy ; and the only remaining one, a favorite daughter, was taken from him at the age of sixteen, by a consump- tion. His grief, locked up in his own breast, could not be dissipated even by the scientific pursuits to which he wisely resorted for the oc- cupation of his thoughts. His health declined ; a succession of feverish attacks impaired his constitution ; and he died of a typhus, after nine days' confinement, on the 17th of February 1799, aged sixty-eight. HEDYPNOIS, from qSvc, sweet, and irvto, to smell, is recorded by Pliny as a name some- times given to the wild endive or succory. Class and order, syngenesia polygamia aequalis. Natu- ral order, compositae semiflosculosze, Linn, cicho- racec, Juss. Essential character; receptacle naked : CAL. with scales at the base ; seed-crown of the disk double; the outermost obsolete, of many bristles : the inner of five chaffy scales : of the radius single, membranous and toothed. Spe- cies five ; all natives of the south of Europe. HEDYSARUM, French honey-suckle, a ge- nus of the decandria order, and diadelphia class of plants ; natural order thirty-second, papilio- naceae. The carina of the corolla is transversely obtuse ; the seed-vessel a legumen with mono- spermous joints. There are above 120 species of this plant, of which the most remarkable are, H. coronarium, the common biennial French honeysuckle, with large deeply striking biennial roots ; upright, hollow, smooth, very branchy stalks, three or four feet high, garnished with pinnated leaves ; and from between the leaves proceed long spikes of beautiful red flowers, suc- ceeded by jointed seed-pods. It is easily raised from seed in any of the common borders, and is very ornamental. H. gyrans, or sensitive hedysarum, a native of the East Indies, where it is called burrum chun- dali. It arrives at the height of four feet, and in autumn produces bunches of yellow flowers. The root is annual or biennial. It is a trifolious plant, and the lateral leaves are smaller than those at the end, and all day long they are in con- stant motion without any external impulse. They move up and down and circularly. This last motion is performed by the twisting of the foot- stalks ; and, while the one leaf is rising, its asso- ciate is generally descending. The motion down- wards is quicker and more irregular than the motion upwards, which is steady and uniform. These motions are observable for twenty-four hours in the leaves of a branch which is lopped off from the shrub, if kept in water. If from any obstacle the motion is retarded, upon the re- moval of that obstacle it is resumed with a greater degree of velocity. This species requires the common culture of fender exotics. Sax. beban; Swe- had ; Belg. hoede ; Goth, hugad, from hug, the mind. — VThomson. Atten- tion and caution with reference to danger, especially as to morals : but, in a HEED, v. a. & n. s. HEED'FUL, adj. HEED'FULLY, adv. HEED'FULNESS, n. s. HEED'ILY, adv. HEED'INESS, n. s. HEED'LESS, adj. HEED'LESSLY, adv. HEED'LESSNESS, n. s. looser sense, regard ; respect ; caution ; vigi- lance; care; observation: heedless is the op- posite of all these. Thou tokest noon hede, whils it shoon hoot ; Thcrfor wynter the nygheth, asay by thy cote. Chaucer. The Merchantes Second Tale. Take heed ; have open eye ; for thieves do foot by night ; Take heed ere Summer comes, or cuckoo birds af- fright. Shakspeare. Merry Wives of Windtor Give him heedful note ; For I mine eyes will rivet to his face ; And, alter, we will both our judgments join, In censure of his seeming. Id. Hamlet. Either wise bearing or ignorant carriage is caught as men catch diseases, one of another ; therefore, let men take heed of their company. Shakspeare. I am commanded To tell the passion of my sovereign's heart ; Where fame, late ent'ring at his heedful ears, Hath placed thy beauty's image and thy virtue. Id. To him one of the other twins was bound, Whilst I had been like heedful of the other. Id lie did unseal them ; and the first he viewed, He did it with a serious mind ; a heed Was in his countenance. Id. Speech must come by hearing and learning ; and birds give more heed, and mark words more thau beasts.' Bacon. With wanton heed and giddy cunning, The melting voice through mazes running. Milton The heedless lover does not know Whose eyes they are that wound him so. Waller. We should take heed of the neglect or contempt of his worship. TillottoK. HEE 139 HEG Heedless of verse, and hopeless of the crown, Scarce half a wit, and more than half a clown. Dryden. With pleasure Argns the musician heeds ; But wonders much at those new vocal reeds. Id. It is a way of calling a man a fool, when no heed js given to what he says. L' Estrange. Take heed that, in their tender years, ideas, thai have no natural cohesion, come not to be united in their heads. Locke. In the little harms they suffer from knocks and falls, they should not be pitied, but bid do so agaiu ; which is a better way to cure their heedlesmess. Id. He will no more have clear ideas of all the opera- tions of his mind, than he will have of all the particu- lar ideas of any landscape or clock, who will not turn his eyes to it, and with attention heed all the parts of it. Id. Some ideas, which have more than once offered themselves to the senses, have yet been little taken notice of ; the mind being either heedless, as in child- dren, or otherwise employed, as in men. Id. Thou must take heed, my Portius ? The world has all its eyes on Cato's son. Addison. Surprises are often fatal to heedless unguarded in- nocence. Sherlock. Whilst ye discharge the duties of matrimony, ye heedlessly slide into sin. Arbuthnot and Pope. Thou heedful of advice, secure proceed ; My praise the precept is, be thine the deed. Pope. Let the learner maintain an honourable opinion of his instructor, and needfully listen to his instructions, as one willing to be led. Watts. The tempest caught them on the tender walk, Heedless how far, and where hs mazes strayed, While with each other blest, creative love Still bade eternal Eden smile around. Thomson. Summer. HEEL, n. s., v. n. & v. a. ") Sax. hele ; Dan. HEEL'ER, n. s. > heel ; Belg. hiel ; HEEL'PIECE, n. s. & v, a.j Goth, hala, the tail of an animal. A part of the foot ; the whole foot ; feet as employed in flight : to pursue as an enemy ; to follow close as a dependent ; to fetter or shackle : the back part of a stock- ing : heeler, a cock that strikes well with his heels : heel-piece, a piece fixed on the hinder part of the shoe, to supply what is worn away. To be at the heels is to pursue ; to lay by the heels, to confine or overcome ; to be out at heels, to be worn out or useless. Heel, to lean on one side, as the ship heels ; to dance ; to arm a cock for fighting. In lasty leas at liberty I walk; And of these news I feel nor weal nor woe, Save that a clog doth hang yet at my heel. Wyatt Sir, when comes your book forth? Upon the heels of my presentment. Shakspeare. But is there no sequel at the heels of this Mother's admiration? Id. Hamlet. A good man's fortune may grow out at heels: Id. Through proud London he came sighing on, After the admired fleets of Bolin^broke. Id. If the king blame me for't, I'll lay ye all By the heds, and suddenly ; and on your heads Clap round fines for neglect. Id. I cannot sing, 'Nor heel the high lavolt, nor sweeten talk. Id. The Spaniards fled on towards the north to sc'tk their fortunes, being still chased by the English navy at their heels, until they were fain to give them over for want of powder. Bacon. The stag recals his strength, his speed, His winged heels, and then his armed head, With these t' avoid, with that his fate to meet j But fear prevails, and bids him trust his feet. Denham. Could we break our way By force, and at our heels all hell should rise With blacKest insurrection, to confound Heaven's purest light. Milton. One half of man, his mind Is sui juris, unconnned. And cannot be laid by the heels. Hudibras. Nothing is commoner, in times of danger, than for men to leave their masters to bears and tygers, and shew them a fair pair of heels for't. L' Estrange. At the other side is a kind of heel or knob, to break clots with. Mortimer's Husbandry. I began to smoke that they were a parcel of mum- mies ; and wondered that none of the Middlesex justices took care to lay some of them by the heels. Addison. Pegasus appeared hanging off the side of a rock, with a fountain running from his heel. Id. Some blamed Mrs. Bull for new heel-piecing her shoes. Arbuthnot. If the luxated bone be distorted backward, it lieth over the heel bone. Wiseman's Surgery. At his heels, Close at his heels, a demagogue ascends, And with a dex'trous jerk soon twists him down, And wins them, but to lose them in his turn. Cowper. Their culverins and so forth, would find way Through our friends armour there, with greater ease Than the adulterer's arrow through his heel Which Thetis had forgotten to baptize In Styx. Byron. The Deformed Transformed. HEFT, n. s. 'From heave ; for HAFT, a handle, which see. Heaving; effort. May be in the cup A spider steeped, and one may drink ; depart, And yet partake no venom ; for his knowledge Is not infected : but if one present The abhorred ingredient to his eye, make known How he hath drunk, he cracks his gorge, his side* With violent hefts. Shakspeare. Winter's Tale. His oily side devours both blade and heft. Waller. HE'GIRA, n. s. Arabic. A term in chro- nology, signifying the epocha, or account of time, used by the Arabians and Turks, who begin their computation from the day that Mahomet was forced to make his escape from the city of Mec- ca, which happened on Friday, July 16th, A.D. 622, under the reign of the emperor Heraclius . HEGIRA, from PPOn flight of, 13H to fly; is the epocha from which the Mahommedans reckon time. To render this epocha more creditable, the Mahommedans affect to use the word hegira in a peculiar sense for an act of religion, where- by a man forsakes his country, and gives way to the violence of persecutors and enemies of the faith : they add, that the Corashites, being then the strongest party in the city, obliged their pro- phet to fly, as not being able to endure his abo- lishing of idolatry. This flight was not the first of Mahomet's, but it was the most famous. It 140 HEIDEGGER. Happened in the fourteenth year from his assum- ing the characte- of jrophet and apostle, and promulgating hi new religion. The orientals do not agree with ..s as to the time of the hegira. Among the Mahommedans, Amasi fixes it to A. D. 630, and from the death of Moses 2347 ; and Ben Cassem to A. M. 5804 : according to the Greek computation among the Christians, Said Ebn Batrick refers the hegira to A. D. 614, and A.M. 6113. Khondemir relates, that it was Omar, the second caliph, that first established the hegira as au epocha, and appointed the years to be numbered from it : at the time he made this decree, there were already seven years elapsed. This establishment was made in imi- tation of the Christians, who, in those times, reckoned their years from the persecution of Dioclesian. But there is another hegira, and that earlier too, though of less eminence. Mahomet, in the fourteenth year of his mission, was obliged to relinquish Medina; the Corashites had all along opposed him very vigorously, as an in- novator and disturber-of the public peace; and many of his disciples, not enduring to be re- puted followers of an impostor, desired leave of him to abandon the city, for fear of being obliged to renounce their religion. This retreat makes the first hegira. These two hegiras the Mahom- medans, in their language, call hegiratan. The years of the hegira consist only of 354 days. To reduce these years to the Julian kalendar, L e. to find what Julian year a giv=n year of the hegira answers to, reduce the year of the hegira given into days, by multiplying by 354, divide the product by 365, and from the quotient subtract the intercalations, i. e. as many days as there are four years in the quotient ; and lastly, to the re- mainder add 622. HEIDEGGER (John Henry), professor of divinity at Zurich, was born in 1633. He pub- lished 1. Exercitationes Selectae de Historia sacra Patriarcharum, 2 vols. 4to. 2. De Ratione Studiorum Opuscula Aurea, 12mo. 3. Tumulus Tridentin? Concilii, 4to. 4. Historia Papatus, 4to. HEIDEGGER (John James), a native of Zurich, in Switzerland, who long figured in England as Arbiter Elegantiarum, or manager of the public amusements. He was the son of a clergyman, and married, but left his country in consequence of an intrigue. In 1708, when he was nearly fifty years old, he came to England on a negociation from the Swiss at Zurich; but, failing in his embassy, he entered as a private soldier in the guards for protection. By his sprightly conver- sation, and insinuating address, he soon worked himself into the good graces of people of fashion , who called him the Swiss count. He procured a subscription, with which, in 1709, he was en- abled to furnish out the opera of Thomyris, •which was written in English, and performed at the queen's theatre in the Haymarket. The music, however, was Italian ; that is to say, airs selected from sundry of the foreign operas by Buononcini, Scarlatti, Steffani, Gasparini, and Albinoni. Heidegger, by this performance, gained 500 guineas. The judicious remarks he made ou several defects in the conduct of our operas in general, and the hints he threw out for improving the entertainments of the royal the- atre, soon established his character as a good critic. Appeals were made to his judgment; and some very magnificent and elegant decora- tions, introduced upon the stage in consequence of his advice, gave such satisfaction to George II., who was fond of operas, that, upon being informed to whose genius he was indebted for these improvements, he patronised him, and Heidegger soon obtained the chief management of the opera-house in the Haymarket. He then set about improving another species of diversion not less agreeable to the king, viz. the masque- rades, and over these he always presided at the king's theatre. He was likewise appointed master of the revels. The nobility now favored him so much, that all splendid and elegant entertainments given upon particular occasions, and all private assemblies by subscription, were submitted to his direction. From the emolu- ments of these employments he gained a con- siderable income, amounting, in some years, to £5000, which he spent with much liberality, particularly in the maintenance of a luxurious table ; so that it may be said he raised an income, but never a fortune. At the same time his charities ought not to pass unnoticed, which were frequent and ample. After a successful masquerade he has given away several hundred pounds at a time. ' You know poor objects of distress better than I do,' he would frequently say to a particular acquaintance, ' be so kind as to give away this money for me.' An amusing story is told respecting his conduct at the duke of Montagu's on one occasion. The facetious duke gave an entertainment to several of the nobility and gentry, when Heidegger was invited, and, in a few hours after dinner, so completely intoxicated, that he was carried out of the room, and laid insensible upon a bed. A Miss Salmon was now introduced, who took a mould from his face in plaster of Paris. From this a mask was made, and a few days before the next masquerade (at which the king promised to be present, with the countess of Yarmouth), the duke made application to Heidegger's valet de chambre, to know what suit of clothes he was likely to wear; and then, procuring a similar dress, and a person of the same stature, he gavt him his instructions. On the evening of the masquerade, as soon as his majesty was seated, Heidegger as usual ordered the music to play ' God save the King;' but his back was no sooner turned, than the false Heidegger ordered them to strike up ' Over the water to Charley.' The whole company, and all the courtiers, not in the plot, were thun- derstruck. Heidegger flew to the music-gallery, swore, stamped, and raved, accusing the musicians of drunkenness. The king and the countess laughed so immoderately that they hazarded a discovery. While Heidegger staid in the gallery ' God save the king' was the tune ; but when, after setting matters to rights, he re- tired to one of the dancing-rooms, to observe if decorum was kept by the company, the counter- feit stepping forwards, and placing himself upon the floor of the theatre, just in front of the music- gallery, called out in a most audible voice, imi- tating Heidegger, rated them for blockheads — had he not just told them to play ' Over the HEI 141 HEI water to Charley ? ' A pause ensued ; the mu- sicians who knew his character, in their turn, thought him either drunk or mad ; but as he continued his vociferation, ' Charley' was played again. At this repetition of the supposed affront, some of the officers of the guards, who always attended upon these occasions, were for ascend- ing the gallery, and kicking the musicians out; but the late duke of Cumberland, who could hardly contain himself, interposed. The 'com- pany were thrown into great confusion. 'Shame ! Shame !' resounded from all parts ; and Heideg- ger once more flew in a violent rage to that part of the theatre facing the gallery. Here the duke of iMontagu, artfully addressing himself to him, told him, 'the king was in a violent passion ; that his best way was to go instantly and make an apology, for certainly the musicians were mad, and afterwards to discharge them.' Almost at the same instant he ordered the false Heidegger to do the same. The scene now became truly comic in the circle before the king. Heidegger had no sooner made an humble apology for the insolence of his musicians, but the false Heideg- ger advanced, and, in a plaintive tone, cried out, Indeed, sire, it is not my fault, ' but that devil in my likeness.' Poor Heidegger turned round, stared, staggered, grew pale, and could not utter a word. The duke then humanely whispered in his ear the sum of his plot, and the counter- feit was ordered to take off his mask. Here ended the frolic ; but Heidegger swore he would never attend any public amusement, if that witch the wax-work woman did not break the mould, and melt down the mask before his face. Hei- degger was of so peculiar a visage, we may add, that he made a bet with lord Chesterfield, that he could not produce an uglier man throughout the metropolis, and won the wager. He died in 1749 at the advanced age of ninety years. HEIDELBERG, a populous but ill built city of Germany, once the capital of the Lower Pala- tinate, but now belonging to Baden. It has a celebrated university, founded in 1386, and stands in a pleasant rich country, famous for the best Rhenish wine. It has, however, undergone many calamities. It was entirely burnt down in 1278, and 1288. In 1622 it was plundered by the Bavarians, and the rich library was trans- ported partly to Vienna, and party to the Vatican. After this it enjoyed peace till 1689, when, the Protestant electoral house becoming extinct, a bloody war ensued, in which not only the castle was ruined, and the town burnt, but the tombs and bodies of the electors were shamefully vio- lated and pillaged. This happened in 1693; and the people of the Palatinate were obliged to abandon their dwellings, and take refuge in foreign countries. The great tun, said to hole} 600 hhds., was broken to pieces in 1693 by the French, but repaired at great expense in 1729. The public buildings worth notice are the town- house, the three hospitals, several churches, and the university. The old fortress, Treutzkaiser, or Sternschanze, is also remarkable. The ancient electoral palace stands on a hill near the town, and is a fine ruin : its principal gate is orna- mented with statues of the ancient electors and counts-palatine, as large as the life. The kc-ep and outer wall of the platform are entire; and a beautiful semicircular walk runs through an ad- joining plantation. From the interior of this edifice there is a subterraneous passage to the great square in the town. The foundation of a new library was laid her? by the celebrated Gravius ; and it had been gradually carried to 30,000 volumes, when, in 1815, the books and MSS. carried to Rome were restored. A liberal grant is now made to the university annually, and its reputa- tion is increasing : a botanical garden has been lately attached to it. Besides the university there is an academy, and various other public and private schools. Several literary journals are published here, where also are held the periodical meetings of the Baden Protestant church. The manufactures, on a small scale, embrace woollens and cottons, silk stockings, tapestry, and paper. The environs are extremely beautiful. The town stands on the Neckar, over which is a stone bridge 790 feet in length : four- teen miles north-east of Spire, and ten S.S. E. of Manheim. HEI'FER, n. s. Sax. Jjeapoj-e. A young cow. Who finds the heifer dead and bleeding fresh, And sees fast by a butcher with an axe, But will suspect 'twas he that made the slaughter ? Shakspeare. A heifer will put up her nose, and snuff in the air against the rain. Bacon. For her the flocks refuse the verdant food, Nor thirsty heifer seek the gliding flood. Pope. HEIGH Ho, interj. An expression of slight languor and uneasiness. It is used by Dryden, contrarily to custom, as a voice of exultation. Heigh ho! an't be not four by the day, I'll be hanged. Shnkspvare. We'll toss off our ale 'till we cannot stand, And heigh ho for the honour of Old England. Dryden. HEIGHT, n. s. I From HIGH, which see. HEIGHT'EN,U. a. iThe simple idea of elevation used in a variety of ways ; as, altitude ; degrees of latitude ; summit ; rank ; dignity ; the utmost degree, or exertion ; state of excellence ; improve- ment by decorations or colors : to aggravate, or increase, or ameliorate. Round wos the shape, in manere of a compas Ful of degrees, the flight of sixty pas. Chaucer. The Knightes Tale. Come on, sir; I shall now put jou to the height of your breeding. Shakspeare. By him that raised me to this careful height, From that contented hap which I enjoyed. Id. There is in Ticinium a church that is in length on«> hundred feet, in breadth twenty, and in height near fifty. Bacon, Putrefaction doth not rise to its height at once. IS. Abroad I'll study thee, As he removes far off, that great heights takes. Donne. Guinea lieth to the North sea, in the same height as Peru to the South. Abbott. Ten kings had from the Norman conqueror reigned, \Vhen England to her greatest height attained, Of power, dominion, glory, wealth, and state. Daniel. HEI 142 HEI Into what pit thou sees!, From what height fallen. Milton. Did not she Of Timna first betray me, and reveal The secret, wrested from me in the height Of nuptial love professed ? Id. Hide me from the face Of God, whom to behold was then my Ittiyht Of happiness ! Id. All beauty when at such a height Is so already consecrate. Maroett. As in a room, contrived for state, the height of the roof should bear a proportion to the area ; so in the heightening! of poetry, the strength and vehemence of figures should be suited to the occasion. Dryden. From Alpine heights the father first descends ; His daughter's husband in the plain attends. Id. JEneid. An amphitheatre appeared, Raised in degrees, to sixty paces reared : That when a man was placed in one degree, Height was allowed for him above to see. Dryden. An amphitheatre's amazing height Here fills the eye with terror and delight. Addition. ocial duties are carried to greater heights, and en- forced with stronger motives, by the principles of our religion. Id. Foreign states used their endeavours to heighten our confusions, and plunge us into all the evils of a civil war. Id. Despair is the height of madness. Sher'.ock. Every man of learning need not enter into their difficulties, nor climb the heights to which some others have arrived. Wattf. Her robe along the gale profusely streamed, Light leaned the sceptre on her bending arm ; And round her brow a starry circlet gleamed, Height'ning the pride of each commanding charm. Beattie. It is the hush of night, and all between Thy margin and the mountains, dusk, yet clear, Mellowed and mingling, yet distinctly seen, Save darkened Jura, whose capt heights appear Precipitously steep. Byron. Childe Harold. HEILBRONN, a town of Wirtemberg, on the Neckar, containing three churches, a well-en- dowed academy, and public baths. Its name signifies ' The Spring of Health,' derived from a fountain in the neighbourhood, once used medicinally, and which still supplies the town with water. •" It formerly had a commandery of the Teutonic order, and was the chief place of one of their provinces. The culture of the neighbouring vineyards, and the conveyance of goods by the Neckar, are the chief employment of the inhabitants. The only manufacturing establishment worth notice is an ingenious machine for the preparation of plaster of Paris. In 1810 Heilbronn became the capital of the de- partment of the Lower Neckar. Twenty-five miles north of Stutgard. HEINECCIUS (John Gottieb), a celebrated civilian of the eighteenth century, born at Eisen- berg, in Altenburg, in 1681. After having studied at Goslar and Leipsic he became pro- fessor of philosophy at Halle in 1710; and in 1721 he was made professor of civil law, with the title of counsellor of the court. His great reputation induced the states of Friesland to invite him to Franeker in 1724 ; but in 1727 the king of Prussia prevailed on him to accept of a professorship of law at Frankfort on the Oder, where he distinguished himself till 1733. Becoming again professor at Halle, he remained there till his death in 1741, though invited to Marpurg, Denmark, and Holland. He wrote many works, all of them much esteemed. The principal are, 1. Antiquitatum Romanarura Jurisprudentiam Illustrantiurn Syntagma. This excellent abridgment gave rise to his reputation in foreign countries. 2. Elementa Juris Civilis. 3. Fundamenta Styli Cultioris. 4. Elementa Philosophise Rationalis et Moralis. 5. Historia Juris Civilis Romani ac Germanici. 6. Ele- menta Juris Naturae et Gentium, &c. HEINECKEN, or HEINETKEN (Christian), an extraordinary child born at Lubeck in 1721. He spoke his maternal tongue fluently at ten months. At one year old he knew the principal events of the pentateuch ; in two months more he was master of the entire history of the Old and New Testaments ; at two years and a half he answered the principal questions in geogra- phy, and in ancient and modern history; and he spoke Latin and French with great facility before his fourth year. His constitution was so delicate, that he was not weaned till a few months before his death. M. Martini of Lubeck published a pamphlet in 1730, in which he en- deavoured to give natural reasons for the extra- ordinary capacity of this child, who died in his fifth year. HEIN'OUS, adj. \ Fr. haineux, from kaine, HEIN'OUSNESS, n.s. >hate; or from the Teu- HEIN'OUSLY, adv. J tonic hoon, shame. Atro- cious ; wicked in a high degree : atrociousness ; wickedness ; criminality ; daring offence. To abrogate or innovate the gospel of Christ, if men or angels should attempt, it were most heinous and ac- cursed sacrilege. Hooker. This is the man should do. the bloody deed : The image of a wicked heinous fault Lives in his eye. Shakspeare. As it is a most heinous, so it is a most dangerous impiety to despise him that can destroy us. Tiliotson. He who can treat offences provoking God, as jests and trifles, must have little sense of the heinousnets of them. Rogers. HEINSIUS (Daniel), professor of politics and history at Leyden, and librarian to the university, was born at Ghent in 1580. He became a pu- pil of Joseph Scaliger at Leyden, and was greatly indebted to him for the eminence to which he attained in literature. He distinguished himself as a critic by his labors on many classical au thors ; and was highly honored at home and abroad. Gustavus Adolphus gave him a place among his counsellors of state ; the republic of Venice made him a knight of the order of St. Mark; and pope Urban VIII. invited him to come, as he expressed it, 'to rescue Rome from barbarism.' He died in 1666, leaving several works both in poetry and prose. This great critic was lament- ably attached to his bottle : his pupils, finding the door of the lecture-room closed one day, and suspecting the reason, are said to have written on it ' Heinsius non legit hodie, propter hester- nam crapulam :' and one night, returning at a HEX 143 HEI late hour towards his own house, in a zigzag di- rection, he had, we are told, sufficient command over his faculties to compose the following Latin verses : — Sta pes, sta bone pes, Aut hi lapides Mihi lectus erunt. Steady ! my feet — good feet be staid, Or else these stones will be my bed. HEINSIUS (Nicholas), the son of Daniel, was born at Leyden ; and became as great a Latin poet as his father, and a greater critic. His poems have been several times printed, but the best edition is that of Amsterdam in 1666. He gave editions of several of the classics, with notes ; his Claudium is dedicated in a Latin po- em to queen Christina of Sweden, and his Ovid toThuanus. He died in 1681. HEIR, n. s. & v. a.^\ Fr. herltier; Lat. hares. HEIR'ESS,W.S. /One that inherits any HEIR'LESS, adj. V thing after the death of HEIR'SHIP, n. s. I its possessor ; applied to HEIR'-LOOM, n. s. J males and females; as, heir ; heiress : heirless, without an heir : heir- ship, the privilege of an heir. Heir-loom, from Sax. heir, and ^tloma, goods. Any fur- niture or moveable decreed to descend by in- heritance, and therefore inseparable from the freehold. Being heirs together of the grace of life. 1 Pet. iii. 7. He was of knighthode and of fredome flour ; Fortune him maked the heir of hir honour. Chaucer. The Monkes Tale. God made marriage in Paradis, in the estate of in- nocencie.to multiplie mankinde to the service of God, and therefore is the breking thereof the more grevou? ; of which breking, come false heires, oft time that wrongfully occupien folkes heritages. Id. The Persones Tale. I still think of The wrong I did myself ; which was so much, That heirless it hath made my kingdom. Shakspzare. What lady is that? The heir of Alanson, Rosaline her name. Id. That I'll give my voice on Richard's side, To bar my master's heirs in true descent, God knows, I will not do it. Id. An heiress she, while yet alive •, All that was her's to him did give. Waller. His son in blooming youth was snatched by fate, One only daughter heired the royal state. Dryden. ^Eneas, though he married the heiress of the crown, yet claimed no title to it during the life of his father- in-law. Id. An heir signifies the eldest, who is, by the laws of England, to have all his father's land. Locke. A layman appoints an heir or an executor in his will, to build an hospital within a year, under pain of being deprived of his heirship. Ayliffe's Par. Sunk is the hero, and his glory lost, A nd I his heir in misery alone. Pope. The lieirs to titles and large estates have a weakness in their eyes, and a tenderness in their constitution. Swift. Achilles' sceptre was of wood, Transmitted to the hero's line ; Thence through a long descent of kings Came an heirloom, as Homer sings. Id. The young extravagant heir had got a new steward, and was resolved to look iuto his estate. Strift. What race of chiefs and heroes did she bear : What daughter of her beauties was the heir. Byron. Childe Harold. HEIR, in law, signifies the person who succeeds another by descent to lands, tenements, and he- reditaments, being an estate of inheritance, or an estate in fee ; because nothing passes by right of inheritance but in fee. See CONSANGUINITY, DESCENT, INHERITANCE, SUCCESSION, and LAW. If land be given to a man for ever, or to him and his assigns for ever, this vests in him but an estate for lite. This very great nicety about the insertion of the word heirs in all feoffments and grants, in order to vest a fee, is plainly a relic of the feudal strictness, by which it was required that the form of the donation should be punc- tually pursued ; or that, as Craig expresses it, in the words of Baldus, donationes sint stricti juris, ne quis plus donasse praesumatur quam in dona- tione expresserit. And therefore, as the personal abilities of the donee were originally supposed to be the only inducements to the gift, the do- nee's estate in the land extended only to his own person, and subsisted no longer than his life; unless the donor, by an express provision in the grant, gave it a longer continuance, and extended it also to his heirs. But this rule is now softened by many exceptions. For, 1. It does not extend to devises by will ; in which, as they were intro- duced at the time when the feudal rigor was apace wearing out, a more liberal construction is allowed ; and therefore, by a devise to a man for ever, or to one and his assigns for ever, or to one in fee-simple, the devisee has an estate of inhe- ritance ; for the intention of the devisor is suffi- ciently plain from the words of perpetuity an- nexed, though he has omitted the legal words of inheritance. But if the devise be to a man and his assigns, without annexing words of perpetuity, there the devisee shall take only an estate for life ; for it does not appear that the devisor in- tended any more. 2. Neither does this rule ex- tend to fines or recoveries, considered as a species of conveyance ; for thereby an estate in fee passes by act and operation of law without the word heirs; as it does also, for particular reasons, by certain other methods of conveyance which have relation to a former grant or estate, in which the word heirs was expressed. 3. In creations of nobility by writ, the peer so created has an inheritance in his title, without expressing the word heirs ; for they are implied in the cre- ation, unless it be otherwise specially provided : but in creations by patent, which are stricti juris, the word heirs must be inserted, otherwise there is no inheritance. 4. In grants of land to sole corporations and their successors, the word suc- cessor supplies the place of heirs ; for, as heirs take from the ancestor, so does the successor from the predecessor. Nay, in a grant to a bishop or other sole spiritual corporation, in frank almoign, the words frank almoign supply the place of successors (as the word successors supplies the place of heirs) ex vi termini ; and, in all these cases, a fee-simple vests in such sole corporation. But, in a grant of lands to a cor- 144 HEL poration aggregate, tlie word successors is not necessary, though usually inserted : for, although such simple grant be strictly only an estate for life, yet, as that corporation never dies, such estate for life is perpetual, or equivalent to a fee- simple, and therefore the law allows it to be oue. Lastly, in the case of the king, a fee-simple will vest in him, without the word heirs or successors in the grant ; partly from prerogative royal, and partly from a reason similar to the last, because the king, in judgment of the law, never dies. But the general rule is, that the word heirs is ne- cessary to create an estate of inheritance. HEIR APPARENT is a person so called in the lifetime of his ancestor, at whose death he is heir at law. HEIR PRESUMPTIVE is one who, if the ancestor should die immediately, would, in the present circumstances of things, be his heir ; but whose right of inheritance may be defeated by some nearer heir being born. HEIR-LOOM comprehends divers implements, as tables, presses, cupboards, bedsteads, furnaces, wainscot, and such like ; which in some coun- tries have belonged to a house for certain de- scents, and are never inventoried after the decease of the owner, as chattels are, but accrue by custom, not by common law, to the heir with the house itself. The ancient jewels of the crown are held to be heir-looms, and are not devisable by will, but descend to the next suc- cessor. HEISTER (Laurence), a celebrated physician, surgeon, and anatomist, who also rendered him- self conspicuous among botanists by his opposi- tion to the system and principles of Linnaeus, at a time when they were making the greatest progress in the general .estimation, was born at Frankfort on the Maine, in 1683. He was edu- cated at several German universities, and in the year 1706 spent some time in the study of ana- tomy and surgery at Amsterdam under Ruysch, then so famous for his dissections and anatomi- cal preparations. In the following year he went to serve as a surgeon in the Dutch camp in Brabant ; devoting the subsequent winter to further improvement, under Boerhaave and his eminent colleagues, who at that time attracted students from all parts to the university of Ley- den, where Heister took his degree. Returning afterwards to the camp, he was, in 1709, ap- pointed physician general to the Dutch military hospital. The experience he thus acquired raised him to a distinguished rank in the theory and practice of surgery. In 1710 he became profes- sor of anatomy and surgery at Altorf, in the little canton of Uri, and rendered himself cele- brated by his lectures and writings. Ten years afterwards a more advantageous situation offered itself to him at Heltnstadt, where he became physician to the duke of Brunswick, with the title of Aulic counsellor, as well as professor of medicine, and afterwards of surgery and botany, i.i that university. Here he continued till his death, which happened in 1758, at the age of seventy-five. In August, 1741, our author came forward as the professed adversary of Linnaeus, in the inaugural dissertation of one of his pupils named Goeckel, entitled Meditationes et Ani- madversiones in Novum Sy'stema Botanicurn sexuale Linnaei. Another dissertation of Heis- ter's, published in October 1741, De Nomiuum Plantarum Mutatione utili ac noxia, is a more diffuse and elaborate attack on the nomenclature of the great Swedish teacher, whom however he terms ' a most diligent and most valuable botan- ist.' In 1748 he published a Systema Plantarum Generale ex Fructificatione, cui annectuntur re- gulge ejusdem, de Nominibus Plantarum, a Ce- leb. Linmei longe diversse. HEISTERIA, in botany, a genus of the mono- gynia order, and decandria class of plants; natural order twelfth, holoraceae : CAL. quinque- fid, the petals five : the fruit is a plum on a very large colored calyx. Species three ; natives of different tropical countries. HEITERSHEIM, a town of Baden, on the borders of the Black Forest, long the residence of the grand prior of the order of St. John in Germany, who had a seat and a vote in the im- perial diet. To this town, and its seven depend- ent villages, he added other possessions on the left bank of the Rhine : in 1806 the grand pri- ory was suppressed. It is ten miles south of Brisac, and twenty N.N. E of Bale. HELDER, or HELDEK POINT, a town and fort of North Holland, opposite the Texel, seated on a cape on the coast of the Zuyder Zee, about twenty-four miles from Alkmaer. It was taken by the British, under the duke of York, August 30th, 1799, after a battle wherein about 1000 of the Dutch and 540 of the British were killed or wounded. It has a strong fort to defend the road of Mars Diep. Population about 2500. Near this place also Van Tromp fell in a naval action fought in 1653. HELE (Thomas), a dramatic author of the eighteenth century, born in Gloucestershire in 1740. He acquired so complete a knowledge of the French language that he wrote it with all the ease and elegance of a native. After serving in the army during the German war, till the peace of 1763, he went to Italy, and thence to Paris; where he settled, and wrote comedies for the the- atre which have been much admired. He died in 1780. HELEN, or HELENA, in fabulous history, the daughter of Tyndarus, or, according to the po- ets, of Jupiter and Leda, was married to Mene- laus king of Sparta, but was stolen from him by Theseus, A. A. C 1235. She was restored soon after ; but carried off again by Paris, which oc- casioned the famous Trojan war. See PARIS and TROY. HELENA (St.), the wife of the emperor Con- stantius Chlorus, and mother of Constantine the Great, was a native of South Britain ; but au- thors differ as to the rank she held when the emperor married her. Dr. Watkins, in his Bio- graphical Dictionary, makes her of ' obscure birth ;' but Dr. Anderson, in his Royal Genea- logies, says that she was the daughter of king Coilus II. In her eightieth year she went to the Holy Land, where, the Roman Catholics say, she discovered the holy cross. She died soon after, about A. D. 321. HELENA. 145 HELENA (St.), an island of the South Atlantic Ocean, discovered by the Portuguese commander, J. Nova Gallega, on the festival of St. Helena, in 1501. It is a mass of detached rock in the midst of the ocean, being about 1200 miles from the nearest point of land, in 16° 5' S. lat., and 5° 50' W. long. The Portuguese stocked it with goats, fowl, fruit, and stores, forthe refreshment of their ships bound to India ; but soon neglected it, and at the close of the sixteenth century the Dutch ob- tained it with scarcely any resistance on the part of its discoverers. Afterwards, establishing a colony at the Cape of Good Hope, they also abandoned the island, and the East India Com- pany settled on it in the same year, 1651 ; ten years after they obtained the possession of it by a charter from king Charles II. They now took pains in stocking and improving it; and the island, it is said, received a considerable supply of inhabitants in consequence of the fire of London. The Dutch, indeed, recovered it again in 1665, but, in less than twelve months, the Eng- lish regained the possession. No fortifications seem to have been constructed here either by the Portuguese or Dutch. The first fort was a tri- angular redoubt, erected in 1665, called Fort James, in compliment to the duke of York, afterwards king James II. The appellation of James's Valley is derived from this fort, and that of Chapel Valley from the Portuguese chapel, the ruins of which were visible when the island was first settled by the English. The Dutch, recovered it again, but it was retaken by Sir Richard Munden, and, upon his arrival in Eng- land, the possession and government of it were again assigned by the king to the East India Company, and a charter was granted December 16th, 1673, constituting them lords proprietors of the island, with the rights and powers of sove- reignty. Thus it remained until in 1815 it was selected as the final abode of the deposed emperor Na- poleon. It was in consequence ceded at this time to government ; an act of parliament regu- lating the intercourse of ships with the island was passed; and a governor appointed having special charge of this important state prisoner, who died here the 5th of May, 1821. See NA- POLEON. St. Helena is about ten miles and a half long, and six and three quarters broad, or about twenty- eight miles in circuit. It rises abruptly from the sea, in vast masses varying from 600 to nearly 3000 feet in height : the whole coast being a per- pendicular wall of solid rock, with four strongly fortified openings. The whole island, indeed, is but the summit of a mountain, and probably of volcanic origin. On entering the interior, how- ever, the bleak appearance vanishes; verdant and beautiful small valleys occupy the interstices between the hills; and a plain, wholly free from large stones, extends about 1500 acres in an elevated part of the island. Here almost any grain or fruit will flourish. There is also another plain of about 200 acres, on a lower level ; but the soil is impregnated with saline matter, and marine plants are its chief produc- tions. Diana's Peak, the loftiest summit of the VOL. XI island, is about 2700 feet in height. In the south- west part there is another conspicuous conical hill called the High Knoll, but it is of inferior ele- vation. The shores present various rugged points and numerous caverns into which the sea breaks. Its climate, from the elevation of the island, is mild, but moist, and remarkably uniform ; so that at Plantation House, Fahrenheit's thermometer varies in the course of the year only from about61° to 73°; at Longwood, which is still more elevated, it is generally 5° lower ; while at James Town, it is about as much higher. Storms or hurricanes are rarely known : the trade winds blow steadily, but seldom to exceed a fresh breeze. The sky is, however, often enveloped in clouds. The quantity of rain that fell, in an average of four years, was 33-38 inches. Iron ore is said to be found in some parts of the island, and there are some appearances of gold and copper ore. Lime is plentiful and excellent. When first discovered St. Helena was covered with forests, but few traces of them now remain. Indeed the island is remarkably destitute of trees. The scarcity of water is the principal impedi- ment to the extension of agriculture, but this might probably be remedied by the planting timber on the hills. The oak of Europe has been introduced with success, and it is probable the teak of India would also succeed. Furze, the seeds of which were brought by the English, is tolerably abundant, and supplies the only fuel . The shrub called palma Christi seems in- digenous to the island and can scarcely be rooted out; it has been supposed that it might be be made useful in the formation of hedges. As a landing can only be effected on the lee side of the island, every accessible spot on that side is protected by fortifications, and the strictest military discipline has long been enforced throughout the island. It possesses but one town on the north-west side, in James's Valley, which is entered from the shore by an arched gateway that leads into a parade of about 100 feet square. On the left is the government-house, or castle as it is sometimes called, ai;d the principal guard-room. A hand- some church is in front of this edifice, and a the- atre on the right. The most respectable street extends from this part of the town, and contains about thirty houses. Two others branch from the upper part to the east and west ; contain- ing shops, well stored with European, and In- dian goods. The principal inhabitants have houses and plantations in the interior. Ships anchor in the road opposite the town. English families to the amount of 300 or 400 are often found here ; the whole population being about 2000, one-half of whom, perhaps, are soldiers or slaves. The annual expenses of the island to the East India Company, before the cession, amounted to from £40,000 to £50,000. The only revenue was in the quit rent and rent of lands leased, which amounted to £1000 a year, and the profit on the monopoly o£ arrack, which commonly produced £10,000. In 1809 the island con- tained 1811 sheep, and 2887 goats. The value of provisions furnished to ships amounted in 1789, to £6569; in 1809, to £6346. The quan- L HEL 146 HEL tity supplied at the latter period must have been little more than a third of that at the former, the prices of all the articles of produce having in that time nearly tripled. Beef and pork had risen from 6d. to Is. 'id. ; a sheep from £l Is. to £2 or £3 ; fowls from Is. 6d. to 7s. 6d. On the shore of St. Helena there is produced a consi- derable quantity of the marine plant called sal- sola, which yields fine barilla. Round the island are a number of small rocky islets surrounding it, the principal of which are called Egg, Speery, and George Islands. The rocks, as in most of the African Islands, consist in a great measure of basalt, of which there are excellent quarries. HELENIUM, bastard sun-flower, a genus of the polygamia superflua order, and syngenesia class of plants, natural order forty-ninth, com- posite. The receptacle is naked in the middle : under the radius paleaceous : the pappus con- sists of five short awns : CAL. is simple and multipartite : the florets of the radius semitrifid. The principal species are, H. autumnale, with spear-shaped narrow leaves : and, H. latifolium, with pointed, spear-shaped, sawed leaves. Both are natives of North America, where they grow wild in great plenty. They rise to the height of seven or eight feet in good ground. The roots, when large, send up a great number of stalks, which branch toward the top ; the upper part of the stalk sustains one yellow flower, shaped like the sun-flower, but much smaller, having long rays, which are jagged pretty deep into four or five segments. These plants may be propagated by seeds, or by parting their roots ; the latter is generally practised in this country. The best season to transplant and part the old roots is in October, when their leaves are past, or in the beginning of March, just before they begin to shoot. They delight in a soil rather moist than dry, provided it is not too strong, or does not hold the wet in winter. See SYNGENESIA. HELEN'S (St.), a village, and road or bay in the Isle of Wight, on the northern coast. It is a place of rendezvous for the navy, and of great traffic in time of war. At the mouth of the bay is a cluster of rocks called the Mixen. HELEN'S (St.), one of the Scilly Islands, about a mile north of Fresco, and containing the re- mains of one of the oldest churches in Britain. It comprises 100 acres of good soil, but is unin- habited. HELENUS, a celebrated soothsayer, son of Priam and Hecuba. He was greatly respected by the Trojans. When Deiphobus was given in marriage to Helen, in preference to himself, he retired to mount Ida, where Ulysses took him prisoner by the advice of Calchas. The Greeks, by threats and promises, induced him to reveal the secrets of the Trojans ; and either the fear of death, or gratification of resentment, led him to disclose to the enemies of his country, that Troy could not be taken whilst it was in possession of the Palladium, nor before Phi- loctetes came from his retreat at Lemnos and assisted in the siege. After the ruin of his coun- try, he fell to the share of Pyrrhus the son of Achilles, and saved his life by warning him to avoid a dangerous tempest, which proved fatal to all those who set sail This endeared him to Pyrrhus; from whom he received Andromache, the widow of his brother Hector, by whom lie had a son called Cestrinus. He was the only one of Priam's sons who survived the ruin of his country. After the death of 1'yrrhus he reigned over part of Epirus, which he called Chaonia, in memory of his brother Chaon, whom he had in- advertently killed. Helenus received ^neas as he sailed towards Italy, and foretold him some of the calamities which attended his fleet. HELEPOLIS, in the ancient art of war, a ma- chine for battering down the walls of a place, the invention of which is ascribed to Demetrius Po- liorcetes. Diodorus Siculus says, that each side of the Helepolis was 405 cubits in breadth, and ninety in height; that it had nine stages, and was carried on four strong solid wheels eight cubits in diameter; that it was armed with large bat- tering rams, and had two roofs capable of sup- porting them ; that in the lower stages there were different sorts of engines for casting stones; and in the middle they had large catapultas for dis- charging arrows, and smaller ones in those above, with a number of expert men for working these machines. HELI'ACAL, adj. ) Fr. heliaque ; from IjXiof. HE'LIACALLY, adv. ] Emerging from the lustre of the sun, or falling into it. Had they ascribed the heat of the season to this star, they would not have computed from its heliacal ascent. Browne. From the rising of this star, not cosmically, that is, with the sun, but heliacally, that is, its emersion from the rays of the sun, the ancients computed their cani- cular days. Id. He is tempestuous in the Summer, when he rises heliacally ; and rainy in the Winter, when he rises achronically. Dryden. HELIACAL, in astronomy, is applied to the rising and setting of the stars. A star is said to rise heliacally, when, after having been in con junction with the sun, and on that account invi- sible, it comes to be at such a distance from him as to be seen in the morning before sun-rising ; the sun, by his apparent motion, receding from the star towards the east. The heliacal setting is when the sun approaches so near a star as to hide it with his beams, which prevent the fainter light of the star from being perceived ; so that the terms apparition and occulation would be more proper than rising and setting. HELIADES, in mythology, the daughters A' Apollo and Clymene, who were so afflicted with the death of their brother Phaeton, that the gods, in compassion, transformed them into poplars on the banks of the Eridanus. Their names were Phaetusa, Lampetia, and Phoebe. See PHAETON. HELIANTHUS,the great sun-flower, a genus of the polygamia frustanea order, and syngenesia class of plants : natural order forty-ninth, com- positae. Receptacle 'is paleaceous and plane: pappus diphyllous : CAL. imbricated : the scales standing a little out at the tops. There are twenty-one species, most of which are now com- mon in our gardens, though all of them are na- tives of America. They are all very hardy, and prosper in almost any soil or situation. They may be propagated either by seeds or by parting their roots. HELIAST./E, or HELIASTES, in antiquity, the judges of the court Heliasa. They were so called, according to Ulpian, from 'oXi£w, to assemble in a great number ; or, according to others, from f/Xiog, the sun, because they held their assem- blies in an open place, and from sun-rise to sun- set. They composed the most numerous and important of the Athenian tribunals. Their province was to explain obscure laws, and to give authority to those which had been violated. The Thesmothetae convoked the assembly of the Heliastae, which sometimes amounted to 1000, sometimes to 1500 judges. Mr. Blanchard is of opinion, that, to make this number, the Thesmothetae sometimes summoned those of each tribe who had last quitted the public offices which they had exercised in another court. The assemblies of the Heliastae were not frequent, as they would have interrupted the jurisdiction of the stated tribunals and the' common course of affairs. The Thesmothetae paid to each member of this assembly, for his attendance, three oboli. Hence Aristophanes terms them the brothers of the triobulus. They were fined if they came too late, and, if the orators had begun to speak, they were not admitted. They were paid out of the public treasury, and their pay was called misthos heliasticus. The assembly met at first, accord- ing to Aristophanes, at the rising of the sun. If the judges were obliged to meet under cover, on account of frost and snow, they had a fire; but no ancient author informs us of the place where these assemblies were held. We only learn, that there was a double enclosure around the assem- bly, that it might not be disturbed. The first was a kind of arbor work, separated by doors, over which were painted in red the first ten or twelve letters of the Greek alphabet, which directed the entrance of the officers who composed the tri- bunal, each of them entering under the letter which distinguished his tribe. The beadles, to whom they showed the wands which had been sent them by the Thesmothetas, examined the mark, to see if it was authentic, and then intro- duced them. The second enclosure, which was twenty feet from the former, was a rope or cord ; that the people who stood round the first enclo- sure, and were desirous to see what passed within the second, might not be prevented from gratify- ing their curiosity at a proper distance. Thus the attention of the judges was not interrupted by the concourse of the multitude, many of whom were heated by views of interest or of party. To each member were given two pieces of copper ; one of which was perforated. Sea shells were at first in use. The king was present at the assem- bly, at whose command it had been summoned. The Thesmothetae read the names of those who were to compose it, and each man took his place as he was called. The Thesmothetae were then sent for, whose function it was to observe pro- digies and to superintend the sacrifices ; and, if they gave their sanction, the deliberations were begun. The Exegetae were often corrupted by those who were interested in the debates of the assembly, and even excited tumults. Of all the monument* extant, relating to the Heliastae, the 147 most curious is the oath which those judges took before the Thesmothetae : Demosthenes pre- served it in his oration against Timocrates, who, having been bribed by those who had been in- trusted with the effects taken on board a vessel of Naucratis, and refusing to give an account of them, had a law passed, by which an enlarge- ment was granted to prisoners for public debts on giving bail. Demosthenes, in making his oration against that law, ordered the oath of the Heliastae to be read aloud, as a perpetual aux- iliary to his arguments. This oath we quote, as it shows how important a tribunal that of the Heliastae was: — 'Iwill judge accord ing to the laws and decrees of the people of Athens, and of the senate of 500. I will never give my vote for the establishment of a tyrant, nor of an oligarchy. Nor will I ever give my approbation to any opi- nion prejudicial to the liberty or to the union of the people of Athens. I will not second those persons who may propose a reduction of private debts, or a distribution of the lands or houses of the Athenians. I will not recal exiles, nor en- deavour to procure a pardon for those who shall be condemned to die ; nor will I force those to retire whom the laws and the suffrages of the people shall permit to remain in their country. I will not give my vote to any candidate for a public function, who gives not an account of his conduct in the office which he has previously filled ; nor will I presume to solicit any trust from the commonwealth without subjecting my- self to this condition, which I intend as obligatory to the nine archons, to the chief of religious matters, to those who are ballotted on the same day with the nine archons, to the herald, the am- bassador, and the other officers of their court. I will not suffer the same man to hold the same office twice, or to hold two offices in the same year. I will not accept any present, either my- self or by another, either directly or indirectly, as a member of the Heliastic assembly. I so- lemnly declare that I am thirty years old. I will be equally attentive and impartial to the accuser and the accused ; I will give my sen- tence rigorously according to evidence. Thus I swear, by Jupiter, by Neptune, and by Ceres, to act. And if I violate any of my engage- ments, I imprecate from these deities ruin on myself and my family; and I intreat them to grant me every kind of prosperity, if*I am faith- ful to my oath.' Here we have one of the motives of the meeting of this assembly. Aris- totle informs us of another ; which was by the public authority deputed to them, to elect a magistrate in the room of one dead. It is sur- prising, that Pausanias, who enters so often into details, gives us no particular account of this assembly. All that he says of it is, that the most numerous of the Athenian assemblies was called Helisea. Diogenes Laertius, in his life of Solon, says, that it was before one of these Heli- astic assemblies, that Pisistratus presented him- self, covered with wounds and contusions, to excite the indignation of the people against his pretended enemies. As to the manner in which the judges gave their suffrages, there was a sort of vessel covered with an osier mat, in which were placed two urns, the one of copper, the L2 HEL 148 HEL other of wood. In the lid of these urns was an oblong hole, large at the top, and narrower downwards. The suffrages which condemned the accused person were thrown into the wooden urn, called kyrios. That of copper, named akyros, received those which absolved him. Aristotle observes that Solon, whose aim was to make his people happy, and who found an aristocracy established by the election of the nine archons annual officers, whose power was almost absolute, tempered their sovereignty, by insti- tuting the privilege of appealing from them to the people, who were to be assembled by lot to give their suffrages ; after having taken the oath of the Heliastae, in a place near the Panathe- naeum, where Hissus had, in former days, calmed a sedition of the people, and bound them to unanimity by an oath. It has likewise been re- marked, that Apollo was not invoked in the oath of the Heliastse, as in the oaths of the other judges. As all who took the oath of the Heli- astae, engaged not to be corrupted by solicit- ation or money, those who violated tins part of their oath were condemned to pay a severe fine. HELICAL, adv. Fr. helice; from $&. Spiral; with many circumvolutions. The screw is a kind of wedge multiplied or conti- nued by a helical revolution about a cylinder, receiv- ing its motion not from any stroke, but from a vectis at one end of it. Wilkins. HELICON, in ancient geography, a moun- tain in the neighbourhood of Parnassus and Cy- theron, sacred to Apollo and the Muses. It is situated in Livadia, and now called Zagura or Zaguya. It was one of the most fertile and woody mountains in Greece. On it the fruit of the adrachnus, a species of the arbutus, or strawberry tree, was uncommonly sweet ; and the inhabitants affirmed, that the plants and roots were all friendly to man, and that even the serpents had their poison weakened by the in- noxious qualities of their food. Its north side was near Parnassus, where it touched on Phocis ; and resembled that mountain in loftiness, extent, and magnitude. Here was the shady grove of the Muses and their images ; with statues of Apollo and Bacchus, of Linus and Orpheus, and other illustrious poets. Among the tripods, in the second century, was that consecrated by Hesiod. Oh the left hand towards the grove was the fountain Aganippe ; and about twenty stadia, or two miles and a half, higher up, the violet-colored Hippocrene. Round the grove were houses. A festival was celebrated there by the Thespians with games called musea. The valleys of Helicon are described by Wheeler as green and flowery in the spring ;• and enlivened by pleasing cascades and streams, and by foun- tains and wells of clear water. The Boeotian cities in general, two or three excepted, were reduced to inconsiderable villages in the time of Strabo. The grove of the Muses was plundered under Constantine the Great. The Heliconian goddesses were afterwards consumed in a fire at Constantinople, to which city they had been removed. See GREECE. HELICON I A, in botany, a genus of the monogynia order, and pentandria class of plants. The spatha is universal and partial ; there is no calyx : COR. has three petals, and the nectarium two leaves : CAPS, is three-grained. HELICTERES, the screw-tree : a genus of the decandria order, and gynandria class of plants ; natural order thirty-seventh, columniferae : CAL. monophyllous and oblique ; petals five ; and the nectarium consists of five petal-like leaflets; CAPS, intorted or twisted inwards. There are ten species, all natives of warm climates. They are shrubby plants, rising from five to four- teen feet in height, adorned with flowers of a yellow color. They are propagated by seeds; but are tender, and in this country must be kept in a stove during the winter. HELIER (St.), the capital of the island of Jersey, in the bay of St. Aubin, where it has a harbour, and a stone pier, having the sea on the south-west and hills on the north. Another large hill projects over the town, and has a plea- sant walk, and an extensive prospect. It is defended by Elizabeth Castle, a strong fortress on a rock in the bay, about a mile from the town. The streets are wide and well paved. The inhabitants are about 6500. In the market- place is a statue of George II. in bronze, gilt. St. Helier, within the last twenty years, has been greatly improved: it profited largely by the late war. When properly lighted it will vie with most of the market-towns in England. It contains within itself nearly one-third of the population, and within its port nearly the whole trade of the island. A work-house and a public hospital have been established here for the use of the whole island; and in 1815 a new prison was completed in the vicinity of the sea-shore. Elizabeth Castle is a strong fortress, on a rocky island in St. Aubin's Bay, about a mile from St. Helier, of which it defends the entrance ; and another fortification has recently been constructed on a high hill which overhangs the town : it will contain from 2000 to 3000 men. It has also a small theatre and a public library. Three ga- zettes are published here weekly in French, and one in English. Packets sail three times a week to Weymouth. See JERSEY. Long. 2° 13' W., lat. 49° 13' N. HELIGOLAND (Holy Island), a group of islands nearly equidistant, or twelve leagues, from the mouths of the Elbe, Weser, and Eyder ; formerly belonging to Denmark, but now to Great Britain, which took possession of it from the former power in the war of 1807. The action of the waves has reduced the principal island to a great rock, from two to three miles in circuit rising in the centre to a. round elevation, the ascent to which is by 150 steps. What little soil it possesses is sand and clay : the shores rise perpendicularly, and the island is surrounded by reefs and banks, the remains of its ancient territory. It has long been diminishing in this way. The elevated part is sometimes called the Cliff, and the other the Low Land. At a short distance is the Doun, or Douns, a distinct island, but ever varying its form. To the east is a road where ships may find forty-eight feet of water. The inhabitants of Heligoland, who amount to upwards of 2000, are descended from the ancient Frieslanders, whose language and manners they HEL 149 HEL preserve ; subsisting principally by fishing and pilotage. On the north end of the island is a light-house, and on the south a haven for boats. Heligoland was in former ages the residence of a chief of the Sicambri, or North Frieslanders, and the seat of worship of the Saxon deity Phoseta. During the late war it was a consi- derable depot for British merchandise, which- was smuggled into the continent. HELIOCARPUS, in botany, a genus of the digynia order, and dodecandria class of plants : natural order thirty-seventh, columnifera; : CAL. tetraphyllousj the petals four; the styles simple; CAPS, bilocular, compressed, and radiated length- wise on each side. HELIOCE'NTRIC, adj. Fr. heliocentrique ; r/Xiof and iclvrpov. The Iteliocentrick place of a planet is said to be such as it would appear to us from the sun, if our eye were fixed in its centre. Harris. HELIOCOMETES, a phenomenon some- *imes observed about sun-setting ; being a large luminous tail or column of light proceeding from the body of the sun, and dragging after it, like the tail of a comet, whence the name. HE'LIOID PARABOLA, or the parabolic spi- ral, in mathematics, is a curve which arises from the supposition of the axis of the common Apol- ionian parabola being bent round into the pe- riphery of a circle, and is a line then passing through the extremities of the ordinates, which do now converge towards the centre of the said circle. HELIODORUS, bishop of Tricca, in Thes- saly, and the father of romance writing, was born at Emmessa, in Pho3nicia, in the end of the fourth century. In his youth he wrote a romance in ten books, the first work of its kind, entitled ^.thiopics, relating the amours of Theagenes and Chariclea. He was deposed by a synod because he would not consent to suppress it. It has been repeatedly printed in Greek and Latin, particularly at Basil, in 1553. Professor Robi- son gives the following high character of this work, in his Proofs of a Conspiracy, p. 266. 1 I think,' says he, ' that the first piece, in which woman is pictured as a respectable character, is the oldest novel that I am acquainted with, written by a Christian bishop, Heliodorus; I mean the adventures of Theagenes and Chariclea.' Heliodorus was also a good Latin poet. He flourished under Theodosius I. and Arcadius. HELIOGABALUS (M. Aurelius Antoninus), one of the many monsters who reigned in Rome. See ROME. He was murdered, after a short and detestable reign of four years, A. D. 222. He took the name of Heliogabalus from having been a priest of Apollo, in Phoenicia. HELIOMETER, from jjXioc, the sun, and ptTptw, to measure, an instrument called also astrometer, invented by M. Bouguer in 1747, for measuring with particular exactness the dia- meters of the stars, and especially those of the sun and moon. This instrument is a kind of telescope, consisting of two object glasses of equal focal distance, placed the one by the side of the other, so that the same eye glass serves for both. The tube is of a conic form, larger at the upper end, which receives the two object glasses, than at the lower, which is furnished with an, eye-glass and micrometer. By the construction of this instrument two distinct images of an ob- ject are formed in the focus of the eye-glass, whose distance, depending on that of the two object glasses from one another, may be measured with greal accuracy ; nor is it necessary that the whole disc of the sun or moon come within the field of view ; since, if the images of only a small part of the disc be formed by each object-glass, the whole diameter may be easily computed by their position with respect to one another ; for, if the object be large, the images will approach, or perhaps lie even over one another ; and, the ob- ject-glasses being moveable, the two images may always be brought to touch one another, and the diameter may be computed from the known dis- tance of the centres of the two glasses. Besides, as this instrument has a common micrometer in the focus of the eye-glass, when the two images of the sun or moon are made in part to cover one another, that part which is common to both the images may be measured with great exact- ness, as being viewed upon a ground that is only one-half less luminous than itself; whereas, in general, the heavenly bodies are viewed upon a dark ground, and on that account are imagined to be larger than they really are. By a small addition to this instrument, provided it be of a moderate length, M. Bouguer thought it very possible to measure angles of three or four de- grees, which is of particular consequence in tak- ing the distance of stars from the moon. With this instrument M. Bouguer, by repeated obser- vation, found, that the sun's vertical diameter, though somewhat diminished by the astronomi- cal refraction, is longer than the horizontal dia- meter ; and, in ascertaining this phenomenon, he also found, that the upper and lower edges of the sun's disc are not so equally defined as the other parts; on this account his image appears somewhat extended in the vertical direction. This is owing to the decomposition of light, which is known to consist of rays differently re- frangible in its passage through our atmosphere. Thus the blue and violet rays, which proceed from the upper part of the disc at the same time with those of other colors, are somewhat more refracted than the others, and therefore seem to us to have proceeded from a higher point ; whereas, on the contrary, the red rays proceeding from the lower edge of the disc, being less re- fracted than the others, seem to proceed from a lower point ; so that the vertical diameter is ex- tended, or appears longer, than the horizontal diameter. Mr. Servington Savery discovered a similar method of improving the micrometer, which was communicated to the Royal Society in 1743. See MICROMETER. HELIOPOLIS, a city of Egypt, so called by Herodotus and Dioclorus Siculus ; by Moses On, and by. Jeremiah Bethshemesh. It is one of the most ancient cities of the world of which any vestiges can now be traced. It lay south-east of the Delta, and east of Memphis ; and was long famous for its temple of the sun. The most enlightened philosophers of Greece and Rome were attracted to this celebrated seat of learning It was here that Herodotus became acquainted 150 HELIX. •with the sciences and mysteries of Egypt. Plato was here taught philosophy, and about thirty years before Christ its ruins were visited and described by Strabo. In this city was erected a temple to the sun, where a particular part was appropriated for the feeding of the sacred ox, which was here worshipped under the name of Mnevis. There was also another splendid tem- ple, with avenues of sphinxes and superb obe- lisks, before the principal entrance. Out of the four obelisks, which were erected here by Sochis, two were carried to Rome; one was destroyed by the Arabs, and the fourth still remains. The obelisk, or pillar of On, which is now the only piece of antiquity that marks the site of Heliopolis, is about sixty-eight feet high, and six feet and a half wide on each side. According to Dr. Clarke, who has given a very correct engraving of it, it is one entire mass of reddish granite. Each of its four sides exhibits the same characters, and in the same order. Those which face the south have been the least affected by the decomposition of the substance of which they are hewn ; and it is from the southern side that Dr. Clarke's engraving is taken. For a particular account of this obelisk, and the hiero- glyphics which it contains, the reader is referred to Dr. Clarke's Travels in Egypt. — Near this city the French, under general Kleber, completely defeated the Turks under the grand vizier, and killed 8000 men, on the 18th of March, 1800, after the breach of the treaty of El-Arisch. HELIOPOLIS, a city of Ccelesyria, near the springs of the Orontes; so called from the wor- ship of the sun; now named Balbec. See BALBEC. HE'LIOSCOPE, n. s. Fr. helioscope ; jj\ioc and (TKoirew. A sort of telescope fitted so as to look on the body of the sun, without offence to the eyes. See HELIOMETER. HE'LIOTROPE, n. s. Fr. heliotrope ; %\iog and rptiru; Lat. heliotropium. A plant that turns towards the sun; but more particularly the turnsol, or sunflower. Tis an observation of flatterers, that they are like the heliotrope j they open only towards the sun, but shut and contract themselves at night, and in cloudy weather. Government of the Tongue. HELIOTROPE, among the ancients, an in- strument or machine for showing when the sun arrived at the tropics and the equinoctial line. This name was also used for a sun-dial. HELIOTROPE, in lithology, a precious stone, of a green color, streaked with red veins. Pliny says it is thus called, because, when cast into a vessel of water, the sun's rays falling thereon seem to be of a blood color ; and that, when out of the water, it gives a faint reflection of the figure of the sun ; and is proper to observe eclipses of the sun as a helioscope. The helio- trope is also called the oriental jasper, on account of its ruddy spots. It is found in the East Indies, as also in Ethiopia, Germany, Bohemia, &c. According to Brandes and Firnhaber it contains, silica 96'55, oxide of iron 1-25, alu- mina 0-83, water 1-05,— 99-58. It is found in rocks belonging to the secondary trap form- ation. The finest heliotrope comes from Bu- charia and Siberia. A variety is found in the island of Rume in Scotland. It is cut into seals and snuff-boxes. The Siberian wants the red spots. HELIOTROPIUM, turnsol, a genus of the polygynia order, and pentandria class of plants : natural order forty-first, asperifoliae : COR. salver- shaped and quinquefid, with smaller dents inter- jected alternately ; the throat closed up by small arches formed in the corolla itself. There are many species, all natives of warm countries. Only one, viz. H. tricoccum, grows in Europe, and is a native of France, Spain, and Italy. HEMISPHERICAL, adj. Helix and sphere. The helispherical line is the rhomb line in naviga- tion, and is so called because on the globe it winds round the pole spirally, and still comes nearer and nearer to it, but cannot terminate in it. Harris. HE'LIX, n. s. Fr. helice; Gr. eXi£. Part of a spiral line : a circumvolution. Find the true inclination of the screw, together with the quantity of water which every helix does contain. Wilkint. HELIX, in anatomy, is the whole circuit or extent of the auricle or border of the ear out- wards ; whence the inner protuberance sur- rounded thereby, and answering thereto, is called antihelix. See ANATOMY. HELIX, in architecture. Some authors make a difference between the helix and the spiral. A stair-case, according to Daviler, is in a helix, or is helical, when the stairs or steps wind round a cylindrical newel; whereas the spiral winds round a cone, and is continually approaching nearer and nearer its axis. The word is also applied to the caulicules, or little volutes under the flowers of the Corinthian capital ; called also urillae. HELIX, in zoology, the snail, a genus in the class of vermes, and order of testacea. The shell consists of one spiral, brittle, and almost diaphanous valve ; and the aperture is narrow. There are numerous species, principally dis- tinguished by the figure of their shells. They are of various sizes, from that of a small apple to less than a grain of corn. Some of them live on land, frequenting woods and gardens, or in- habiting clefts of rocks and dry sand-banks. Others are aquatic, inhabiting ponds, deep rivers, and the ocean. The principal species are, 1. H. hortensis, the garden snail, is in form like the pomatia, but less, and not umbilicated, clouded, or mottled with brown. It abounds with a viscid slimy juice, which it readily gives out by boiling in milk or water, so as to render them thick and glutinous. The decoctions in milk are apparently very nutritious and demul- cent, and have been recommended in a thin acrimonious state of the humors, in consumptive cases, and emaciations. The eyes of snails are lodged in their horns, one at the end of each horn, which they can retract at pleasure. The manner of examining these eyes, which are four in number, is this : when the horns are out, cut off nimbly the extremity of one of them ; and, placing it before the microscope, you may dis- cover the black spot at the end to be really a semiglobular eye. The dissection of this animal is very curious ; for the microscope not only discovers the heart beating just acainst the HELIX. 151 round hole near the neck, which seems the place of respiration, but also the liver, spleen, stomach, and intestines, with the veins, arteries, mouth, and teeth, are plainly observable. The guts of this creature are green, from its eating herbs, and are branched all over with fine capil- lary white veins : the mouth is like a hare's or rabbit's, with four or six needle teeth, resembling those of leeches, and of a substance like horn. Snails are all hermaphrodites, having both sexes united in each individual. They lay their eggs with great care in the earth, and the young ones are hatched with shells completely formed. Cutting off a snail's head, a little stone appears, which is supposed to be a great diuretic, and good in all nephritic disorders. Immediately under this stone the heart is seen beating ; and the auricles are evidently distinguishable, are membraneous, and of a white color ; as are also the vessels which proceed from them. Snails discharge their excrements at a hole in their neck ; they also breathe by this hole, and their parts of generation are situated very near it. Snails are said to couple three times at the dis- tance of about fifteen days, which lasts ten or twelve hours. At the end of about eighteen days they bring forth their eggs by the aperture of their neck. The snail is a small animal ; it is not free from the plague of supporting other smaller animals on its body ; and as in other animals we find these secondary ones either living on their surface, as lice, &c., or in the intestines, as worms, it is very remarkable that this creature infests the snail in both these man- ners ; being found sometimes on the surface of its body, and sometimes within its intestines. There is a part of the common garden snail, and of other of the like kinds, commonly called the collar. This surrounds the neck of the snail, and is considerably thick, and is the only part that is visible when the animal is retired quietly into its shell. In this state of the animal these insects which infest it are usually seen in con- siderable numbers marching about very nimbly on this part ; besides, the snail, every time it has occasion to open its anus, gives them a place by which to enter into its intestines, and they often seize the opportunity. Snails are great destroyers of fruit in gardens, especially the better sorts of wall-fruit. Lime and ashes sprinkled on the ground where they most resort will drive them away, and destroy the young brood of them : it is a common practice to pull off the fruit they have bitten ; but this should never be done, for they will eat no other till they have wholly eaten up this if it be left for them. 2. H. janthina, with a violet-colored shell. This is remarkable for the extreme thinness of texture, which breaks with the least pressure, and seems therefore entirely calculated to keep the open sea, or at least to shun rocky shores. It inhabits the seas of Europe, especially the Mediterranean; those of Asia and Africa; and also the ocean. The living animal, when touched, exudes a juice which stains the hands of a violet color. Dr. Hawkesworth, in his account of Cook's voyage, mistakes this shell for that which yielded the purpura of the ancients. But whoever looks into Pliny cannot entertain the idea, that the thin shell aforementioned could be the same with it. They had several shells which yielded the purple dye ; but these were all rock shells (see BUCCINUM, and MUREX), very differ- ent both in figure and hardness from the little helix janthina; which is not calculated for the neighbourhood of rocks. 3. H. pomatia, the exotic snail, with five spires, most remarkably ventricose, and fasciated with a lighter and deeper brown, is a native ot France, where it inhabits the woods ; but has been naturalised in England, where it inhabits the woods of the southern counties. It was in- troduced, as it is said, by Sir Kenelm Digby, whether for medical purposes, or as food, is un- certain : tradition says, that to cure his beloved wife of a decline, was the object. They are quite confined to our southern counties. An attempt was made to bring them into Northamp- tonshire, but they could not live there. They are used as food in several parts of Europe during Lent ; and are preserved in an escarga- toire, or a large place boarded in, with a floor covered half a foot deep with herbs, in which the snails nestle and fatten. They were also a favorite dish with the Romans, who had their cochlearia, a nursery similar to the above. Ful- vius Hirpinus was the first inventor of this luxury, a little before the civil wars between Caesar and Pompey. The snails were fed with sodden wine and bran. Its name is derived not from any thing relating to an orchard, but from irwpa, an operculum, it having a very strong one. This seems to be the species described by Pliny, lib. viii. c. 39, which he says was scarce ; that it covered itself with the opercle, and lodged under ground ; and that they were at first found only about the Maritime Alps, and more lately near Velitrae. HELL, n. s. Sax. bele ; Teut. helle, signify- ing originally the grave ; as some think, from Goth, hyla; Sax. belan, to cover, or conceal. The place of the devil and wicked spirits ; the separate state, or invisible world; temporal death ; the place at a running play to which those who are caught are carried; the place where the taylor throws his shreds ; the infernal powers. By old writers it is a word used in composition. I will go down to my son mourning to hell. Genesis. The pains of hell came about me ; the snares of death overtook me. Psa. xviii. 4. He descended into hell. Apostle's Creed. Men shuld, eke, rembre hem of the shame That is to come at the day of dome, to hem that ben Not penitent in this present lif ; for all the crea- tures In heven, and in erthe, and in helle, shul See apertly all that they hidden in this world. Chtnver. The Penones Tale. For it is a knell That summons thee to heaven, or to hell. Shakspeare. If a man were a porter of hell gates, he should have old turning the key. Id. Macbeth. Hell's black tyrant trembled to behold The glorious light he forfeited of old. Cou-lry. HEL 152 HEL Let none admire That riches grow in hell; that soil may best Deserve the precious bane. Milton. In Covent-garden did a taylor dwell, Who might deserve a place in his own hell. King's Cookery. This trusty squire, he had as well As the bold Trojan knight seen hell ; Not with a counterfeited pass Of golden bough, but true gold lace. Hudibrai. O dire ambition ! what infernal power Unchained thee from thy native depth of hell, To stalk the earth with thy destructive train Murder and Lust! to waste domestic peace, \nd every heart-felt joy. Browne. Then couples three be straight allotted there j They of both ends the middle two do fly ; The two that in mid-place, hell called were, Must strive with waiting foot and watching eye, To catch of them, and them to hell to bear, That they, as well as they, hell may supply. Sidney. But some his royal service (fools !) disdain ; So down were flung : — (oft bliss is double pain) In heaven, they scorned to serve, so now in hell they reign. Fletclier's Purple Island. by a power, Deeper than all yet urged, a tyrant-spell, Which had its birth-place in a star condemned, The burning wreck of a demolished world, A wandering hell in the eternal space ; By the strong curse which is upon my soul, The thought which is within me and around me, I do compel ye to my will. Byron. Childe Harold. HELL. The hell of the ancient heathens was divided into two mansions; the one called ELYSIUM, on the right hand, pleasant and de- lightful, appointed for the souls of good men ; the other called TARTARUS, on the left, a region of misery and torment, appointed for the wicked; The latter only was hell, in the present restrain- ed sense of the word. (See these articles). The philosophers were of opinion, that the infernal regions were at an equal distance from all the parts of the earth ; nevertheless it was the opi- nion of some, that there were certain passages which led thither, as the river Lethe near the Syrtes, and the Acherusian cave in Epirus. At Hermione it was thought that there was a very short way to hell ; for which reason the people of that country never put the fare into the mouths of the dead to pay their passage. The Jews placed hell in the centre of the earth, and believed it to be situated under waters and mountains. According to them, there are three passages leading to it : the first is in the wilder- ness, and by that Korah, Dathan, and Abiram, descended into hell ; the second in the sea, be- cause Jonah, who was thrown into the sea, cried to God out of the belly of hell ; the third is in Jerusalem, because it is said the fire of the Lord is in Zion, and his furnace is in Jerusalem. They likewise maintained seven degrees of pain in hell, because they find this place called by seven different names in scripture. Though they be- lieved that infidels, and persons eminently wick- ed, will continue for ever in hell ; yet they held, that every Jew who is not infected with some heresy, and has not acted contrary to the points mentioned by the rabbies, will not be punished therein for any other crimes above a year at most. The Mahommedans believe the eternity of re- wards and punishments in another life. In the Koran it is said that hell has seven gates ; the first for the Mussulmans, the second for the Christians, the third for the Jews, the fourth for the Sabians, the fifth for the Magians, the sixth for the Pagans, and the seventh for hypocrites of all religions. The locality of hell, and the reality of its fire, began first to be controverted by Origen. That father, interpreting the Scripture account metaphorically, makes hell to consist, not in external punishments, but in a conscious- ness or sense of guilt, and a remembrance of past pleasures. Among the moderns, Mr. Whis- ton advanced a new hypothesis. The comets, he thinks, are so many hells appointed in their orbits alternately to carry the damned into the confines of the sun, there to be scorched by its violent heat, and then to return with them be- yond the orb of Saturn, to starve them in those cold and dismal regions. Another modern au- thor supposes the sun to be the local hell. See THEOLOGY. HELL, VALLEY OF, a valley of Suabia, in the Black Forest, through which, for many leagues, there is scarcely room for fifty men to marcli in front, the mountains rise so high on each side. Through this formidable defile, though defended by numerous bodies of Austrian troops, general Moreau, in 1798, forced a passage with his army, through a hostile country of 300 miles in extent : and daily gave battle to the Austrians, while flushed with victory; and even took several thousands of them prisoners, with many of their colors and cannons, during his desperate but masterly retreat, which many think has not been equalled since the days of Xenophon. HELL'-BLACK, adj. "} Compounds now HELL'-BRED, adj. HELL'-BROTH, n. s. HELL'-DOOMED, adj. HELL'-GOVERNED, adj. HELL'-HATED, adj. HELL'-HAUNTED, adj. HELL'-HOUND, n. s. HELL'-KITE, n. s. HEL'LISH, adj. HEL'LISHLY, adv. HEL'LISHNESS, n. s. HELL'WARD, adv. rarely used ; their meaning is for the most part obvious : hell-broth, a compo- sition boiled up for infernal purposes : hell - haunted, fre- quented by the devil : hell-hound, a dog or agent of hell : hell- kite, a kite of the in- fernal breed : hellish, any thing having the qualities of hell ; infernal ; diabolical ; wicked : hellward, towards hell. The term hell prefixed to any word notes detes- tation . Heart cannot think what courage and what cries, With foul enfouldered smoak and flashing fire, The hell-bred beast threw forth into the skies. Spenser. Adder's fork, and blind worm's sting, Lizard's leg, and owlet's wing ; For a charm of powerful trouble, Like a hell-broth boil and bubble. Shakspeare. Macbeth. Did you say all ? What all ? Oh, hell-kite! all? What, all my pretty chickens, and their dam, At one fell swoop ? Id, HEL 153 HEL Earth gape open wide and eat him quick, As thou dost swallow up this good king's blood, Which his hell-governed arm hath butchered. Shakspeare. The sea, with such a storm as his bare head In hell-black night endured, would have boiled up, And quenched the stelled fires. Id. Kmg Lear. Back do I toss these treasons to thy head, With the hell-hated lie o'erwhelm thy heart. Shakspeare. From forth the kennel of thy womb hath crept A hell-hound that doth hunt us all to death. Id. And reckonest thou thyself with spirits of heaven, Hell-doomed ! and breathest defiance here and scorn, Where I reigned king ? Milton. Victory and triumph to the Son of God, Now entering his great duel, not of arms, But to vanquish by wisdom hellish wiles. Id. I called My hellhounds to lick up the draff, and filth, Which man's polluting sin with taint had shed On what was pure. Id. O thou celestial or infernal spirit of love, or what other heavenly or hellish title thou list to have, for effects of both I find in myself, have compassion of me. Sidney. Now the hell-hounds with superior speed Had reached the dame, and, fastening on her side, The ground with issuing streams of purple dyed. Dryden. Fierce Osmond closed me in the bleeding bark, And bid me stand exposed to the bleak winds, Bound to the fate of this hell-haunted grove. Id. No benefits shall ever allay that diabolical rancour that ferments in some hellish breasts, but that it will foam out at its foul mouth in slander. South. Be next thy care the sable sheep to place Full o'er the pit, and hellward turn their face. Pope. HELL GATE, a strait near the west end of Long Island Sound, opposite to Harlem, in York Island, and about eight miles north-east of New York city, remarkable for its whirlpools, and a bed of rocks which extend quite across it. There is a sufficient depth of water for any vessel ; but the passage of large ships can only be accom- plished with the most skilful pilots. HELLANICUS of Mitylene, a celebrated Greek historian, born before Herodotus, flou- rished about A. A. C. 480. He wrote a history of the ancient kings and founders of cities, but it has not come down to us. HELLAS, in ancient geograpny, an appella- tion comprising, according to the ancient Greeks and Romans, Achaia and Peloponnesus, but after- wards restrained to Achaia. It was bounded on the west by the Achelous, on the north by mounts Othrys and Octa, on the east by the ,/Egean Sea, and on the south by the Saronic and Corinthian Bays, and by the Isthmus which joins it to Peloponnesus. It was called Hellas from HelLen the son of Deucalion ; and it is now call- ed Livadia. HELLE, in fabulous history, a daughter of Athamas, king of Thebes, by Nephele. She fled from her father's house with her brother Phryxus, to avoid the cruelty of her step-mother Ino. According to some, she was carried through the air on a ram with a golden fleece, which her mother had received from Neptune, and in her passage became giddy, and fell into that part of the sea which from her received the name of Hellespont. Others say that she was carried on a cloud, or rather upon a ship, from which she fell into the sea and was drowned. See PHRYXUS. HEL'LEBORE, n. s. Lat. helleborus. Christ- mas flower. HELLEBORE, BASTARD. See SERAPIAS. HELLEBORE, BLACK. See HELLEBORUS. HEL'LEBORE, WHITE, n s. Lat. veratrum. A plant. See VERATRUM. There are great doubts whether any of its species be the true hellebore of the ancients. Miller. HELLEBORUS, HELLEBORE, a genus of the polygynia order, and pentandria ckss of plants : natural order twenty-sixth, multisiliquae. CAL. none : petals five or more : the nectaria are bilabiated and tubular : CAPS, polyspermous, and a little erect. The most remarkable species is the H. niger, black hellebore, or Christmas rose. It has roots composed of many thick fleshy spreading fibres, crowned by a large cluster of lobed leaves, consisting each -of seven or eight obtuse fleshy lobes, united to one foot-stalk ; and between the leaves several thick fleshy flower- stalks three or four inches high, surmounted by large beautiful white flowers of five roundish pe- tals, and numerous filaments, appearing in win- ter, about or soon after Christmas. It may be propagated either by seeds or parting the roots. It prospers in open borders, or may be planted in pots to move when in bloom, in order to adorn any particular place ; but it always flowers fairest and most abundantly in the front of a warm sunny border. The plants may be re- moved, and the roots divided for propagation, in September, October, or November ; but the sooner in autumn it is done, the stronger will the plants flosver at their proper season. The root was anciently used as a cathartic. The taste is acrid and bitter. Its acrimony is fel* on the tip of the tongue, and then spreads itself immediately to the middle, without being much perceived in the intermediate part. On chewing the root for a few minutes, the tongue seems be- numbed, and affected with a kind of paralytic stupor, as when burnt by eating any thing too hot. The fibres are more acrimonious than the head of the root from whence they issue. Black hellebore root, taken from fifteen to thirty grains, proves a strong cathartic ; and, as such, has been celebrated for the cure of maniacal and other disorders proceeding from what the ancients called the atra bilis ; in which cases, medicines of this kind are doubtless occasionally of use, though they are by no means possessed of any specific power. It does not however appear that our black hellebore acts with so much vio- lence as that of the ancients ; whence many have supposed it to be a different species of plant : and indeed the descriptions which the ancients have left us of their hellebore do not agree with those of any of the sorts usually taken notice of by modern botanists. Vauquelin ascribes its acrimony to a peculiar oil, which he separated from the infusion in alcohol, by distilling off the latter. It is very poisonous. Orfila says, on the contrary, that the poisonous quality of helle- bore root resides in a principle soluble in water ; HEL 154 HEL that the powdered root is more certainly fatal, when applied to a wound, than when swallowed ; that the white hellebore is more active than the black ; and that the alkaline extract, which forms a part of the tonic pills of Bacher, is also rery powerful. Vomiting is the only antidote. H. niger orientalis is a species discovered in the eastern countries, which Tournefort distinguishes thus : amplissirno folio, caule praealto, flore purpurescente, and he supposes it to be the true ancient hellebore, from its growing in plenty about mount Olympus, and in the island of An- ticyra, celebrated of old for the production of this antimaniacal drug : he relates, that a scruple of this sort, given for a dose, occasioned convul- sions. HELLEN, the son of Deucalion, who is said to have given the name of Hellenus to the Greeks AA.C. 1521. HEL'LENISM, n. s. 'EXX»/vto/xo0vXa*£c> i- e- keepers of the laws. To pre- vent all unjust practices, they were obliged to take an oath, that they would act impartially, would take no bribes, nor discover the reason for which they disliked or approved of any of the contenders. At the solemnity they sat naked, having before them the victorial crown till the exercises were finished, and then it was present- ed to whomsoever they adjudged it. Neverthe- less, there lay an appeal from the hellenodicae to the Olympian senate. HELLESPONT, a narrow strait between Asia and Europe, near the Propontis, so named from Helle. It is celebrated for the love and death of Leander, and for the bridge of boats which Xerxes built over it when he invaded Greece. It is now called the Dardanelles. It is about thirty-three miles long, and in the broadest parts the Asiatic coast is about one mile and a half distant from the European, and only half a mile in the narrowest, according to modern investiga- tion. HELM,ra. s.&v.a. ") Helm denotes defence: HELM'ED, adj. >as, Eadhelm happy de- HEL'MET, n.s. j fence; Sighelm victorious defence; Berthelm eminent defence; like Amyn- tas and Boetius among the Greeks. — Gibson's Camden. A covering for the head in war; a helmet ; the part of a coat of arms that bears the crest ; the upper part of the retort ; the rudder of a vessel ; the station of government ; a steersman ; to helm, to steer, guide, or conduct. Of which every-first on a short truncheon His lordes helmet bore so richly dight, That the worst of hem was worth the ransoune Of any king. Chaucer. The Floure and the Leafy. What so I spake, I ment it nought but wele, By Mars the god that helmed is of stele. Id. Troilns and Craeide. More might be added of helms, crests, mantles, and supporters. Camden's Remains. The very stream of his life, and the business he hath helmed, must give him a better proclamation. Shakipeare. France spreads his banners in our noiseless land! With plumed helm the slayer begins his threats. Id. I saw him down ; thrice up again, and fighting ; From helmet to the spur all bleeding o'er. Id. You slander The helms o' the state, who care for you like father*, When you curse them as enemies. Id. They did not leave the helm in storms ; And such they are make happy states. Ben Jonson. More in prosperity is reason tost Than ships in storms, their helms and anchors lost. Dcnhain. TT p The helmed cherubim Are seen in glittering ranks with wings displayed. Milton. With them arose A forest huge of spears, and thronging helms Appeared, and serried shields in thick array Of depth immeasurable. Id. The vulgar chemists themselves pretend to be able, by repeated cohobations, and other fit operations, to make the distilled parts of a concrete bring its own caput mortuum over the helm. Boyle. Seven darts are thrown at once, and some rebound From his bright shield, some on his helmet sound. Dryden. Mnestheus lays hard load upon his helm. Id. Fair occasion shews the springing gale, And interest guides the helm, and honour swells the sail Prior. I may be wrong in the means ; but that is no ob- jection against the design : let those at the helm con- trive it better. Swift. Where my wrecked desponding thought From wave to wave of fancied misery At random drove, her helm of reason lost. Young's Night Thoughts. Sense is our helmet, wit is but a plume, The plume exposes, 'tis our helmet saves. Id, The HELM, in nautical affairs, is along and flat piece of timber, or an assemblage of several pieces, suspended along the hind part of a ship's stern-post, where it turns upon hinges to the right or left, serving to direct the course of the vessel, as the tail of a fish guides the body. The helm is usually composed of three parts, viz. the rudder, the tiller, and the wheel, except in small vessels, where the wheel is unnecessary. As to the form of the rudder, it becomes gradually broader in proportion to its distance from the top, or to its depth under the water. The back, or inner part of it, which joins to the stern-post, is diminished into the form of a wedge through- out its whole length, so as that the rudder may be more easily turned from one side to the other, where it makes an obtuse angle with the keel. It is supported upon hinges; of which those that are bolted round the stern-post to the after ex- tremity of the ship, are called googings, and are furnished with a large hole in the after-part of the stern-post. The other parts of the hinges, which are bolted to the back of the rudder, are called pintles, being strong cylindrical pins, which enter into the googings, and rest upon them. The length and thickness of the rudder is nearly equal to that of the stern-post. The rudder is turned upon its hinges by means of a long bar of timber, called the tiller, which is fixed horizontally in its upper end within the vessel. The movements of the tiller to the right and left, accordingly, direct the efforts of the rudder to 'the government of the ship's course as she advances ; which, in the sea language, is called steering. The operations of the tiller are guided and assisted by a sort of tackle, commu- nicating with the ship's side, called the tiller- rope, which is usually composed of untarred rope-jarns, for the purpose of traversing more readily through the blocks or pulleys. To facilitate the management of the helm, the tiller-iope, in all large vessels, is wound about a wheel, which acts upon it with the powers of a ciane or windlass. The rope employed in this L M. 155 service being conveyed from the fore-end of the tiller to a single block on each side of the ship, is farther communicated to the wheel, by two blocks suspended near the mizen-mast, and two holes immediately above, leading up to the wheel, which is fixed upon an axis on the quar- ter-deck, almost perpendicularly over the fore- end of the tiller. Five turns of the tiller-rope are usually wound about the barrel of the wheel; and, when the helm is amidship, the middle turn is nailed to the top of the barrel, with a mark by which the helmsman readily discovers the situa- tion of the helm, as the wheel turns it from the starboard to the larboard side. The spokes of the wheel generally reach about eight inches beyond the rim or circumference, serving as handles to the person who steers the vessel. As the effect of a lever increases in proportion to the length of its arm, it is evident that the power of the helmsman to turn the wheel will be in- creased according to the length of the spokes beyond the circumference of the barrel. When the helm, instead of lying in a right Hue with the keel, is turned to one side or the other, it receives an immediate shock from the water, which glides along the ship's bottom in running aft, and this fluid pushes it towards the opposite side, whilst it is retained in this position : so that the stern, to which the rudder is confined, receives the same impression, and accordingly turns about whilst the head of the ship passes in the oppo- site direction. It must be observed, that the current of water falls upon the rudder obliquely, and only strikes it with that part of its motion which acts according to the sine of incidence, pushing it with a force which not only depends on the velocity of the ship's course, by which this current of water is produced, but also upon the extent of the sine of incidence. This force is by consequence composed of the square of the velocity with which the ship advances, and the square of the sine of incidence, which will neces- sarily be greater or smaller according to circum- stances ; so that if the vessel runs three or four times more swiftly, the absolute shock of the water upon the rudder will be nine or sixteen times stronger under the same incidence : and if the incidence is increased, it will yet be augment- ed in a greater proportion, because the square of the sine of incidence is more enlarged. This impression, or power of the helm, is always very feeble, when compared with the weight of the vessel ; but, as it operates with the force of a long lever, its efforts to turn the ship are ex- tremely advantageous. For the helm being applied to a great distance from the centre of gravity, or from the point about which the vessel turns horizontally, if the direction of the impres- sion of the water upon the rudder be prolonged, it is evident that it will pass widely distant from the centre of gravity : thus the absolute effort of the water is very powerful. It is not therefore surprising, that this machine impresses the ship with a considerable circular movement ; and even much farther whilst she sails with rapidity, be- cause the effect of the helm always keeps pace with the velocity with which the vessel advances. Amongst the several angles that the rudder makes with the keel, there is always one position more 156 HELM. favorable than any of the others, as it more readily produces the desired effect of turning the ship, in order to change her course. Geometricians have determined the most ad- vantageous angle made by the helm with the line prolonged from the keel, and fixed it at 54° 44', presuming that the ship is as narrow at her floating line, or at the line described by the surface of the water round her bottom, as at the keel. But as this supposition is absolutely false, inasmuch as all vessels augment their breadth from the keel upward to the extreme breadth, where the floating-line or the highest water-line is terminated; it follows, that this angle is too large by a certain number of degrees. For the rudder is impressed by the water, at the height of the floating-line, more directly than at the keel, because the fluid exactly follows the horizontal outlines of the bottom ; so that a par- ticular position of the helm might be supposed necessary for each different incidence which it encounters from the keel upwards. But, as a middle position may be between all these points, it will be sufficient to consider the angle formed by the sides of the ship, and her axis, or the middle line of her length, at the surface of the water, in order to determine afterwards the mean point, and the mean angle of incidence. It is evident that the angle 54° 44' is too open, and very unfavorable to the ship's headway, because the water acts upon the rudder there with too great a sine of incidence, as being equal to that of the angle which it makes with the line pro- longed from the keel below : but above, the shock of the water is almost perpendicular to the rudder, because of the breadth of the bottom, as we have already remarked; If then the rudder is only opposed to the fluid, by making an angle of 45° with the line prolonged from the keel, the impression, by becoming weaker, will be less opposed to the ship's head-way ; and the direction of the absolute effort of the water upon the helm, drawing nearer to the lateral perpendicular, will be placed more advantageously, for the reasons above mentioned. On the other hand, experience daily testifies, that a ship steers well when the rudder makes the angle equal to 35° only. It has been already remarked, that the effect of moving the wheel to govern the helm increases in proportion to the length of the spokes ; and so great is the power of the wheel, that, if the helmsman employs a force upon its spokes equi- valent to thirty pounds, it will produce an ef- fect of ninety or 120 Ibs. upon the tiller. On the contrary, the action of the water is collected into the middle of the breadth of the rudder, which is very narrow in comparison with the length of the tiller ; so the effort of the water is very little removed from the fulcrum upon which it turns ; whereas the tiller forms the arm of a lever ten or fifteen times longer, which also in- creases the power of the helmsman in the same proportion that the tiller bears to the lever upon which the impulse of the water is directed. This force then is by consequence ten or fifteen times stronger; and the effort of 30 Ibs , which at first gave the helmsman a power equal to 90 Ibs. or 120 Ibs. becomes accumulated to one of 900 Ibs. or 1800 Ibs. upon the rudder. This disadvantage then arises from the shortness of the lever upon which the action of the water is impressed, and the great comparative length of the tiller, or lever, by which the rudder is governed ; together with the additional power of the wheel that directs the movements of the tiller, and still far- ther accumulates the power of the helmsman over it. Such a demonstration ought to remove the surprise with which the prodigious effect of the helm is sometimes considered, from an in- attention to its mechanism : for we need only to observe the pressure of the water, which acts at a great distance from the centre of gravity, about which the ship is supposed to turn, and we shall easily perceive the difference there is between the effort of the water against the helmsman, and the effect of the same impulse against the vessel. With regard to the person who steers, the water acts only with the arm of a very short lever : on the contrary, with regard to the ship, the force of the water acts upon a very long lever, which renders the action of the rudder extremely powerful in turning the vessel ; so that, in a large ship, the rudder receives a shock from the water of 2700 Ibs. or 2800 Ibs., which is frequently the case when she sails at the rate of three or four leagues by the hour ; and this force, being applied perhaps 100 or 110 feet distant from the centre of gravity, will operate upon the ship to turn her about, with 270,000 Ibs. or 308,000 Ibs. ; whilst, in the latter case, the helmsman acts with an effort which exceeds not 30 Ibs. upon the spokes of the wheel. From what has been said, it is plain that the more a ship increases her velocity, with regard to the sea, the more powerful will be the effect of the rudder ; because it acts against the water with a force which increases as the square of the swiftness of the fluid, whether the ship advances or retreats. See NAVIGATION. The HELMET was anciently worn by horsemen both in war and in tournaments. It covered both the head and face, only leaving an aperture in the front secured by bars, which was called the visor. See ARMOUR. In achievements it is placed above the escutcheon for the principal ornament, and is the true mark of chivalry and nobility. Helmets vary according to the differ- ent degrees of those who bear them. They are also used as a bearing in coats of arms. See HE- RALDRY. HELMI'NTHIC, adj. From 'iX^ivQo^. Re- lating to worms. HELMINTHOLITHUS, in natural history, a name given by Linnaeus to petrified bodies re- sembling worms. HELMONT (John Baptist Van), a celebrated Flemish gentleman, born at Brussels in 1577. He acquired such skill in natural philosophy, physic, and chemistry, that he was accounted a magician, and thrown into the inquisition : but, having with difficulty justified himself, as soon as he was released he retired to Holland ; where he died in 1644. He published 1. De Magnetica Corporum Curatione. 2. Febrium Doctrina Inaudita. 3. Ortus Medicinaa. 4. Paradoxa de aquis Spadanis : and other works, printed toge- ther in 1 vol. folio. HELOISE, or ELOISA, the mistress and after- wards the wife of Abelard. famous for her Latin HEL 157 HEL letters to him, after they had retired from the world. She died abbess of Paraclete in 1163. See ABELARD. HELONIAS, in botany, a genus of the trigy- nia order and hexandria class of plants ; natural order tenth, coronariae : COR. hexapetalous : CAL. none : CAPS, trilocnlar. HELOS, in ancient geography, a maritime town of Laconia, between Trinasus and Acrise, in the district of Helotea. In Pausanias's time it was in ruins. The people, being subdued by the Lacedaemonians, were all reduced to a state of the most abject slavery. Hence the term itXwrfVHv, in Harpocration, for being in a state of slavery ; and hence also the Lacedaemonians called the slaves of all nations whatever helotes. Heloticus is the epithet. HELOTVE, HELOTES, or HELOTS, called also Helei and Heleatae by Stephanus, and Ilotse by Livy, the inhabitants of Helos and the slaves of the Spartans. See HELOS. The Spartans were forbidden the exercise of any mean or mechanical employment, and therefore the whole care of supplying the city with necessaries devolved upon the Helots. These Helots farmed the lands of the Spartans ; and, in order to attach them to the service of their masters by the allurement of gain, they only paid a fixed rent, inferior to the produce, and which it would be disgraceful in any proprieter of land to advance. They were also skilful in mechanics : in time of war they served as sailors on board the fleet ; and in the army every oplites, or heavy armed soldier, was accompanied by one or more of them. HELP, v. a., v. n. & n. s,~] Preter. helped, or HELP'ER, n. s. I holp ; part, helped, HELP'FUL, adj. [orholpen. Saxon HELP'LESS, adj. f jselpan ; Goth, hil- HELP'LESSLY, adv. \pan; Gr. o